MODULE LIST & OUTLINES Click on a module name for the complete outline. Module Code

Module name

Open to students on

Type

4SSW1001

Causes of War

4SSW1003

The Experience of War

4SSW1004

Contemporary Security Issues

4SSW1005

Conduct of War

4SSW1006

International Relations Theory

INT RELTNS

Existing

4SSW1007

History of the International System

INT RELTNS

Existing

4SSW1008

Conflict and Diplomacy

Existing

4SSW2019

The Art of War Studies

INT RELTNS WAR STUDIES

Full Year Full Year Term 2 Full Year Full Year Full Year Term 1

Existing

Term 2

5SSW2001

War and Strategy in East Asia* was a BA3 module.

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2002

War and Society

BOTH

Existing

BOTH

New

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2003 5SSW2004

Social Psychology of Conflict & Terrorism Grand Strategy and the foundations of Anglo -American Statecraft

WAR STUDIES WAR STUDIES BOTH WAR STUDIES

Notes Existing Existing Existing Existing

5SSW2005

History of Political Thought

BOTH

New

5SSW2014

Empires and Imperialism

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2049

War in International Order

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2050

Intelligence in War Studies

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2054

War and Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2055

World War II in Europe

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2056

Military Strategy

BOTH

Existing

5SSW2060

Global Politics - Core IR module

INT RELTNS

Existing

5SSW2061

Contemporary International Relations Theory

INT RELTNS

Existing

5SSW2062

Statecraft & Diplomacy

INT RELTNS

Existing

5SSW2063

International Law, Human Rights and Intervention

INT RELTNS

Existing

5SSW0011

History of the European Cold War

BOTH

Existing

Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year Full Year

Credits 30 30 15 30 30 30 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)]

THE CAUSES OF WAR

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

Module Organisers: Office Hours: Contact Details: Co-Conveners: TAs: Timetable:

Professor Brian Holden Reid (course organizer) and Dr Simon Anglim Tuesday, 11.00-12.00 K6.15, 6th Floor War Studies, South Range, [email protected] K6.47 6th Floor War Studies, South Range [email protected] Term 1: Dr Birte Julia Gippert, [email protected] Term 2: Timothy Collins [email protected] Dr Athanasios Gkoutzioulis [email protected] please refer to the online timetables on the KCL website

MODULE DESCRIPTION The causes of war engender the most fundamental questions facing any student of conflict, and this module is an introduction to thinking about them. The module begins with a discussion of the theoretical and methodological questions that arise when studying the causes of war. We consider the definition of war and the role of theory in explaining and understanding its causes. We then survey the transformation of the international system and the occurrence of major wars from the Crusades to present-day. This material leads us to our main task, which is to review and analyse key arguments about the causes of war, drawn from a variety of theoretical, philosophical, and methodological approaches. A key objective of the module is to apply and evaluate these arguments through the analysis of historical and current cases.

AIMS The aims of the module are:  to introduce students to important theoretical arguments and perspectives on the causes of war and their application to actual cases  to develop the ability of students to assess these arguments through historical, empirical, and critical analysis  to foster understanding and application of a range of intellectual and study skills, including close reading, essay writing, and critical analysis LEARNING OUTCOMES Students who successfully complete this should have:  familiarity with key theoretical arguments about the causes of war and be able to apply those arguments to a variety of historical and current cases  demonstrated an ability to asses these arguments through empirical and critical analysis  gained practice and knowledge in a range of intellectual, study and practical skills

MODULE REQUIREMENT AND ASSESSMENT

BA STUDENTS (4SSW1001) • 3 compulsory formative essays (for the purpose of practice) - please submit to TA’s • 1 comprehensive A or B exam (see summative assignment section below for more details) There will be no FULL YEAR STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS this year STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS FALL TERM (4SSWF002) • Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by Thursday, 30th October 12:00 Noon • Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by Thursday, December 11th - 12:00 Noon • You will also have to submit additional formative (practice essays) during the term. See ‘formative assignment’ section below or speak to your TA’s regarding the number of essays you will need to complete. Page | 1

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

STUDY ABROAD SPRING TERM (4SSWS002) • Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by Thursday, February 25th - 12:00 Noon • Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by Thursday, March 24th - 12:00 noon IMPORTANT NOTE regarding KEATS SUBMISSION: Study abroad students should note, that computer Issues will not be accepted as an excuse for not submitting a copy of the summative essay on KEATS. It is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the essay is on KEATS. Hence, please submit ahead of schedule and leave enough time (if you run into computer problems) to drop by the administrative office with an accessible soft copy of your essay before the deadline.

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT Students taking all three modules (CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR) will sit a threehour unseen, written COMPREHENSIVE A EXAMINATION in May, covering CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR (100%). You will answer three questions, one from the CAUSES section, one from the CONDUCT section and one from the EXPERIENCE section of the paper. This method of examination is designed to reflect the need for understanding across the broad span of the course and Year 1 of the undergraduate programme. Students taking only 2 of 3 of these three modules will sit the same three hour examination (COMPREHENSIVE A EXAMINATION), but will answer three questions from the two sections covering the modules they have taken. Students taking just one of the three modules will sit a special two-hour examination (COMPREHENSIVE B EXAMINATION) and answer two questions from the respective section covering the module they have taken. For further clarification, please take a look at the sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Undergraduate | Past exam papers COMPULSORY FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (FOR PRACTICE) In addition to the above, you will write three preparatory/formative essays during the module, two in the first term and one in the second. For each essay, you should write up one of the seminar discussion questions in essay format. Essays must be written according to the guidelines on the departmental internal webpages. The three essays should be no more than 2,000 words long (including footnotes but excluding bibliography) and are due: Essay One: Due Week 7 of Term 1 to be handed to your TA (do not submit on KEATS) Essay Two: Due Week 12 of Term 1 to be handed to your TA (do not submit on KEATS) Essay Three: Due Week 5 of Term 2 to be handed to your TA (do not submit on KEATS) Although these essays are preparatory, and their mark does not contribute to the final module assessment, submission is compulsory and will be monitored closely. If you fail to submit your essays, you will be judged not to have shown due industry, and you will not be allowed to sit the examination. If you have any problems which will affect either essay submission or tutorial attendance, you must let the seminar leader concerned know as soon as possible, inform your personal tutor of any mitigating circumstances affecting your submission, and supply medical documentation to the office if appropriate. ALL STUDENTS: all students are required to attend and participate in seminars. Students whose attendance or participation is unsatisfactory will be reported to the module organiser and may be excluded Page | 2

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

from the exam, hence failing the module. FURTHER FORMATIVE ESSAY INSTRUCTIONS Essay titles should be taken from the seminar discussion questions. You may only use one question per seminar (i.e. you may not write essays answering questions taken from the same seminar, you must answer on topics covered in three different seminars). Please note: you must use the exact wording given in the question; you may not adapt questions. Hand-in your essay to your Teaching Assistant (TA) at the beginning of seminar in the week that it is due. Your essay will be marked by the TA in charge of your seminar group and returned to you at the earliest possible subsequent seminar. All assessed work is marked under the terms outlined in the College Generic Marking Criteria for Undergraduate Awards, a copy of which is available on the webpages, and is subject to further scrutiny in accordance with the College Marking Framework. Essays must be submitted on-time and in person. Failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of zero. You WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO TAKE THE EXAM IF YOU HAVE NOT SUBMITTED THREE ESSAYS. Essays submitted by email will not be accepted. Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. Essays must be completed with footnotes and a bibliography drafted in accordance with the instructions in the undergraduate handbook; failure to do this will be reflected in the final mark. Essays should be word-processed. Students are required to consult a range of sources to complete their essays. All essays must make use of some of the sources listed here for the topic in question. This listing is by no means exhaustive and students are encouraged to make additional use of the resources and links available on the library and department's websites. Many journal articles are now available online via the KCL Library catalogue. Students must consult one of the course lecturers or their Teaching Assistant before using any other internet source. Many internet sources are of very poor quality. Use of Wikipedia and similar sites is not acceptable in academic work. Remember that one of the things you are being marked on is the ability to use and evaluate sources. Students should be reminded that a copy of the comments sheet and mark for all formatively assessed essays is copied and added to the student files for future reference. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations such as making presentations, may also be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections of the departmental internal webpages.

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module is taught through a combination of weekly lectures and seminars in terms 1 and 2. The seminar topics have been chosen to enable students to consider how the general ideas presented in lectures relate to historical cases. An incidental benefit of these case studies is to increase students' familiarity with a variety of historical examples, but this is not a history survey module. The seminar tasks are to gather general information about the case under study and to think how this information relates to the general ideas to which the module as a whole is an introduction. The seminars also provide students with an opportunity to practise and develop their oral presentation skills, to raise general questions in a relatively small group and to get feedback on their essay-writing and seminar performance. ESSENTIAL READING John Baylis, Steve Smith, and Patricia Owens, eds, The Globalization of World Politics, 5th edition (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011). Page | 3

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

David Sobek, The Causes of War (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2009). Paul R. Viotti and Mark V. Kauppi, International Relations Theory (most recent edition available). Kenneth Waltz, Man, the State and War (New York: Colombia, 2001). Michael Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars 3rd edn. (New York: Basic Books, 2000) David Fisher, Morality and War: Can War be Just in the Twenty-first Century? (Oxford University Press, 2011) Michael Howard, The Invention of Peace: Reflections on War and the International Order (Profile Books 2001) Michael Howard, War in European History (Oxford University Press, 1976, many later editions) Geoffrey Blainey, The Causes of Wars, Free Press, 3rd Edition 1988) Donald Kagan, On the Origins of War and the Preservation of Peace (Anchor Doubleday 1995) Reading marked * in the handout is the essential reading for that week’s lecture and seminar. You are all expected to have read the essential reading as an absolute minimum; you are also strongly advised to read other items too. Remember that seminars are only useful to you if you are familiar with the topic and can contribute to discussions; if you don’t do the reading and don’t contribute you will find the seminars and lectures very dull! All lectures are by Professor Holden Reid and Dr Anglim unless otherwise specified LECTURE TOPICS 1. Module Introduction – 22 September 2. An Introduction to Theory and Methodology – Dr Anglim - 29 September 3. Defining War – Dr Anglim - 6 October 4. Causes in Explanation and Understanding – BHR - 13 October 5. War and the Transformation of the International System – BHR - 1 – 20 October 6. War and the Transformation of the International System – BHR - 2 – 27 October 7. Nuclear Weapons and War – Dr Martin – 10 November 8. Levels of Analysis, Realist Theories and the Causes of War – Dr Anglim - 17 November 9. Race and War – Dr Pattalano – 24 November 10. Case Study: The Causes of the American Civil War – Professor Holden Reid - 1 December 11. Case Study: The Origins of World War I – Dr Anglim - 8 December 12. Marxist Explanations – Dr Anglim - 20 January 2016 13. Arms Races as a Cause of War – Professor Thomas Rid – 27 January 14. Nationalism and the Causes of War – Dr Anglim - 3 February 15. Decision Making, Bureaucratic Politics and Misperception – Professor Farrell – 10 February 16. 17th February READING WEEK 17. Resource Wars – Dr Cheng – 24 February 18. How Do Historians Explain the Coming of War? – BHR - 2 March 19. Is the ‘Just Cause’ a Cause of War? – Dr Anglim – 9 March 20. Terrorism and War – Dr Anglim – 16 March 21. Module Evaluation and Revision – 23 March MODULE SCHEDULE AND READING LIST 1. Module Introduction No Seminar Page | 4

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

2. An Introduction to Theory, Methodology, and the relevance of the multi-disciplinary approach to War Studies * Paul R. Viotti and Mark V. Kauppi, Chapter 1 from International Relations Theory (most recent edition available). Note: Depending on the edition you have, the title of this chapter will vary slightly; please read this chapter as well as the ‘selected readings’ provided at the end. * Michael Howard, The Causes of War, in idem, The Causes of War and other Essays, Counterpoint Paperback, 1983, pp 7-22. *Michael Howard, The Invention of Peace, Reflections on War and the International Order, Profile Books 2001. No seminar 3. Lecture: Defining War * Lawrence Freedman, Introduction, in War, Lawrence Freedman ed., (Oxford: Oxford University Press 1994), pp. 3-8. * Mary Kaldor, ‘Old Wars’, in New and Old Wars, (Cambridge: Polity, 2001), pp. 13-30. * Baylis, Smith, and Owens, eds, The Globalization of World Politics, Chapter 13, ‘The Changing Character of War’. * Clausewitz, ‘On War,’ Chapter 1. Take a look at the Uppsala Conflict Data Program, in particular sections on ‘Definitions’ and ‘Charts and Graphs’ (http://www.pcr.uu.se/research/UCDP/) and Correlates of War Project, in particular individual datasets under ‘Datasets’ so see definition of terms (http://www.correlatesofwar.org) No seminar 4. Lecture: Causes in Explanation and Understanding Seminar Question: Seminar Question: ‘Was religion the most important cause of the Crusades?’ Jonathan Riley-Smith (Editor) The Oxford History of the Crusades (Oxford: OUP 2002) Jonathan Riley-Smith, The Crusades, A History, 2nd Edition (London: Continuum 2005) Jonathan Riley-Smith, What were the Crusades? 4th Edition (London: Palgrave Macmillan 2009) Amin Maloouf, The Crusades through Arab Eyes (Schrocken 1989) JM Powell, Anatomy of a Crusade (Philadelphia 1986) N Housley, The Later Crusades (Oxford 1992) C Hillenbrand, The Crusades, Islamic Perspectives (Edinburgh 1999)

5. Lecture: War and the Transformation of the International System, 1 Seminar Questions: • Why is 1648 such an important date for theorists of international relations? • Do historians and modern theorists of international relations attach the same significance to the Peace of Westphalia, 1648? * D. Croxton, ‘The Peace of Westphalia of 1648 and the Origins of Sovereignty’, International History Review 21 (1999), pp.569-92 * K. J. Holsti, ‘Münster and Osnabrück, 1648: Peace by Pieces’, in his Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order 1648-1989 (Cambridge, 1991) * A. Osiander, ‘History and International Relations Theory’, in Hartmann, Anja V., and Heuser, Beatrice, (eds.), War, Peace and World Orders in European History, (London, 2001) Page | 5

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

* M. S. Anderson, The Origins of the Modern European States System, 1494-1618 (London, 1998), especially Chapters One, Two and Three Charles Tilly, ‘War Making and State Making as Organized Crime,’ in Evans Peter, Rueschemeyer, Dietrich, and Sckocpol, Theda (eds.), Bringing the State Back In (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985) 6. Lecture: War and the Transformation of the International System, 2: From the end of the Cold War to the ‘Responsibility to Protect’ [R2P] Seminar Questions: What impact did ‘9/11’ have on the international system? What are the implications of the norm of the Responsibility to protect on state sovereignty? Fred Halliday,The Making of the Second Cold War, Verso, 1987. *John Lewis Gaddis, International Relations Theory and the End of the Cold War, International Security Volume 17, Number 3, Winter 1992/93 5-58. Lawrence Freedman Great Powers, Vital Interests and Nuclear Weapons, Survival: Global Politics and Strategy Volume 36, Issue 4, 1994, 35-52. *Rt Hon Tony Blair, Doctrine of the International Community, 24 April 1999, http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/www.number10.gov.uk/Page1297 Lawrence Freedman,The Third World War? Survival, Vol. 43, no. 4, Winter 2001–02, pp. 61–88. United Nations, Office of the Special Adviser on the Prevention of Genocide, ‘The Responsibility to Protect’, *http://www.un.org/en/preventgenocide/adviser/responsibility.shtml ‘The Responsibility to Protect’, Report of the International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty. http://responsibilitytoprotect.org/ICISS%20Report.pdf *David Fisher, Morality and War Can War be Just in the Twenty-first Century, Oxford University Press, PB 2012, 191-242. Nicholas Wheeler, Saving Strangers: Humanitarian Intervention in International Society, Oxfourd University Press 2002. *Christopher Dandeker, What “Success” Means in Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya’, in James Burk [Ed] How 9/11 Changed our Ways of War, Stanford University Press, 2013, 116-148. Ronald R. Krebs, The Rise, Persistence and Decline of the War on Terror, James Burk [Ed] How 9/11 Changed our Ways of War, Stanford University Press, 2013, 56-88. *James Burk and Christopher Dandeker, Conclusion, How 9/11 Changed our Ways of War, 261-276. *Lawrence Freedman, Ukraine and the Art of Crisis Management, Survival: Global Politics and Strategy June–July 2014, 56, 3, 7-42.

7. Nuclear Weapons and War Seminar Questions: • Do nuclear weapons help to prevent war, and if so, how? • How should we weigh the possible beneficial effects of nuclear weapons against the costs of their use? • Did nuclear weapons (help) keep the Cold War cold, and what does this imply about the likelihood of great power war in the future? • Would a nuclear Iran make the Middle East more secure? * Waltz, Kenneth N. ‘Nuclear Myths and Political Realities’. American Political Science Review 84, 3 (September 1990), pp. 731-745 * Waltz, Kenneth N. ‘Why Iran should get the Bomb,’ Foreign Affairs, 91, 4 (July/August 2012), 2-5. * Kahl, Colin H., & Waltz, Kenneth N. “Iran and the bomb: Would a nuclear Iran make the Middle East more secure?/Waltz replies.” Foreign Affairs, 91, 5 (September/October 2012), 157-162. Blair, Bruce G. The Logic of Accidental Nuclear War. (Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1993). Page | 6

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

Brodie, Bernard ed., The Absolute Weapon (NY: Harcourt and Brace, 1946) Davis, Zachary S. and Benjamin Frankel (eds.), The Proliferation Puzzle: Why Nuclear Weapons Spread (and What Results). London: Frank Cass, 1993. Edelman, E. S., Krepinevich, A. F., & Montgomery, E. B. (2011). ‘The dangers of a nuclear Iran: The limits of containment.’ Foreign Affairs, 90(1), 66-81. Jervis, Robert. The Meaning of the Nuclear Revolution (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1980) Kaysen, Carl. ‘Is War Obsolete? A Review Essay’, International Security 14 (1990), pp.42-64 Mandlebaum, Michael. ‘Is Major War Obsolete?’ Survival (1998/99), pp. 20-38 Mueller, John. "The Essential Irrelevance of Nuclear Weapons: Stability in the Postwar World," International Security 13(Fall 1988), 55-79. Mueller, John. The Obsolescence of Major War (New York, 1988) Sagan, Scott D. and Kenneth N. Waltz, The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: A Debate (W.W. Norton, 1995) Van Creveld, Martin. Nuclear Proliferation and the Future of Conflict. New York: Free Press, 1993. Van Creveld, Martin. On Future War (London, 1991) Waltz, Kenneth N. The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: More May Be Better, Adelphi Papers No. 171 (London: International Institute for Strategic Studies,1981)

8. Realist Theories and Causes of War Seminar Questions: • What do realist theories see as the fundamental causes of war? • Do you think that realist explanations of the causes of war are useful after the end of the Cold War? *Viotti and Kauppi. ‘Chapter 2, Realism’ plus selected readings by Machiavelli, Hobbes, Rousseau and Gilpin, in Viotti and Kauppi, International Relations Theory. * Baylis, Smith, and Owens, The Globalization of World Politics Chapters 5 and 7. * Kenneth Waltz, Man, the State and War (New York: Colombia, 2001). John J. Mearsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, (New York & London: W.W. Norton, 2001). Hans Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1948). WillIam Wohlforth, ‘Realism and the End of the Cold War', International Security, 19:3 (Winter 1994/95). Mark Kramer, ‘Realism, ideology, and the end of the Cold War: a reply to William Wohlforth’, Review of International Studies, 27 (2001) pp. 119-30. Richard Ned Lebow, ‘The long peace, the end of the cold war, and the failure of realism’, International Organization, 48 (1994), pp 249-77.

9. Race and War Seminar Questions - Is racism a convincing explanation for war? - To what extent was WW2 in the Far East a race war? * John Dower, War without Mercy (Pantheon, 1986), chapters 4-5, 8-9. * Akira Iriye, Power and Culture: The Japanese-American War, 1941-1945 (Harvard, 1981), chapters 1-2. * Ronald H. Spector, ‘The Pacific War and the Fourth Dimension of Strategy’, in G. Bischof and R. L. Dupont (eds.), The Pacific War Revisited (Louisiana, 1997), 41-56. John Dower, ‘The Useful War’, Daedalus, Vol. 119, 1990:3, 49-70. John Dower, ‘Triumphal and Tragic Narratives of the War in Asia’, The Journal of American History, Vol. 83, 1995:3, 1124-1135. Page | 7

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

Akira Iriye, The Origins of the Second World War in the Asia and the Pacific (Longman, 1987). Akira Iriye, Pearl Harbor and the Coming of the Pacific War: A Brief History with Documents and Essays (St. Martin’s, 1999). Frederick R. Dickinson, World War I and the Triumph of a New Japan, 1919-1930 (Cambridge 2014) 10. Case Study – The Origins of the American Civil War Seminar Question How important was slavery an issue in causing the American Civil War?

Brian Holden Reid, The Origins of the American Civil War (London: Longmans, 1996) Kenneth M. Stampp, The Imperiled Union (New York: Oxford University Press, 1980) James M McPherson, The Battle Cry of Freedom (New York: Oxford University Press, 1988; Penguin) 11. Case Study – The Origins of WW1 Seminar Questions: • How can realist theories explain the outbreak of WWI? •

Do you find these theories convincing?

*Walt, Stephen M. ‘International Relations: One World, Many Theories,’ Foreign Policy, No. 110, Special Edition: Frontiers of Knowledge. (Spring, 1998), pp. 29-46. Available through KCL ejournals with password available at: https://www.kcl.ac.uk/depsta/iss/library/passwords/eres/list/forpol.html *Levy, Jack “The Causes of War and the Conditions of Peace,” Annual Review of Political Science, vol. 1 (1998), pp. 139-65. (available through KCL e-journals) Levy, Jack. “The Causes of War: A Review of Theories and Evidence,” in Philip E. Tetlock et al., (eds.), Behaviour, Society, and Nuclear War, vol. 1, 209-333. Lierber, Kier. "The New History of World War I and What It Means for International Relations Theory." International Security, volume 32, issue 2, (Fall 1997), 155-191. (available through KCL ejournals) *Williamson, Samuel R. Jr, ‘The Origins of World War I’ in Robert I. Rotberg and Theodore K. Rabb, eds., The Origins and Prevention of Major Wars (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1989), pp. 225-248. Maier, Charles S. ‘Wargarmes: 191401919’ in Robert I. Rotberg and Theodore K. Rabb, eds., The Origins and Prevention of Major Wars (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1989), pp.249-279. Taylor, A.J.P.. Cahpters 19-23 from The Struggle for Mastery in Europe (SME), 1848-1918. (Oxford University, 1980), 427-568. Kissinger, Henry. Chapters Seven and Eight from Diplomacy. (Simon and Schuster, 1995), pp. 168-217. Addington, Larry. Chapters Three and Four from Patterns of War Since the Eighteenth Century. 2nd edition. (Indiana University, 1994), 102-144. *Kennedy, Paul. ‘Chapter Five’ in The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers. (Random House, 1987),194-274. Rich, Norman. Great Power Diplomacy, 1814-1914. (McGraw Hill, 1991), especially Ch 20-26, pp. 364-465.

12. Causes of War: Marxist Explanations Seminar Questions: Page | 8

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

• •

THE CAUSES OF WAR

Why did the French revolution turn into the wars of the French revolution? Was ideology the primary reason for the outbreak of these wars?

*Baylis, Smith, and Owens, eds, The Globalization of World Politics Chapter 8. Lenin, Imperialism : the Highest Stage of Capitalism (1915). Bernard Semmel, Marxism and the Science of War, Oxford University Press 1981. *Fred Halliday, Rethinking International Relations, (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1994), pp. 47-74. Fidel Castro, Cold War: A Warning for Today's Unipolar World (Ocean Press, 2004), (copy available from Dr Deyermond’s office). T. Blanning, The French Revolutionary Wars, 1787-1802 (London, 1996) M. Bukovansky, ‘The Altered State of Nature: The French Revolution and International Politics’, Review of International Studies 25/2 (1999), pp.197-216. Paul Schroeder, The Transformation of European Politics 1763-1848 (1994), pp.1-210. R. Winks & T Kaiser, Europe, 1648-1815 (Oxford, 2003) W. Doyle, The Origins of the French Revolution (3rd edition) (1999) *G. E. Rothenberg, ‘The Origins, Causes and Extension of the Wars of the French Revolution and Napoleon’, Journal of Interdisciplinary History 18/4 (1988), 771-93 G. Best, War and Society in Europe (London, 1998) G. Rude, Revolutionary Europe 1783-1815 (1964) Geoffrey Ellis, The 'Marxist Interpretation' of the French Revolution, The English Historical Review, Vol. 93, No. 367 (Apr., 1978), pp. 353-376. Jack Amariglio and Bruce Norton, Marxist Historians and the Question of Class in the French Revolution History and Theory, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Feb., 1991), pp. 37-55. 13. Arms Races as a Cause of War

Seminar Questions: • Do arms races cause wars? • Why didn’t the Cold War arms race end in nuclear war? J. Gaddis, 'The Long Peace: Elements of Stability in the Post-war International System', International Security (1986) or in his The Long Peace (Oxford, 1987). Susan G. Sample, "Arms Races and Dispute Escalation: Resolving the Debate?" Journal of Peace Research, Vol. 34, No. 1 (February 1997), pp. 7-22. Samuel P. Huntington, "Arms Races: Prerequisites and Results," in Robert J. Art and Kenneth N. Waltz, eds., The Use of Force, 3rd ed. (NY: University Press of America, 1988), pp. 637-670. Paul Kennedy, Strategy and Diplomacy 1870-1945 (Aylesbury: Fontana, 1984), chapters 5 and 6 ("Strategic Aspects of the Anglo-German Naval Race" and "Arms Races and the Causes of War, 1850-1945"), pp. 127160, 163-178. J. Mueller, 'The Essential Irrelevance of Nuclear Weapons: Stability in the Post war World', International Security (1988) J. Gaddis, et al. eds. Cold War Statesmen Confront the Bomb (1999) Scott Sagan, ‘Nuclear Alerts and crisis management’, International Security 9 (1985), pp.99-139. McGeorge Bundy, Danger and Survival: Choices about the Bomb in the First Fifty Years (1988) Andreas Wenger, Living with Peril: Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Nuclear Weapons (1997) 14. Nationalism and the Causes of War Seminar Questions: • Is nationalism the most common cause of conflict in the post-Cold War era? • Was nationalism the primary cause of the wars in the former Yugoslavia? Page | 9

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

* Baylis, Smith, and Owens, eds, The Globalization of World Politics Chapter 24. *Stephen Ryan, ‘Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict’ in Issues in World Politics, Brian White, Richard Little and Stephen Smith, eds, (Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2001), pp. 133-152. Fred Halliday, ‘Nationalism’, in John Baylis and Steve Smith, The Globalization of World Politics 2nd edn, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001), pp. 440-456. V. P. Gagnon Jr., ‘Ethnic Nationalism and International Conflict: The Case of Serbia’, International Security 19 (1994/94), pp.130-66 *Barry Posen, ‘The Security Dilemma and Ethnic Conflict’, Survival 35 (1993), pp.27-47. John Mueller, ‘The Banality of Ethnic War’, International Security 25 (2000), pp.42-70 James Gow, ‘After the Flood: Literature on the Causes, Consequences and Conduct of the Yugoslav War – Reflections and Refractions’, The Slavonic and East European Review 73 (1997) James Gow, The Serbian Project and its Adversaries (London, 2003) Misha Glenny, The Fall of Yugoslavia (New York, 1992) Sabrina Remet, Balkan Babel (London, 2002) Susan L. Woodward, Balkan Tragedy: Chaos and Dissolution After the Cold War (Washington D.C.: Brookings Institution, 1995). Christopher Dandeker [ed] Nationalism and Violence, Transaction, 1988.

15. Decision making, Bureaucratic Politics, Misperception Seminar Questions: • What are the roles of bureaucratic politics, misperception, and poor intelligence? • Do any or all of these factors help to explain the origins of the Cuban missile crisis? * Selected readings by Jervis, Holsti, Allison, and Goldstein and Keohane in Viotti, Paul R. and Kauppi, Mark V. International Relations Theory (most recent edition available). Allison, Graham. Essence of Decision: Explaining the Cuban Missile Crisis (New York, 1971) Blight, James & David Welch, et al., Special Issue: ‘Intelligence and the Cuban Missile Crisis’, Intelligence & National Security (1998) Blight, James et al, 'Essence of Revision: Moscow, Havana, and the Cuban Missile Crisis', International Security (1989/90) Divine, R. ‘Alive and Well: The Continuing Cuban Missile Crisis Controversy’ Diplomatic History (1994) Fearon, James D. . "Rationalist Explanations for War," International Organization, Vol. 49, No. 3 (Summer 1995), pp. 379-414 at 390-401. Greiner, B. et al, ‘The Cuban Missile Crisis Reconsidered’, Diplomatic History (1990) Hershberg, T. G.. 'Before the Missiles of October', Diplomatic History (1990) Janis, Irving L. Groupthink: Psychological Studies of Policy Decisions and Fiascoes, 2nd ed. (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1982) Janis, Irving L. and Leon Mann, Decision Making: A Psychological Analysis of Conflict, Chaos, and Commitments (NY: Free Press, 1977) *Lebow, Richard Ned. 'The Cuban Missile Crisis: Learning the Lessons Correctly', Political Science Quarterly (1983) Lynn-Jones, Sean, S. Miller & S. Van Evera, eds., Nuclear Diplomacy and Crisis Management (1990) Merom, G. ‘The 1962 Cuban Intelligence Estimate: A Methodological Perspective’, Intelligence & National Security (1999) Round Table Review, ‘The Cuban Missile Crisis’, Diplomatic History (2000) Trachtenberg, Marc. 'The Influence of Nuclear Weapons in the Cuban Missile Crisis', International Security (1985) You can listen to some of the tapes that President Kennedy made during the crisis at the ‘History and Politics Outloud’ website at http://www.hpol.org/; search for ‘Cuban missile crisis’ and you will find the Page | 10

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

relevant tapes.

16. Reading Week 17. Resource Wars Seminar Questions: • How important a cause of war has control of natural resources been in the last 20 years? • Which plays a more important role in resource conflicts: greed or grievance? Peter H. Gleick, ‘Water and Conflict: Fresh Water Resources and International Security’, International Security, 18:1 (Summer, 1993), pp. 79-112. Paul Collier and Anke Hoeffler ‘Greed and Grievance in Civil War’, World Bank Working Paper (October 2001). Michael Klare, Resource Wars (Palgrave Macmillan, 2002). M.L. Ross, ‘Oil, Drugs, and Diamonds: The Varying Roles of Natural Resources in Civil War’, in Karen Ballentine and Jake Sherman, eds,The Political Economy of Armed Conflict: Beyond Greed and Grievance (Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner, 2003). Michael L. Ross, ‘What Do We Know about Natural Resources and Civil War?’, Journal of Peace Research, 41: 3 (May, 2004), pp. 337-56. Päivil Lujala, Nils Petter Gleditsch, Elisabeth Gilmore, ‘A Diamond Curse? Civil War and a Lootable Resource’, The Journal of Conflict Resolution, 49:4 (August, 2005), pp. 538-62. James D. Fearon, ‘Primary Commodity Exports and Civil War’, The Journal of Conflict Resolution, 49:4 (August, 2005), pp.483-507. Michael Klare,The Race for What’s Left: The Global Scramble for the World’s Last Resources, (New York, NY: Metropolitan, 2012) . David Keen, ‘Greed and Grievance in Civil War’, International Affairs, 88:4 (July 2012), pp. 757-77.

18. Historians and the Coming of War Seminar Question: What can a reading of world history tell us about the causes of war? Jeremy Black, Why Wars Happen (London: Reaktion Books 1998) Geoffrey Blainey, The Causes of War (Basingstoke; Macmillan 1988) Matthew Hughes and Matthew S Seligman, Does Peace lead to War? Peace Settlements and Conflict in the Modern Age (Stroud: Sutton 2002) Hidemi Suganami, On the Causes of War (Oxford: Clarendon Press 1996) 19. Is the ‘Just Cause’ a Cause of War? Seminar Questions: • Is a ‘just cause’ a cause of war? • Was the Gulf War of 1991 a ‘just war’? * Michael Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars 3rd edn. (New York: Basic Books, 2000) * Michael Walzer ‘Justice and injustice in the Gulf War’, in Arguing About War (New Haven & London: Yale University Press, 2004), pp. 85-98. * Lawrence Freedman and Efraim Karsh, ‘Why Bush Went to War’, in War, Lawrence Freedman ed., (Oxford: Oxford University Press 1994), pp. 167-171. * David Fisher, Chapter 10 ‘Gulf Wars’ in Morality and War (2011). *Brian Orend, ‘Jus Post Bellum,’ Journal of Social Philosophy, Vol. 31, No. 1, Spring 2000, pp. 117-137. Jean Bethke Elshtain, Stanley Hauerwas, Sari Nusseibeh, Michael Walzer, and George Weigel, But Was it Just?: Reflections on the Morality of the Persian Gulf War, (Bantam Doubleday, 1992) Amatzia Baram and Barry Rubin, eds., Iraq’s Road to War (New York, NY: St Martins, 1993). Page | 11

[4SSW1001 & 4SSWF001 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS001(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

THE CAUSES OF WAR

L. H. Brune, America and the Iraqi Crisis, 1990-92 (California, 1993) Tareq Ismael, The Gulf War and the New World Order: International Relations in the Middle East (Gainesville, 1994) Lawrence Freedman & Efraim Karsh, The Gulf War 1990-1991: Diplomacy and War in the New World Order (London, 1993) M. Khadduri & E. Ghareeb, War in the Gulf, 1990-91 (Oxford, 1997) D. Hiro, Desert Shield to Desert Storm: The Second Gulf War (London, 1992) Mohammad Heikal, Illusion of Triumph: An Arab View of the Gulf War (London, 1992) Jean Bethke Elshtain, ‘Just War and Humanitarian Intervention’, Third Annual Grotius Lecture, American Society of International Law Proceedings 2001 http://www.wcl.american.edu/journal/ilr/17/elshtain.pdf?rd=1 Nicholas Rengger, ‘On the Just War Tradition in the Twenty-First Century’, International Affairs, 78:2 (April, 2002), pp. 353-63. Robert J. Myers, ‘Notes on the Just War Theory: Whose Justice, Which Wars?’, Ethics & International Affairs, 10:1 (April 1996), pp. 115 – 30. 20.Terrorism and War Seminar Question: • Was the American-led ‘war against terrorism’ a war? *Crenshaw, M. ‘The Logic of Terrorism: Terrorist Behavior as a Product of Strategic Choice’, in W. Reich, ed., Origins of Terrorism, (Cambridge, 1990), pp. 7-24 * Hoffman, Bruce. Inside Terrorism. New York: Columbia University Press, 1998. * Kydd, Andrew H. and Barbara F. Walter. ‘The Strategies of Terrorism.’ International Security Vol. 31, No. 1 (Summer 2006), 49-80. (Project Muse: Athens access) * Laqueur, Walter, ‘Postmodern Terrorism,’ Foreign Affairs, vol.75, September/October 1996. (Hein Online: Athens access) * Pape, Robert A. “The Strategic Logic of Suicide Bombing, American Political Science Review, Vol. 97, No. 3 (August 2003), 343-361. * Posen, Barry R. “The Struggle against Terrorism: Grand Strategy, Strategy, and Tactics,” International Security 26, #3 (2002) 39-55. (JSTOR: Athens access) * Reich, ed., Walter. Origins of Terrorism: Psychologies, Ideologies, Theologies, States of Mind (Woodrow Wilson Center Press, 1998). Abrams, Max. ‘Why Terrorism Does Not Work.’ International Security Vol. 31, No. 2 (Fall 2006), 2–78. (Project Muse: Athens access) Crenshaw, Martha. “Thoughts on Relating Terrorism to Historical Contexts,” in Martha Crenshaw, ed., Terrorism in Context. Penn State University Press, 1995, 3-24. Crenshaw, Martha. “How Terrorism Declines,” Terrorism and Political Violence Vol. 3, No. 1 (Spring 1991), 6987 Heymann, Philip B. “Dealing with Terrorism: An Overview,” International Security 26, #3 (2002) 24-38. (KCL) Hoffman, Bruce Hoffman, “Rethinking Terrorism and Counterterrorism Since 9/11,” Studies in Conflict and Terrorism Vol. 25 (2002), 303-316. Laqueur, Walter, ‘Postmodern Terrorism,’ Foreign Affairs, vol.75, September/October 1996. (Hein Online: Athens access) Pillar, Paul R. Terrorism and U.S. Foreign Policy. Brookings, 2001. Rapoport, David C., ed. Inside Terrorist Organizations. New York: Columbia University Press, 1988 21. Module Evaluation & Revision - No seminar

Page | 12

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

Module Organiser: Office Hours: Timetable:

Professor Brian Holden Reid | Office: K6.14 | 0207 848 2831 | [email protected] Thurs 11.00-12.30 https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws

Module Contributors:

Dr. Steve Weiss | Prof Julian Thompson | Prof Philip Sabin | Prof Andrew Lambert | Dr. John Stone | & other visiting speakers Mr James Bennett: [email protected]|Mr Mark Baillie: [email protected] |Mr Sabiiti Mutengesa: [email protected]

Teaching Assistants: AIMS



 

To explore the various experiences of war – individual, group and community, direct and indirect, battlefield (land, sea and air) and home front, military and civilian, male and female, empirical and cultural To encourage reflection on the meaning and value of experience and the relevance of experience as evidence To promote an understanding of experience in relation to other aspects of war

OBJECTIVES 

  

To introduce students to the use of memoirs, biographies, personal testimony, battle studies, literature, poetry, painting, film and other arts to illustrate the impact of war at various levels – individual, group and community, direct and indirect, battle (land, sea and air) and home front, military and civilian To offer students the opportunity to experience personal witness statements by surviving servicemen and civilians and to engage with them To introduce students to a broad range of historical, biographical and cultural sources on the experience of war Familiarity with the concept of experience

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module runs in terms 1 and 2, and is taught by two principal approaches. One is a combination of weekly one-hour lectures followed by a one-hour tutorial seminar on the same topic. Where the Module Schedule indicates lecture, this means that there is a one-hour lecture on Wednesday at 10.00 am (although on occasion, these may be slightly longer) and a one-hour tutorial seminar the following Thursday or Friday afternoon. The other approach uses two-hour guest and academic staff presentation and discussion seminars, or two-hour workshops, which also involve small group activity. Where the Module Schedule indicates Seminar Presentation or Workshop, there is ONE two-hour session on Thursday at 11.00 am and NO one-hour tutorial seminar that afternoon. The different elements of the module will be focused around topics and material that introduce and permit exploration of different aspects and levels of experience and do not depend on a chronological sequence. The module organiser or a contributing teacher/guest speaker will give the lectures and lead two-hour seminars and workshops. One-hour tutorial seminars will be led by a teaching assistant. It is expected that at each of the seminars at least one member of the class will be prepared to make a presentation. It is expected that other members of the class will have made themselves familiar with aspects of each topic and will be in a position to contribute to class discussion. Seminar groups will be outlined separately, as will room allocations.

Page | 1

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

MODULE REQUIREMENTS ALL STUDENTS: all students are required to attend and participate in seminars. Students whose attendance or participation is unsatisfactory will be reported to the module organiser and will be excluded from the exam, hence failing the module. In addition, please note that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed, and overlength work will result in penalties being applied. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of course obligations, or to meet other course obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the ‘Information for Students’ section of the departmental internal web pages.

MODULE ASSESSMENT BA STUDENTS (4SSW1001)

 

3 compulsory formative essays (for the purpose of practice) - please submit to TA’s 1 comprehensive A or B exam (see summative assignment section below for more details)

FULL YEAR STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS (4SSW1003): Same as for regular BA students STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS FALL TERM (4SSWF003)

  

Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by Monday, 23 November 2013 - 12:00 Noon Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by Monday, 14th December 2013 - 12:00 Noon You may also have to submit additional formative (practice essays) during the term. See ‘formative assignment’ section below or speak to your TA’s regarding the number of essays you will need to complete.

STUDY ABROAD SPRING TERM (4SSWS003)

  

Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by Friday, 12th February 2014 - 12:00 Noon Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by Friday, 20th March 2014- 12:00 noon You may also have to submit additional formative (practice essays) during the term. See ‘formative assignment’ section below or speak to your TA’s regarding the number of essays you will need to complete.

KEATS SUBMISSION: Study abroad students should note, that computer issues will not be accepted as an

excuse for not submitting a copy of the summative essay on KEATS. It is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the essay is on KEATS. Hence, please submit ahead of schedule and leave enough time (if you run into computer problems) to drop by the administrative office with an accessible soft copy of your essay before the deadline. SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT (these essays count towards your final grade) Students taking all three modules (CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR) will sit a three-hour unseen, written COMPREHENSIVE A EXAMINATION in May, covering CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR (100%). You will answer three questions, one from the CAUSES section, one from the CONDUCT section and one from the EXPERIENCE section of the paper. This method of examination is designed to reflect the need for understanding across the broad span of the course and Year 1 of the undergraduate programme.

Page | 2

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

Students taking only 2 of 3 of these three modules will sit the same three hour examination (COMPREHENSIVE A EXAMINATION), but will answer three questions from the two sections covering the modules they have taken. Students taking just one of the three modules will sit a special two-hour examination (COMPREHENSIVE B EXAMINATION) and answer two questions from the respective section covering the module they have taken. For further clarity, please take a look at the sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Undergraduate | Past exam papers Please also note the following important points. 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. COMPULSORY FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (FOR PRACTICE)

Students are also expected to submit THREE essays each as part of the formative assessment for this module. It is expected that two of these will be used as the basis for discussion in seminar tutorials. The third essay will be chosen from the questions attached to the final five weeks of the module, and should be handed to the Teaching Assistants by 18 March. Topics will be presented and discussed in seminar tutorials after the relevant lecture or seminar presentation. Assigned essays must be handed to the TAs by 4pm ONE WEEK after the topic has been treated in the seminar tutorial – e.g., the essay for session 4 must be handed in by 24 October. This arrangement should offer class members the chance to incorporate insights from the seminar discussion in the final essay. The essays will be graded and returned to students by the TAs and not by the course organizer. In addition, in some cases, there are essay questions where there is no seminar tutorial. These should normally be considered mainly for the third essay, but, with agreement of the relevant TA, may be submitted in the course of the year. Although these essays are preparatory, and their mark does not contribute to the final module assessment, submission is compulsory and will be monitored closely. If you fail to submit your essays, you will be judged not to have shown due industry, and you will not be allowed to sit the examination. If you have any problems which will affect either essay submission or tutorial attendance, you must let the seminar leader concerned know as soon as possible, inform your personal tutor of any mitigating circumstances affecting your submission, and supply medical documentation to the office if appropriate. Page | 3

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

MODULE SCHEDULE COURSE SCHEDULE: LECTURE TUESDAY 0900h UNLESS SPECIFIED; SEMINARS TBA All dates will be inserted after confirmation has been received from External Speakers September Session 1 / 2015

A Soldier’s Experience Seminar Presentation: Dr. Steve Weiss, Senior Visiting Fellow Introduction to Seminar Tutorials and arrangement of groups

October

Pre-Gunpowder Infantry Melee 0000 Seminar Presentation: Professor Philip Sabin No Seminar Tutorial Feature Film, War and Experience: ‘Hollywood’ at War I Seminar Presentation: Dr. Steve Weiss and Professor Brian Holden-Reid No Seminar Tutorial Life at Sea in the 18th Century Navy Lecture: Professor Andrew Lambert Seminar Tutorial: 18th Century Navy War and Personal Experience: ‘September 11’ Lecture: Dr. Nick Michelsen

Session 2 Session 3

Session 4 Session 5

Session 6

November

Session 7 Session 8 Session 9

Session 10

Session 11 December

No Seminar Tutorial ‘Hollywood’ at War II Seminar Presentation: Dr Steve Weiss and Brian Holden No Seminar Tutorial The American Civil War Lecture: Professor Brian Holden Reid Seminar Tutorial: The American Civil War War and the Media Lecture: Dr Jack McDonald Seminar Tutorial: War and the Media The Experience of War at Sea and Morale: The German Navy, 1914-18 Lecture: Professor Andrew Lambert Seminar Tutorial: German Navy, 1914-18 The Experiences of Anglo-American Bomber Crews during the Second World War Seminar Presentation: Mr Sebastian Cox, MA (War Studies) Head of the Air Historical Branch, Ministry of Defence Seminar Tutorial: Anglo-American Bomber Crews Combat and Different Cultural Environments: Case Study – the British in South East Asia in the Second World War Lecture: Major General Julian Thompson, Visiting Professor Page | 4

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR Seminar Tutorial: British in South East Asia

Session 12

January 2016

Session 13

Session 14

Session 15 February

Session 16

Session 17

Session 18

Session 19

March

Session 20

Session 21

Session 22

The Experience of Bayonet Fighting: Psychological and Moral Factors Lecture: Dr. John Stone Seminar: The Experience of Bayonets Contemporary Combat Experience: Junior Officers in Iraq Seminar Presentation: Mr. Philip Strand No seminar Tutorial The Infantry Battle Lecture: Mr James Bennett Seminar Tutorial: The Infantry Battle War and Literature Lecture: Dr Jack Macdonald Seminar Tutorial: War and Literature 1914-18 NOTE CHANGE OF LECTURE How Are Wars Remembered? Seminar Presentation: Dr Jack McDonald No Seminar Tutorial The Experience of Leadership and Command: The Case of the Falklands War. Seminar Presentation: General Julian Thompson, Visiting Professor. No Seminar Tutorial Experience of serving in a submarine Dr Duncan Redford – CHANGE OF SPEAKER TBA No Seminar Tutorial Experiences of War and Sources of Experience – a Multidimensional Approach: Learning from Experience? Workshop: Professor Brian Holden Reid and Teaching Assistants Seminar tutorial: Commemoration What Price Defence? Seminar Presentation: General Sir Tim GranvilleChapman, former Vice Chief of the Defence Staff Seminar Tutorial: Defence An American Soldier’s Experiences of the Battle of France, 1944 - Seminar Presentation by Dr Steve Weiss, Visiting Fellow No Seminar tutorial CHANGED FROM 4 FEB Counter Insurgency in the American War and Independence in Iraq/Afghanistan Today Compared Seminar Presentation: General Sir Michael Rose No Seminar tutorial Page | 5

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

MODULE READING Essential Reading Lawrence Freedman Ed. War, (Oxford U P paperback, 1994) Angus Calder Ed. Wars (London: Penguin, 1999) John Keegan The Face of Battle (Jonathan Cape, 1976) Topic Reading 1. Pre-Gunpowder Infantry Melee Victor Davis Hanson, The Western Way of War (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1989) Adrian Goldsworthy, 'The Othismos, Myths and Heresies: The Nature of Hoplite Battle', War in History 4/1, 1997, pp.1-26 R Luginbill, 'Othismos: The Importance of the Mass Shove in Hoplite Warfare', Phoenix 48, 1994, pp.51-61 Adrian Goldsworthy, The Roman Army at War, 100 BC - AD 200 (Oxford: Oxford U P, 1996), chs.5-6 Alexander Zhmodikov, 'Roman Republican Heavy Infantrymen in Battle (IV-II Centuries BC)', Historia 49/1, 2000, pp.67-78 Philip Sabin, 'The Face of Roman Battle', Journal of Roman Studies 90, 2000, pp.1-17 Ardant du Picq, Battle Studies, translated in Roots of Strategy, Book 2 (Harrisburg PA: Stackpole Books, 1987) Paddy Griffith, The Viking Art of War (London: Greenhill, 1995), ch.7 John Keegan, The Face of Battle (London: Jonathan Cape, 1976), ch.2 2. A Soldier’s Experience John Keegan The Face of Battle (Jonathan Cape, 1976) 3. Feature Film, War and Experience Essay question: To what extent does human experience structure, shape or inform all types of media representation of war? Milena Michalski and James Gow, War, Image and Legitimacy: Viewing Contemporary Conflict London: Routeledge, 2007 James Gow, ‘Strategic Pedagogy and Pedagogic Strategy’ International Relations Vol. 20 No. 4 December 2006 Thomas Doherty Projections of War: Hollywood, American Culture, and World World War II (New York: Columbia U P, 1993) Natalie Zemon Davis Slaves on Screen (Cambridge, MA: Harvard U P, 2000) Ch1. (Course notes/short loan collection) Carl Boggs and Tom Pollard, The Hollywood War Machine: U.S. Militarism and Popular Culture (Taos: Paradigm, 2007) Susan L Carruthers, The Media at War: Communication and Conflict in the Twentieth Century, London: Palgrave, 2000 Philip Seib, Beyond the Front Lines: How the News Media Cover a World Shaped by War New York: Palgrave, 2004 Marie Gillespie, ‘Security, Media, Legitimacy: Multi-Ethnic Media Publics and the Iraq War 2003’, International Relations Vol. 20 No. 4 December 2006 Andrew Hoskins, and Ben O’Loughlin, Television and Terror: Conflicting Times and the Crisis of News Discourse, London: Palgrave, 2007 Andrew Hoskins, Televising War: From Vietnam to Iraq, London: Continuum, 2004 Milena Michalski, ‘Cultural Representation of Atrocity and Repentance’ Southeast European and Black Sea Studies Vol.7 No.3 2007 Stacey Takacs Terrorism TV: Popular Entertainment in Post 9/11 America (Kansas University Press: 2012) Page | 6

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

Films: A Cry from the Grave dir. Leslie Woodhead (1999) Virgin Soldiers dir. Dodge Billingsley (2003) 9/11 dirs. Jules et Gedeon Naudet (2002) ABC News Presents War with Iraq — Stories from the Front no dir. (2004) Beslan: Siege of school No. 1 dir. Kevin Sim (2005) Black Hawk Down dir. Ridley Scott (2001) Prisoner of the Mountains dir. Sergei Bodrov Jnr. (1996) War dir. Aleksei Balabanov (2004) War With Iraq ABC News (2003) Welcome to Sarajevo dir. Michael Winterbottom (1995) What We Saw CBS News (2002) All Quiet on the Western Front dir. Lewis Milestone (1930) The Halls of Montezuma dir. Lewis Milestone (1950) Hamburger Hill dir. John Irvin (1987) Saving Private Ryan dir. Steven Spielberg (1998) Three Kings dir. David O. Russell (1999) Documentaries: Restrepo dir. Tim Hetherington and Sebastian Junger (2010) Our War BBC (2011) Ross Kemp in Afghanistan Sky (2008) Ross Kemp: Return to Afghanistan Sky (2009) Armadillo dir. Janus Metz (2010) Television: Band of Brothers (HBO 2001) The Pacific (HBO 2010) Generation Kill dir. Susanna White and Simon Cellan Jones (2008) 4. War, Memory and Art/Women and War Meirion and Susie Harries, The War Artists: British Official War Art of the Twentieth Century (London: M. Joseph, in association with the Imperial War Museum and the Tate Gallery, 1983 Eric Newton War Through Artists Eyes: Paintings And Drawings by British War Artists (London: John Murray, 1945) Sylvester, Christine Feminist International Relations: An Unfinished Journey Cambridge: Cambridge U P, 2002 Lesley Abdela Women Facing War Geneva: ICRC, 2001 Pennington, R. ‘Offensive Women: Women in Combat in the Red Army’, in Addison, P. & A. Calder. (eds.) Time to Kill: The Soldier’s Experienc e of War in the West , 1939-45. London: Pimlico, 1997 Campbell, D. ‘Women in Combat: the World War II Experience in the USA, Great Britain, Germany, and the USSR’, Journal of Military History, 57.2, 1993 Loring Goldman, N. (ed.) Female Soldiers – Combatants or Non Combatants?: Historical and Contemporary Perspectives. Westport. 1982 Quester, G. H. ‘Women in Combat’, International Security, Spring 1977 MacDonald, S. et al. (ed.) Images of Women in Peace and War. London: 1987 Saywell, S Women in War. Markham, Ontario. 1985 Erickson, J. ‘Night Watches, Snipers and Laundresses’, History Today, 40, 1990 Keegan, J. A History of Warfare, NY. 1993. p.76 5. War and Personal Experience: ‘September 11’ Essay Question: Compare and contrast different experiences (including your own) of ‘September 11’ and Page | 7

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

what, if anything, can be learned from them for the understanding of war. British Film Institute et al After September 11: TV News and Transnational Audiences September 2002 Mitchell Fink and Lois Mathias Never Forget: an Oral History of September 11, 2001 New York: Regan Books-Harper Collins, 2002 John Miller and Michael Stone, with Chris Mitchell The Cell: Inside the 9/11 Plot, and Why the FBI and CIA Failed to Stop It New York: Hyperion, 2002, pp.1-37. CBS with an Introduction by Dan Rather, What We Saw: the Events of September 11, 2001 – In Words, Pictures, and Video New York: Simon and Schuster, 2002 (NB. A CD Rom Accompanies this book, which may be of use as a source) ‘September 11 – One Year On’ Glamour (UK) September 2002 p.97ff ‘Sept. 11 One Year Later – One office, seven friends, three survivors’ Glamour (US) September 2002 p.278ff http://www.televisionarchive.org/sept11.html#September11 (especially ABC and BBC World streams) http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/shared/spl/hi/world/02/september_11/where_were_you_when/html/defau lt.stm Ulrich Baer, ed., 110 Stories: New York Writes After September 11 (New York: NYU Press, 2004) Milena Michalski and James Gow, War, Image and Legitimacy: Viewing Contemporary Conflict London: Routledge, 2007 Stacey Takacs Terrorism TV: Popular Entertainment in Post 9/11 America (Kansas University Press: 2012) 6. Experience of War Through Literature: The First World War On the experiences of the First World War generally: G. Sheffield Leadership in the Trenches (2000) W. Deist ‘The Military Collapse of the German Empire’, War &History, 3 No2, April 1996, pp. 186207 J J Becker The Great War and the French People (1985) G Pedroncini Le Mutineries de 1917 (1967) M Ferro The Great War 1914-1918 (1973) William Philpott Bloody Victory (2009) On the nature of “war stories”, students are advised to read and contrast the attempts to derive truth or lessons from the experience of combat from the following books: Robert Graves Goodbye to All ThatMichael Herr Dispatches Tim O’Brien The Things They Carried Students will be assigned an excerpt from a fictional or non-fictional literature source during class for the purposes of contextualising the literature of the First World War with other literary approaches to the experience of war in western literature. It is impossible to derive a definitive list of novels in the Western canon that deal with the experience of combat. However, students may wish to read any of the following to start with: Stephen Crane The Red Badge of Courage Erich Maria Remarque All Quiet on the Western Front Joseph Heller Catch-22 Kurt Vonnegut Jr. Slaughterhouse 5 Norman Mailer The Naked and the Dead Sebastian Faulks Birdsong Page | 8

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

Ian McEwan Atonement Essay Questions: EITHER A) Assess the merits of Wilfred Owen as a teacher about the nature of war. Wilfred Owen, Collected Poems Correlli Barnett The Collapse of British Power (1972, section on war poets) Paul Fussell The Great War and Modern Memory (1975) Dominic Hibberd and John Onions Poetry of the Great War (1986) Keith Robbins The First World War (1984) Ian Beckett The First World War (2002) OR B)Assess the merits of Siegfried Sassoon as a teacher about the nature of war. Siegfried Sassoon, Memoirs of George Sherston War Poems Max Egremont Siegfried Sassoon: A Biography (2005) Correlli Barnett Collapse of British Power (as above) Books by Hibberd and Onions, Fussell and Robbins as above OR C)Compare and Contrast Goodbye to All That and Dispatches. Robert Graves Goodbye to All That Michael Herr Dispatches Siegfried Sassoon Memoirs of George Sherston Tim O’Brien If I Die in a Combat Zone (1989) 7. The Experience of the Civil War Soldier Essay Question: How important was ideology for the motivation of American Civil War soldiers both North and South? James M. McPherson What they fought for, 1861 – 1865 (1994) James M. McPherson For Cause and Comrades (1997) Brian Holden Reid ‘What made American Civil War soldiers fight?‘ The Journal of Strategic Studies, vol. 22 (December 1999), pp. 131-8 Andrew Haughton The Experience of War: Men At Arms’, in Susan-Mary Grant and Brian Holden Reid ed, Themes of the American Civil War (Revised Second Edition, 2009) Brian Holden Reid A merica ’s C ivil W a r: The Operational Battlefield, 1861-1863 (2008), chapt 12 Earl J. Hess The Union Soldier in Battle (1997) Reid Mitchell The Vacant Chair (1993) Dora l. Costa and Matthew E Kahn, Heroes and Cowards: The Social Face of War (2008) Mark S, Schantz A wa iting the He a ve nly C ountry: The C ivil W a r and A meric a ’s C ulture of Death (2008) Joseph T Glatthaar Gene ral Lee ’s A rmy: From V ic tory to C olla pse (2008), chapts 6,7 & 25 8. Combat and Different Cultural Environments: Case Study: the British in South East Asia in the Second World War Essay Question: Analyse the experience of fighting an enemy who doesn’t ‘play by the same rules’. Louis Allen, Burma: The Longest War 1941-45, J M Dent & Sons Ian Lyall Grant and Kazuo Tamayama, Burma 1942: The Japanese Invasion, Zampi Press Ian Lyall Grant, Burma The Turning Point, Zampi Press James Lunt, A Hell Of A Licking; The Retreat From Burma 1941-42, Collins. Julian Thompson, Imperial War Museum Book of the War in Burma, 1942-45: A Vital Contribution to Victory in the Far East, ( IWM 2003) Jon Latimer, Burma: The Forgotten War (London: John Murray, 2005) Page | 9

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

The first three of these books include a considerable amount of material on the war from the Japanese point of view. Allen was an interpreter and interrogator with Fourteenth Army in Burma, and Lyall Grant served in Burma as a sapper and has subsequently done extensive research with the Japanese. 9. Recreating the 18th Century Naval Experience: Perception and Reality Essay question: ‘Nasty brutish and short’ Is this a fair description of the lives of eighteenth century sailors? H Baynham, From the Lower Deck: The Navy 1700-1840 (1969) Before the Mast: Naval Ratings of the Nineteenth Century (1971) J D Byrne, Crime and Punishment in the Royal Navy(1989) J Dann, The Nagle Journal (1988) D Garland, Punishment and Modern Society (1990) V A C Gatrell, The Hanging Tree: Execution and the English People (1994) J B Hattendorf, Every Man Will Do His Duty: AN Anthology of First Hand Accounts from the Age of Nelson (1989) N A M Rodger, The Wooden World: An Anatomy of the Georgian Navy (1986) Simon Baker The Ship (2002): 10. The Experiences of Anglo-American Bomber Crews during the Second World War Essay questions: EITHER A. 'Experienced and inexperienced crews were mown down as impartially as the boys who walked into the German machine gun nests in the battle of the Somme in 1916' (Freeman Dyson). Discuss. OR B. Why do you think that in general, despite heavy losses, the morale of the AngloAmerican Bomber crews held up after 1942? Introduction by Sebastian Cox to Sir Arthur T. Harris, Despatch on War Operations, (London: Frank Cass, 1985) Max Hastings Bomber Command. (1979) Chapters 2,3 6,8,10 12 and 13 John Terraine The Right of the Line (1985) Chapters 31-36, 59--67,81 Noble Frankland 'Some reflections on the Strategic Air Offensive' RUSI Journal (May 1972 R.J. Overy The Air War 1939-45 (1980) Chapters 5,6 and 9 Michael S. Sherry The Rise of American Air Power(1987) Chapters 5,6 ,7-10 Miles Tripp The Eighth Passenger Ray, John The Night Blitz 1940-1941 (1996) Reynolds, David, Rich Relations: The American Occupation of Britain, 1942-1945, Chap 17. Wells Mark H., Courage and Air Warfare: The Allied Aircrew Experiences in the Second World War (Frank Cass 1995) 11. War and the Media: The Correspondent Essay Question: ‘Truth is the First Casualty of War’. Discuss with special reference to the media coverage of the Falklands War. P. Knightly The First Casualty V Adams The Media and the Falklands Campaign (1986) D Mercer, G Mungham, K Williams, The Fog of War:The Media and the Battlefield (1987) R Cathcart The Most Contrary Region: The BBC on Northern Ireland, 1924-1984 (1984) K J Turner Lyndon Johnson’ s Dual W a r: Vie tnam and the Press (1985) J Galtung and M Ruge, ‘Structuring and Selecting News’ in Cohen and Young eds, Manufacture of News (1981) J Stuart Mill On Liberty, chapter 2 ‘Of the Liberty of Thought and Discussion’ Marshall McCluhan Understanding Media (Routledge, 2001) Page | 10

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

For context, students are advised to read the memoirs of journalists, such as: Dexter Filkins The Forever War: Dispatches from the War on Terror (Vintage, 2009) Evan Wright Generation Kill (Corgi, 2009) Don McCullin Unreasonable Behaviour (Vintage, 2002) Greg Marinovich and Joao Silva The Bang Bang Club: Snapshots from a Hidden War (Arrow, 2001) Anthony Loyd My War Gone By, I Miss it So (Anchor Books, 2000) 12. The Experience of Bayonet Fighting: Psychological and Moral Factors In this session we will explore the manner in which the offensive spirit has historically been inculcated in soldiers, focusing on the role played by the bayonet in this process. Why have armies traditionally attached so much importance to the bayonet, given the rarity of close-quarter combat? Under what conditions has ‘bayonet- fighting’ most usually occurred? When it does occur, why is bayonet fighting often extremely fierce? Essay question: ‘The influence of the bayonet on infantry operations is first and foremost a psychological one.’ Discuss. Colonel Ardent du Picq Battle Studies Ancient and Modern, trans. Col. John N. Greely & Maj. Robert C. Cotton (New York: Macmillan, 1921) For another version see: Charles-Ardant du Picq, Etudes sur le combat: Combat antique et moderne, reprinted as ‘Battle Studies’ in The Roots of Strategy - Book Two: Three Military Classics (Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole, 1987) Ellis, John, The Social History of the Machine Gun (London: Routledge, 1975) Ellis, John, The Sharp End of War: The Fighting Man in World War II (Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1980), esp. pp. 17, 177 Freedman, Lawrence (ed.), War (Oxford: University Press, 1994), esp. pp. 15-17 Lee, R.G., Introduction to Battlefield Weapons Systems & Technology, Second Edn London: Brassey's, 1985), p. 107 Giffith, Paddy, Forward into Battle: Fighting Tactics from Waterloo to Vietnam (Chichester: Anthony Bird, 1981). You may also find the new material in the Second Edition (published in 1990) of value Holmes, Richard, The Firing Line (London: Pimlico, 1994), esp. pp. 377-9 Howard, Michael, ‘Men Against Fire: The Doctrine of the Offensive in 1914’, in Michael Howard, The Lessons of History (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991), pp. 97-112 For a somewhat different version, see: Howard, Michael, ‘Men Against Fire: The Doctrine of the Offensive in 1914’, in Peter Paret (ed.), Makers of Modern Strategy: From Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age (Oxford: Clarendon, 1994), pp. 510-26 Keegan, John, The Face of Battle: A Study of Agincourt, Waterloo and the Somme (London: Jonathan Cape, 1976) Ripley, Tim, Bayonet Battle: At the Sharp End (New York: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1999) Todd, Frederick P., ‘The Knife and Club in Trench Warfare, 1914-1918’, The Journal of the American Military History Foundation, Vol. 2, No. 3, 1938, pp. 139-153 13. The Experience of War at Sea and Morale: Case Study – Germany in the Great War Essay Question: How far did the conditions aboard the battleships of the High Seas Fleet contribute to the naval mutinies of 1918? (This question requires you to consider the social structure of the German Navy, officer-men relations, and the conditions of service. Stumpf and Ruge provide contrasting images.) Page | 11

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

Herwig, H. The German Naval Officer Corps. (1973)[Located at University of London Library and LSE Library] Herwig, H., Luxury Fleet (1980) Horn D. (ed) The Private War of Seaman Stumpf (1967) Horn D., The Collapse of the High Seas Fleet. Ruge F., Scapa Flow(1973) Liddle P., The Sailor's War 1914-1918 (1985) (provides a British perspective) 14. The Contemporary Combat Experience Essay Question: To what extent do modern communications capabilities create new dimensions to the experience of war? Here are a few internet links to set you thinking – find more like these. http://www.youtube.com/user/royalairforce http://www.soldiersperspective.us/ http://traversa.typepad.com/ http://www.arrse.co.uk/ http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/sixmonthsinafghanistan http://www.bbc.co.uk/cornwall/content/articles/2006/12/12/afghan_diaries_feature.shtml http://www.guardian.co.uk/Iraq/blogger You might find some useful contextual material in the following books: Milena Michalski and James Gow, War, Image and Legitimacy: Viewing Contemporary Conflict London: Routeledge, 2007 Philip Seib Beyond the Front Lines: How the News Media Cover a World Shaped by War (New York: Palgrave, 2004) Andrew Hoskins and Ben O’Loughlin Television and Terror: Conflicting Times and the Crisis of News Discourse(London: Palgrave, 2007) Try reading a chapter or two from the following books to understand the effect that communications (or the lack thereof) have on the experience of combat: Colby Buzzell My War: Killing Time in Iraq (London: Corgi, 2006) Evan Wright Generation Kill (Corgi, 2009) Michael Ignatieff Virtual War (Vintage, 2001) Anthony Swofford Jarhead: A Soldier’s Story of Modern War (London: Scribner, 2004) Tim O’Brien If I Die in a Combat Zone (Harper Perennial, 2006) Robert Leckie Helmet for My Pillow (Ebury, 2011) Eugene B Sledge With The Old Breed (Ebury 2011) 15. The Individual’s Multiple Experiences of War Essay question: How far can examples of individual testimony offer a sense collective experience? George Clare Last Waltz in Vienna (New York: Holt, Reinhardt and Winston, 1980) pp.158-257 George Clare Berlin Days, 1946-7 (London: Macmilla, 1989) Irene Young Enigma Variations: Love, War and Bletchley Park (London: Mainstream Publishing, 1990) Joanna Lumley Forces Sweethearts: Wartime Romance from the First World War to the Gulf (London: Bloomsbury, 1993) Fitzroy MacLean Eastern Approaches (London: Jonathan Cape, 1949) Angus Calder Wars P H Meijering, Signed with their Honour: The Story of Chivalry in Air Warfare, 1914-45 (Edinburgh: Mainstream, 1987) P Bishop, Fighter Boys (London: HarperCollins, 2003) Page | 12

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

P Richey, Fighter Pilot (London: Jane’s, 1980) J E Johnson, Wing Leader (London: Chatto & Windus, 1956) T Bartley, Smoke Trails in the Sky (Cheshire: Crecy, 1997) P Clostermann, The Big Show (London: Chatto & Windus, 1951) J Goodson, Tumult in the Clouds (New York: William Kimber, 1983) www.rafbombercommand.co.uk/master_people.html Colby Buzzell My War: Killing Time in Iraq (London: Corgi, 2006) Evan Wright Generation Kill (Corgi, 2009) Anthony Swofford Jarhead: A Soldier’s Story of Modern War (London: Scribner, 2004) Tim O’Brien If I Die in a Combat Zone (Harper Perennial, 2006) Robert Leckie Helmet for My Pillow (Ebury, 2011) Eugene B Sledge With The Old Breed (Ebury 2011) 16. An American Soldier’s Experiences of the Battle of France, 1944 Essay questions: EITHER A) How far did the prior training of raw Allied troops prepare them for their actual experiences on D-Day and in the ensuing months? OR B) Why did it take so long for the Allies to defeat the Germans in Normandy? Were the Germans superior to the Allies as all-around soldiers? Addison, Paul and Calder, Angus (eds)., Time to Kill : The Soldiers' Experience of War in the West (London: Pimlico pbk,1997), see article by Steve Weiss. Ambrose, Stephen E., Citizen Soldiers: The U.S. Army from the Normandy Beaches to the Bulge to the Surrender of Germany June 7 1944- May 7 1945 (Simon and Shuster, 1997) Ambrose, Stephen E., D-Day: June 6, 1944: The Climactic Battle of World War II (Simon and Shuster, 1994) W.G.J. Jackson 'Overlord': Normandy 1944 (1978) Max Hastings Overlord: D-Day and the Battle for Normandy (1989) Carlo d'Este Decision in Normandy (1987) David Fraser And We Shall Shock Them (1983) Chapter 14 Milton Shulman Defeat in the West Paul Carell Invasion:They are Coming Sydney Jary 18 Platoon David Reynolds, Rich Relations: The American Occupation of Britain, 1942-1945, Chaps 20 and 21. For an artillery officer's experiences in North Africa and Italy see Donald Low, MC A Share of Time (1997) 17. The Experience of Leadership and Command: The Case of the Falklands War Essay question: Did Britain’s victory in the Falklands War owe more to the superior training, élan and command structure of the British armed forces vis-à-vis the Argentinean conscript army than to Britain’s superior military technology? Thompson, Julian, No Picnic (Revised Edition, 1992: Leo Cooper) Max Hastings and Simon Jenkins The Battle for the Falklands (1983) Virginia Gamba The Falklands/Malvinas War (1987), Chapters 4-8 [Copy in the University of London Library] Julian Thompson No Picnic (see above) John Frost 2 Para Falklands: The Battalion at War (London: Buchan and Enright, 1983) Ministry of Defence The British Army in the Falklands 1982 (HMSO 1983) Keith Speed. Sea Change (Bath: Ashgrove, 1982) Julian Thompson Imperial War Museum Book of the War at Sea: The Royal Navy in the Second World War (Macmillan) Julian Thompson Victory in Europe (Macmillan) Lawrence Freedman, The Official History of the Falklands Campaign (London: Routeledge, 2007) Page | 13

[4SSW1003 & 4SSWF003 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS003(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE EXPERIENCE OF WAR

18. Experiences of War and Sources of Experience – a Multidimensional Approach: Learning from Experience? Essay question: [N.B.: It is assumed that this essay will reflect the different ideas and types of materials considered throughout the module.] To what extent can it make sense to discuss ‘the experience of war’, rather than a set of discrete experiences? Angus Calder Ed. Wars (London: Penguin, 1999) Addison, P. and Calder, A. Time to Kill : The Soldier’s Experienc e of War in the West, 1939 -45. London: Pimlico, 1997 Keegan, J. Face of Battle, Addison, P. & J. A. Crang. (eds.) Burning Blue: A New History of the Battle of Britain Tolstoy, L. Sevastopol Sketches Richard Stumpf The Private War of Seaman Stumpf: the unique diaries of a young German in the Great War (1969) Peter H. Liddle (ed.) Home Fires and Foreign Fields: British social and military experience in the First World War (1985) Roberts, D. Minds at War: poetry and the Experience of the First World War. Burgess Hill: Saxon Books. 1996 Casey, R. G.(Baron) Personal Experience, 1939-46. London: Constable. 1962. Titus, J. (ed.) The Home Front and War in the Twentieth Century: The American Experience. Colorado Springs USAFA. 1984 Anthony Beevor Stalingrad (London: Viking, 1999) B.H. Liddell-Hart Why Don’t We Learn From History? (London: George Allen and Unwin, 1944). Michael Howard War and the Liberal Conscience (Oxford: Oxford U P, 1981)

Page | 14

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Convenor: Office:

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Filippo Costa-Buranelli, Pablo de Orellana TBA

Seminar Tutors : Filippo Costa-Buranelli Pablo de Orellana

[email protected] [email protected]

WHEN AND WHERE Lectures are on Tuesdays from 1600-1800 in Edmund J. Safra Lecture Theatre, Strand campus, ground floor. The seminar timetable is available on KEATS. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES This is a one-term module for first-year undergraduates on both War Studies and International Relations programmes, building upon the knowledge and skills introduced in the core modules, ‘Art of War Studies’ (4SSW2019) and ‘Conflict and Diplomacy’ (4SSW1008), respectively. The aim of this module is to enable students to gain core subject knowledge of contemporary security issues and develop personal transferable skills in research, presentation and group work. The logic of this course is to help students reach proficiency in three basic sets of skills and knowledge. Firstly, critical readings of large volumes of press reporting on current and recent affairs; secondly, historical research to contextualise and understand the background, discourses, issues, and narratives of contemporary security issues; and thirdly, to investigate these issues through practical analytical application of theoretical concepts and research methods. In sum, by the end of the module students should be able to independently research issues through open source media, research background and apply appropriate analytical frameworks. By the end of the module, students should be able to answer these three questions for any given security issue studied. -How does a specific issue constitute a security threat? -What is the background, narrative, and origin of this issue? What is the role of this past in the present? -What is the best conceptual framework to address this issue and why? Students who successfully complete this module will: • understand the different uses and interpretations of the concept of ‘security’ • have knowledge of the main empirical issues of contemporary international security • understand the normative implications of the conceptual debates and empirical issues of contemporary security • have had the opportunity to develop independent open-source and academic research, presentation and group work skills The lectures will introduce students to the conceptual, historical, empirical as well as normative and narrative aspects of contemporary security studies. The seminars provide a forum for exploring ideas and issues raised in the lectures in greater depth. Seminars also provide students with opportunities to get individual assistance with gaining the knowledge and skills necessary to achieve the module learning outcomes. Most importantly, the (assessed) group presentations to be delivered at seminars provide students with the opportunity to present their individual research in a critical and debative environment. Page | 1

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS This one-term module is organised into weekly 90-minute lectures, which will include up to half an hour of interactive Q+A and student-led discussion, and weekly one-hour seminars. Attendance at lectures and seminar is mandatory. If you have a reasonable excuse for absence, you should inform your seminar tutor before the session from which you wish to be excused. All lectures and seminars begin promptly at 5 minutes past the hour. This is to give you time to travel between teaching rooms, not to get stuck in the queue for coffee. As a courtesy to your tutors and your peers, please ensure you arrive at your classes on time. Seminars end 5 minutes before the hour. Seminars are key to the self-directed element of the learning process of this module. Seminar groups will be divided into student presentation groups of 2-3 students. Each week a group will deliver a 10-minute presentation based on their research of press, historical and academic sources. This presentation will be the focus of the debate for the remainder of the seminar and is assessed, counting for 20% of the module final mark. Participation in seminar (thought-provoking interventions, questions, answers, debate) counts for a further 10% of the module final mark. Please note that the quality of interventions will also be assessed on evidence of reading from the reading list, not auntie Frida’s theory of human violence. It is your responsibility to check KEATS for course materials and other information –particularly seminar questions and readings. Please also ensure that you check your KCL email account regularly for course announcements. LECTURE/SEMINAR SCHEDULE Lectures will be held on Tuesdays at 1600-1730 in the Edmond J. Safra Lecture Theatre, ground floor, Strand campus. Each week, a single theme unites the lecture and seminar. The exception to this is Reading Week, in which we shall be holding is a study, reading, note-taking, essay planning, writing, presentation and debating skills session. 1. Introduction: After the Cold War (Pablo - Filippo) 2. Humanitarian Intervention (Filippo Costa-Buranelli) 3. Nuclear Proliferation (Dr. Christopher Hobbs) 4. New Terrorism & Global Insurgency (Dr. Peter Neumann) 5. Ecological Security (Prof. Tony Allan, Dept. of Geography) 6. SKILLS SESSION (PABLO and FILIPPO) 7. The body at war (TBA) 8. Human Security (Prof. Theo Farrell) 9. Migration, the New Urbanisation and Multiculturalism (Pablo de Orellana) 10. Infrastructures and Security (Prof. Thomas Rid) 11. Thinking security (Pablo and Filippo) Seminars will be held every week, except Week 6. You will be informed in advance to which of the seminar groups you have been assigned. If you anticipate clashes with other classes, please inform BOTH Page | 2

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

conveners before the module starts and you will be assigned to a different group. Seminar timetables can be found on your personal timetable. COURSE ASSIGNMENTS & ASSESSMENT You will be required to prepare and complete three mandatory assignments. 1. Participation in seminars. 10% of module mark This is assessed on two parameters. Firstly, you are expected to read all the required readings for every week and to draw on these for your class interventions, comments, contributions and questions. Secondly, participation is assessed with regards to attendance (absence justified in advance does not count) and, crucially, proactive engagement in class –this means that you are expected to intervene at the very least once in every seminar. 2. Group presentations. 20% of module mark This is assessed in terms of research, relevance, debate, engagement with the relevant literature from the reading list as well as creative use and analysis of press and open-access media sources as well as the academic material covered in lectures. Groups of three students will be arranged in the first seminar, at which there will not be presentations. This provides students with the opportunity to secure a significant percentage of the total mark in advance of the examination, a percentage that will reflect individual selfguided work and research. This mark will be assigned to the presentation group and not to individuals so as to encourage esprit de corps and team work skills. 3. Written exam, May 2016 (tbc). 70% of module mark. The written exam will be a two-hour unseen examination in May 2016, in which you will be asked to answer two questions. The exact time and place will be announced in mid-March 2016 (tbc) and will be added to your personal exam timetable in Student Records. Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy.

Page | 3

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers are available on the department website. Please follow the link from the internal department web page to: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Undergraduate | Past exam papers READING Reading lists are provided below for each week’s themes and topics. Each week there are core texts which you must read ahead of time, as well as supplementary readings that will help broaden and deepen your knowledge of specific topics. You should aim to read as many of these supplementary texts as possible, as they will help you with your other courses too. Students are reminded that presentations require evidence of wide reading and independent research, so you should not treat these reading list as exhaustive: they are places to start your research, not finish it. In addition, this module requires independent student-led research from press sources including newspapers, press agencies, blogs, forums, national press agencies, think-tanks, policy papers, leaks etc. There are thousands of online resources but you might want to start with BBC News, The Guardian, The New York Times and foreignpolicy.com for the Western take on current security affairs, but you you are also encouraged to explore non-western sources, including those issued in high-censorship regimes such as Morocco’s MAP, China’s CCTV and People’s Daily, the Moscow Times and RT and others depending on the security topic being covered. Please speak to your seminar leader for advice on further sources you might wish to consider for your seminar presentation. Asterisks indicate particularly important pieces of work you may want to engage with. There is only one core text for this course: Allan Collins (ed.), Contemporary Security Studies, Oxford University Press, 2015 In addition, you might wish to consult: Paul D. Williams (ed.), Security Studies: An Introduction, 2nd. edn. (Routledge, 2013). You can either purchase this for yourself or access it online through the KCL library catalogue. Most of the themes and issues in this course are closely related to chapters in this textbook, so you will be very familiar with it by the end of the course. You are reminded that recourse to the textbook alone is insufficient to pass either of the assignments or the written exam. Nor will it enable you to contribute fully to group work or to learn effectively. You must read more widely than this, every week. KCL subscribes to a wide range of academic and popular journals, most of which are available online. If you’re unsure if KCL subscribes to a particular journal, check http://sfx.kcl.ac.uk/kings/az. The following is a small sample of journals relevant to this course: Page | 4

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

American Political Science Review, Armed Forces & Society, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, Civil Wars, Contemporary Security Policy, Foreign Affairs, Foreign Policy, International Affairs, International Organization, International Peacekeeping, International Security, International Studies Perspectives, International Studies Quarterly, International Studies Review, Journal of Cold War History, Journal of Intervention & Statebuilding, Journal of Peace Studies, Journal of Politics, Journal of Strategic Studies, Millennium, Non-Proliferation Review, Orbis, Parameters, Political Science Quarterly, Review of International Studies, Security Dialogue, Security Studies, Small Wars & Insurgencies, Strategic Studies Quarterly, Studies in Conflict & Terrorism, Survival, Terrorism & Political Violence, The Nonproliferation Review, Washington Quarterly, World Politics.

Week 1. Introduction: After the Cold War (13 Jan) Seminar questions 1. Why did policymakers declare that the post-Cold War period would be less stable? 2. Should security start with states or people? Why does it matter what is the referent object of security? 3. Is security an ‘essentially contested concept’? Must it always be so? Core reading Textbook, introduction. David A. Baldwin, ‘Security studies and the end of the Cold War’, World Politics 48, no. 1 (1995): 117-41. Barry Buzan et al., Security: A New Framework of Analysis, (Lynne-Rienner, 1998), introduction chapter Further reading John Lewis Gaddis, Now we know, (Clarendon Press, 1998) David A. Baldwin, ‘The concept of security’, Review of International Studies 23, no. 1 (1997): 5-26. Benjamin Miller, ‘The concept of security: Should it be redefined?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 13-42. Arnold Wolfers, ‘“National security” as an ambiguous symbol’, Political Science Quarterly 67, no. 4 (1952): 481-502. Barry Buzan, People, States and Fear, 2nd.edn. (Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1991). Barry Buzan and Lene Hansen, The Evolution of International Security Studies (Cambridge UP, 2010). John Mueller, Quiet Cataclysm: Reflections on the Recent Transformation of World Politics (HarperCollins, 1995). Week 2. Humanitarian Intervention (20 Jan) Seminar questions 1. Define the criteria for humanitarian intervention. 2. Should military force be used to restore democracy? 3. When does humanitarian intervention cause more harm than good? Page | 5

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Core reading Textbook, chapter 20. Stanley Hoffman, ‘The politics and ethics of military intervention’, Survival 37, no. 4 (1995): 29-51. Further reading James Dobbins, ‘The UN’s role in nation-building: From Belgian Congo to Iraq’, Survival 46, no. 4 (2004): 81-102. Gareth Evans and Mohamed Sahnoun, ‘The Responsibility to Protect’, Foreign Affairs 81, no. 6 (2002): 99110. Sheena Chestnut Greitens and Theo Farrell, ‘Humanitarian intervention and peace operations’, in John Baylis, James J. Wirtz and Colin S. Gray (eds.), Strategy in the Contemporary World, 4th.edn. (Oxford UP, 2013), 286-302. Paul Collier, The Bottom Billion (Oxford UP, 2008), pp. 124-34. Michael Mandelbaum, ‘The reluctance to intervene’, Foreign Policy 95 (1994): 3-18. John Mueller, ‘The banality of “ethnic war”’, International Security 25, no. 1 (2000): 42-70. Stephen John Stedman, ‘The New Interventionists’, Foreign Affairs 72, no. 1 (1992-1993): 1-16. Stephen John Stedman, ‘Spoiler problems in peace processes’, International Security 22, no. 2 (1997): 554. Alex J. Bellamy and Paul Williams (eds.), Peace Operations and Global Order (Routledge, 2005). Mats Berdal, Building Peace After War, Adelphi 407 (Routledge for IISS, 2009). Trevor Findlay, The Use of Force in UN Peace Operations (Oxford UP, 2002). Karin von Hippel, Democracy by Force: US Military Intervention in the Post-Cold War World (Cambridge UP, 2000). The Report of the International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty, The Responsibility to Protect (2001),http://responsibilitytoprotect.org/ICISS%20Report.pdf. Jennifer M. Welsh (ed.), Humanitarian Intervention and International Relations (Oxford UP, 2004). Nicholas J. Wheeler, Saving Strangers: Humanitarian Intervention in International Society (Oxford UP, 2000). On Bosnia David Binder, ‘Anatomy of a Massacre’, Foreign Policy 97 (1994-1995): 70-8. Lawrence Freedman, ‘Why the West failed’, Foreign Policy 97 (1994-1995): 53-69. Adam Roberts, ‘Communal conflict as a challenge to international organization: The case of former Yugoslavia’, Review of International Studies 21, no. 4 (1995): 389-410. Michael Rose, ‘A year in Bosnia: What was achieved’, Studies in Conflict & Terrorism 19, no. 3 (1996): 2218. Wesley K. Clark, Waging Modern War: Bosnia, Kosovo and the Future of Conflict (PublicAffairs, 2001). James Gow, The Serbian Project and Its Adversaries (Hurst, 2003). Richard Holbrooke, To End a War (Random House, 1998). Michael Ignatieff, The Warrior’s Honor: Ethnic War and the Modern Conscience (New York: Henry Holt, 1997), chapter, ‘The seductiveness of moral disgust’, pp. 72-108. Rupert Smith, The Utility of Force: The Art of War in the Modern World (London: Penguin, 2005), chapter 9, ‘Bosnia: Using force among the people’, pp. 332-70. Page | 6

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

On Rwanda Michael N. Barnett, ‘The UN Security Council, indifference, and genocide in Rwanda’, Cultural Anthropology 12, no. 4 (1997): 551-78. Holly J. Burkhalter, ‘The Question of Genocide: The Clinton Administration and Rwanda’, World Policy Journal 11, no. 4 (1994-1995): 44-54. Christopher Clapham, ‘Rwanda: The Perils of Peacemaking’, Journal of Peace Research 35, no.2 (1998): 193-210. Bruce D. Jones, ‘“Intervention without borders’: Humanitarian intervention in Rwanda, 1990-94’, Millennium 24, no. 2 (1995): 225-49. Bruce D. Jones, ‘Rwanda’, in Mats Berdal and Spyros Economides (eds.), United Nations Interventionism, 1991-2004 (Cambridge UP, 2007), pp. 139-167. Roméo Dallaire, Shake Hands with the Devil: The Failure of Humanity in Rwanda (Random House, 2004). Linda R. Melvern, A People Betrayed: The Role of the West in Rwanda’s Genocide (Zed Books, 2000). Linda Polman, We Did Nothing: Why the Truth Doesn’t Always Come Out When the UN Goes In (Penguin, 2004). Gérard Prunier, The Rwanda Crisis: History of a Genocide (Hurst, 1995). On Somalia Mats Berdal, ‘Fateful encounter: The United States and UN peacekeeping’, Survival 36, no. 1 (1994): 3050. Jon Western, ‘Sources of humanitarian intervention: Beliefs, information, and advocacy in the US decisions on Somalia and Bosnia’, International Security 26, no. 4 (2002): 112-42. Theo Farrell, ‘Sliding into war: The Somalia imbroglio and US Army peace operations doctrine’, International Peacekeeping 2, no. 2 (1995): 194-214. Jonathan T. Howe, ‘The United States and the United Nations in Somalia: The limits of involvement’, Washington Quarterly 18, no. 3 (1995): 47-62. John R. Bolton, ‘Wrong turn in Somalia’, Foreign Affairs 73, no. 1 (1994): 56-66. Chester A. Crocker, ‘The lessons of Somalia: Not everything went wrong’, Foreign Affairs 74, no. 3 (1995): 2-8. Jonathan Mermin, ‘Television news and American intervention in Somalia: The myth of a media-driven foreign policy’, Political Science Quarterly 112, no. 3 (1997): 385-404. Week 3. Nuclear Proliferation (27 Jan) Seminar questions 1. What lessons might be learnt from the Cold War about the dangers of nuclear proliferation in the 21st century? 2. Why should the world worry if North Korea or Iran develops a handful of nuclear weapons? 3. How have nuclear weapons affected the militarised competition between India and Pakistan? What are the wider lessons from this case for nuclear proliferation and security in other regions? Core reading Textbook, chap 18 (‘The nuclear disarmament and non-proliferation regime’). Page | 7

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Francis J. Gavin, ‘Same as it ever was: Nuclear alarmism, proliferation and the Cold War’, International Security 34, no. 3 (2009/10): 7-37. Scott D. Sagan, ‘Why do states build nuclear weapons? Three models in search of a bomb’, International Security 21, no. 3 (1996/97): 54-86. John Mueller, ‘Atomic Obsession’, talk (10 mins), http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_lbbZ3oF-xA. Further reading Scott D. Sagan, ‘The perils of proliferation: Organizational theory, deterrence theory, and the spread of nuclear weapons’, International Security 18, no. 4 (1994): 66-107. Z. Davis and B. Frankel, ‘Nuclear weapons proliferation: Theory and policy’, Security Studies 2, no. 3 (1993): 1-3. Peter D. Feaver, ‘Optimists, pessimists, and theories of nuclear proliferation management: Debate’, Security Studies 4, no. 4 (1995): 754-72. David J. Karl, ‘Proliferation pessimism and emerging nuclear powers’, International Security 21, no. 3 (1996/97): 87-119. Theo Farrell, ‘Nuclear non-use: Constructing a Cold War history’, Review of International Studies 36, no. 4 (2010): 819-29. Anna Pluta and Peter D. Zimmerman, ‘Nuclear terrorism: A disheartening dissent’, Survival 48, no. 2 (2006): 55-69. Ariel E. Levite, ‘Never say never again: Nuclear reversal reconsidered’, International Security 27, no. 3 (2002/03): 59-88. Bruce W. Jentleson and Christopher A. Whytock, ‘Who “Won” Libya?: The force-diplomacy debate and its implications for theory and policy’, International Security 30, no. 3 (2005/06): 47-86. Andrei Lankov, The Real North Korea: Life and Politics in the Failed Stalinist Utopia (Oxford UP, 2013), esp. chapter 4, ‘Survival diplomacy’, pp. 145-85. John Mueller, Atomic Obsession (Oxford UP, 2009) Kenneth N. Waltz, The Spread of Nuclear Weapons: More May be Better, Adelphi Paper 171 (IISS, 1981). Iran Robert E. Hunter, ‘Rethinking Iran’, Survival 52, no. 5 (2010): 135-56. David Patrikarakos, Nuclear Iran: The Birth of an Atomic State (IB Tauris, 2012). Volker Perthes, ‘Ambition and fear: Iran’s foreign policy and nuclear programme’, Survival 52, no. 3 (2010): 95-114.

Whitney Raas and Austin Long, ‘Osirak redux? Assessing Israeli capabilities to destroy Iranian nuclear facilities’, International Security 31: 4 (2007): 7-33. Scott Sagan, Kenneth Waltz and Richard K. Betts, ‘A nuclear Iran: Promoting stability or courting disaster?’, Journal of International Affairs 60, no. 2 (2007): 135-50.

Amin Saikal, ‘The roots of Iran’s election crisis’, Survival 51, no. 5 (2009): 91-104.

Kenneth N. Waltz, ‘Why Iran should get the bomb: Nuclear balancing would mean stability’, Foreign Affairs 91, no. 4 (2012): 2-5.

India-Pakistan ‘A Nuclear Subcontinent’, special section in International Security 33, no. 2 (2008): Šumit Ganguly, ‘Nuclear stability in South Asia’, pp. 45-70. S. Paul Kapur, ‘Ten years of instability in a nuclear South Asia’, pp. 71-94. Page | 8

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Šumit Ganguly and S. Paul Kapur, India, Pakistan, and the Bomb: Debating Nuclear Stability in South Asia (Columbia UP, 2010). Pervez Hoodbhoy and Zia Mian, ‘Nuclear fears, hopes and realities in Pakistan’, International Affairs 90, no. 5 (2014): 1125-42. Evan Braden Montgomery and Eric S. Edelman, ‘Rethinking stability in South Asia: India, Pakistan, and the competition for escalation dominance’, Journal of Strategic Studies (forthcoming, 2014). Vipin Narang, ‘Posturing for peace? Pakistan’s nuclear posturing and South Asia stability’, International Security 34, no. 3 (2009/10): 38-78. S. Paul Kapur, ‘India and Pakistan’s unstable peace: Why nuclear South Asia is not like Cold War Europe’, International Security 30, no. 2 (2005): 127-52.

Week 4. New Terrorism & Global Insurgency (3 Feb) Seminar questions 1. What is Terrorism? 2. Should states seek to contain or defeat terrorism? 3. What does ‘victory’ look like in Iraq and Afghanistan? Core reading Textbook, chapters 19 and 31 Bruce Hoffman, Inside Terrorism, Columbia University Press, 2006, Chapters 1-3 Further reading John Mackinlay, The Insurgent Archipelago (Hurst, 2009), ‘Introduction’. ‘After 11 September’, special section in Survival 43, no. 4 (2001): G. John Ikenberry, ‘American grand strategy in the age of terror’, pp. 19-34. Jonathan Stevenson, ‘Pragmatic counter-terrorism’, pp. 35-48. *J. Jones and Patrick B. Johnston, ‘The future of Insurgency’, Studies in Conflict and Terrorism, 36.1, Pages 1-25 *Ashley Jackson, ‘Global Insurgency and the New Foreign Policy’, Defence Studies, 10, 1-2, Pages 75-87 Short recent publications on ISIS: http://printarchive.epochtimes.com/a1/en/hk/nnn/2014/10Oct/7/A7.pdf ; http://www.ssrresourcecentre.org/2014/09/10/countering-isis-a-special-kindof-insurgency/ ; https://www.foreignaffairs.org/articles/middle-east/2015-02-16/isis-notterrorist-group Matthew Kowalski, ‘Global insurgency or global confrontation?’, Defense & Security Analysis, 24, 1, Pages 65-71 Peter R. Neumann, Old and New Terrorism (Polity Press, 2009). Robert Pape, ‘The strategic logic of suicide terrorism’, American Political Science Review 97, no. 3 (2003): 343-61. Andrey Kurth Cronin, ‘Behind the curve: Globalisation and international terrorism’, International Security 27, no.3 (2002/3): 30-58. Max Abrahms, ‘What terrorists really want: Terrorist motives and counterterrorism strategy’, International Security 32, no. 4 (2008): 78-105. Fernando Reinares, ‘The Madrid bombings and global jihadism’, Survival 52, no. 2 (2010): 83-104. Page | 9

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Peter R. Neumann, ‘Negotiating with terrorists’, Foreign Affairs 86, no. 1 (2007): 128-38. Richard A. Clarke, Against All Enemies: Inside America’s War on Terror (Free Press, 2004) David Betz and Anthony Cormack, 'Iraq, Afghanistan and British strategy', Orbis 53, no. 2: 319-36. Theo Farrell and Antonio Giustozzi, ‘The Taliban at war: Inside the Helmand insurgency, 2004-2012’, International Affairs 89, no. 4 (2013): 845-871. David Martin-Jones, Celeste Ward Gventer and M.L.R. Smith, eds., The New Counter-Insurgency Era in Critical Perspective (Palgrave Macmillan, 2014). David Kilcullen, ‘Twenty-Eight Articles: Fundamentals of company-level counterinsurgency’, http://smallwarsjournal.com/documents/28articles.pdf. Thomas Rid and Thomas Keaney (eds.), Understanding Counterinsurgency (Routledge, 2010). Rory Stewart, ‘The Irresistible Illusion’, London Review of Books 31, no. 13 (2009), http://www.lrb.co.uk/v31/n13/rory-stewart/the-irresistible-illusion. Week 5. Ecological Security (10 Feb) Seminar questions 1. What security risks are posed by environmental change? 2. How can analysis consider conflict over resources? Core reading Barry, John, ‘Towards a model of green political economy: from ecological modernisation to economic security’, International Journal of Green Economics, 1, 3/4, 2007 Hurrell, Andrew, ‘A Crisis of Ecological Viability? Global Environmental Change and the Nation State’, Political Studies, Volume 42, Issue Supplement s1, pages 146–165, August 1994 Further reading Marc A. Levy, ‘Is the Environment a National Security Issue?’, International Security, Vol. 20, No. 2 (1995): 35-62 Barnett, Jon, The Meaning of Environmental Security: Ecological Politics and Policy in the New Security Era, (Zed, 2001) Dalin, Qiu, et al., ‘Balancing water resource conservation and food security in China ‘, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Volume 112, Issue 15, 14 April 2015, Pages 4588-4593 Oh, C.H., ‘How do natural and man-made disasters affect international trade? A country-level and industry-level analysis’, Journal of Risk Research, 22 May 2015, 23p (online First) Bennett, N.J. , Govan, H. , Satterfield, T., ‘Ocean grabbing’ , Marine Policy, Volume 57, July 01, 2015, Pages 61-68 Philip Anthony Stott & Sian Sullivan (eds.) Political Ecology: Science, Myth and Power, (Oxford University Press, 2000) Week 6. Skills session (16-20 Feb) This week is devoted to basic academic skills you will need throughout your course to successfully engage with academic practices and skills that are transferrable beyond the Ivory Tower. Page | 10

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Reading, Speed-reading Note-taking Essay planning Writing Presentation skills Debating Week 7. The Body at War (24 Feb) Seminar Questions 1. What is the role of the human body at war? 2. How is this gendered in the context of security? Core reading Lauren B. Wilcox, Bodies of violence, (Oxford University Press, 2015) Students won’t read a whole book (see previous comment on Buzan et al), Chapters introduction, 1, 2, 4, and 6 Lene Hansen, ‘Gender, Nation, Rape: Bosnia and the Construction of Security’, International Feminist Journal of Politics, 3, 1, 2000 Further reading Alexandra Stiglmayer, Mass Rape: The War Against Women in Bosnia-Herzegovina, (U of Nebraska Press, 1994) Sarah C. Miller, ‘Moral Injury and Relational Harm: Analyzing Rape in Darfur’, Journal of Social Philosophy 40, 4, (2009): 504–523 Ken Conca, Geoffrey Dabelko, Green Planet Blues: Critical Perspectives on Global Environmental Politics, (Westview Press 2014) Maria Julia Trombetta, ‘Environmental security and climate change: analysing the discourse’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 21, 4, 2008 Week 8. Human Security (3 March) Seminar questions 1. How do you account for the emergence of human security as a policy concept in the 1990s? 2. Is human security just a long list of things that can go wrong in everyday life? Is there more to it? 3. Is human security a feasible global policy objective? Core reading Textbook, chapter 19 (‘Human security’). Lloyd Axworthy, ‘Human security and global governance: Putting people first’, Global Governance 7, no. 1 (2001): 19-23. Further reading Ken Booth, ‘Security and emancipation’, Review of International Studies 17, no. 4 (1991): 313-26. Page | 11

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Ken Booth, Theory of World Security (Cambridge UP, 2007). Paul Collier, The Bottom Billion (Oxford UP, 2008). Theo Farrell and Olivier Schmitt, ‘The Causes, Character and Conduct of Armed Conflict and the Effects on Civilian Populations, 1990-2010’, UNHCR Research Paper, April 2012, http://www.unhcr.org/4f8d606d9.html. Rhoda E. Howard-Hassmann, ‘Human security: undermining human rights?’, Human Rights Quarterly 34 (2012): 88-112. Roland Paris, ‘Human security: Paradigm shift or hot air?’, International Security 26, no. 2 (2001): 87-102. ‘What is human security?’, special section in Security Dialogue 35, no. 3 (2004): 345-87. Final Report of the Commission on Human Security, Human Security Now (2003), http://bit.ly/19gupw8. UN Development Programme, Human Development Reports (1990-2013), via http://hdr.undp.org/en/reports/. If you are going to read one, read HDP 1994. Report of the UN Secretary-General’s High Level Panel on Threats, Challenges and Change, A More Secure World: Our Shared Responsibility (2004), http://www.unrol.org/files/gaA.59.565_En.pdf. Week 9. Migration, the New Urbanisation and Multiculturalism (10 March) Seminar questions 1. Is it legitimate to consider international migration a security threat? 2. Does urbanisation always lead to insecurity? 3. What is the relationship between late modern urbanisation, migration and security? Core reading Textbook, chapter 34 (‘Population movements’). Claudia Aradau, Rethinking trafficking in women: politics out of security, (Palgrave, 2008) Matthew Moran, The Republic and the Riots: Exploring Urban Violence in French Suburbs, (Peter Lang, 2012), Chapters 2 and 3 Further reading Fiona B. Adamson, ‘Crossing borders: International migration and national security’, International Security 31, no. 1 (2006): 165-99. Claudia Aradau, ‘The perverse politics of four-letter words: Risk and pity in the securitisation of human trafficking’, Millennium 33, no. 2 (2004): 251-77. Robin Cohen, ‘Diasporas and the nation-state: From victims to challengers’, International Affairs 72, no. 3 (1996): 507-20. Martin Coward, ‘Network-centric violence, critical infrastructure and the urbanization of security’, Security Dialogue 40, nos. 4-5 (2009): 399-418. Stephen Graham, ‘When life itself is war: On the urbanisation of military and security doctrine’, International Journal of Urban & Regional Research 36, no. 1 (2012): 136-55. Henrik Urdal, ‘People vs. Malthus: Population pressure, environmental degradation, and armed conflict revisited’, Journal of Peace Research 42, no. 4 (2005): 417-34. Myron Weiner, ‘Security, stability, and international migration’, International Security 17, no. 3 (1992-93): 91-126. Page | 12

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Jef Huysmans and Vicki Squires, ‘Migration and security’, in Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer (eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies (Routledge, 2010), 169-79. Mike Davis, Planet of Slums (Verso, 2006). David Kilcullen, Out of the Mountains: The Coming Age of the Urban Guerrilla (Hurst, 2013). Stephen Graham, Cities Under Siege: The New Military Urbanism (Verso, 2010). Week 10. Infrastructures and Security (17 March) Seminar questions 1. There have always been infrastructures; why is their security deemed so important now? 2. What is the referent object of cyber security? 3. Will cyber war take place? Core reading Textbook, chapter 35 (‘Energy security’). Myriam Dunn Cavelty, ‘Cyber-threats’, in Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer, The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies (Routledge, 2010), pp. 180-9. J. Peter Burgess, ‘Social values and material threat: The European Programme for Critical Infrastructure Protection’, International Journal of Critical Infrastructures 3, nos. 3-4 (2007): 471-87. Further reading Ronald J. Deibert and Rafal Rohozinski, ‘Risking security: Policies and paradoxes of cyberspace security’, International Political Sociology 4, no. 1 (2010): 15-32. Erik Gartzke, ‘The myth of cyberwar: Bringing war in cyberspace back down to earth’, International Security 38, no. 2 (2013): 41-73. Lene Hansen and Helen Nissenbaum, ‘Digital disaster, cyber security, and the Copenhagen School’, International Studies Quarterly 53, no. 4 (2009): 1155-75. Richard G. Little, ‘Controlling cascading failure: Understanding the vulnerabilities of interconnected infrastructures’, Journal of Urban Technology 9, no. 1 (2013): 86-103. David J. Betz and Tim Stevens, Cyberspace and the State, Adelphi 424 (Routledge for IISS, 2011). Myriam Dunn Cavelty, Cyber-Security and Threat Politics: US Efforts to Secure the Information Age (Routledge, 2008), esp. Introduction and Chapter One. Paul Collier, The Bottom Billion (Oxford UP, 2008), 38-52. Felix Ciută, ‘Conceptual notes on energy security: Total or banal security?’, Security Dialogue 41, no. 2 (2010): 123-44. Roland Dannreuther, International Security: The Contemporary Agenda, 2nd. edn. (Polity, 2013), chapter 7, ‘The Struggle for Resources’, pp. 159-80. Jonathan Elkind, ‘Energy security: Call for a broader agenda’, in Carlos Pascual and Jonathan Elkind (eds.), Energy Security: Economics, Politics, Strategies, and Implications (Brookings Institution, 2010), pp. 11948. Daniel Yergin, ‘Ensuring energy security’, Foreign Affairs 85, no. 2 (2006): 69-82. Friedbert Pflüger, ‘A new Great Game: The EU, China, and the era of energy imperialism’, IP Journal, 5 January 2010, https://ip-journal.dgap.org/en/ip-journal/topics/new-great-game. Page | 13

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Benjamin K. Sovacool and Tai Wei Lim, ‘Exploring the contested and convergent nature of energy security’, in Benjamin K. Sovacool (ed.), The Routledge Handbook of Energy Security (Routledge, 2011),pp. 414-27. Also: please watch National Geographic’s ‘American Blackout’, first broadcast November 2013, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWF03mA6w3M.

Week 11. Thinking Security (24 March) Seminar questions 1. What are the social, political and economic roles of security in the late modern polity? 2. How have the above changed societies? 3. What is ‘the future’ in security and what is the future of security? Core reading Phil Williams, Phil Williams (1994) ‘Transnational criminal organisations and international security’, Survival: Global Politics and Strategy, 36:1, Pages 96-113 G. Stanfield, ‘The Islamic State, the Kurdistan Region and the future of Iraq: Assessing UK policy options’, International Affairs, Volume 90, Issue 6, 1 November 2014, Pages 1329-1350 K. Baxter and K. Simpson, ‘The united states and Saudi Arabia through the Arab uprisings’, Global Change, Peace and Security, Volume 27, Issue 2, 4 May 2015, Pages 139-151 M. Vanhullebusch, ‘The Arab league and military operations: Prospects and challenges in Syria’, International Peacekeeping, Volume 22, Issue 2, 15 March 2015, Pages 151-168 Further reading Bruce Hoffman, Insode Terrorism, Columbia University Press, 2006, Chapter 9 T. Bacon, ‘Hurdles to International Terrorist Alliances: Lessons From al Qaeda's Experience’, Terrorism and Political Violence, 21 February 2015 (see Online First) Ministry of Defence, Global Strategic Trends―Out to 2040, 4th.edn. (2010), esp. pp. 68-92, https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/33717/GST4_v9_Fe b10.pdf. Neil Gershenfeld, ‘How to make almost anything: The digital fabrication revolution’, Foreign Affairs 91, no. 6 (2012): 43-57. Emily O. Goldman, ‘New threats, new identities and new ways of war: The sources of change in national security doctrine’, Journal of Strategic Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 43-76. Robert Jervis, ‘The future of world politics: Will it resemble the past?’, International Security 16, no. 3 (1991-92): 39-73. Jennifer Mitzen, ‘Ontological security in world politics: State identity and the security dilemma’, European Journal of International Relations 12, no. 3 (2006): 341-70. Mette Eilstrup Sangiovanni, ‘Transnational networks and new security threats’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs 18, no. 1 (2005): 7-13. Frank Furedi, Culture of Fear Revisited (Continuum, 2006). John Mueller, Overblown: How Politicians and the Terrorism Industry Inflate National Security Threats and Why We Believe Them (Free Press, 2006). Page | 14

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1004] CONTEMPORARY SECURITY ISSUES

Page | 15

[4SSW1005 & 4SSWF002 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS002(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Organiser: Office Hours: Seminar Leaders:

Timetable:

THE CONDUCT OF WAR

Dr Alan James | K.6.23| Ext: 1766|[email protected] Fridays, 13:00-15:00, or by appointment Christopher Newton|[email protected] Alexander Wilson|[email protected] Nikolai Gourof|[email protected] Arrigo Velicogna | [email protected] Please refer to the online KCL timetable

This module does not aim to provide a comprehensive history of warfare, since this would in effect require a potted survey of the whole of world history. Rather, it examines different historical approaches to the study of war, key explanations for the changing nature of war, and the role of political, social, economic, and technological factors in the growing complexity of warfare from medieval times to the industrial age. Students will not be expected to gain a detailed knowledge of all the conflicts fought in this period. They will, however, acquire a broad understanding of the changing nature of warfare and specific detailed knowledge of certain wars and campaigns which illustrate the module’s key themes. AIMS The module aims to introduce students to different approaches to the study of war as a political and social phenomenon and to key aspects of, and developments in, understandings of the nature of warfare and changes in its conduct over time. The module will also give students a broad chronological introduction to wars and warfare in modern history. LEARNING OUTCOMES The student who successfully completes this module will:    

demonstrate a broad awareness of different perspectives and debates on the conduct of war demonstrate an awareness of continuity and change in the conduct of war be able to analyse the principal developments in warfare be able to explain the growing complexity of warfare

MODULE REQUIREMENTS AND ASSESSMENT METHODS SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT Students taking all three modules (CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR) will sit a three-hour unseen, written COMPREHENSIVE ‘A’ EXAMINATION in May, covering CONDUCT, CAUSES AND EXPERIENCE OF WAR (worth 100% of the final assessment for the module). You will answer three questions, one from the CAUSES section, one from the CONDUCT section, and one from the EXPERIENCE section of the paper. This method of examination is designed to reflect the need for understanding across the broad span of the course and Year 1 of the undergraduate programme. Students taking just one of the three modules will sit a special two-hour examination (COMPREHENSIVE B EXAMINATION) and answer two questions from the respective section covering the module they have taken. For further clarity, please take a look at the sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Past exam papers. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

COMPULSORY FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT In addition to the examination, you will write two preparatory/formatively assessed essays during the module, one in Page | 1

[4SSW1005 & 4SSWF002 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS002(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE CONDUCT OF WAR

the first term and one in the second. These are due at the final seminar of each term, to be confirmed by your seminar leader. For each essay, you should write up one of the seminar discussion questions in essay format. Note that you may answer any two questions of your choice but that these choices must be confirmed by your seminar leader. Essays must be written according to the guidelines on the departmental internal webpages. They should be around 2,000 words long and must not exceed 3,000 words (including footnotes, but excluding bibliography). These essays are not submitted on KEATS. Please submit them directly to your seminar leader. Although these essays are preparatory, and their mark does not contribute to the final module assessment, submission is compulsory and will be monitored closely. If you fail to submit your essays, you will be judged not to have shown due industry, and you will not be allowed to sit the examination. If you have any problems which will affect either essay submission or tutorial attendance, you must let the seminar leader concerned know as soon as possible, inform your personal tutor of any mitigating circumstances affecting your submission, and supply medical documentation to the office if appropriate. FULL YEAR STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS (4SSW1001): Full-year Study Abroad students are assessed in the same way as regular BA students, that is by examination and two formatively assessed essays. STUDY ABROAD FALL TERM (4SSWF002): Fall-term SA students must submit two essays. 1. Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by 16 November 2015. 2. Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by 14 December 2015. STUDY ABROAD SPRING TERM (4SSWS002): Spring-term SA students must submit two essays. 1. Submit Essay 1 (3000 words) on KEATS by 29 February 2016. 2. Submit Essay 2 (3000 words) on KEATS by 28 March 2016. *All Study Abroad students will also be required to participate in the seminars like other students including making presentations and leading discussions as required by your seminar leader. IMPORTANT NOTE regarding KEATS SUBMISSION: Study abroad students should note that computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse for not submitting a copy of the summative essay on KEATS. It is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the essay is on KEATS. Hence, please submit ahead of schedule and leave enough time (if you run into computer problems) to drop by the administrative office with an accessible soft copy of your essay before the deadline. ALL STUDENTS: all students should note that attendance at seminars, tutorials etc. is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. Students should be reminded that a copy of the comments sheet and mark for all formatively assessed essays is copied and added to student files for future reference. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations such as making presentations, may also be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections of the departmental internal webpages. All assessed work is marked under the terms outlined in the College Generic Marking Criteria for Undergraduate Awards, a copy of which is available on the webpages, and is subject to further scrutiny in accordance with the College Marking Framework.

Page | 2

[4SSW1005 & 4SSWF002 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS002(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE CONDUCT OF WAR

LECTURES (Wed 9:00-10:15. Term 1: rm S -1.27.) Please cross-check with the online timetable which takes into account any changes. Note: This is a provisional, indicative outline only and is subject to change. Please refer to the information on KEATS! 1. (23 September) Introduction: History and the History of Warfare – Dr James 2. (30 September) Medieval Warfare: The Hundred Years War, 1337-1453 – Dr James 3. (7 October) The Decline of Chivalry and the Myths of the Gunpowder and Infantry Revolutions — Dr James 4. (14 October) The Early Modern Military Revolution: The Thirty Years’ War, 1618-1648 – Dr James 5. (21 October) Wars of Religion. Lepanto, The Spanish Armada, and the French Civil Wars 1571-1628 — Dr James 6. (28 October) The Military Revolution at Sea: The Anglo-Dutch Wars, 1652-1674 – Dr James 7. (11 November) The Military Revolution in Eastern Europe – Mr Nikolai Gourof 8. (18 November) Siege Warfare: Dynastic Wars of Louis XIV, 1638-1715 – Dr James 9. (25 November) Warfare in the Age of Empire: Austrian Succession to American Independence, 1740-1783 10. (2 December) From the Age of Limited War to the French Revolution – Dr James 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

----------Christmas Break------------(20 January) Empire and War at Sea – Prof. Andrew Lambert (27 January) Revolutionary War: Napoleon’s Italian Campaigns – Dr Philpott (3 February) ‘War Amongst the People’: Insurgency and counter-insurgency in nineteenth century Europe – Dr Philpott (10 February) The American Civil War – Prof. Brian Holden Reid (17 February) War as Politics by Other Means: the Wars of German Unification – Dr Philpott (24 February) ‘Small Wars’ for Empire – Alex Wilson (2 March) Battle tactics in the Industrial Age: The Western Front Revolution in Military Affairs – Chris Newton (9 March) Strategy and Operations in the Industrial Age: The battles of the Somme – Dr Philpott (16 March) Total War: The Normandy Campaign, June-August 1944 – Dr Philpott (23 March) The ‘barbarisation’ of War: The Eastern Front in the Second World War – Dr Philpott (30 March) Modernity – Alan James

SEMINARS Seminars meet seven times per term for one hour. They meet in different rooms at different times. During the first week of term, at the first lecture, you will be assigned to a group and given a seminar schedule. Seminars are student-led opportunities for deeper reflection on the themes of the module, so it is essential that you read widely in advance and that you prepare for brief presentations that you will be asked to do. If you anticipate an absence for any reason, you must contact your seminar leader as soon as you can. Seminar discussion topics (Note: These are indicative, sample questions and are likely to be changed. Consult with your seminar leader on the nature of each session and on your specific responsibilities). Q.1. What might justify the separate existence of ‘military history’ within the discipline of history? Q.2. Why have historians tended to regard the Middle Ages as a primitive period for the art of war? Q.3. How useful is the concept of a ‘military revolution’ in understanding how and why land warfare changed in the early modern period? Q.4. How, and to what extent, did religion escalate war during the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries? Q.5. Was there an early modern ‘military revolution’ at sea? Q.6. Was warfare ‘limited’ during the eighteenth century? Q.7. Was eighteenth-century imperial warfare simply an extension of European war? Q.8. Did the advent of steam change the role of naval power in war? Q.9. Did the French Revolution lead to a revolution in the conduct of war? Q.10. Were changes in the conduct of ‘great’ wars between 1815 and 1914 the consequence of Page | 3

[4SSW1005 & 4SSWF002 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS002(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE CONDUCT OF WAR

industrialisation? Q.11. How did Europeans respond to the challenges of ‘small wars’ during the nineteenth century? Q.12. Why did war become more ‘total’ during the First World War? Q.13. Why did war become more ‘barbaric’ during the Second World War? Q.14. How useful is the concept of ‘modernity’ in understanding the history of warfare? READING LIST In order to do well on the exam, you should supplement your lecture notes for this module with an average of at least six hours per week preparing your essays and doing other background reading and note taking. To this end, for each lecture or seminar topic there is specific reading indicated on KEATS. In addition, you should use some of the following general texts on the history of war to acquire a sound grasp of changes in the conduct of war over the period. Although Clausewitz can give you an overall, theoretical approach to the study of warfare, thereafter, and in no particular order, you could also consider: 1. Carl von Clausewitz, On War (1832), Book 1, Chapter 1. The Peter Paret edition of 2007 is recommended, though the J.J. Graham translation is more readily available online. 2. Anja V. Hartmann and Beatrice Heuser, eds, War, Peace and World Orders in European History (Routledge, 2001). 3. John Stone, Military Strategy: The Politics and Technique of War (Bloomsbury, 2013). 4. Michael Howard, War in European History (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1976). 5. W. H. McNeill, The Pursuit of Power: Technology, Armed Force, and Society since A.D. 1000 (Oxford: Blackwell, 1983). 6. Matthew Hughes & William Philpott, eds, Palgrave Advances in Modern Military History (Palgrave Macmillan, 2006). 7. John A. Lynn, Battle: A History of Combat and Culture, from Ancient Greece to Modern America (Westview Press, 2003). 8. Beatrice Heuser, The Evolution of Strategy: Thinking War from Antiquity to the Present (Cambridge, 2010) 9. Martin van Creveld, Technology and War (Free Press, 1989). 10. M. Knox and W. Murray (eds), The Dynamics of Military Revolution: 1300-2050 (Cambridge, 2001). 11. Archer Jones, The Art of War in the Western World (University of Illinois Press, 1987). 12. J. Keegan, A History of Warfare (Hutchinson, 1993). 13. Tim Blanning, The Pursuit of Glory: Europe 1648-1815 (2007), ‘Part Four: War and Peace’, pp. 531-674 14. Geoff Mortimer, ed., Early Modern Military History, 1450-1815 (London: Palgrave, 2004). 15. Hew Strachan, European Armies and the Conduct of War (London: Allen & Unwin, 1983). 16. Azar Gat, A History of Military Thought from the Enlightenment to the Cold War (Oxford, 2001) 17. L.H. Addington, The Patterns of War Since the Eighteenth Century (2nd edn, Indiana UP, 1994) 18. Jeffrey Wawro, Warfare and Society in Europe, 1794–1914 (London: Routledge, 2000). 19. Brian Bond, The Pursuit of Victory: From Napoleon to Saddam Hussein (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1996): A lively survey of the conduct of wars since the beginning of the industrial age. Page | 4

[4SSW1005 & 4SSWF002 (FALL JYA) & 4SSWS002(SPRING JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

THE CONDUCT OF WAR

20. M. Neiberg, Warfare and Society in Europe, 1898 to the present (Routledge, 2003). .

Page | 5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Lecturer: Dr Nicholas Michelsen |[email protected] |Room K6.18. Office hours: Monday 10.00am - 12.00pm. Teaching Assistants: Timetable: Please see the online timetable Course Aims and Objectives This course aims to provide students with an introduction to essential concepts and terms of art (including sovereignty, anarchy, the state, politics, power, war and order) for the study International Relations. Having studied the core conceptual building-blocks, the course explores the role of theory in the study of International Relations, examining the main contending theoretical approaches (such as Realism, Liberalism, Neorealism, Neoliberalism and Constructivism), and developing awareness of the areas of ongoing debate and reformulation in the discipline. The course seeks to communicate the character of world politics from diverse perspectives (including system, actor and normative approaches), with an emphasis on relating theory to questions of public concern and policies in practice. The course will draw on core texts in modern political philosophy and international relations theory to provide students with a firm grounding from which to think about a range of critical issues in global affairs. By the end of the course, students will: ∗ Have developed a broad understanding of International Relations, its terminology/key terms of art and main theoretical paradigms. ∗ Be able to assess the utility or validity of different theories of International Relations for thinking about specific issues in world politics. ∗ Have acquired specialised cognitive and analytical skills such that they are able to identify the core principles and concepts underlying different theories of International Relations, and begin to identify their strengths and weaknesses. ∗ Be able to identify and develop their own enquiries, within defined guidelines, into the core debates in International Relations, through the collection and analysis of authoritative sources, and be able to communicate solutions to problems informed by these sources in appropriate formats. ∗ Have demonstrated awareness of the ethical issues inherent to the study of International Relations, and relate these to personal beliefs and values. ∗ Have developed team, organisational, communication and other academic, practical and interpersonal skills, such that students can undertake complex and non-routine performance tasks requiring selfreflection. ∗ Have begun to reflect upon their own learning, gaining awareness of their own capabilities and engaging in development activity through guided self-direction. Teaching Arrangements The module requires students to be committed to learning and to come prepared to seminars, having read the assigned texts in advance. The module will be taught over twenty weeks (there are twenty weekly onehour lectures followed by a one-hour seminar). Students will be expected to attend each of twenty lectures and twenty seminars. Every student is obligated to participate in the group seminar lasting an hour. The seminars will be student-led, where the student will start the session by presenting a research paper either on one of the provided discussion questions, or on an independently chosen question which has been raised by the reading, and then chair the discussion that follows. All students and not just the seminar leaders should actively contribute to seminar discussions. All students are expected to have read in preparation for 1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

the seminar discussion, and to have considered their own responses to the set discussion questions in advance. Assessment This module is assessed by one unseen two-hour examination in May 2015 (40% final mark). Students must answer two questions out of eight. Students must give one presentation in a seminar in both terms. Each presentation is graded, and the best mark is taken forward and counts towards 10% of your final grade. Each student will submit two research papers, one in each term – the best mark is taken forward and counts towards 40% of your final grade. Each finished research paper is to be submitted on the week following the student’s seminar presentation, or as agreed with your seminar tutor, and must be under 1500 words in length. This paper will be returned to you with comments and a mark from your tutor. Seminar participation and attendance counts towards 10% of your final grade. This mark is awarded by your seminar tutor. All students should note that attendance at seminars, tutorials etc. is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. Students should be reminded that a copy of the comments sheet and mark for all formative essays is copied and added to the student files. A failure to submit all work in fulfillment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the Student Handbook. The research papers are submitted on KEATS. Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

2

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Background Reading There is no textbook for this course and the focus throughout the year will be on the core texts of leading authors in political theory and International Relations. Nevertheless there are several general texts which may provide a valuable overview of themes and issues that will be covered in the course: ∗ Baylis, Smith, Owens, The Globalization of World Politics, Oxford University Press, 2011 ∗ Diez, T. et al, Key Concepts in International Relations, London: Sage, 2011. ∗ Booth, K. and Smith, S., International Relations Theory today, Cambridge: Polity Press, 1995. *Brown, Chris, and Kirsten Ainley. Understanding international relations. Palgrave Macmillan, 2009. *Burchill, Scott, et al. Theories of international relations. Palgrave Macmillan, 2013. SYLLABUS 2011-12 Week

Date Sep

Session Introduction

1

22nd

2

29th Sep

Why do we need a theory of International Relations?

3

6th Oct

Power-politics

4

13th Oct

5

20th Oct

6

27th Oct

7

3rd Nov

The Social Contract according to Rousseau: Internal Sovereignty and the problem of War Cosmopolitanism

8

10th Nov

Structural Realism

The Social Contract according to Hobbes: Introducing the Domestic Analogy for International Relations Realism and the Tragedy of International Relations

READING WEEK 9

24th Nov

10

1st Dec

The Social Contract according to Locke: External Sovereignty and the Non-Intervention Principle Rights and the Law of War

11

8th Dec

International Society

12

20th Jan

Institutions

13

27th Jan

The Social Construction of Anarchy

14

3rd Feb

Hierarchy and Hegemony

15

10th Feb

Liberal Peace

16

17th Feb

Dependency and the World System

17

24th Feb

Globalisation

18

2nd Mar

Power

19

9th Mar

Difference in International Relations

20

16th Mar

Gender in International Relations

21

23rd Mar

Modernity and its aftermath

3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

MODULE OUTLINE 1. Introduction There are no set readings for this week. The lecture will address general issues relating to studying for the course and BA International Relations programme more generally. The first seminars will be concerned with introductions, allocating presentations, and addressing any outstanding organisational matters or queries. 2. Why do we need a theory of International Relations? This lecture will introduce the field of International Relations Theory - addressing its origins, history and ongoing debates about its nature and function. The lecture will outline the module, and explain why it is arranged the way it is. It will also talk about the role of concepts in theorising about International Relations, and will locate that discussion in relation to contemporary developments. Seminar Questions: i) Is it the job of IR theory to make the world a better place? ii) What is unique about the International as a field of study? Required reading:

* E.H. Carr, The Twenty years’ crisis, Palgrave, 1981, Ch’s. 3 and 5 * Martin Wight, Why is there no International Theory, Diplomatic Investigations (1966)

Further reading: ∗ ∗

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

Peter Wilson, ‘’The Myth of the First Great Debate,’ Review of International Studies (1998), Vol. 24, No. 5.

Morgenthau, Hans J. "The political science of EH Carr." World Politics 1.1 (1948): 127-134. Brian Schmidt, ‘Lessons from the Past: Reassessing the Interwar Disciplinary History of International Relations,’ in International Studies Quarterly 42:3 (1998) 433-460 Martin Hollis and Steve Smith, The Growth of a Discipline, Chapter 2 in Explaining and Understanding International Relations, Oxford University Press, 1990, p16-44 Schmidt, B. (1994) “The Historiography of Academic International Relations” Review of International Studies, 20(2):349-367 Scott Burchill, ‘Introduction,’ in Theories of International Relations, Scott Burchill et al (London: Macmillan, 1996) 1-27 Torbjorn K. Knutsen (1997) A History of International Relations Theory. Manchester: University of Manchester Press Steve Smith (1995) “The Self-Images of a Discipline” in Ken Booth and Steve Smith, IR Theory Today: Cambridge University Press, 1-37. Steve Smith (2000)

3. Power-politics This lecture will introduce students to Thucydides’ account of the Peloponnesian War; a foundational text from many Realist theorists of International Relations. It will outline Thucydides’ explanation of the causes of the war, and reflect upon the significance of ancient writers in providing the concepts we use to think about the world today. Seminar questions i) Is Power its own licence? ii) What is the relationship between Politics and Ethics? iii) What does it mean for power to be “out of balance”? 4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Required reading ∗ Thucydides “the Melian Dialogue” ∗

∗

Hans J. Morgenthau. "The Evil of Politics and the Ethics of Evil" Ethics, vol. 56, no. (1945): pp. 1-18

Martin Wight, “The Balance of Power” in Hubert Butterfield ed. Diplomatic Investigations, Harvard University Press, 1968 ALSO see Hubert Butterfield’s chapter on the same subject (Ch. 7 and 8).

Further reading ∗ Martin Wight, Power Politics, Continuum 1995 ∗ Thucydides, “Reflections on the Peloponnesian War” in Phil Williams, Donald Golstein, Jay Shafritz, eds. 1999 ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

∗ ∗

Classic Readings of International Relations 2nd edition Harcourt Brace & Company

Richard Ned Lebow, Ethics and Interests, Proceedings of the Annual Meeting (American Society of International Law) , Vol. 96, (MARCH 13-16, 2002), pp. 75-84 Hume “Of the balance of Power” Little, R. ‘Deconstructing the balance of power: two traditions of thought’, Review of International Studies, 15/3 (1988): 87-100 Bedford, David and Thom Worman, the Tragic Reading of the Thucydidean Tragedy, in: Review of International Studies, vol. 27, no. 1, 2001, 51-67. David Welch, “Why International Relations theorists should stop reading Thucydides,”

Hans J. Morgenthau “The Moral Dilemma of Political Action” in. Politics in the Twentieth Century. The Decline of Democratic Politics. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1962).

Onuf, Nicholas G., 1998. Everyday Ethics in International Relations. Millennium Journal of International Studies 27, no. 3: 669 Stuart J. Kaufman, Richard Little and William C. Wohlforth, The Balance of Power in World History (New York: Palgrave-Macmillan, 2007).

4. The Social Contract according to Hobbes: Introducing the Domestic Analogy for International Relations This lecture will introduce the concept of Anarchy through a discussion of Thomas Hobbes ‘Leviathan’. Hobbes account of the Social Contract is one of the most fundamental texts in Political theory, and has also profoundly influenced theories about the ‘nature’ of International Relations. Seminar questions: i) How convincing is Hobbes’ account of the social contract? ii) What is the relevance of the “domestic analogy” for International Relations? iii) Do we need a World State? Required readings: ∗ Hobbes, Thomas. The Leviathan. Part I, Chapters 13, 14, 29. ∗ Beitz, Charles R. “International Relations as a State of Nature” in Political Theory and International Relations (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1979), pp.12-66. ∗ Vincent, J., The Hobbesian Tradition in Twentieth Century International Thought, in: Millennium, Vol. 10, No. 2, Summer 1981 Further reading: ∗ Bull, H., Hobbes and the International Anarchy, in: Social Research, Vol. 48, No. 4, Winter 1981. ∗ Milner Helen. 1991. “The Assumption of Anarchy in International Relations Theory: A Critique.” Review of International Studies 17 (1): 67-85. 5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Williams, Michael C., Hobbes and International Relations: A Reconsideration, in: International Organization, 1996, Vol. 50, 213-236 ∗ Navari, C., Hobbes and the Hobbesian Tradition in International Thought, in: Millennium, Vol. 11, 1982. ∗ Forsyth, M., Thomas Hobbes and the External Relations of States, in: British Journal of International Studies Vol. 5, 1979, pp. 96-209. ∗ Milner Helen. 1991. “The Assumption of Anarchy in International Relations Theory: A Critique.” Review of International Studies 17 (1): 67-85 ∗

∗

∗ ∗

Michael C. Williams, ‘Hobbes and International Relations: A Reconsideration’, International Organization, vol. 50, no. 2 (1996), pp. 213-236. Aloysius P. Martinich, Thomas Hobbes (Palgrave Macmillan, 1997). Tom Sorell (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Hobbes (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996).

5. Realism and the Tragedy of International Relations This lecture will examine Classical Realist Theories of International Relations, focussing in particular on the work of Hans Morgenthau. Seminar questions: i. What are the limits of Morgenthau’s 6 Principles of Political Realism? ii. Is the warlike character of International Relations a reflection of human nature? iii. What is the role of the IR theorist for Morgenthau Required reading: *Hans Morgenthau, Politics among Nations, chapter 1. * Lebow, Richard Ned. "Classical Realism." International relations theories: discipline and diversity (2007): 52-70. * Kenneth Waltz, Man, the State, and War: a theoretical analysis 1959 – Chapter one: International Conflict and Human Behaviour (New York Colombia University Press). pp 16-41. Further reading: Cozette, Murielle. "What lies ahead: Classical realism on the future of international relations." International Studies Review 10.4 (2008): 667-679. Mark Lacy, Security and Climate Change, International Relations and the limits of Realism, Routledge, 2005. Brian C. Schmidt, ‘Realism as Tragedy’, Review of International Studies, 30(2004), 427-441 Frost, Mervyn. "Tragedy, ethics and international relations." International Relations 17.4 (2003): 477-495. Richard Ned Lebow, the Tragic Vision of Politics (Cambridge, 2003). Inis L. Claude, the Tension between Principle and Pragmatism in International Relations: Review of International Studies, Vol. 19, No. 3 (Jul., 1993), pp. 215-226 *Reinhold Niebuhr, Moral Man and Immoral Society (1932) Reinhold Niebuhr (1938) Beyond Tragedy: Essays on the Christian Interpretation of History. London: Nisbet and Company; Michael Williams, the Realist Tradition and the Limits of International Relations (2005). * Michael Williams (ed.), Realism Reconsidered (2007 Michael C. Williams, Why Ideas Matter in International Relations: Hans Morgenthau, Classical Realism, and the Moral Construction of Power Politics International Organization Vol. 58, No. 4 (Autumn, 2004), pp. 633-665 6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Garst, Daniel, Thucydides and Neorealism, in: International Studies Quarterly, 1989, Vol. 33, 3-27 George Kennan, American Diplomacy (1952) Paul Kennedy, The Rise and fall of Great powers, New York: Random house, 1987. Morgenthau, H. J. (revised Kenneth W. Thompson) (1967), Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace, 4th ed. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, chapter 1. Bain, W., ‘Deconfusing Morgenthau: Moral Inquiry and Classical Realism Reconsidered’, Review of International Studies, 26:3, 2000, pp.445-64. Gellman, P., ‘Hans J. Morgenthau and the Legacy of Political Realism’, Review of International Studies, Vol. 14, 1988. 6. The Social Contract according to Rousseau: Internal Sovereignty and the problem of War This lecture will examine another Social Contract theorist – Jean Jacques Rousseau. The lecture will discuss Rousseau’s vision of the origins of domestic social order, diagnosis of the problem of international conflict and critique of Abbe Saint Pierre. The concept of ‘Internal sovereignty’ and its relationship to the concept of the nation will also be discussed. Seminar questions: i. How does Rousseau’s account of the social contract differ from that of Hobbes? ii. What is the source of Internal Sovereignty, in your opinion? iii. How convincing do you find Rousseau’s critique of Abbe Saint-Pierre’s project for a pacific federation in Europe Required reading: * Stanley Hoffman, Rousseau on War and Peace, The American Political Science review Vol. 57, No 2 1963 317-33 * JJ Rousseau, Discourse on the Origin of Inequality [pp53-81] and The Social Contract (pp141-153) in Basic Political Writings. Also: ‘A Lasting Peace through the Federation of Europe’ and ‘The State of War’ (online resources, both very short) * EH Carr, Nationalism and After, “The Prospects of Internationalism” - Part II (online) Further reading: ∗ Max Weber, Politics as a Vocation (Online) ∗ Howard R. Cell and James I. Mac Adam, Rousseau’s Response to Hobbes (New York: Peter Lang, 1988) ∗ Habermas, Jürgen, and Ciaran Cronin. "The European nation-state: On the past and future of sovereignty and citizenship." Public Culture 10.2 (1998): 397-416 ∗ Gellner, Nations and Nationalism Chapter 1 ∗ Richard Mansbach & Edward Rhodes (2007): The National State and Identity Politics: State Institutionalisation and “Markers” of National Identity, Geopolitics, 12:3, 426-458 ∗ E. H. Carr: Nationalism and After. (Macmillan, 1945), ∗ Bloom, W. (1990), Personal Identity, National Identity and International Relations (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), Ch.1-2 ∗ Anderson, B. Imagined Communities, revised edition (London: Verso, 2006) ∗ Martin Griffiths, Self-determination: republican Liberalism versus Regulatory Liberalism, chapter 4, p60, in Rethinking International Relations theory, Palgrave Macmillan 2011. ∗ Smith, A., National Identity (London, Penguin, 1991). ∗ Keitner, C., ‘National Self-Determination in Historical Perspective: The Legacy of the French Revolution for Today’s Debates’, International Studies Review (2, 3, 2000) 7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Hobsbawm, E., Nations and Nationalism since 1780: Programme, Myth and Reality (Cambridge, Cambridge Univer sity Press, 1992). Furet, F., Revolutionary France: 1770-1880 (Oxford, Blackwell, 1992). Sorel, A., Europe and the French Revolution: The Political Traditions of the Old Regime (London, Collins, 1969). Gillis, J. (ed.) Commemorations. The Politics of National Identity (Princeton University Press, 1994) Ronald Grimsley, the Philosophy of Rousseau (Oxford University Press, 1973). John C. Hall, Rousseau: An Introduction to His Political Philosophy (London: Macmillan, 1973). John Morley, Rousseau, 2 voles (New York: Macmillan, 1896) For additional sources refer to ‘Rousseau Bibliography’, pp. xvii-xx in Rousseau, The Basic Political Writings (Hackett, 1987).

7. Cosmopolitanism Kant’s reading of Abbe Saint Pierre’s project is more hopeful than Rousseau’s, as he lays out in “To Perpetual Peace”. This lecture will examine the place of this highly influential philosopher in International Relations. It will also examine the difference between Cosmopolitan and Communitarian stances in International Relations. Seminar questions: i. What is the cosmopolitan answer to war? Could it work? ii. Where might a ‘global political authority’ come from? iii. Are their inherent limits on the creation of a world community? Required reading: * Kant. To Perpetual Peace – A Philosophical Sketch (any edition) * Andrew, Hurrell. “Kant and the Kantian Paradigm in International Relations” Review of International Studies (1990) 16:183-205. * Wight, Martin. "An anatomy of international thought." Review of International Studies 13.03 (1987): 221227 *Andrew Linklater, ‘The Transformation of Political Community: E.H. Carr, Critical Theory and International Relations,’ Review of International Studies 23:3 (1997) 321-338 Further reading: ∗ Hutchings, Kimberly. International political theory: Rethinking ethics in a global era. Vol. 5. Sage, 1999. Part 1 (pp 1-50) EBOOK in Library. ∗ Kenneth Waltz, Man, the State, and War: a theoretical analysis 1959 – Chapter four: International Conflict and the internal structure of states (New York Colombia University Press). pp 80-123. ∗ Held, David, “Democracy: From City-states to a Cosmopolitan Order?” Political ∗ Studies 40 (1992) 10-39. ∗ R. J. Vincent (1978). Western conceptions of a Universal Moral order. British Journal of International Studies, 4, pp 2046 ∗ Kant. Idea for a Universal History from a Cosmopolitan Point of View (1784). Translation by Lewis White Beck. From Immanuel Kant, “On History,” The Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1963 ∗ Thomas Pogge, Cosmopolitanism and Sovereignty, Ethics 103,no 1 1992 pp48-75 ∗ Bader, Veit. "Citizenship and exclusion: radical democracy, community, and justice. Or, what is wrong with Communitarianism?." Political theory 23.2 (1995): 211-246. 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Michael Williams, “Reason and Realpolitik: Kant's Critique of International Politics" Canadian Journal of Political Science Vol. 25, No. 1 (Mar., 1992), pp. 99-119 Held, David. 1996. Democracy and the Global Order: From the Modern State to Cosmopolitan Governance. Cambridge: Polity Press. Andrew Linklater 1998 The Transformation of Political community: ethical foundations of the postWestphalian era (Cambridge: Polity Press) Archibugi, Daniele. 1998. Principles of Cosmopolitan Democracy. In Re-imagining Political Community: Studies in Cosmopolitan Democracy, edited by Daniele Archibugi, David Held and Martin Köhler, 198-228. Cambridge: Polity Press Cavallar, Georg. 2001. Kantian Perspectives on Democratic Peace: Alternatives to Doyle. Review of International Studies. 27:229-48. Franceschet, Antonio. 2001. Sovereignty and Freedom: Immanuel Kant’s Liberal Internationalist ‘Legacy’. Review of International Studies. 27:209-28. Roger Scruton, Kant: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001). Howard Williams, Kant’s Critique of Hobbes: Sovereignty and Cosmopolitanism (University of Wales Press, 2003). Georg Cavallar, Kant and the Theory and Practice of International Right (University of Wales Press, 1999). Pierre Laberge, ‘Kant on Justice and the Law of Nations,’ in David R. Mapel and Terry Nardin (eds) International Society: Diverse Ethical Perspectives (Princeton University Press, 1998). Antonio Franceschet, Kant and Liberal Internationalism: Sovereignty, Justice, and Global Reform (Palgrave Macmillan, 2002).

8. Structural Realism/Neorealism This lecture will look at theories of structural and neorealism, focussing especially on the work of Kenneth Waltz. It will also examine levels of analysis and the reasons why Waltz and other structural and neorealists focus on the third image or systems level of analysis. Seminar questions: i. What is the benefit of focussing on the structural level of analysis? ii. What is the role of IR theory for Neorealists? What makes a good theory? iii. What makes Waltz’s argument about nuclear proliferation a structural realist argument? [Hint: The answer is NOT that it assumes perfect rationality, because it does not make this assumption.] Required reading: ∗ Mearsheimer, John J. . "Structural Realism," in Tim Dunne, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith, eds., International Relations Theories: Discipline and Diversity, 3rd Edition (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013), pp. 77-93. [Chapter from 2010 edition is available here: http://mearsheimer.uchicago.edu/pdfs/Structural2.pdf] ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. 1988. “The Origins of War in Neorealist Theory.” Journal of Interdisciplinary History 18, 4, 615-628. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. ‘Why Iran should get the Bomb,’ Foreign Affairs, 91, 4 (July/August 2012), 2-5. ∗ Kahl, Colin H., & Waltz, Kenneth N. “Iran and the bomb: Would a nuclear Iran make the Middle East more secure?/Waltz replies.” Foreign Affairs, 91, 5 (September/October 2012), 157-162. Further reading: 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Walt, Stephen. “The Relationship between Theory and Policy in International Relations,” Annual Review of Political Science 2005 8:23-48 ∗ Jervis, Robert. ‘Chapter One: Introduction’ and ‘Chapter Two: System Effects’ from System Effects: Complexity in Political and Social Life (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1997), pp. 3-91. As well as: ∗ Buzan, et al, Logic of Anarchy: Neorealism to Structural Realism, NY: Columbia University Press, 1993 ∗ Buzan, Barry and Richard Little, ‘Reconceptualizing Anarchy: Structural Realism Meets World History’, European Journal of International Relations, vol. 2, no. 4 (1996), pp. 403-438. ∗ Buzan, Barry. ‘The Level of Analysis Problem in International Relations Reconsidered,’ in Ken Booth and Steve Smith (ed), International Relations Theory Today (Oxford Polity, 1995) pp.198-216 ∗ Garst, Daniel ."Thucydides and Neorealism," International Studies Quarterly 33 (March 1989): 3-28. ∗ Gilpin, Robert “No one loves a political realist,” Security Studies 5, No. 3 (Spring 1996): 3-26. ∗ Grunberg, Isabelle. ‘Exploring the “Myth” of Hegemonic Stability,’ International Organization 44:4 (1990) 431-477. ∗ Guzzini, Stefano. Realism in International Relations and International Political Economy: The Continuing Story of a Death Foretold (London and New York: Routledge, 1998). ∗ Mearsheimer, Johm. The Tragedy of Great Power Politics New York: Norton, 2001), pp. 1-28 ∗ Onuf, Nicholas and Frank F. Klink, ‘Anarchy, Authority, Rule’, International Studies Quarterly, vol. 33, no. 2 (1989), pp. 149-173. ∗ Singer, J. David . ‘The Level-of-Analysis Problem in International Relations.’ World Politics (1961), pp 77-92. ∗ Van Evera, Stephen “Offense, Defence, and the Causes of War,” International Security 22, No.4, (1998): 5-43 ∗ Viotti, Paul R.and Mark V, Kauppi. ‘Chapter 2, Realism’ plus selected readings by Machiavelli, Hobbes, Rousseau and Gilpin from Viotti and Kauppi, International Relations Theory (most recent edition available). ∗ Walker, R.B. J., ‘Realism, Change, and International Political Theory,’ International Studies Quarterly, 1987, Vol. 31, 65-86 ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. ‘The Emerging Structure of International Politics’, International Security 18 (1993), 44-79 or in Michael Brown, et al., eds., The Perils of Anarchy, 1995, pp. 42-77. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. Man, the State, and War: A Theoretical Ananlysis. (New York Colombia University Press, 1959), especially “The Third Image”. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N.. Theory of International Politics, Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley 1979, esp. Chapters 5 & 6. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N., ‘Realist Thought and Neorealist Theory,’ Journal of International Affairs, 44:1 (Spring/Summer 1990) or in Controversies in International Relations Theory: Realism and the Neoliberal Challenge (New York: St Martin’s Press, 1995) 67-81. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. Interview conducted by Fred Halliday and Justin Rosenberg, Review of International Studies, vol. 24, no. 3 (1998), pp. 371-386. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N.‘ Structural Realism after the Cold War,’ International Security 25: 1 (2000) 5-41. ∗ Waltz, Kenneth N. Realism and International Relations. Routledge, 2008. ∗

-----------------------------------READING WEEK ---------------------------------------10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

9. The Social Contract according to Locke: External Sovereignty and the Non- Intervention Principle This lecture will discuss the social contract theory of John Locke, and examine the non-intervention principle. Seminar questions i. Do states have a right to be free from external interference? Are there exceptions? Who decides? ii. Should External Sovereignty be a ‘value’ in International Relations? iii. How might Locke’s account of the social contract provide grounds for international law? Required reading ∗ Mill, John Stuart, “A Few Words on Non-Intervention” Fraser’s Magazine, 1859, Paradigm Publishers, boulder and London ∗ Margaret Spahr, Sovereignty under law: A possible redefinition of sovereignty on light of Locke’s theory of Liberty, The American Political Science Review, Vol. 39, No 2 1945 pp350-355 ∗ Lee Ward, Locke on the Moral Basis of International Relations, American Journal of Political Science Vol. 50 No.3 (Jul 2006) pp 691-705 ∗ Thompson, Helen. "The case for external sovereignty." European Journal of International Relations 12.2 (2006): 251-274. Further reading ∗ John Locke, Second Treatise of Government (any edition) ∗ Maritain, Jacques. "The Concept of Sovereignty." The American Political Science Review 44.2 (1950): 343-357. ∗ Brand, Ronald A. "External Sovereignty and International Law." Fordham Int'l LJ 18 (1994): 1685. ∗ Robert Jackson (1999) ‘Sovereignty in World Politics’, Political Studies 47(3): 431-456 ∗ Philpott, ‘Ideas and the Evolution of Sovereignty’, in Hashmi, Sohail (ed.) (1997) State Sovereignty (University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press). ∗ Keohane, Robert O. "Ironies of sovereignty: the European Union and the United States." JCMS: Journal of Common Market Studies 40.4 (2002): 743-765. ∗ Alan James (1986) Sovereign Statehood, Taylor and Francis. ∗ Clark, I. ‘Legitimacy in a global order’, Review of International Studies 29 (2003): 75-95 ∗ MacCormick, Neil. "Sovereignty: myth and reality." Scottish Affairs 11 (1995): 1-13. ∗ Wallace, William. "The sharing of sovereignty: the European paradox." Political Studies 47.3 (1999): 503-521. ∗ McNamara, Kathleen R., and Sophie Meunier. "Between national sovereignty and international power: what external voice for the euro?." International Affairs 78.4 (2002): 849-868. ∗ Prokhovnik, Raia. "Internal/external: The state of sovereignty." Contemporary Politics 2.3 (1996): 7-20. 10. Rights and War This lecture will discuss the Natural Rights tradition, focussing in particular on Hugo Grotius. The origins of International Law and Just War theory will be discussed. The concept of Human Rights and its challenge to sovereignty will then be examined. Seminar questions i) What makes a War Just (or Unjust)? 11

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

ii) Are Human rights more important than Sovereignty? iii) Why did Morgenthau argue that International Morality is a thing of the past, do you agree? Required reading *Hans J. Morgenthau. "The Twilight of International Morality" Ethics, vol. 58, no. 2 (1948): pp. 79-99 * Beitz, Charles, “Human Rights as a Common Concern,” American Political Science Review 95, 2 (June 2001), pp. 269-282. *Elshtain, Jean Bethke. "JUST WAR AND HUMANITARIAN INTERVENTION." Proceedings of the Annual Meeting (American Society of International Law). The American Society of International Law, 2001. * Forde, Steven, Hugo Grotius on Ethics and War, in: The American Political Science Review, Vol. 92, No. 3. (Sep., 1998), pp. 639-648 Further reading * Hedley Bull, ‘The importance of Grotius in the Study of International Relations’, in Hedley Bull, Benedict Kingsbury and Adam Roberts (eds), Hugo Grotius and International Relations (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2002 [1990]), pp. 65-93. * Forde, Steven, Hugo Grotius on Ethics and War, in: The American Political Science Review, Vol. 92, No. 3. (Sep., 1998), pp. 639-648 ∗ Tuck, Richard, Natural Rights Theories: Their Origin and Development, Cambridge: CUP, 1979. ∗ Hedley Bull, The Grotian conception of International Society, Ch 3, Diplomatic Investigations (1966) ∗ Michael Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars: A Moral Argument with Historical Illustrations, 3rd ed., Basic Books, 2000. ∗ Arthur Nussbaum, Just War: A Legal Concept? Michigan Law Review , Vol. 42, No. 3 (Dec., 1943), pp. 453-479 ∗ Grotius, Hugo, From the Law of War and Peace, in: Brown, Chris, Terry Nardin and Nicholas Rengger (eds.), International Relations in Political Thought, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002, 325-34. ∗ Hedley Bull, ‘The importance of Grotius in the Study of International Relations’, in Hedley Bull, Benedict Kingsbury and Adam Roberts (eds), Hugo Grotius and International Relations (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2002 [1990]), pp. 65-93. ∗ Charles Guthrie and Michael Quinlan, The Just War Tradition ∗ Michael Walzer. The Crime of Aggressive War, Wash U Global Stud. L, Rev. 6 (2007). 635. ∗ Bull, H Recapturing the Just War for Political theory World Politics 31.4 1979 588-599 ∗ Taylor, Charles. Conditions of an unforced consensus on human rights, In The East Asian Challenge for Human Rights, Joanne R. Bauer and Daniel A. Bell eds. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999), pp. 124-144 ∗ *Hugo Grotius, ‘What War is and What Right is’ in H. Grotius, The Rights of War and Peace, 3 vols., ed. Richard Tuck (Indianapolis: Liberty Fund, 2005), Bk. 1 [Vol. 1], ch. 1, pp. 133-175. ∗ Meron, Theodor, Common Rights of Mankind in Gentili, Grotius and Suarez, In: The American Journal of International Law, Vol. 85, No. 1. (Jan., 1991), pp. 110-116. ∗ Samuel Barkin 1998 Sovereignty and the emergence of human rights norms, Millennium Journal of International studies. ∗ Pogge, Thomas, “World Poverty and Human Rights,” Ethics and International Affairs 19, 1 (2005) 17. ∗ *Terry Nardin and David Maple (1993) Traditions of International Ethics (Cambridge Univerity Press) ∗ Cutler, C., The Grotian Tradition in I.R., in: Review of International Studies, Vol. 17, 1991. 12

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Ken Booth, Tim Dunne and Michael Cox (2001) How might We live: global ethics in a new century (Cambridge University Press. Michael Walzer, “The Triumph of Just War Theory (and the Dangers of Success)”, in Arguing About War, Yale University Press, 2004, p. 3-22. Matthew Weinert, “Bridging the Human Rights—Sovereignty Divide: Theoretical Foundations of a Democratic Sovereignty”, Human Rights Review, January 2007, Vol. 8 Issue 2, pp.5-32. Hugo Grotius, ‘What War is and What Right is’ in H. Grotius, The Rights of War and Peace, 3 vols., ed. Richard Tuck (Indianapolis: Liberty Fund, 2005), Bk. 1 [Vol. 1], ch. 1, pp. 133-175. Richard Tuck, ‘Hugo Grotius’, in R. Tuck, The Rights of War and Peace: Political Thought and the International Order from Grotius to Kant (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001), pp. 78-108. Forde, Steven, Hugo Grotius on Ethics and War, in: The American Political Science Review, Vol. 92, No. 3. (Sep., 1998), pp. 639-648. Nicholas Fotion, War and Ethics: A New Just War Theory, Continuum, 2008. Jean Elshtain (ed.), Just War Theory, NYU Press, 1991. Thomas Nagel, The Problem of Global Justice, Philosophy and Public Affairs vol 33 issue 2 113-147 march 2005 Terry Nardin, Law, Morality and the Relations of States (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1983), ch. 3 G. Best, Humanity and Warfare (New York: Columbia University Press, 1980). G. Best, War & Law Since 1945 (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1994). J. Elshtain (ed.), Just War Theory (Oxford: Blackwell, 1992) R. L. Holmes, On War and Morality (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1989) J. T. Johnson, Can Modern War Be Just? (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1984) J. T. Johnson, Just War Tradition and the Restraint of War: A Moral and Historical Inquiry (Princeton University Press, 1981). T. Nardin, The Ethics of War and Peace: Religious and Secular Perspectives (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1996). Roberts, A. and R. Guelff, Documents on the Laws of War (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1989). Valls (ed.), Ethics in International Affairs (Oxford: Rowman and Littlefield, 2000). R. A. Wasserstrom (ed.) War and Morality (Belmont: Wadsworth, 1970). R. J. Myers, ‘Notes on Just War Theory: Whose Justice, Which Wars?’, Ethics & International Affairs, vol. 10 (1996), pp. 115-30. D. P. Lackey, The Ethics of War and Peace (New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1989). Terry Nardin and David R. Mapel (eds), Traditions of International Ethics (Cambridge University Press, 1992). P. Ramsey, The Just War: Force and Political Responsibility (New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1968) R. Regan, Just War: Principles and Cases (Washington, DC: Catholic University Press ofAmerica, 1996 G. R. Berridge, ‘Grotius’ in G. R. Berridge, Maurice Keens-Soper and T. G. Otte (eds), Diplomatic Theory from Machiavelli to Kissinger (Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2001), pp. 50-70. Alex J. Bellamy, Just Wars: From Cicero to Iraq, Polity, 2006. Allen Buchanan, “Institutionalizing Just War”, Philosophy and Public Affairs, 34, 2006, p. 2-38. Paul Ramsey, The Just War: Force and Political Responsibility, Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1968. Nicholas Fotion, War and Ethics: A New Just War Theory, Continuum, 2008. Jean Elshtain (ed.), Just War Theory, NYU Press, 1991. 13

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Constructing norms of humanitarian intervention, in Peter Katzenstein (ed) The culture of National Security: Norms and Identity in world Politics (New York Colombia University press) p153 Chris Brown, 'Moral Agency and International Society', Ethics and International Affairs, 15 (2001), p. 91.

11. International Society This lecture will examine the English School of Hedley Bull, focussing on the institutions which distinguish International Society. Seminar questions: i. How can a society form amidst anarchy? ii. Is there an International Order, how is it maintained? iii. How does Humanitarian Intervention become an institution in International Society? Required reading: ∗ Bull, H. (1966a) “Society and Anarchy in International Relations” in International Theory: Critical Investigations J. Der Derian (ed.) New York: New York University Press ∗ Nicholas Wheeler “Humanitarian Intervention and International Society” Chapter 1 in Saving Strangers. ∗ Hedley Bull, The Anarchical Society, Colombia University Press, 2002. Chapter 3. Further reading: ∗ Hedley Bull, The Anarchical Society, any edition. ∗ Bull, H. 'The Grotian Conception of International Society', in H. Butterfield and M. Wight (eds), Diplomatic Investigations: Essays in the Theory of International Relations (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1966), pp. 51-73. ∗ Nicholas Wheeler pluralist or Solidarist conceptions of international society: Bull and Vincent on humanitarian intervention, Millennium Journal of International Studies 21.3 1992 463-487 ∗ Kaplan, M.,The New Great Debate: Traditionalism vs. Science in International Relations,in: World Politics, October 1966. ∗ Little, Richard. "The English School's contribution to the study of International Relations." European Journal of International Relations 6.3 (2000): 395-422. ∗ Robert Jackson, Political theory of International society, in International Political Theory Today, Booth and smith pp110-127 ∗ Rengger, Nicholas J. "A city which sustains all things? Communitarianism and international society." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 21.3 (1992): 353-369. ∗ Buzan, B. (1993) “From International System to International Society: Structural Realism and Regime Theory Meet the English School” International Organization, 47(3):327-352 ∗ Tim Dunne (1998) Inventing International Society: A History of the English School (Palgrave – Basingstoke) ∗ Barry Buzan, (2004), From International To World Society? English School theory and the social structure of Globalisation (Cambridge University Press) ∗ Keene, Edward, Beyond the Anarchical Society: Grotius, Colonialism and Order in World Politics, Cambridge: CUP 2002. ∗ Murphy, Cornelius, The Grotian Vision of World Order, In: The American Journal of International Law, Vol. 76, No. 3. (Jul., 1982), pp. 477-498. ∗ Ian Clark and Iver B. Neumann, eds., Classical Theories of International Relations (Macmillan, 1996). ∗ Martin Wight, Systems of States, ed. Hedley Bull (Leicester: Leicester University Press, 1977). 14

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Maurice Keens-Soper, ‘The Practice of a States-System’, in Michael Donelan (ed.), The Reason of States: A Study in International Political Theory (London: George Allen and Unwin, 1978), pp. 25-44. Chris Brown, Terry Nardin, and Nicholas Rengger (eds), International Relations in Political Thought (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002). Maurice Keens-Soper, ‘The Practice of a States-System’, in Michael Donelan (ed.), The Reason of States: A Study in International Political Theory (London: George Allen and Unwin, 1978), pp. 25-44. Terry Nardin and David R. Mapel (eds), Traditions of International Ethics (Cambridge University Press, 1992). David Boucher, Political Theories of International Relations (Oxford University Press, 1998). *** ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~ Christmas Break ~ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------***

12. Institutions This lecture will discuss the role of institutions in World Politics. It will examine both formal and normative institutions in international society, and consider Liberal accounts of Institutional change. Seminar questions: i. What is the difference between English School and Liberal accounts of International Institutions? ii. How do institutions ‘moderate’ International Anarchy for Neoliberals like Keohane, and why is this important today? iii. What is at stake in the Neo-Neo debate? Required reading: ∗ Jervis, R., ‘Realism, Neoliberalism, and Cooperation: Understanding the Debate’, International Security (24, 1, 1999), 42-63. ∗ Keohane, Robert. "Hobbes’s dilemma and institutional change in world politics: sovereignty in international society." ders.: Power and Governance in a Partially Globalized World, London/New York: Routledge (2002): 63-87. Simmons, Beth A., and Lisa L. Martin. "International organizations and institutions." Handbook of international relations (2002): 192-211. Further reading: ∗ Robert Axelrod and Robert Keohane (1985) ‘Achieving Cooperation under Anarchy: Strategies and Institutions’, World Politics 38: 226-254 ∗ RO Keohane - International institutions: can interdependence work? Foreign Policy, 1998. ∗ JJ Mearsheimer - The false promise of international institutions International Security, 1994 ∗ Nina Tannenwald, “The Nuclear Taboo: The United States and the Normative Basis of Nuclear Non‐ use,” International Organization, Vol. 53 (1999): 433‐46; ∗ Robert Keohane and Joseph Nye, Power and Interdependence: World Politics in Transition, 2nd ed. (Boston: Little, Brown, 1989) ∗ Klotz, Audie. Norms in international relations: The struggle against apartheid. Cornell University Press, 1999, pp3-35 ∗ Keohane, Robert O. and Lisa L. Martin. 1995. “The Promise of Institutionalist Theory.” International Security 20 (1): 39-51 15

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Huth, Paul, Sarah Croco, and Ben Appel. 2011. “Does International Law Promote the Peaceful Settlement of International Disputes?” American Political Science Review 105 (2): 415-36. David Baldwin, ed., Neorealism and Neoliberalism: The Contemporary Debate (New York: Columbia University Press, 1993). Keohane, Robert. O. 1989. “Neoliberal Institutionalism: A Perspective on World Politics.” International Institutions and State Power. Boulder: Westview Press, pp. 1-20. Stephen Krasner, “Regimes and limits of realism: regimes as autonomous variables”, International Organization, 1982, vol.36, no.2, pp.497-510. PDF Grieco, Joseph M. 1988. “Anarchy and the Limits of Cooperation: A Realist Critique of the Newest Liberal Institutionalism.” International Organization 42 (3): 485-507. Stein, Arthur. 1982. “Coordination and Collaboration: Regimes in an Anarchic World.” International Organization 36 (2): 299-324. Stephen Krasner (ed) International Regimes (Ithaca, cornel University Press) Joseph Grieco, “Anarchy and the limits of Cooperation: A Realist critique of the Newest Liberal Institutionalism”, International Organization, vol.42, no.3, 1988, pp.485-507. Krasner, Stephen D. 1982. “Structural Causes and Regime Consequences: Regimes as Intervening Variables.” International Organization 36 (2): 185-205 Axelrod, Robert, and Robert O. Keohane. 1985. “Achieving Cooperation Under Anarchy: Strategies and Institutions.” World Politics 38 (1): 226-254 Robert Axelrod, “The Emergence of Cooperation among egoists”, American Political Science Review, vol.75, no.2, 1981, pp.306-318. Robert Keohane and Joseph Nye, "Power and Interdependence Re-visited," International Organization, Vol 41,(Autumn 1987): 725-753 Robert Keohane, After hegemony, Princeton University press, 1984. Susan McMillan, "Interdependence and Conflict," Mershon International Studies Review, Vol. 41 May1997):3 3-58 Robert Powell, “Anarchy in International Relations Theory: The Neo-realist-Neo-Liberal Debate”, International Organization, vol.48, no.2, 1994, pp.313-344. Axelrod, Robert., The Evolution of Cooperation, Penguin, (1990) Robert O Keohane, After Hegemony, Princeton University Press 2005

The Social Construction of Anarchy This lecture will introduce the work of Alexander Wendt, linking his Social Theory of International Relations to Martin Wight’s ‘three traditions of international thought’. The lecture will examine the complex concept of Social Construction, and explore how anarchy may be understood as subject to multiple interpretations. 13.

Seminar questions i) How is anarchy ‘socially constructed’? ii) What are the similarities and differences between Wendt’s ‘three cultures of anarchy’ and Wight’s ‘three traditions of International Thought’? iii) Do we live in an increasingly Kantian World? Required Reading ∗ Alexander Wendt: Anarchy is what States Make of it: The Social Construction of Power Politics, International Organization, Vol. 46, No. 2 (Spring, 1992), pp. 391-425.

16

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Bull, Hedley. Martin Wight and the Theory of International Relations. British Journal of International studies. Volume 2, issue 2. 1976. p101-116.

Further Reading ∗ T. Dunne, The social construction of international society. European Journal of International Relations, 1995 ∗ Alexander Wendt, Constructing International Politics, International Security, Vol. 20, No. 1 (Summer, 1995), pp. 71-81 ∗ Wendt, A. Identity and Structural Change in International Politics‟ in Lapid, Y. and F. Kratochwil (eds.) The Return of Culture and Identity in IR Theory (Boulder/London: Lynne Rienner, 1996): 47-64 ∗ Wendt, A. Collective identity formation and the international state‟, American Political Science Review, 88/2 (1994):484-396. ∗ Neumann, I. Beware of organicism: the narrative self of the state‟, Review of International Studies, 30 (2004): 259-267 ∗ Weldes, J. et al. (eds.) Cultures of Insecurity. States, Communities, and the Production of Danger (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1996) ∗ Kratochwil, F. Rethinking the “inter” in International P olitics, Millennium, 35/3 (2008): 495-511 ∗ Berger, P. L. and T. Luckmann, The Social Construction of Reality (Doubleday, 1966) ∗ Guzzini, S. A Reconstruction of Constructivism in International Relations‟ European Journal of International Relations, 6/ 2 (2000): 147-182 14. Hierarchy and Hegemony in International Relations This lecture will discuss the role of hierarchy in the International system. It will explore the extensive history of hierarchical international relations, and examine the contested concept of Hegemony. Seminar questions i. Why is sovereignty always compromised, according to Krasner? ii. What is the difference between Hierarchy and Hegemony? iii. Is the USA still a hegemonic power in today’s world? Required Reading ∗ Hobson, J.M. and Sharman, J.C., ‘The Enduring Place of Hierarchy in World Politics: Tracing the Social Logics of Hierarchy and Political Change’, European Journal of International Relations, Vol. 11, No. 1 (2005), pp.63-98 ∗ Krasner, Stephen D. "Compromising Westphalia." International Security 20.3 (1995): 115-151. ∗ Clark, I. ‘China and the US: A Succession of Hegemonies?, International Affairs 87/1 (2011): 13-28. Further reading ∗ Ferguson, N. ‘The End of Power: Without American hegemony the world would likely return to the dark ages’, The Wall Street Journal, 21 June 2004. ∗ E. Hobsbawm, The age of Empire 1875-1914, 2010 ∗ Rapkin, D. P. and D. Braaten ‘Conceptualizing hegemonic legitimacy’ Review of International Studies 35/1 (2009): 113-150 ∗ Johnson, C. Blowback: the Costs and Consequences of American Empire (Time Warner, 2002) ∗ Gruber, L. ‘Power Politics and the institutionalization of international relations’, in Barnett and Duvall, Power in Global Governance (Cambridge University Press, 2005): 102-129 17

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Joachim, J. M. Agenda setting, the UN, and NGOs: gender violence and reproductive rights (Georgetown University Press, 2007) Livingston, S. G. ‘The Politics of International Agenda-Setting: Reagan and North-South Relations’, International Studies Quarterly 36 (1992): 313-330. Mattli, W. and Büthe, T. ‘Setting International Standards: Technological Rationality or Primacy of Power?’, World Politics, 53 (2003): 1-42 Pollack, M. A. ‘Delegation, agency, and agenda setting in the European Community’, International Organization 51 (1997): 99-134 Princen, S. ‘Agenda-setting in the European Union: a theoretical exploration and agenda for research’ Journal of European Public Policy, 14/1 (2007): 21-38 Strange, S. ‘The Persistent Myth of Lost Hegemony’, International Organization 41/4 (1987): 551574 Osiander, Andreas (2001) ‘Sovereignty, International Relations, and the Westphalian Myth’, International Organization 55(2): 251-287. Mann, M., ‘The First Failed Empire of the 21st Century’, Review of International Studies 30/4 (2004): 631-653 Nye, J. S. The Paradox of American Power: Why the World’s Only Superpower Can’t Go It Alone (Oxford University Press, 2002) Reus-Smit, C., American Power and World Order (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2004) Wallerstein, I. ‘The Eagle has crash landed’, Foreign Policy (July/August, 2002): 60-68. JA Hobson, Imperialism, A study, Spokesman Books, 1975. David Harvey, The New Imperialism, OUP, Oxford, 2005. Nexon, D. B. and T. Wright ‘What’s at Stake in the American Empire Debate’, American Political Science Review 101/2 (2007): 253-271 David Lake, Anarchy, Hierarchy, and the variety of International Relations 1996 vol 50 issue 1 Ian Clark, the Hierarchy of states: Reform and Resistance in the International Order, Cambridge University Press (1989) Steven Krasner, Sovereignty: Organised Hypocrisy, Princeton University Press, (1999)

15. Liberal Peace This Lecture will examine the concept of “Liberal Peace”, and discuss various critiques of the Liberal vision of International Relations. Seminar questions: i) Has Liberalism constructed a separate peace? ii) Is democracy-promotion a mask for hegemonic power? iii) Is a global Cosmopolitan democracy feasible? Required reading: ∗ Michael Doyle, “Liberalism and World Politics”, American Political Science Review, vol.80, no.4, 1986, pp.1151-1169 ∗ G. John Ikenberry, “America’s Imperial Ambition”, Foreign Affairs, (2002) ∗ Daniele Archibugi, Cosmopolitan Democracy and its critics: a Review, European Journal of International Relations 2004 10:437 Further reading: ∗ John Ikenberry, Liberal Leviathan, Princeton University Press 2011. 18

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Ruggie, John Gerard. 1982. “International Regimes, Transactions, and Change: Embedded Liberalism in the Postwar Economic Order.” International Organization 36 (2): 379-415. Michael Doyle, ‘A More Perfect Union? The Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization,’ Review of International Studies 26: Special Issue (2000) 81-94. Charles W. Kegley, Jr. ‘The Neo-idealist Moment in International Studies? Realist Myths and the New International Realities,’ International Studies Quarterly 37 (1993) 131-146. G. John Ikenberry (2009) ‘Liberal Internationalism 3.0’ Perspectives on Politics 7(1): 71-89. Michael Mann (1999) ‘The Darkside of Democracy: The Modern Tradition of Ethnic and Political Cleansing’, New Left Review 235 (May-June): 18-45 Owen, J, How Liberalism produces Democratic peace, International Security 19 2 1994 p87-125 Michael Howard, War and the Liberal Conscience, The George Macaulay Trevelyan Lectures in the University of Cambridge 1977, Temple Smith London (Sections to be emailed out) G. John Ikenberry ‘The Future of the Liberal World Order: Internationalism after America’, Foreign Affairs, 90(3) 2011: 56-68

16. Dependency and the World System This lecture will examine Marxist and Marxian Theories of International Relations, looking at World System, Dependency and Gramscian perspectives. Seminar questions: i) Does the World form a single system? ii) How important is Capitalism to understanding International Relations? iii) How relevant is Marx to International Relations? Required reading: ∗ Fred Halliday (1994) A Necessary Encounter: Historical Materialism and International Relations, in Rethinking International Relations, Palgrave Macmillan, 47-73 ∗ Robert Cox (1981) Social Forces, States and World Orders, Millennium: Journal of International ∗

Studies, 10(2): 126-155 Andrew Linklater, Marxism, Chapter 5 in Theories of International Relations, Palgrave 1996, p129-154.

Further reading: ∗ Immanuel Wallerstein. “The Rise and Future Demise of the World Capitalist System.” Comparative Studies in Society and History 16, no. 4 (1974): 387–415. ∗ Robert Cox “Gramsci, Hegemony, and International Relations: An Essay in Method,” in Stephen Gill, ed., Gramsci, Historical Materialism, and International Relations (Cambridge University Press, 1993), pp. 49-66. ∗ Richard Little, International Relations and the Triumph of Capitalism p62-88, in International Relations Theory Today, Booth and Smith (eds), Polity 1995. ∗ Krasner, S. Structural Conflict: The Third World against Global Liberalism (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1985). ∗ Michael Cox (1998): Rebels without a cause? Radical theorists and the world system after the Cold War, New Political Economy, 3:3, 445-460 ∗ Patrick Wolfe 1997 History and Imperialism - A Century of theory: from Marx to Postcolonialism, American Historical Review 102, 388-420.

19

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Wallerstein, Immanuel (1995) ‘The Inter-State Structure of the Modern World System’, in: Steve Smith, Ken Booth and Marysia Zalewski (eds.), International Theory: Positivism and Beyond (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press): 87-107. Cardoso, Fernando Henrique and Enzo Falatto (1979) Dependency and Development in Latin America Berkeley and LA, University of California press. Berki, R. N. On Marxian Thought and the Problem of International Relations’, World Politics, (October 1971). Robert Cox, (1981) “Social Forces, States, and World Orders: Beyond International Relations Theory, Millennium, 10(2): 126-155. Richard Devetak (2009) “Critical Theory”, Ch. 7 in S. Burchill et al, Theories of International Relations. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 4th ed. Paul Viotti and Mark Kauppi, ‘Globalism: Dependency and the Capitalist World-System,’ in International Relations Theory: Realism, Pluralism, Globalism and Beyond (Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1997) 341-364 Krasner, S. (1976) “State Power and the Structure of International Trade” World Politics, 28(2):317347 Stephen Gill 1993 Gramsci, historical Materialism and International Relations (Cambridge University Press) Rosenberg, Justin (2010) ‘Basic Problems in the Theory of Uneven and Combined Development’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 23(1): 165-189. Gallagher, John and Ronald Robinson (1953) ‘The Imperialism of Free Trade’, The Economic History Review 6(1): 1-15.

17. Globalisation This lecture will address the contested concept of Globalisation, exploring its various dimensions: technological, economic, social, and political. It will note the existence of previous eras of globalisation, and ask what is new about this one. Seminar question i) Is globalisation causing the decline of the state? ii) Are markets more powerful than states? iii) What are the consequences of ‘financial crises’ for International Relations? Required reading ∗ Scholte Jan, Aart, Global Capitalism and the State, International Affairs, 1997 427-452 ∗ Weiss, L. 1998. “Globalization and the Myth of the Powerless State”. New Left Review. Iss. 225. pp.3-27 ∗ Susan Strange, The Retreat of the State: the diffusion of power in the World Economy, Chapter One: The declining Authority of States. pp 3-15 Further reading ∗ Susan Strange, Mad Money, Manchester University Press, (1998). Chapter 1 and Conclusion pp 3-21 and 179-190. ∗ Francis Fukuyama: The End of History? The National Interest, (1989). ∗ Jan Aart Scholte, Globalisation: a Critical Introduction Palgrave Macmillan 2005 ∗ Strange, S. States and Markets (New York: Basil Blackwell, 1988), prologue and chapter two. ∗ Sassin., S, Losing Control, Sovereignty in an age of globalization, 1996. 20

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Robert Cox The retreat of the State? Review International Journal issue 52, no 2, 1997 Hopkins, A.G., ed., 2003. Globalization in World History. New York City, NY: Norton Reinicke, Wolfgang H. "Global public policy." Foreign Aff. 76 (1997): 127. Jayasuriya, Kanishka. "Globalization, sovereignty, and the rule of law: from political to economic constitutionalism?." Constellations 8.4 (2001): 442-460. Susan Strange, Casino Capitalism, Manchester University Press, (1997). Susan Strange, Mad Money, Manchester University Press, (1998).

18. Power This lecture will examine the contested concept of power, exploring debates around its fundamental nature and role in International Relations. Seminar question i) What/Where is ‘Power’ in contemporary International Relations? ii) Is ‘soft power’ more important than ‘hard power’ today? iii) How might different conceptions of power help us to understand the Arab Spring? Required reading ∗ Berenskoetter, F. ‘Thinking about Power’, pp. 1-12 (2007) Power in World Politics. London: Routledge ∗ Lukes, S. ‘Power and the Battle for Hearts and Minds’, in Berenskoetter and Williams, Power in World Politics, pp. 83-97 ∗ Nye, J. S. Soft Power: The Means to Succeed in World Politics (New York: Public Affairs) Ch. 1. Further reading * Steven Lukes, Power: A Radical View, second edition (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2005)

∗ Felix Berenskoetter and M. J. Williams (Eds.) Power in World Politics (London: Routledge, 2007) ∗ Nye, J. S. Soft Power: The Means to Succeed in World Politics (New York: Public Affairs) ∗ Gill, S. and D. Law ‘Global Hegemony and the Structural Power of Capital’, International Studies Quarterly 33/4 (1989): 475-99. ∗ Manuel Castells, A Network Theory of Power, International Journal of communication 2011 ∗ Barnett, M. & Duvall, R. ‘Power in International Politics’, International Organization 59(1)2005: 39-75 ∗ Susan Strange, The Retreat of the State: the diffusion of power in the World Economy, Chapter two: Patterns of power. pp 16-31. ∗ Onuf, Nicholas. “Political Society” (Chapter 6) in World of Our Own Making: rules and rule in social theory and International Relations, University of Carolina Press 1989. pp 196-227. ∗ *Baldwin, D. ‘Power and International Relations’, in W. Carlsnaes, T. Risse, and B. Simmons (eds.) Handbook of International Relations (London: Sage, 2002): 177-191 ∗ Dalacoura, Katerina ‘The 2011 uprisings in the Arab Middle East: political change and geopolitical implications’ International affairs 88/1 (2012): 63-79 ∗ *Haugaard, M. Power: A Reader (New York: Manchester University Press, 2002). ∗ Holsti, K. J. ‘The Concept of Power in the Study of International Relations’, Background, 7/4(1964): 179-194 ∗ Baldwin, D. ‘Power Analysis and World Politics: New Trends versus Old Tendencies’, World Politics 31/2 (1979), pp. 161-175. 21

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Hart, J. ‘Three Approaches to the Measurement of Power in International Relations’, International Organization, 30/2 (1976): 289-305

19. Difference in International Relations This Lecture will examine the concept of Culture in International Relations and explore the insights of Postcolonial IR theory. Seminar questions: i) Was 9/11 an example of the Clash of Civilisations? ii) How important is the ‘problem of difference’ in International Relations? iii) Is International Society underpinned by Western values? Required reading: ∗ Buzan, B. (2010), Culture and international society. International Affairs, 86: 1–25 ∗ Huntington, S., The Clash of Civilisations, Foreign Affairs, 1993 ∗ Weber, Cynthia. International relations theory: a critical introduction. Routledge, 2013. Chapter 8 Modernisation and Development Theory. ∗ Blaney and Inayatullah, “The Westphalian Deferral”, International Studies Review 2.2 (2000) 29-64. Further reading: ∗ Wight, M. (1966b) “Western Values in International Politics” in Diplomatic Investigations: Essays in the Theory of International Politics, H. Butterfield and M. Wight (eds.) London: George Allen & Unwin. ∗ * Kayaoglu, T. (2010), Westphalian Eurocentrism in International Relations Theory. International Studies Review, 12: 193–217. ∗ Inayatullah, N. and Blaney, D. L. International Relations and the Problem of Difference (London: Routledge, 2004) ∗ *Iver B. Neumann (1996) Self and Other in International Relations. European Journal of International Relations 2:139-174. ∗ Mohammed Ayoob, ” Inequality and Theorizing in International Relations: The Case for Subaltern Realism,” International Studies Review 4, #3 (2002): 27-48, ∗ Amitav Acharya and Barry Buzan (2007) Why Is There No Non-Western International Relations Theory? An Introduction, International Relations of the Asia-Pacific 7:287-312. ∗ Ido Oren, “Is Culture Independent of National Security?” European Journal of International Relations 6, #4 (2000): 543-73, ∗ Donald Puchala (1997) Some Non-Western Perspectives on International Relations, Journal of Peace Research 34(2):129-134. ∗ Pinar Bilgin (2008) Thinking Past “Western IR”, Third World Quarterly 29(1):5-23. ∗ *Stephen Chan (2002) On Different Types of International Relations Scholarship, Journal of Peace Research, 39(6):747-756 ∗ Arlene B. Tickner (2003), Seeing IR Differently: Notes from the Third World, Millennium: Journal of International Studies 32(2):295-324 ∗ *Abraham Itty (2010) The International Study of IR, International Studies Review 12(3):470-472. ∗ Walter Mignolo (1998) “Globalization, Civilization Processes and the Relocation of Languages and Cultures” in Fredric Jameson and Masao Miyoshi (eds.) Cultures of Globalization, Durham: Duke University Press, 32-53 ∗ Branwen Gruffydd Jones (ed.) (2006) Decolonizing International Relations. Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield 22

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Grovogui, Siba (1996) Sovereigns, Quasi-Sovereigns and Africans (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press). Grovogui, Siba (2001) ‘Sovereignty in Africa: Quasi-Statehood and Other Myths in International Theory’, Ch. 3 in Kevin C. Dunn and Timothy Shaw, Africa’s Challenge to International Theory (New York: Palgrave)

20. Gender and International Relations. This lecture will examine the concept of Gender in International Relations, and explore the insights of Feminist IR Theory. Seminar questions: i) Does Gender matter in International Relations? ii) Is Realism ‘gender blind’? iii) What’s at stake in Fukuyama’s account of Women in World Politics? Required reading: ∗ Tickner, J. A. (1988) “Hans Morgenthau’s principles of Political Realism: A Feminist Reformulation” in International Theory: Critical Investigations J. Der Derian (ed.) New York: New York University Press ∗ Francis Fukuyama (1998) Women and the Evolution of World Politics, Foreign Affairs 77(5) ∗ J. Ann Tickner (1999) Why Women Can’t Run the World: International Politics According to Francis Fukuyama, International Studies Review 1(3):3-11. Further reading: ∗ Jabri Women Culture and IR, Critical perspectives on World Politics, Boulder and London, Lynne Rienner (1999) ∗ Tickner, J. Ann. Gender in international relations: Feminist perspectives on achieving global security. Columbia University Press, 1992. ∗ Christine Sylvester, Feminist International Relations: An Unfinished Journey. Cambridge University Press 2002. ∗ Christine Sylvester, The contributions of Feminist Theory to International Relations, in International Theory: Positivism and beyond, 1996, 254 ∗ Barbara Ehrenreich et al. (1999) Fukuyama’s Follies: So What If Women Ruled the World, Foreign Affairs 78(1). ∗ Enloe, C. ‘Gender Makes the World Go Round’, Chapter 1, Bananas, Beaches and Bases ∗ Cynthia Enloe: How can they militarise a can of soup, p82, in Feminist International relations: Critical concepts in International Relations (ed) Christine sylvester, rourtlkedge 2011. ∗ Terrell Carver, Marysia Zalewski, Helen Kinsella et al. (2003) Gender and International Relations, International Studies Review, 5(2): 287-302. ∗ Kimberly Hutchings (1994) “The Personal is International” in Lennon and Whitford (eds.) Knowing the Difference: Feminist Perspectives in Epistemology, London: Routledge. ∗ G. Youngs (2004) Feminist IR: Contradiction in Terms? International Affairs 80(1):101-114 ∗ Adam Jones (1996) Does “Gender” Make the World Go Round? Feminist Critiques of International Relations, Review of International Studies 22(4):405-429. ∗ Robert Keohane (1989) International Relations Theory: Contributions of a Feminist Standpoint, Millennium: Journal of International Studies 18(2):245-253. [see reply by Cynthia Weber (1994)] ∗ Rebecca Grant and Kathleen Newland (1991) Gender and International Relations Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 23

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Jill Steans (2003) Engaging from the Margins: Feminist Encounter with the “Mainstream” of International Relations, British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 5(3) Jill Steans (2006) Gender and International Relations: An Introduction. Oxford: Polity, 2nd ed. Terrell Carver, Molly Cochrane, and J. Squires (1998) Gendering Jones: Feminisms, IRs, Masculinities, Review of International Studies, 24(2): 283-297 Eric Blanchard (2003) Gender, International Relations, and the Development of Feminist Security Theory, Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society 28(4):1289-1312. Tickner, J. Ann. 1997. “You Just Don't Understand: Troubled Engagements between Feminists and IR Theorists” International Studies Quarterly 41 (4): 611-632. Enloe, Cynthia, 2000. Bananas, Beaches, and Bases: Making Feminist Sense of International Politics. University of California Press Lene Hansen (2001) Gender, Nation, Rape: Bosnia and the Construction of Security, International Feminist Journal of Politics 3(1):55-75. Jacqui True (2009) “Feminism”, Ch. 9 in Scott Burchill et al, Theories of International Relations. 4th ed. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan Elshtain, J.B. (1991) “Feminist Themes in International Relations” in International Theory: Critical Investigations J. Der Derian (ed.) New York: New York University Press.

Modernity and its aftermath This lecture will examine the concept of Modernity, and assess its relevance to International Relations theory. 21.

Seminar questions: i) What is Modernity and why does it matter? ii) Are we entering/have we entered post-modernity? Required reading: ∗ Richard Devetak (1995) The Project of Modernity and International Theory, Millennium: Journal of International Studies 24(1):27-51. ∗ Ruggie, John. (1993) “Territoriality and beyond: problematizing modernity in international relations” International Organization, 47(1) p.139-174 ∗ Richard Devetak, Postmodernism, Chapter 7 in Theories of International Relations p181-204. Further reading: ∗ R.B.J. Walker (1981) World Politics and Western Reason: Universalism, Pluralism, Hegemony, Alternatives 7(2):195-227. ∗ Richard Ashley (1986) “The Poverty of Neorealism” in Robert Keohane (ed.) Neorealism and its Critics, New York: Columbia University Press, 255-300 ∗ Jim George (1994) Discourses of Global Politics: A Critical (Re)Introduction to International Relations. Boulder: Lynne Rienner. ∗ Richard Falk (1990) “Culture, Modernism, Postmodernism: A Challenge to International Relations” in Jongsuk Chay (ed.) Culture and International Relations. New York: Praeger, 267- 279. ∗ Georg Sørensen (1991) A Revised Paradigm for International Relations: The “Old” Images and the Postmodernist Challenge, Cooperation and Conflict 26:85-116 ∗ James Der Derian and Michael Shapiro (eds.) (1989) International/Intertextual Relations: Postmodern Readings of World Politics. Lexington

24

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

[INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 4SSW1006]

Richard Ashley, 1989. “Living on borderlines: Man, Postructuralism and War” in International/Intertextual relations: Postmodern readings of world politics, eds. James Der Derian, Michael J. Shapiro. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books. Roger Spegele (1992) Richard Ashley’s Discourse for International Relations, Millennium: Journal of International Studies 21(2):147-182. Ashley, R. (1988) “Powers of Anarchy: Theory, Sovereignty, and the Domestication of Global Life” in International Theory: Critical Investigations J. Der Derian (ed.) New York: New York University Press R.B.J. Walker (1993) Inside/Outside, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Michael Shapiro, 1989. “Textualizing Global Politics” in James Der Derian, Michael Shaprio eds. International/Intertextual Relations, Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books Jens Bartelson (1995) “The Problem: Deconstructing Sovereignty”, Chapter 2 of A Genealogy of Sovereignty, Cambridge University Press, 12-52 Ashley, R. and Walker, R. B. J. eds. (1990) ‘Speaking the Language of Exile’, International Studies Quarterly 34(3). Edkins, J. and Zehfuss, M. ‚’Generalising the International’, Review of International Studies, 31, 3 (2005): 451-472.

25

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

Lectures: Module Organiser: Office hours:

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Term 1: Friday 12pm; Term 2: Thursday 1pm | K6.29 Dr. Walter C. Ladwig III | [email protected] Tuesday 2:30pm-5pm | K7.09

Module Contributors: Professor Joseph Maiolo | Dr. Alan James

Seminar Leaders: Dr. Flavia Gasbarri [email protected] | Vipul Dutta [email protected] | Thomas Bottelier [email protected] Examining important events in the historical development of today’s international system, and generalizations that have been drawn from them, this module seeks to provide students with a basic knowledge of international history over approximately the past 350 years (1648-2001). In particular, we will examine the forces—political, military, economic, and cultural—that have given shape to the modern world. This is not a comprehensive course in international history that covers all regions of the world, but one that focuses primarily on the interactions between the great powers of a given era. As a result, it is largely—though not exclusively—Eurocentric in focus. This course will entail considerable reading of history, though elements of theory are included. Our purpose is not to memorize dates and battles, but to understand the interplay of major forces, as well as the theories that attempt to explain these events. AIMS  Examine the key events, issues and debates in International History, from the period before the treaty of Westphalia to September 11th, 2001  Develop an understanding of the historical origins and evolution of the international system and global power structures  Understand the multiplicity of forces (states, international organisations, transnational actors, norms, social movements, technology, geography, etc.) driving International History and why it changes over time  Recognise that the writing of International History reflects the environment in which it was written, the objects of the historian, and International History itself OBJECTIVES  To develop a broad understanding of the historiographical issues, terminology and ongoing debates in the study of International History  To be able to judge the reliability of historical data using predefined techniques and/or criteria, and in the process, demonstrate awareness of the ethical issues inherent to the study of International History, and relate these to personal beliefs and values  To enable students to use data drawn from the large resources available to form their own interpretations of the main issues and themes of this period and to refine the skill of thinking rigorously and critically for themselves

1

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module runs in terms 1 and 2, and is taught by a combination of weekly one-hour lectures followed by a one-hour tutorial seminar on the same topic. The module organiser or a contributing faculty member will give the lectures. One-hour tutorial seminars will be led by a teaching assistant. At each of the tutorial seminars selected members of the class will be prepared to make a presentation. It is expected that other members of the class will have made themselves familiar with aspects of each topic and will be in a position to contribute to class discussion. Seminar groups will be outlined separately, as will room allocations. Note: This document is the authoritative list of readings and topics. Do not rely on any other source.

COURSE REQUIREMENTS This course is designed to be demanding. There is a substantial writing requirement and the reading load will increase steadily throughout the year. You should plan to spend a minimum of one full day per week reading and preparing for this course, more if you are the presenter or discussant at that week’s seminar. All students are expected to comply with the four following rules: (1) complete assigned readings before the associated lecture; (2) attend all lectures and seminar sessions, arriving on time (seated and ready to go before 5 min after the hour), with questions they are prepared to discuss; (3) give full attention to lectures and actively participate in seminar sessions. (4) avoid multi-tasking during lectures or seminars. Laptops may be used for taking notes, although this practice is discouraged. Students found to be using laptops, phones or other devices to check e-mail, surf the internet, or text-message will be asked to leave the class. The following books will be used multiple times during the course and should be purchased as the library will not have sufficient copies for all students: • • •

Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy (1994) Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (2008) John L. Gaddis, We Now Know (2008)

The remainder of the readings will be available electronically or in the library. All electronic readings should be printed so that you can mark them up. You may choose instead to do all the reading on the screen or in the library, but it will be significantly harder to take proper notes. Unless you have a mythical photographic memory, reading without marking or taking notes is a recipe for failure.

2

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

ASSESSMENT METHODS AND ASSIGNMENTS Recognizing that different students have different strengths, a range of assessment methods will be employed to determine the final grade for this course. The particular weight given to each component is as follows: Examination 50% Assessed essay 25% Presentation 10% Seminar participation 10% Review essays 5% Over the course of the year, students will complete a number of assignments. These assignments will be arranged at the first seminar session and may not normally be changed. Approval of the module organizer is necessary for any change of assignment. It is expected that each class member assigned to make a presentation or serve as a discussant for a particular topic will be in a position to do so at the appropriate seminar. Presentation. Each term at one of the seminar sessions, every student will present a prepared response of approximately 5 minutes length to one of the week’s discussion questions. Use of PowerPoint is encouraged. The presenting student will also distribute a one-page outline of their argument to the seminar at the start of the presentation. The seminar leader will grade the presentation and the highest mark of the two will count towards the final grade for the course. Discussant. Once per term, a student will serve as discussant for another student’s presentation, providing an extemporaneous commentary on the strengths and weaknesses of the argument. Undertaking this role will, of course, require a student to have mastered the complete readings for that week. The quality of the performance as discussant will count towards the seminar participation grade. Reviews. Each term every student will also be responsible for writing two 500 word reviews of one of the books or articles on a given week’s supplementary reading list. The review will not only analyze the argument and shortcomings of the selected work, but will also discuss its argument and evidence in juxtaposition to the other readings for that week. A copy of the review must be distributed to the members of the student’s seminar group at the start of the seminar the week that particular reading is assigned. Reviews will be assessed on a pass/fail basis. A failure to provide a review at the appointed time will earn a 0 for the task. Participation. A high degree of importance is placed on seminar participation. This does not mean talking for talking's sake, it means making incisive observations that display original thinking. To ensure that there is no free riding during seminars, graduate teaching assistants are encouraged to cold call on students. Seminar leaders will grade the participation of students in their section. Attendance will be taken as seminar sessions and unexcused absences will reduce the participation grade. Note that participation is a compulsory module requirement. A student earning a participation grade below 50 will fail the module irrespective of their performance in other areas. Essay. By the end of each term a student will submit an essay of no more than 3,000 words in length on the same topic as their seminar presentation. An electronic copy must be submitted via KEATS and a hard 3

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

copy submitted to the seminar leader. Late submissions will be penalized. As with the presentation, a student’s best essay will be the one that counts towards their final grade for the course. Exam. The final component of assessment is an unseen two-hour examination which will take place in May 2016. Students will be presented with eight questions drawn equally from across the three “sections” (James, Miaolo, and Ladwig) of the course and must answer two questions of their choice. The style and type of questions on the exam is virtually identical to the course’s weekly discussion questions. The best way to prepare for the exam is to outline answers for each of the discussion questions with a clear thesis and 2-4 supporting points of evidence. 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts.

3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse.

Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers: Since this is the first time that an examination is being set for this module, there are no past examination papers to be consulted.

All students should note that attendance at seminars is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed and over-length work will result in penalties being applied.

4

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Lectures commence the week of September 21st, seminars only begin after the first lecture MODULE SCHEDULE September 2015

Fri 25 Fri 2 Fri 9

October

Fri 16 Fri 23 Fri 30 Fri 6 Fri 13

November

Fri 20 Fri 27 Fri 4

December

Fri 11 Thurs 14

January 2016

Thurs 21 Thurs 28 Thurs 4 Thurs 11

February

Thurs 18 Thurs 25 Thurs 3

March

Thurs 10 Thurs 17

Introduction Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig What is international history and why it is important? Lecture: Professor Joseph Maiolo The Thirty Years War, 1618-1648: An International System in Crisis Lecture: Dr. Alan James The Westphalian Settlement and the Study of International History Lecture: Dr. Alan James Louis XIV, 1648-1715: the Warrior King in a Changing World Lecture: Dr. Alan James Austrian Succession, Frederick the Great, and the Rules of the Game, 1713-1763 Lecture: Dr. Alan James The Seven Years War, 1756-1763: European Politics on the Global Stage Lecture: Dr. Alan James An Age of Empires Lecture: Dr. Alan James The Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars Lecture: Dr Alan James 19 Century system - I - the Vienna system Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo 19 Century system - II - Bismarck’s diplomatic order Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo Coming of War in 1914: a system in crisis? Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo Peacemaking, 1919-1925: A new set of rules? Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo Coming of the Second World War Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo The Cold War system in the making: 1943-1950s Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig European integration (1945-57) Lecture: Professor Joseph Miaolo Nuclear Strategy and Statecraft (1953-1968) Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Decolonization (1945-1991) Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Superpower Coexistence and Competition (1969-1980) Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig End of the Cold War (1980-1991) Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Globalization Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig New World Order? (1991-2001) Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig

5

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

M G NG DIIN ULLEE RREEAAD DU OD MO If you have never studied 17th and 18th century European history before it is strongly recommended that, before commencing this course, you read the following overview chapter, which is available on KEATS under week 1: • M. Wiesner-Hanks, Early Modern Europe, 1450-1789 (2006) chapter 9, pp. 314-363. In addition, you are also advised to listen to the appropriate lectures from a survey course covering the period, such as lectures 1-6 here: http://videolectures.net/yalehist202f08_european_civilisation or lectures 1-13 here: https://itunes.apple.com/us/itunes-u/history-5-001-fall-2010-uc/id391536406?mt=10

Overview Reading Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (Routledge; 2 edition 2008) Jeremy Black, European International Relations, 1648-1815 (2002) Tim Blanning, The Pursuit of Glory: Europe 1648-1815 (2007), ‘Part Four: War and Peace’, pp. 531-674. Philip Bobbitt, The Shield of Achilles: War, Peace and the Course of History (2002), Book I, Part II, Chapter 7, ‘From Kingly States to Territorial States: 1648-1776’, pp. 95-143. F.R. Bridge and Roger Bullen, The Great Powers and the European States System 1814-1914 (2004) Heinz Duchhardt, ‘War and International Law in Europe, 16th to 18th Centuries’, in Philippe Contamine, ed., War and Competition between States (2000) Heinz Duchhardt, ‘Interstate War and Peace in Early Modern Europe’, in A.V.Hartman and B.Heuser, eds, War, Peace and World Orders in European History (2001) Thomas Ertman, Birth of Leviathan: Building States and Regimes in Medieval and Early Modern Europe (1997) Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy (1994) Richard Ned Lebow, A Cultural Theory of International Relations (2008), ‘Chap. 6: From Sun King to Revolution’, pp. 262-304. John A. Lynn, ‘International Rivalry and Warfare’, in T.C.W. Blanning, ed., The Short Oxford History of Europe: The Eighteenth Century (2000) John Merriman, A History of Modern Europe: From the Renaissance to the Present (2004) H.M. Scott, The Birth of a Great Power System, 1740-1815 (2006) O.A. Westad, Reviewing the Cold War: Approaches, Interpretations, Theory (2001). O.A. Westad, ‘The New International History of the Cold War’, Diplomatic History (2000)

6

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Topic Reading 1. Introduction Marc Trachtenberg, The Craft of International History (Princeton University Press, 2006), ch 2-3. http://tinyurl.com/pxtr75d M. Wiesner-Hanks, Early Modern Europe, 1450-1789 (2006) chapter 9, pp. 314-363. Stephen Van Evera, “How to Write a Paper,” from Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science (Cornell 1997), pp. 123-128, http://tinyurl.com/lwg52ty Teresa Johnson, "Writing for International Security: A Contributor's Guide," International Security, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Fall 1991), pp. 171-180. 2. What is international history and why it is important? Essay Questions: 1. What are the conceptual and methodological issues that historians face in analysing and interpreting the history of the international system? 2. How does international history differ from the study of international relations? Core reading: Paul W. Schroeder, ‘Preface’ in his The Transformation of European Politics 1763-1848 (1994), vii-xiv Paul W. Schroeder, “History and International Relations Theory: Not Use or Abuse, but Fit or Misfit,” International Security Vol. 22, No. 1 (Summer, 1997), pp. 64-74 Jack S. Levy, “Too Important to Leave to the Other: History and Political Science in the Study of International Relations,” International Security Vol. 22, No. 1 (Summer, 1997), pp. 22-33 Supplementary Reading: F. H. Hinsley, Power and the Pursuit of Peace: Theory and Practice in the History of Relations Between States (1967) Kalevi J. Holsti, Peace and War: Armed Conflicts and International Order, 1648-1989 (1991) Robert Jervis, 'International Politics and Diplomatic History: Fruitful Differences' http://www.h-net.org/~diplo/roundtables/PDF/Williams-Jervis-Keynote.pdf A. Osiander, The States system of Europe, 1640-1990: Peacemaking and the Conditions of International Stability (1994). Paul W. Schroeder, David Wetzel and Robert Jervis, Systems, Stability, and Statecraft: Essays on the International History of Modern Europe (Basingstoke, 2004) Paul W. Schroeder, ‘History and International Relations Theory: Not Use or Abuse, but Fit or Misfit,’ International Security, (1997), pp. 64-74 and his Paul W. Schroeder, ‘Historical Reality vs Neo-Realist Theory,’ International Security (1994), pp. 108–48 Paul W. Schroeder, ‘History vs. Neo-realism: A Second Look,’ International Security, (1995), pp. 182-195 Paul W. Schroeder, ‘The Years 1848 and 1989: The Perils and Profits of Historical Comparisons,’ in Samuel Hendrik Spruyt, The Sovereign State and Its Competitors: an Analysis of Systems Change (1994) F. Wells, ed., The Helsinki Process and the Future of Europe (1990), 15-21 3. The Thirty Years War, 1618-1648: An International System in Crisis Essay Questions: 1. What role did religion play in the outbreak of the Thirty Years’ War? 7

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

2. Why did the Thirty Years’ War last so long? Core reading: H. Butters & H. Cohn, “Dynastic Politics, Religious Conflict and Reason of State c. 1500-1650,” in B. Kümin (ed.), The European World, 1500-1800: an Introduction to Early Modern History, pp. 292-301. D.J.B. Trim, ‘Conflict, Religion, and Ideology’, in Frank Tallett and D.J.B.Trim, eds, European Warfare, 1350-1750 (2010) Peter H. Wilson, ‘The Causes of the Thirty Years War, 1618-1648’, English Historical Review 123, (2008), pp. 554-586. Supplementary Reading: Ronald G. Asch, The Thirty Years' War: The Holy Roman Empire and Europe, 1618-1648 (1997) Derek Croxton, ‘A Territorial Imperative? The Military Revolution, Strategy, and Peacemaking in the Thirty Years War’, War in History 5 (1998),pp. 253 - 279. Myron P. Gutmann, ‘The Origins of the Thirty Years’ War’, Journal of Interdisciplinary History 18, 4 (1988), pp. 749-770. Jeremy Larkins, From Hierarchy to Anarchy: Territory and Politics before Westphalia (2010). Klaus Malettke, ‘French Foreign Policy and the European States System in the Era of Richelieu and Mazarin’, in Peter Kruger and Paul W. Schroeder, eds, The Transformation of European Politics, 1763-1848. Episode or Model in Modern History? (2003). Erik Ringmar, Identity, Interest, and Action. A Cultural Explanation of Sweden’s Intervention in the Thirty Years’ War (1996) Hermann Weber, 'Une Bonne Paix': Richelieu's Foreign Policy and the Peace of Christendom’, Bergin and Brockliss (eds), Richelieu and His Age (1992) Peter H. Wilson, Europe’s Tragedy: a History of the Thirty Years War (London, 2009) 4. The Westphalian Settlement and the Study of International History Essay Questions: 1. How did the Peace of Westphalia affect the international system? 2. How do political scientists and historians choose to remember 1648 and why? Core reading: Peter H. Wilson, Europe’s Tragedy: A History of the Thirty Years War (2009), Chapter 21, ‘The Westphalian Settlement’, pp. 751-778. Andreas Osiander, ‘Sovereignty, international relations, and the Westphalian myth’, International Organization, 55, 2 (2001), pp. 251-287. Supplementary Reading: Ronald G. Asch, ‘The “ius foederis” Re-examined: The Peace of Westphalia and the Constitution of the Holy Roman Empire’, in Randall Lesaffer, Peace Treaties and International Law in European History: From the Late Middle Ages to World War One (2004) Alan James, ‘Rethinking the Peace of Westphalia: Towards a Theory of Early Modern Warfare’, in Jonathan Davies, ed., Aspects of Violence in Renaissance Europe (2013) Stephen D. Krasner, ‘Westphalia and All That’, in J. Goldstein and R.O. Keohane (eds), Ideas and Foreign Policy: Beliefs, Institutions, and Political Change (1993), pp. 235-264 D. Onnekink, ed., War and Religion after Westphalia, 1648-1713 (2009)

8

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

5. Louis XIV, 1648-1715: the Warrior King in a Changing World Essay questions: 1. To what extent did Louis XIV either ‘challenge’ or ‘define’ the international system? 2. Who ‘won’ the War of the Spanish Succession? Core reading: Lucien Bély, ‘European Powers and Sovereign Houses’, in Peter Kruger and Paul W. Schroeder, eds, The Transformation of European Politics, 1763-1848. Episode or Model in Modern History? (2003). John A. Lynn, ‘The grand strategy of the Grand Siècle: learning from the wars of Louis XIV’, in Williamson Murray, Richard Hart Sinnreich, and Jim Lacey, eds, The shaping of grand strategy: policy, diplomacy, and war, (2011) Supplementary Reading: François Bluche, Louis XIV, Mark Greengrass, tr. (1990) Philip Bobbitt, The Shield of Achilles (2002), Book II, Part II, Chapter 20, ‘The Treaty of Utrecht’, pp. 520529. John A. Lynn, The Giant of the Grand Siècle: The French Army, 1610-1715 (1998) John A. Lynn, The Wars of Louis XIV, 1667-1714 (1999) David Parrott, ‘War and International Relations’, in Joseph Bergin, ed., The Short Oxford History of Europe: The Seventeenth Century (2001) Guy Rowlands, The financial decline of a great power: war, influence, and money in Louis XIV's France (2012) David J. Sturdy, Louis XIV, 1998. 6. Austrian Succession, Frederick the Great, and the Rules of the Game, 1713-1763 Essay Question: 1. Did Frederick the Great ‘break all the rules’? 2. What had been resolved by the Peace of Paris (1763) in Europe? Core reading: Dennis E. Showalter, ‘The Prussian Military State’, in Geoff Mortimer, ed., Early Modern Military History, 1450-1815 (2004) H.M. Scott, ‘The Seven Years War and Europe’s Ancien Régime’, War in History, 18, 4 (2011), 419-455. Supplementary Reading: M.S. Anderson, The War of the Austrian Succession, 1740-1748 (1995) Christopher Duffy, Frederick the Great: A Military Life (1985) Charles Ingrao, ‘The Balance of Power: From Paradigm to Practice’, in Peter Kruger and Paul W. Schroeder, eds, The Transformation of European Politics, 1763-1848: Episode or Model in Modern History? (2003) Theodor Schieder, Frederick the great, Sabina Berkeley and H. M. Scott, eds, (2000) H.M. Scott, ‘Prussia’s Emergence as a European Great Power, 1740-1763’, in P.G. Dwyer, ed., The Rise of Prussia, 1700-1786 (2000) H.M. Scott, ‘Aping the Great Powers: Frederick the Great and the Defence of Prussia’s International Position, 1763-1786’, German History, 12 (1994), 286-307. Karl Schweizer, ‘The Seven Years War: A System Perspective’, in Jeremy Black, ed., The Origins of War in 9

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Early Modern Europe (1987) Dennis Showalter, The Wars of Frederick the Great (1996) Armstrong Starkey, War in the Age of the Enlightenment, 1700-1789 (2003) F.A.J. Szabo, The Seven Years War in Europe, 1756-1763 (2007) Peter H. Wilson, ‘War in German Thought from the Peace of Westphalia to Napoleon’, European History Quarterly 28 (1998), 5-50. 7. The Seven Years War, 1756-1763: European Politics on the Global Stage Essay Question: 1. What effect did British success in the Seven Years War have on international politics? 2. To what extent had France ‘failed’, at home and abroad, by 1763? Core reading: Jeremy Black, ‘Strategic culture and the Seven Years' War’ in Williamson Murray, Richard Hart Sinnreich, and Jim Lacey, eds, The shaping of grand strategy : policy, diplomacy, and war (2011) H. Dewar, ‘Canada or Guadeloupe?: French and British Perceptions of Empire, 1760–1763’ Canadian Historical Review, 91, 4 (2010), pp. 637-660 Mark H. Danley, “The ‘Problem’ of the Seven Years War,” in Mark Danley, Patrick Speelman, eds., The Seven Years' War: Global Views (2012), pp. xxiii-lvii Richard Smoke, War: Controlling Escalation (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977) pp. 195-236 Supplementary Reading: D. Baugh, 'Maritime Strength and Atlantic Commerce: The Uses of "a grand marine empire",' in Lawrence Stone, ed., An Imperial State at War (1994) Jeremy Black, From Louis XIV to Napoleon: The Fate of a Great Power (1999) Bruce Lenman, ‘Colonial Wars and Imperial Instability, 1688-1793’, in P.J. Marshall, ed., The Oxford History of the British Empire. Vol. 2. The Eighteenth Century (2001) N.A.M. Rodger, ‘Sea-Power and Empire, 1688-1793’, in P.J. Marshall, ed., The Oxford History of the British Empire. Vol.2. The Eighteenth Century (1998) Matt Schumann and Karl Schweizer, The Seven Years War: A Transatlantic History (2008) H.M. Scott, ‘The Decline of France and the Transformation of the European States System, 1756-1792’, in Peter Kruger and Paul W. Schroeder, eds, The Transformation of European Politics, 1763-1848. Episode or Model in Modern History? (2003) 8. An Age of Empires Essay Questions: 1. Were nation states the ‘natural actors’ in eighteenth-century international politics? 2. Was the world effectively ‘Europeanised’ by the end of the eighteenth century? Core reading: Jeremy Adelman, ‘An Age of Imperial Revolutions’, American Historical Review 113 (2008), pp. 319 - 340. H.V. Bowen, 'British Conception of Global Empire, 1756-83', Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 26, 3 (1998), 1-27 Supplementary Reading: Karl Otmar von Aretin , ‘The Empire and European Politics, 1763-1806’ in Peter Kruger and Paul W. 10

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Schroeder, eds, The Transformation of European Politics, 1763-1848. Episode or Model in Modern History? (2003) D.A. Baugh, 'Withdrawing from Europe: Anglo-French Maritime Geopolitics, 1750-1800', International History Review 20 (1998) C.A. Bayley, The Birth of the Modern World: Global Connections and Comparisons, 1780-1914 (2004) C.A. Bayly, 'The First Age of Global Imperialism, c. 1760-1830', The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History 26, 1 (1998), 28-45. H.V. Bowen, ‘Mobilising resources for global warfare: the British state and the East India Company, 17561815’, in H.V. Bowen and A. González Enciso, eds, Mobilising resources for war: Britain and Spain at war during the early modern period (2006) Steven Conway 'Empire, Europe and British Naval Power', in David Cannadine, ed., Empire, the Sea and Global History: Britain's Maritime World, c.1763-c.1840 (2007) J.H.Elliott, Empires of the Atlantic World: Britain and Spain in America, 1492-1830 (2006) Dominic Lieven, ‘Empire, History and the Contemporary Global Order’, Proceedings of the British Academy (2005), vol. 131, pp. 127-156 P.J. Marshall, The Making and Unmaking of Empires: Britain, India, and America, c.1750-1783 (2005) P.J. Marshall, 'Britain without America: A Second Empire?', in Marshall, ed., The Oxford History of the British Empire. Vol. 2. The Eighteenth Century (1998). P.J.Marshall, ‘Europe and the Rest of the World’, in T.C.W. Blanning, ed., The Short Oxford History of Europe: The Eighteenth Century (2000) H.M. Scott, British Foreign Policy in the Age of the American Revolution (1990) 9. The Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars: the Climax and Collapse of Ancien Regime Politics Essay Question: 1. Were wars fought differently after 1792? 2. How big a threat to international order was Napoleon? Core reading: David A. Bell, The First Total War: Napoleon’s Europe and the Birth of Modern Warfare (2007); and see the discussion on the H-France Forum: http://www.h-france.net/forum/forumalphaauthor.html. Charles Esdaile, ‘Britain and the Napoleonic Wars’, in John Andreas Olsen and Colin S. Gray, eds, The Practice of Strategy: From Alexander the Great to the Present (2011) Supplementary Reading: T.C.W. Blanning, The French Revolutionary Wars, 1787-1802(1996) T.C.W. Blanning, The Origins of the French Revolutionary Wars (1986) Michael Broers, Europe under Napoleon, 1799-1815 (1996) Owen Connolly, Blundering to Glory: Napoleon’s Military Campaigns (1987) Charles Esdaile, Napoleon’s Wars: An International History, 1803-1815 (2007) Azar Gat, ‘Chapter Three: The Quest for a General Theory of War. The Military Thinkers of the Enlightenment’, A History of Military Thought (2001) Alexander Grab, Napoleon and the Transformation of Europe (2003) R.R. Palmer, ‘Frederick the Great, Guibert, Bulow: From Dynastic to National War’, in Peter Paret, ed., Makers of Modern Strategy (1986) Peter Paret, ‘Napoleon and the Revolution in War’, in Peter Paret, ed., Makers of Modern Strategy (1986)

11

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

10. 19 Century system - I - the Vienna system Essay questions: 1. Why was the 19th Century international system based on balance of power? 2. Why did the Vienna system come to grief on the Eastern Question? Core reading: F.R. Bridge and Roger Bullen, The Great Powers and the European States System 1814-1914 (2004), 1-61. Robert Jervis, ‘The Balance of Power and the Concert of Europe: Perspectives from Political Science’, American Historical Review (1992). P. W. Schroeder, 'Did the Vienna System Rest upon a Balance of Power?', American Historical Review (1992) or his ‘The Nineteenth Century Balance of Power: Balance of Power or Political Equilibrium?,’ Review of International Studies (Oxford) (1989), 135-153. Henry A. Kissinger, “The Congress of Vienna: A Reappraisal” World Politics Vol. 8, No. 2 (Jan., 1956), pp. 264-280 Supplementary Reading: M. S. Anderson, The Eastern Question 1774-1923 (1966) F. Bridge, 'Allied Diplomacy in Peacetime: The failure of the Congress “System”', in Sked (ed.), Europe's Balance of Power (1979) R. Bullen, Palmerston, Guizot and the Collapse of the Entente (1974) R. Bullen, 'France and the Problem of Intervention in Spain, 1834-1836', Historical Journal (1977) M. Forsyth, 'The Old European States System: Gentz versus Hauterive', Historical Journal (1980) D. Gillard, The Struggle for Asia 1824-1914 (1977) D. Goldfrank, The Origins of the Crimean War (1993) J. L. Herkless, 'Stratford, the Cabinet & the outbreak of the Crimean War', Historical Journal (1975) E. Ingram, The Beginning of the Great Game in Asia 1828-1834 (1979) E. Kraehe, Metternich's German Policy: The Congress of Vienna (1983) J. A. R. Marriott, The Eastern Question (1969 edn.) T.G. Otte, ‘A Janus-like Power: Great Britain and the European Concert, 1814-1853’, in W. Pyta (ed.), Das europäische Mächtekonzert (2009). A. J. Reinerman, 'Metternich, Italy, and the Congress of Verona, 1821-1822', Historical Journal (1971) A. J. Reinerman, 'Metternich, Alexander I, and the Russian Challenge in Italy, 1815-1820', Journal of Modern History (1974) Norman Rich, Great Power Diplomacy: 1814-1914 (1992) N. Rich , Why the Crimean War? A Cautionary Tale (1985) F. Rodkey, 'Palmerston & Metternich on the Eastern Question 1834', English Historical Review (1930) P. W. Schroeder, Austria, Great Britain and the Crimean War: The Destruction of the European Concert (1972) P. W. Schroeder, 'An Unnatural “Natural Alliance”, Castlereagh, Metternich and Aberdeen in 1813', International History Review (1988) A. Sked (ed), Europe's Balance of Power 1815-1848 (1979) A. Sked, The Decline & Fall of the Habsburg Empire 1815-1918 (1989) A. J. P. Taylor, The Struggle for Mastery in Europe, 1848-1918 (1971) C. K. Webster, The Foreign Policy of Palmerston, vol. II (1951) C. K. Webster, The Congress of Vienna 1814-1815 (1934 edn.)

12

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

11. 19 Century system - II - Bismarck’s diplomatic order Essay questions: 1. Was Bismarck’s diplomacy or the actions and inactions of the other Powers more significant in the unification of Germany between 1861 and 1870? 2. ‘Bismarck’s alliance system was a tribute to his ingenuity but lacked both utility and cohesion’. Would you agree? Core reading: F.R. Bridge and Roger Bullen, The Great Powers and the European States System 1814-1914 (2004), 175250. George Kennan, The Decline of Bismarck's European Order: Franco-Russian Relations. 1875-1890 (1979), 331-411 Karina Urbach, ‘Between Saviour and Villain: 100 Years of Bismarck Biographies’, Historical Journal (1998), 1141-60 Otto Pflanze, ‘Bismarck's "Realpolitik', The Review of Politics (958), pp. 492-514, Paul W. Schroeder, ‘The Lost Intermediaries: The Impact of 1870 on the European System,’ International History Review (1984), 1-27. Matthias Schulz, ‘A balancing act: domestic pressures and international systemic constraints in the foreign policies of the great powers, 1848-1851’, German History, 21 (2003), pp. 319- 46 A. J. P. Taylor, The Struggle for Mastery in Europe, 1848-1918 (1971), chp 12 Supplementary Reading: R. Austensen ‘Austria and the “struggle for supremacy in Germany“, 1848-1864', Journal of Modern History (1980) J. Breuilly, The Formation of the First German Nation-State (1996) F. Bridge, From Sadowa to Sarajevo, the Foreign Policy of Austria-Hungary (1972) H. Böhme, The Foundation of the German Empire (1971) W. Carr, The Wars of German Unification (1991) W. Carr, A History of Germany 1815-1990 (1991) C. W. Clark, 'Bismarck, Russia and the origins of the war of 1870', American Historical Review (1942) R. Elrod, ‘Realpolitik or Concert Diplomacy? The debate over Austrian Foreign Policy in the 1860s’ in Austrian History Yearbook (1981/2) L. Gall, Bismarck - The White Revolutionary Vol. 1 (1986) W. A. Gauld, 'The Dreikaiserbund and the Eastern Question, 1877-1878', English Historical Review (1927) William Halperin, ‘The Origins of the Franco-Prussian War Revisited: Bismarck and the Hohenzollern Candidature for the Spanish Throne’, Journal of Modern History, (1973), pp. 83-91 K. Hildebrand , German Foreign Policy from Bismarck to Adenauer (1989) C. & B. Jelavich, 'Bismarck's proposal for the revival of the Dreikaiserbund in October 1878', Journal of Modern History (1957) G.Kennan, The Decline of Bismarck's European Order: Franco-Russian Relations: 1875-1890 (1979) G. Kennan, The Fateful Alliance: France, Russia and the Coming of the First World War (1984) W. L. Langer, European Alliances and Alignments 1871-1890 (1956) W. N. Medlicott, 'Bismarck and the Three Emperors' Alliance, 1881-1887', Transactions of the Royal Historical Society (1945) O. Pflanze, Bismarck and the Development of Germany. vol II: The Period of Consolidation, 1871-1880 (1990) chaps. 2,9,14,17. 13

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

O. Pflanze, Bismarck and the Development of Germany, vol. III The Period of Fortification (1990) chaps. 3, 5, 8 Norman Rich, Great Power Diplomacy: 1814-1914 (1992) J. Sheehan, 'What is German History? Reflections on the role of the nation in German History and Historiography', Journal of Modern History (1981) B.P. Simms, The Struggle for Mastery in Germany (1998) Jonathan Steinberg, Bismarck: A Life (2011) A. J. P. Taylor, The Struggle for Mastery in Europe, 1848-1918 (1971) B. Waller, Bismarck at the Cross roads: the Reorientation of German Foreign Policy after the Congress of Berlin 1878-1880 (1974) 12. Coming of War in 1914: a system in crisis? Essay Questions: 1. Having solved so many crises since 1905, why were the Great Powers unable to solve the crisis of 1914? 2. Did the arms race cause the First World War? Core reading: Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (Routledge; 2nd edition 2008), ch. 1 Paul W. Schroeder, ‘World War I as Galloping Gertie’ and his ‘Embedded Counterfactuals and World War I as an Unavoidable War’, in Paul W. Schroeder, David Wetzel and Robert Jervis, Systems, Stability, and Statecraft: Essays on the International History of Modern Europe (2004) David Stevenson, ‘Militarization and Diplomacy in Europe before 1914’, International Security 22/1 (1997) Marc Trachtenberg, ‘The Coming of the First World War: A Reassessment’, in History and Strategy (1991) Hew Strachan, ‘The origins of the First World War,’ International Affairs vol 90, no 2 (2014), pp. 429-439 Supplementary Reading: Holger Afflerbach and David Stevenson, An Improbable War? The Outbreak of World War I and European Political Culture Before 1914 (2007) James Joll and Gordon Martel, The Origins of the First World War, 3rd edn (2006) (or earlier editions) James Joll, 1914: The unspoken assumptions (1968) Richard Langhorne, The Collapse of the Concert of Europe 1890-1914 (1981) Annika Mombauer, The Origins of the First World War: Controversies and Consensus (2002) Annika Mombauer, ‘Of War Plans and War Guilt: The Debate Surrounding the Schlieffen Plan’, Journal of Strategic Studies (2005), 857–85 William Mulligan, The Origins of the First World War (2009) 13. Peacemaking, 1919-1925: A new set of rules? Essay Questions: 1. Was the Paris Peace Settlement (1919) a peace settlement? 2. Does the history of the League of Nations tell the story of the triumph of realism over idealism? Core reading: Best, et. al., International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond, ch.2 Susan Pedersen, ‘Back to the League of Nations’, American Historical Review, (2007) 14

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Alan Sharp, The Versailles Settlement: Peacemaking in Paris 1919 (Basingstoke, 1991) or his Consequences of Peace: The Versailles Settlement Aftermath and Legacy 1919-2010 (2010) Eric D. Weitz, ‘From Vienna to the Paris System: International Politics and the Entangled Histories of Human Rights, Forced Deportations, and Civilizing Missions,’ American Historical Review (2008) Jonathan Wright, ‘Stresemann and Locarno’, Contemporary European History (1995) Supplementary Reading: Manfred F. Boemeke, Gerald D. Feldman and Elisabeth Glaser (eds), The Treaty of Versailles: A Reassessment after 75 Years (1998) Patrick O. Cohrs, The Unfinished Peace after World War I: America, Britain and the Stabilisation of Europe, 1919–1932 (2006) William Glenn Gray, IHS 2007, ‘No. 1: What did the League do, exactly?’ http://www.hnet.org/~diplo/IHS/PDF/IHS2007-1-Gray.pdf Gaynor Johnson, ed., Locarno Revisited: European Diplomacy 1920-1929 (London, 2005) Arno J. Mayer, Wilson vs. Lenin: Political Origins of the New Diplomacy, 1917–18 (1964) Erez Manela, The Wilsonian Moment: Self-Determination and the International Origins of Anticolonial Nationalism (2007) Sally Marks, The Illusion of Peace: International Relations in Europe, 1918–1933, 2nd edn (2003) David Stevenson, The First World War and International Politics (1991) Zara Steiner, The Lights that Failed: European International History 1919-1933 (2005) 14. Coming of the Second World War Essay Question: 1. How and with what consequences did the Great Depression influence international politics? 2. Was the first shot of the Second World War fired in China in 1931, in Spain in 1936, or a year later in China? Core reading: Best, et. al., International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond, chs. 3 & 7 Robert Jervis, ‘Political Science Perspectives on the Origins of World War II,’ in Robert Boyce and Joseph A. Maiolo, eds., The Origins of World War Two: The Debate Continues (2003). Michael Barnhart, ‘The Origins of the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific: Synthesis Impossible?’ Diplomatic History (1996) Robert Boyce, ‘World War, World Depression: Some Economic Origins of the Second World War’, in Robert Boyce and Esmonde M. Robertson (eds), Paths to War (1989) Callum A. MacDonald, ‘Economic Appeasement and the German “Moderates” 1937–1939’, Past and Present (1972) Donald Cameron Watt, ‘The European Civil War’, in Mommsen, W. and Kettenacker, L., eds., The Fascist Challenge and the Policy of Appeasement (1983) Supplementary Reading: Michael Alpert, A New International History of the Spanish Civil War (1994) Philip Bell, The Origins of the Second World War in Europe, 3rd edn (London, 2007) James Harris, ‘Encircled by Enemies: Stalin’s Perceptions of the Capitalist World, 1919–1941’, The Journal of Strategic Studies (2007) 15

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

WC Frank, 'The Spanish Civil War and the Coming of the Second World War', International History Review (1987) Patrick Finney, Remembering the Road to World Two: International History, National Identity, Collective Memory (2010) A. Iriye, The Origins of the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific (1987) A. Iriye, Pearl Harbor and the Coming of the Pacific War (1999) Marek Kornat, 'Choosing Not to Choose in 1939: Poland's Assessment of the Nazi-Soviet Pact', International History Review (2009) Igor Lukes and Erik Goldstein (eds), The Munich Crisis, 1938: Prelude to World War II (London, 1999) Joseph Maiolo, Cry Havoc: How the Arms Race Drove the World to War, 1931 – 1941 (2010) Joseph A. Maiolo and Robert Boyce (eds), The Origins of World War Two: The Debate Continues (2003) Glyn Stone, ‘The European Great Powers and the Spanish Civil War, 1936-39’, in Robert Boyce and Esmonde M. Robertson, eds., Paths to War (1989) David Reynolds, From Munich to Pearl Harbor: Roosevelt’s America and the Origins of the Second World War (2001) 15. The Cold War system in the making: 1943-1950s Essay Questions: 1. Was the Cold War inevitable? 2. Do you agree that the two key episodes in the early evolution of the Cold War were the Marshall Plan and the Korean War? Core reading: Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy, pp. 423-461. Best, et. al., International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond, pp. 216-229, 253-268. George F. Kennan, “The Sources of Soviet Conduct,” in Karen Mingst and Jack Snyder, eds., Essential Readings in World Politics (2001), pp. 6-11. Mark Kramer, ‘Ideology and the Cold War,’ Review of International Studies (1999). Supplementary Reading: G. John Ikenberry, ‘Rethinking the Origins of American Hegemony,’ in G. John Ikenberry, American Foreign Policy: Theoretical Essays (2002), pp. 111-131. Anne Deighton, ‘The Cold War in Europe, 1945-1947: Three Approaches’ in Ngaire Woods, ed., Explaining International Relations Since 1945. John L Gaddis., Strategies of Containment: a critical Appraisal of post-War American National Security Policy (1982), chs. 1-4, 7-8. Ilya Gaiduk, ‘Stalin: Three Approaches to One Phenomenon’ Diplomatic History (1999). Jonathan Haslam, Russia's Cold War: From the October Revolution to the Fall of the Wall (2011), chs 2-4. Robert Jervis, ‘The Impact of the Korean War on the Cold War,’ Journal of Conflict Resolution (Dec.1980). Melvyn Leffler, ‘Inside Enemy Archives: the Cold War reopened,’ Foreign Affairs, (July/August 1996). Geir Lundestad, ‘Empire by Invitation? The United States and Western Europe, 1945-52’, Journal of Peace Research, (1986). Douglas J. Macdonald, “Communist Bloc Expansion in the Early Cold War: Challenging Realism, Refuting Revisionism,” International Security vol. 20, no. 3. (1995), pp. 152-188. Alan S. Milward, ‘Was the Marshall Plan Necessary?’ Diplomatic History (1989). David Reynolds, ‘The Origins of the Cold War: the European Dimension, 1944-51’, History Journal (1985). 16

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Kathryn Weathersby, “Should we Fear This? Stalin and the Danger of War with America,” [Korean War] CWIHP Working paper no. 39 (2002). 16. European integration (1945-57) Essay question: 1. Did the formation of the European community represent a break with past forms of states systems in Europe? 2. Assess Jean Monnet’s importance to the process of European integration. Core reading: Best, et. al., International History, ch. 21 D. Dinan, Ever Closer Union? (1994) chp. 1 Mark Gilbert, European Integration: A Concise History (2011) chps 1-3 M. Gilbert, ‘Narrating the Process: Questioning the Progressive Story of European Integration’, Journal of Common Market Studies, 46/3 (2008) C S Maier, et al. `The Two Postwar Eras and the Conditions for Stability in Western Europe' American Historical Review (1981) Supplementary Reading: D. Dinan, Europe Recast: A history of European Union (2004) D.Dinan, (ed.) Origins and Evolution of the European Union (2006) E. Di Nolfo, (ed.) Power in Europe? Britain, France, Germany, Italy, and the Origins of the EEC, 1952-1957 (1992) P. Gowan & P. Anderson (eds.) The Question of Europe (1997) chapters by Milward & Anderson R. Girault, ‘French decision-makers and their perception of French power in 1948’ in Becker & Knipping (eds.), Power in Europe? Great Britain, France, Italy and Germany in a Postwar World 1945-50 (1986) M.J. Hogan, 'Marshall Planners and the Debate over European Integration, 1947 48', Pacific Historical Review (1984) W.I. Hitchcock, ‘Origins of the Schuman Plan, 1948-50’, Diplomatic History (1997) W. Hitchcock & P. Kennedy (eds.) From War To Peace: Altered strategic landscapes in the twentieth century (2000) Chapters by T Hitchcock, Trachtenberg & Woods. M.J. Hogan, 'The United States, European Unity, and the Origins of the Marshall Plan', Diplomatic History (1982) W. Kaiser & M. Gehler, ‘Transnationalism and early European integration: The NEI and the Geneva Circle 1947-57’, The Historical Journal, 44 (2001) H.-J. Küsters, ‘The Treaties of Rome (1955-7)’ in Pryce, R. (ed), The Dynamics of European Union (1987) A.S. Milward, The Reconstruction of Western Europe (1984) A.S. Milward, The European Rescue of the Nation-State (1992) A.J. Nicholls, 'European Integration and the Nation State in the 1950's', Contemporary European History (1993) G. Trausch (ed.), European Integration from the Schuman Plan to the Treaties of Rome (1993), 17. Nuclear Strategy and Statecraft (1953-1968) Essay questions: 1. What contribution did nuclear weapons make to keeping the peace between East and West?

17

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

2. ‘The Cuban missile crisis arose because Khrushchev understood more clearly than Kennedy that the West was winning the Cold War.’ Discuss. Core Reading: Lawrence Freedman, “The First Two Generations of Nuclear Strategists,” in Peter Paret, et. al. (eds), Makers of Modern Strategy from Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age (1986). John L. Gaddis, We Now Know (1997), ch. 8 & 9. James Hershberg, “The Cuban Missile Crisis,” in Melvyn Leffler and Odd Arne Westad, The Cambridge History of the Cold War (2010). John Mueller, “The Essential Irrelevance of Nuclear Weapons: Stability in the Post War World,” in Karen Mingst and Jack Snyder, eds., Essential Readings in World Politics (2001), pp. 261-267. Supplementary Reading: McGeorge Bundy, Danger and Survival (1988), Ch 9. Aleksandr Fursenko and Timothy Naftali, Khrushchev’s Cold War. The Inside Story of an American Adversary (2006), chs.8, 12, 15-19. Alexander George and Richard Smoke, Deterrence in American Foreign Policy (1974). Colin S. Gray, ‘Strategy in the Nuclear Age: the United States, 1945-1991’, in Williamson Murray, et. al., eds., The Making of Strategy: Rulers, States, and War (1994) Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy (1994), chs. 20-23. Ned Lebow and Janice G. Stein, We All Lost the Cold War (1994), Part I and Part III. 18. Decolonization (1945-1991) Essay questions: 1. Why did Asia decolonize before Africa? 2. To what extent did decolonisation alter the power hierarchy in the international system? Core Reading: Best, et. al., International History, chs. 13 & 17. Gaddis, We Now Know, ch. 6. John Darwin, ‘Africa in World Politics,’ in Ngaire Woods, ed., Explaining International Relations Since 1945. M. Katz, ‘The Legacy of Empire in International Relations’, Comparative Strategy, (1993). Brief Summary of the Vietnam War at http://www.history.com/topics/vietnam-war/vietnam-war-history Supplementary Reading: Mohammed Ayoob, ‘The Third World in the System of States: Acute Schizophrenia or Growing Pains?’ International Studies Quarterly (1989). Muriel Chamberlain, Decolonization (1989). John Darwin, After Tamerlane: The Global History of Empire (2007), chs. 8-9. John Darwin, “Diplomacy and Decolonization, The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History vol. 28, no. 3, (2000). Erik Gartzke and Dominic Rohner, “The Political Economy of Imperialism, Decolonization and Development,” British Journal of Political Science vol 41, no 03 (July 2011), pp 525-556. S. Grovogui, ‘Regimes of Sovereignty: International Morality and the African Question’, European Journal of International Relations (2002). 18

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

David Held, ‘The Territorial State and Global Politics’, in David Held et al. (eds.), Global Transformations (1999). J. Hobson and J.C. Sharman ‘The Enduring Place of Hierarchy in World Politics’, European Journal of International Relations (2005). WM. Roger Louis, ‘American anti-Colonialism and the Dissolution of the British Empire,’ International Affairs (1985). WM. Roger Louis, et al., ‘The imperialism of decolonization,’ The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History vol 22, no 3, (1994). Hendrik Spruyt, ‘The End of Empire and the Extension of the Westphalian System’, in James Caporaso, ed., Continuity and Change in the Westphalian System (2000), pp. 65-92. D. Williams, ‘Aid and Sovereignty: Quasi-states and the International Financial Institutions,’ Review of International Studies (2000). 19. Globalization Essay questions: 1. After 1973 were the Bretton Woods institutions still relevant? 2. Has globalization decreased inequality? Core Reading: Daniel Sargent, “The Cold War and the International Political Economy in the 1970s,” Cold War History vol. 13, no 3, (2013). Stephen Kotkin, “Kiss of Debt,” in Niall Ferguson, et. al, eds., The Shock of the Global (Belknap, 2010). Steven L. Lamy, John Baylis, Steve Smith and Patricia Owens (eds), Introduction to Global Politics (2011), chs. 11-13. Martin Wolf, Why Globalization Works (2005), chapter 9. Devesh Kapur, ‘The IMF: A Cure or a Curse?’ in Karen Mingst and Jack Snyder, eds., Essential Readings in World Politics (2001), pp. 317-325. Thomas L. Friedman, ‘It's a Flat World, After All’ New York Times, April 3, 2005, tinyurl.com/nvnrctw Pankaj Ghemawat, “Why the World Isn't Flat,” Foreign Policy (March 1, 2007), http://tinyurl.com/ksk7555 Supplemental Reading: Emma Aisbett , “Why are the Critics So Convinced that Globalization is Bad for the Poor?” in Ann Harrison, ed., Globalization and Poverty (2007). Michael Barnett and Martha Finnemore, ‘The Politics, Power and Pathologies of International Organizations,’ International Organization (Autumn 1999). Stephan Haggard and Robert Kaufman. eds., The Politics of Economic Adjustment (1992), chs. 1,2,4. Walter Mattli, and Ngaire Woods (eds.) The Politics of Global Regulation, (2011) Chs 1, 3, and 7. Carla Norrlof, America’s Global Advantage (2010), Chaps 1 & 4. Kevin O’Rourke and Jeffrey G. Williamson , “When did globalisation begin?” European Review of Economic History, 6, 2002, 23-50. T.N. Srinivasan, ‘Developing Countries in the World Trading System: From GATT, 1947, to the 3rd Ministerial Meeting of the WTO, 1999’, The World Economy (November 1999). Ngaire Woods, and Amrita Narlikar, ‘Governance and the Limits of Accountability: the WTO, the IMF and the World Bank’, International Social Science Journal, no. 170, (November 2001.) Ngaire Woods, The Globalizers: The IMF, the World Bank, and their Borrowers (2006), chs 1 and 7.

19

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

20. Superpower Coexistence and Competition (1969-1985) Essay questions: 1. Was détente a fundamental change in America’s post-war foreign policy? 2. What accounted for the resurgence of East-West tension after 1975? Core Reading: Best, et. al., International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond, pp. 358-363 and chapter 11. Kissinger, Diplomacy, chs. 28 & 29. Raymond Garthoff, Detente and Confrontation: American-Soviet Relations from Nixon to Reagan (1982), https://www.ucis.pitt.edu/nceeer/pre1998/1982-625-4-Garthoff.pdf Robert G. Kaiser, ‘U.S.-Soviet Relations: Goodbye to Détente,’ Foreign Affairs vo. 59, no. 3 (1980) Jeanne Kirkpatrick, ‘Dictatorships and Double Standards,’ Commentary (1979). Supplementary Reading: Hedley Bull, ‘Kissinger: The Primacy of Geopolitics’, International Affairs (1980). Robert Dallek, Nixon and Kissinger: Partners in Power (2007). John L. Gaddis, Strategies of Containment (1982), chs. 9 and 10. John L. Gaddis, ‘The Rise, Fall and Future of Détente’ Foreign Affairs (Winter 1983/84). Jonathan Haslam, Russia's Cold War: From the October Revolution to the Fall of the Wall (2011), ch. 8-10. Beatrice Heuser, ‘Warsaw Pact Military Doctrines in the 1970s and 1980s: Findings in the East German Archives,’ Comparative Strategy vol. 12, no. 4 (1993), pp. 437-457. Noam Kochavi, ‘Insights Abandoned, Flexibility Lost: Kissinger, Soviet Jewish Emigration, and the Demise of Détente,’ Diplomatic History vol. 29, no. 3 (2005), pp. 503-530. Melvyn P. Leffler, For the Soul of Mankind. The United States, the Soviet Union, and the Cold War (2007), ch. IV. Richard W. Stevenson, The Rise and Fall of Détente (1985). Steve Weber, ‘Realism, Detente, and Nuclear Weapons,’ International Organization, Vol. 44, No. 1 (Winter, 1990), pp. 55-82. Odd Arne Westad, ed., The Fall of Détente: Soviet-American Relations During the Carter Years (1997). Vladislav Zubok, ‘The Soviet Union and détente of the 1970s,’ Cold War History Vol. 8, Iss. 4 (2008). 21. End of the Cold War (1985-1991) Essay questions: 1. When did the Cold War end? 2. Is the collapse of the Soviet Empire in Central and Eastern Europe best explained with reference to material power, the role of ideas, or something else? Core Reading: Best, et. al., International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond, pp. 480-489. Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy, chapter 30. John L. Gaddis, Cold War (Penguin 2006), ch. vi. Jack F. Matlock, Jr., ‘Ronald Reagan and the End of the Cold War,’ in Cheryl Hudson and Gareth Davies, eds., Ronald Reagan and the 1980s (Palgrave, 2008), pp. 57-78. Archie Brown, Seven Years that Changed the World, ch.9. James Grahm Wilson, The Triumph of Improvisation (Cornell 2014), pp. 1- 8.

20

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Supplemental Reading: Melvin Leffler and Odd Arne Westad, eds., The Cambridge History of the Cold War, vol.3, chs 12, 14, 17, 23, and 24. Michael Cox, ‘Rethinking the End of the Cold War,’ Review of International Studies, (1994). Daniel Deudney, and John G. Ikenberry, ‘Pushing and Pulling: The Western System, Nuclear Weapons and Soviet change,’ International Politics (July/September 2011). Beth Fischer, “U.S. Foreign Policy Under Reagan and Bush,” in Leffler and Westad, eds., The Cambridge History of the Cold War, vol.3. Raymond Garthoff, The Great Transition: American-Soviet Relations and the End of the Cold War (1994). Rey Koslowiski and Friedrich V. Kratochwil, ‘Understanding Change in International Politics: The Soviet Empire’s Demise in the International System,’ International Organization vol. 48, no. 2 (Spring 1994), pp. 215-247. Richard Ned Lebow and Thomas Risse-Kappen, eds., IR Theory and the End of the Cold War (1995). John Mueller, ‘What was the Cold War about? Evidence from its ending,’ Political Science Quarterly (Winter 2004-2005). Robert G. Patman, ‘Reagan, Gorbachev and the Emergence of “New Political Thinking,” Review of International Studies, vol. 25, no. 4 (September 1999), pp. 577-601. Thomas Risse-Kappen, ‘Did “Peace through Strength” End the Cold War?’ International Security (Summer 1991). William C Wohlforth, ‘No One Loves a Realist Explanation,’ International Politics (July/September 2011) 22. New World Order (1991-2001) Essay questions: 1. What was the principal challenge to international order in the Post-Cold War world? 2. Are there constraints to US power in the post-Cold War system? Core Reading: Best, et. al., International History, pp. 489-499. G. John Ikenberry, ‘The Restructuring of the International System After the Cold War,’ in The Cambridge History of the Cold War, Vol. 3. Francis Fukuyama, ‘The End of History?’ The National Interest (Summer 1989). Samuel P. Huntington, “The Clash of Civilizations?” Foreign Affairs, (Summer 1993). John Mearsheimer, ‘Back to the Future: Instability in Europe after the Cold War,’ International Security, Vol. 15, No. 1. (Summer, 1990) William C. Wohlforth, ‘The Stability of a Unipolar World,’ in Karen Mingst and Jack Snyder, eds., Essential Readings in World Politics (2001), pp. 157-173. Samuel P. Huntington, “The Lonely Superpower,” Foreign Affairs, (March/April 1999). Supplemental Reading: Michael Barnett and Raymond Duvall (eds.), Power and Global Governance (2005). W. Max Corden, ‘American Decline and the End of Hegemony,’ SAIS Review (Summer-Fall 1990). Michael H. Hunt, ‘American Decline and the Great Debate: A Historical Perspective,’ SAIS Review (Summer-Fall 1990). Samuel P. Huntington, ‘Why International Primacy Matters,’ International Security (Spring 1993). G. John Ikenberry, ‘Getting Hegemony Right,’ The National Interest (Spring 2001). Robert Jervis, ‘International Primacy: Is the Game Worth the Candle?’ International Security (Spring 1993). 21

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Yuen Foong Khong, ‘The American Tributary System,’ The Chinese Journal of International Politics (Spring 2013). Charles Krauthammer, ‘The Unipolar Moment,’ Foreign Affairs (1990/1991) Christopher Layne, ‘The Unipolar Illusion: Why New Great Powers Will Rise,’ International Security (1993). Helen Milner, ‘International Political Economy: Beyond Hegemonic Stability,’ Foreign Policy (Spring 1998). Joseph Nye, Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics (2004). Barry Posen, ‘Command of the Commons: The Military Foundation of U.S. Hegemony,’ International Security (Summer 2003). Stephen Walt, Taming American Power (2005), Chs. 1-4.

22

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

APPENDIX: GUIDE TO CITATIONS FOR PAPERS AND ESSAYS For essays on this module, the preferred method of citation is the use of footnotes, confirming with the conventions of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. Please provide all bibliographic information in a format that most closely resembles the following:

Short Citations For subsequent citations after the first full citation of a source, use a short form as illustrated below: Albertini, The Origins of the War of 1914, pp. 180, 183. Posen, "Measuring the European Conventional Balance," p. 70 n. 30. Ibid., p. 72 [do not use if the immediately preceding note contains more than the one reference]. Periodicals and Dailies Barry R. Posen, "Measuring the European Conventional Balance: Coping with Complexity in Threat Assessment," International Security, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Winter 1984/85), p. 74. Selig S. Harrison, "A Breakthrough in Afghanistan?" Foreign Policy, No. 51 (Summer 1983), p. 23. Gerard C. Smith, "Time is Running Out," Newsweek, January 31, 1983, p. 8. • Observe order and punctuation of elements. • Include full author name and article title. • Give volume number, issue number and date, per publication's numbering and dating system. • Note omission of usual comma after article title ending in question mark or exclamation point. • Note inclusion of middle initials. • For popular periodicals and dailies carrying no volume or issue numbers, note that parentheses are not needed around the date. • Authors and page numbers should be included when available. Books, Manuscripts Books John J. Mearsheimer, Conventional Deterrence (Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1983), pp. 163-164. • Note order of items. • Note placement of punctuation. • Use the author's full name. • Provide full page number, that is, pp. 163–167, not pp. 163–7: Article or chapter in edited volume Edward N. Luttwak, "The Operational Level of War," in Steven E. Miller, ed., Conventional Forces and American Defense Policy: An International Security Reader (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986), pp. 211–229. • Note use of book's full title and subtitle 23

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Volume in a series Stephen E. Ambrose, Eisenhower, Vol. 2: The President (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1985), chap. 7. • Use chapter where appropriate. • User Arabic numerals for volumes even if Roman in original. Annual International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS), The Military Balance, 1987–88(London: IISS, 1987). • Note the introduction and use of acronym. Multivolume work; translated and edited version Luigi Albertini, The Origins of the War of 1914, 3 vols., trans. and ed., Isabella M. Massey (London: Oxford University Press, 1952), p. 171. “Zhongguo bu shi yi nu jiu shitai de xiangbalao” [China isn’t a bumpkin who in a fit of anger loses control], Huanqiu shibao [Global times], September 16, 2010. Reprint/Revised/Enlarged edition Bernard Brodie and Fawn M. Brodie, From Crossbow to H-Bomb (New York: Dell, 1962; rev. and enl. ed., Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1973). • Note "Dell" stands alone without "Books," but full name of a university press is given. Paper in a series Desmond Ball, Targeting for Strategic Deterrence, Adelphi Paper No. 185 (London: IISS, Summer 1983), p. 1. • Note the use of IISS acronym introduced in an earlier note; "Summer 1983" per publisher’s dating system. Unpublished paper or dissertation Alexander L. George, "Case Studies and Theory Development," paper presented at the Second Annual Symposium on Information Processing in Organizations, Carnegie-Mellon University, October 15–16, 1982, p. 2. Stephen W. Van Evera, "Causes of War," Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, 1984, p. 1. Government report Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger, Annual Report to the Congress, Fiscal Year 1984 (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office [GPO], p. 127. • Subsequent citations may use the GPO abbreviation. Congressional reports Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, The Mutual Security Act of 1956, 84th Cong., 2d sess., 1956, S. Rept. 2273, p. 20. • For testimony, list individual first. Archival Material 24

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2015-16

[4SSW1007| HISTORY OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM ]

Leven C. Allen to Joint Chiefs of Staff, May 26, 1950, and memorandum for the Secretary of Defense, n.d., CCS 383.21 Korea (3-19-45), sec. 21, Records of the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff, Record Group 218, National Archives. John F. Kennedy, "Appeasement at Munich," honors thesis, 1940, John Fitzgerald Kennedy Presidential Library (JFKL), Personal Papers (PP), box 2. • • •

Give the title of the cited item first and supply all the bibliographical dates necessary to permit identification and location of the source. Use consistent format throughout. Where there are repeated references to particular archives, introduce a short form for similar references in subsequent notes.

See the Chicago Manual of Style for less-common citation forms.

25

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Lectures Seminars:

Thursday 2 – 4pm (Strand, Edmond J Safra, Kings Bldg) Please refer to your online KCL timetable

Lecturer: Office hours:

Dr Frank Foley|Room K7.11 |[email protected] See lecturer webpage

Seminar Tutors:

Filippo Costa Buranelli | [email protected] Birte Gippert | [email protected] Athanasios Gkoutzioulis | [email protected] Reyhaneh Noshiravani | [email protected]

Course Aims and Objectives This course aims to foster an understanding of two central concerns of International Relations – the recurrence of conflict and the role of diplomacy in relations between international political actors. Through the study of crucial case studies in contemporary conflict and diplomacy, the course enables students to critically analyse the actors, structures and processes that shape foreign and security policy-making. It also explores the changing character of modern conflict, the role of conflict resolution processes and the nature of diplomatic relations between major powers. This course places a particular emphasis on skills development and the enabling of students to (i) engage in independent learning, (ii) extend their capacity for critical thinking, and (iii) develop their writing, communication and teamwork skills. Students who successfully complete this module will: 



   

Have completed a number of exercises, introducing them to a variety of practical and academic skills, including research, essay writing, reviewing, class participation, oral presentation, working in groups, and effective time management Have begun to reflect on their learning and development, gaining awareness of their own capabilities and actively engaging in their own skills development Have developed a broad understanding of the relationship between conflict and diplomacy in International Relations Be able to identify and critically assess different interpretations of several critical cases of contemporary conflict and diplomacy Be able to critically analyse the actors, structures and processes that shape foreign and security policy-making Have insight into the complexity of policy-making and problem-solving through, for example, reading participant accounts, academic and policy texts

Teaching Arrangements The module will be taught over twelve weeks, in the form of six lecture-seminar dyads focused on six different topics. For example, Week 3 features a two-hour lecture on the Iraq War, while Week 4 features a two-hour accompanying seminar on the Iraq War (involving student-led activities and further discussion of the questions raised in the previous week’s lecture). The module requires students to be committed to learning and to come prepared to lectures and seminars, having read the required reading in advance. All students and not just the seminar presenters should actively contribute to seminar discussions. All students are expected to have read in preparation for the seminar discussions, and to have considered their own responses to the set “seminar questions” in advance. 1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

LIST OF LECTURES & SEMINARS: WEEK 1 (24 Sept.) WEEK 2

Lecture. Introduction: Conflict and Diplomacy in International Relations Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 3 (8 Oct.) WEEK 4

Lecture: Foreign Policy-Making & Diplomacy for War; Case study: The Iraq War Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 5 (22 Oct.) WEEK 6

Lecture: Modern Conflict; Case Study: Afghanistan and Global Counterterrorism Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 7 (5 Nov.) WEEK 8

Lecture: Diplomacy and Conflict Resolution; Case Study: Israel and Palestine Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 9 (19 Nov.) WEEK 10

Lecture: Diplomacy and Power Relations; Case Study: China and America Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 11. (3 Dec.)

Lecture: Conflict, Diplomacy & Debates on International Intervention; Case Study: the Syrian Civil War Accompanying Seminar

WEEK 12.

Assessment Methods and Course Requirements: Please note that all assessed coursework will need to be submitted on KEATS. There is no unseen examination associated with this module. Instead, in keeping with our focus on skills development, there will be continuous assessment based on the following assignments. See notes below and KEATS for deadlines for each assignment.  



Two short book or article reviews (500 words each) [see below] Two in-seminar group activities [see below] One essay (1,500 words), due on 16 Dec. 2015 [see below]

30% of final mark 25% of final mark 45% of final mark

IMPORTANT NOTE regarding KEATS SUBMISSION: Students should note that computer issues will not be

accepted as an excuse for not submitting a copy of the assessed coursework on KEATS. It is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the essay is on KEATS. Please also note the following important points. 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. See: https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbooks/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and may result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see the module Lecturer if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy.

2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Module Assignments, in detail: • Two short book or article reviews Twice during the term, you will choose a book or article from the reading list and write a short review of it. Books are available either as e-books (through KEATS/the online reading list) or as hard copies in the library. All articles are available through KEATS/the online reading list. (1) The first review will be of a book or article on the Iraq War. This assignment will be explained in the introductory lecture and seminar and is worth 15% of your final mark for this module. The review should be no more than 500 words and it must be word-processed (double-spaced with 12 point font) and submitted on KEATS by 12.00 noon on 12 October 2015. (2) At your first seminar, arrangements will be made for the second book or article review. Each student will be allocated a topic and a deadline for submitting their second review on KEATS. This review is worth 15% of your final mark for this module, it must be word-processed (double-spaced with 12 point font) and should be no more than 500 words. • Two in-seminar group activities (1) Group presentations – for and against a particular proposition. At the first seminar, students will be divided into groups and allocated specific dates for their respective group presentations. All members of a group will be given the same grade for their group presentation. This presentation is worth 15% of your final mark for this module. (2) The final seminar (Week 12) will feature an exercise focused on the Syrian Civil War. Details will be disseminated in due course (worth 10% of your final mark). • One essay Students will write one essay of no more than 1,500 words (worth 45% of your final mark for this module). Word length includes footnotes (and any appendices), but excludes bibliography. A list of essay questions will be provided on KEATS. Essays must be word-processed (double-spaced with 12 point font) and submitted on KEATS by 12.00 noon on 16 December 2015. It is very important that your essay is well presented. It should be clearly structured with a definite introduction, well-determined main sections and a conclusion. Your essay must conform to the ‘Instructions on the Presentation of Essays’ in the Student Handbook. See especially the sections on references (footnotes) and bibliography: https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbooks/assessment/coursework/essaypres.aspx Note: All students should note that attendance at seminars, tutorials etc. is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. If exceptional circumstances require you to seek an extension, you need to submit the essay extension form, along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note). Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. A failure to submit all work in fulfillment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the Student Handbook.

3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Reading Reading lists – by topic – are provided below; see under “Week 1” for general texts on conflict and diplomacy. All of the required readings – and many of the other readings – are available online. On the module’s KEATS page, selected readings are available in PDF format, and a link is provided to the “Online Reading List” for the course, where further readings can be accessed. Students are also advised to keep themselves informed of current events in world politics. A good way to do this is to read selected articles from a weekly digest of world news, such as the Economist. Other notable sources on world news include the BBC, the New York Times, the Guardian, the Washington Post and ForeignPolicy.com. MODULE OUTLINE Weeks 1 & 2. Introduction: Conflict and Diplomacy in International Relations This lecture (Week 1) will welcome students to the course, outline the module, and explain why it is arranged the way it is. The lecture will introduce the course themes of conflict and diplomacy and provide a framework for understanding the actors, structures and processes that influence decision-making on war, peace and cooperation. It will also provide an overview of the various means that states and international political actors may use to influence others and “get what they want” in world politics. The accompanying seminar in Week 2 will enable further discussion, notably on these seminar questions: i) What are the main elements of power in world politics and which are most effective? ii) How does military power effect actors’ calculations? iii) Are conflict and diplomacy polar opposites? At this seminar, the first assignment will also be discussed and subsequent student assignments will be allocated. Core/Required Reading Thomas C. Schelling, Arms and Influence, New Haven: Yale University Press, 1966. Chapter 1, “The Diplomacy of Violence,” pp. 1- 34. Recommended Readings Marijke Breuning, Foreign Policy Analysis: A Comparative Introduction. New York: Palgrave/Macmillan, 2007. Chapter 1. Ned Lebow, Why Nations Fight, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2010. Joseph S. Nye, The Future of Power, Public Affairs, 2011. Joseph S. Nye, Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics, Public Affairs, 2004. Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy, London: Simon & Schuster, 1994. Carl von Clausewitz, On War, translated by Michael Howard and Peter Paret; abridged with an introduction and notes by Beatrice Heuser; Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007. Additional Readings Paul Lauren, Gordon Craig and Alexander George, Force and Statecraft: Diplomatic challenges of our time. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 4th edition (2007), or 5th edition (July 2013). Steve Smith, Amelia Hadfield and Tim Dunne, Foreign Policy: Theories, Actors, Cases, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007 or 2nd Edition, 2012. John G. Stoessinger, Why Nations Go to War, Boston: Cengage Learning, 11th edition, 2010. Peter Marshall, Positive Diplomacy, Basingstoke: Palgrave, 1999. Christopher Hill, The changing politics of foreign policy (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003) 4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Walter Carlsnaes Handbook of International Relations, London: Sage, 2003; or 2nd edition, 2012. Chapters on Foreign Policy & (Interstate) War and Peace. Paul Viotti and Mark Kauppi, International Relations and World Politics, Pearson: 5th edition, 2012. R.P. Barston, Modern Diplomacy, 3rd edition, (London, Longman, 2006). Paul Sharp, Diplomatic Theory of International Relations, New York: Cambridge University Press. 2009). Chapters 1-3. Robert Axelrod, The Evolution of Cooperation, Basic Books, New York, 1984; Revised Edition, 2006. Chapter 4. Joseph Nye, “What China and Russia Don't Get About Soft Power,” Foreign Policy, 29 April 2013: http://foreignpolicy.com/2013/04/29/what-china-and-russia-dont-get-about-soft-power/ Weeks 3 & 4: Foreign Policy-Making & Diplomacy for War Case study: The Iraq War This lecture (Week 3) will discuss different perspectives on why the U.S. and other states invaded Iraq in 2003. Through this case study, we will also explore more general debates on the making of foreign policy and consider how diplomacy is not only an instrument of peace, but can also be used to make the case for war. The accompanying seminar in Week 4 will enable further discussion, notably on these seminar questions: i) Why did the U.S. and other states decide to go to war in Iraq? ii) What explains their “intelligence failure” on Iraq? iii) Was the decision to invade Iraq a “good” or “bad” decision? What criteria should we use when making a judgement on this? Core/Required Reading Richard Ned Lebow, A Cultural Theory of International Relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008, pp. 459-480 (the section on the Iraq War). Recommended Readings Steve Smith, Amelia Hadfield and Tim Dunne, Foreign Policy: Theories, Actors, Cases. 2nd edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2012, Chapter 16 (on U.S. neo-cons) and Chapter 22 (on Britain, Tony Blair and the Iraq war). Donald Snow, Cases in International Relations, Longman, 2011. Chapter 1 Lawrence Freedman, “War in Iraq: Selling the Threat,” Survival, Volume 46, Number 2, 2004, pp. 7-49. Michael Isikoff and David Corn, Hubris: The Inside Story of Spin, Scandal, and the Selling of the Iraq War, New York: Three Rivers Press, 2006 or 2007. Donald Rumsfeld, Known and Unknown, New York: Sentinel, 2011, Part X. Frank P. Harvey. Explaining the Iraq War: Counterfactual Theory, Logic and Evidence. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011. Richard Ned Lebow and Michael Fitzgerald. “The Bush Administration and Iraq: The Mother of all Intelligence Failures,” Intelligence and National Security, 22, no. 5, 2006, pp. 884-909. Additional Readings Chaim Kaufmann, ‘Threat inflation and the marketplace of idea: selling of the Iraq War’, International Security 29:1 (2004). See the debates that followed this in International Security 29:4 (2005) & Security Studies 16:3 (2007). See special section on ‘Neoconservatism, realism and the ideological origins of the Iraq War,’ Security Studies 15:2 (2006). John Prados, Hoodwinked: The Documents that Reveal how Bush Sold Us a War, London, 2004.

5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Paul Pillar, Intelligence and US Foreign Policy, New York: Columbia UP, 2011 (by a former senior intelligence officer), Chapters 2-4. Thomas Fingar, Reducing Uncertainty: Intelligence Analysis and National Security, Stanford University Press, 2011 (by a former senior intelligence officer), Chapter 6. Richard Best, “What the Intelligence Community got Right about Iraq”, Intelligence and National Security, Vol. 23, No.3, 2008. Toby Dodge, “State and society in Iraq ten years after regime change: the rise of a new authoritarianism,” International Affairs 89: 2 (2013) 241–257. Bob Woodward, Plan of Attack, New York, Simon & Schuster: 2004. George W. Bush, Decision Points, Virgin Books, 2010, Chapter 8. Hans Blix, Disarming Iraq: The Search for Weapons of Mass Destruction, London, 2004 (by the then chief United Nations weapons inspector). TV Documentary: BBC, The Iraq War: Regime Change (2013): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zfRDvhtbfvs TV Documentary: Michael Isikoff and David Corn, Hubris: Selling the Iraq War (2013): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B5FaMbnINwc. See also http://tv.msnbc.com/shows/hubris-sellingthe-iraq-war/ Weeks 5 & 6: Modern Conflict Case Study: Afghanistan and Global Counterterrorism This lecture (Week 5) will review the diplomatic and military facets of the U.S.-led invasion of Afghanistan in 2001. It will also discuss President Bush’s launching of “the Global War on Terrorism” and explore whether and how this differs from President Obama’s approach to global counterterrorism. Through this case study, we will also explore more general debates on the nature of modern conflict, including the importance of legitimacy and international coalitions, asymmetric warfare and the unilateral use of drones. The accompanying seminar in Week 6 will enable further discussion, notably on these seminar questions: i) Does President Obama’s approach to counterterrorism differ significantly from that of President Bush? ii) How could we explain the change in America’s response to terrorism from leading multilateral coalitions into military interventions against “safe havens” to the unilateral use of drones? iii) Is drone warfare an effective counterterrorist tool? At the seminar, two student groups will make presentations for and against the following proposition: “Drone warfare is an effective counterterrorist tool.” Core/Required Reading Michael J. Boyle, The Cost and Consequences of Drone Warfare,” International Affairs 89: 1 (2013) pp. 1– 29. Recommended Readings Jane Mayer, The Dark Side: The Inside Story of How The War on Terror Turned into a War on American Ideals, Anchor Books, 2009. Rosemary Foot, "Torture: The Struggle over a Peremptory Norm in a Counter-Terrorist Era," International Relations 20.2 (2006): pp. 131-145. Donald Rumsfeld, Known and Unknown, New York: Sentinel, 2011, Part IX. Donald M. Snow, Cases in International Relations, Longman, 2011. Chapters 5 and 16. Daniel Byman, “Why Drones Work: The Case for Washington’s Weapon of Choice,” Foreign Affairs, July/August 2013. Audrey Kurth Cronin, “Why Drones Fail: When Tactics Drive Strategy,” Foreign Affairs, July/August 2013. 6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Micah Zenko, "Reforming U.S. Drone Strike Policies," Council on Foreign Relations, January 2013: http://www.cfr.org/wars-and-warfare/reforming-us-drone-strike-policies/p29736 Trevor McCristen, “Ten years on: Obama's War on Terrorism in Rhetoric and Practice,” International Affairs 87, no.4 (2011), 781-801. Rudra Chauduri and Theo Farrell, “Campaign Disconnect: Operational Progress and Strategic Obstacles in Afghanistan 2009-2011,” International Affairs, Vol. 87, No. 2 (2011), p. 271-296. Stephen Biddle, “Ending the War in Afghanistan: How to Avoid Failure on the Instalment Plan,” Foreign Affairs Vol. 92, No. 5 (September/October 2013 ), pp. 49-58. Stephen Biddle, F. Christia and J.A. Their, “Defining Success in Afghanistan: What Can the United States Accept?” Foreign Affairs Vol. 89, No. 4 (July/August 2010), pp. 48-60. Tim Bird and Alex Marshall, Afghanistan: How the West Lost Its Way, Yale University Press, 2011. Additional Readings Lawrence Wright, The Looming Tower: Al-Qaeda and the Road to 9/11, Vintage, 2007. George W. Bush, Decision Points, Virgin Books, 2010, Chapters 5-7. Ron Suskind, The One Percent Doctrine, New York: Simon & Schuster: 2006 or 2007. Bob Woodward, Bush at War, New York, Simon & Schuster: 2003. Stephen Biddle, “Afghanistan and the Future of Warfare,” Foreign Affairs, 82/2 (March/April 2003). Sarah Chayes, The Punishment of Virtue: Inside Afghanistan After the Taliban, Penguin, 2007. Antonio Giustozzi, Koran, Kalashnikov and Laptop: The Neo-Taliban Insurgency in Afghanistan 2002-2007, Hurst, 2007. Jane Mayer, ‘Outsourcing Torture’, The New Yorker, 14 February 2005. David Sanger, Confront and Conceal: Obama’s Secret Wars and surprising use of American Power, Crown, 2012. Chapters 1-5, Chapter 10. Peter Bergen, Manhunt: From 9/11 to Abbottabad - the Ten-Year Search for Osama bin Laden, Random House, 2012. Stephen Carter, The Violence of Peace: America's Wars in the Age of Obama, Beast Books, 2011. Bob Woodward, Obama’s Wars, Simon and Schuster, 2011. Rajiv Chanresekaran, Little America: the War within the War For Afghanistan, Knopf, 2012. G. Dorronsoro, The Taliban's Winning Strategy in Afghanistan, Carnegie Endowment, 2013: http://carnegieendowment.org/files/taliban_winning_strategy.pdf. Antonio Giustozzi, “Military Adaptation by the Taliban 2001-2011,” in: Theo Farrell, F. Osinga and J. Russell ed. Military Adaptation in Afghanistan, Stanford University Press, 2013 T.H. Johnson, “Taliban adaptations and innovations” Small Wars & Insurgencies, 24:1 (2013) 3-27. Weeks 7 & 8: Diplomacy and Conflict Resolution Case Study: Israel and Palestine This lecture (Week 7) will give an overview of the history of the Arab-Israeli conflict and set out the key issues that divide Israelis and Palestinians today. We will also compare Israel-Palestine to other cases in order to derive a more general understanding of conflict and conflict resolution processes. The accompanying seminar in Week 8 will enable further discussion, notably on these seminar questions: i) What are the key issues underlying the Israeli-Palestinian conflict? ii) Why has this conflict not been resolved? iii) What do other cases – from Northern Ireland to Sri Lanka – tell us about how conflicts come to an end? At the seminar, two student groups will present. Each will defend one of the following two propositions.

7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

“The single most important issue underlying the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is: • “the lack of security for Israel” • “the lack of a viable Palestinian state” Core/Required Reading Ian J. Bickerton, The Arab-Israeli Conflict: A Guide for the Perplexed (Continuum, 2012), Chapter 4: “From the Oslo Accords of 1993-2005.” Read first pp. 125-138, then read pp. 109-124. Recommended Readings Martin Bunton, Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2013. Donald M. Snow, Cases in International Relations, Longman, 2011; Chapter 4: Irresolvable Conflicts: The Israeli-Palestinian Impasse. Ian J. Bickerton, The Arab-Israeli Conflict: A History (Reaktion Books, 2009), especially pp 7-50 Benny Morris, Righteous Victims: A History of the Zionist-Arab Conflict, 1881-2001, Vintage, 2001. Ahron Bregman, Israel’s Wars: A History Since 1947, Routledge, 2010. Yezid Sayigh, Armed Struggle and the Search for State: The Palestinian National Movement, 1949-1993: Oxford UP, 1997. Daniel Byman. "Five Bad Options for Gaza," The Washington Quarterly, 37, no. 4 (Winter 2015): 37-53: https://twq.elliott.gwu.edu/sites/twq.elliott.gwu.edu/files/downloads/Byman.pdf Marc Mulholland, Northern Ireland: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford UP, 2003. Gordon Weiss, The Cage: The Fight for Sri Lanka & the Last Days of the Tamil Tigers. Bodley Head, 2012. Additional Readings Kirsten E. Schulze, The Arab-Israeli Conflict, Longman, 2008; especially Chapter 9: “From Madrid to the Second Intifada.” Stewart Ross, Understand the Middle East (since 1945), Publisher: “Teach Yourself”; 2010. Walter Carlsnaes, Handbook of International Relations (London: Sage, 2003), Chapter 20. John McGarry ed., Northern Ireland and the Divided World: Post-Agreement Northern Ireland in Comparative Perspective, Oxford University Press, 2001. See Chapters 3 (on the Belfast Agreement) and Chapter 13 (comparison with Israel-Palestine). Stacie Goddard, Indivisible Territory and the Politics of Legitimacy: Jerusalem and Northern Ireland, Cambridge UP, 2009. David McKittrick and David McVea, Making Sense of the Troubles: A History of the Northern Ireland Conflict, Penguin, 2012. Aaron D. Miller, “The False Religion of Mid-East Peace – And Why I’m No Longer a Believer,” Foreign Policy, May/June 2010: http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2010/04/19/the_false_religion_of_mideast_peace Deaglán de Bréadún, The Far Side of Revenge: Making Peace in Northern Ireland, Collins Press, 2008. Gerry Adams, Hope and History: Making Peace in Ireland, Brandon, 2004. Jonathan Powell, Great Hatred, Little Room: Making Peace in Northern Ireland, Bodley Head, 2008. Weeks 9 & 10: Diplomacy and Power Relations Case Study: China and America This lecture (Week 9) will consider the diplomatic relationship between China and the United States, considering both areas of broad agreement and areas of disagreement and discord. It will consider different interpretations of this crucial relationship, with a particular focus on the factors that may drive the two sides towards greater co-operation or conflict. The accompanying seminar in Week 10 will enable further discussion, notably on these seminar questions: 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

(i) (ii) (iii)

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

What are the United States’ most important “strategic interests” in Asia? What are China’s most important “strategic interests”? Do these interests clash? What are the most important factors driving the development of US-China relations? Is this relationship likely to develop in a co-operative or conflictual way?

At the seminar, two student groups will make presentations for and against the following proposition: “Relations between China and the United States are likely to become less co-operative, and more tense and competitive with a significant risk of war.” Core/Required Reading Aaron L. Friedberg, A Contest for Supremacy: China, America, and the struggle for mastery in Asia, WW Norton, 2011, Chapter 2: “Roots of Rivalry,” pp. 36-57. Recommended Readings Robert Ross, “China’s Naval Nationalism: Sources, Prospects, and the U.S. Response,” International Security, Vol. 34, No. 2 (Fall 2009), pp. 46–81. Aaron L. Friedberg, “The Future of U.S.-China Relations: Is Conflict Inevitable? ” International Security, Vol. 30, No. 2 (Fall 2005), pp. 7–45 Wang Jisi, “China's Search for a Grand Strategy: A Rising Great Power Finds Its Way”, Foreign Affairs March/April 2011. David Shambaugh, ed., Tangled Titans: The United States and China, Rowman & Littlefield, 2012. William Overholt, Asia, America, and the Transformation of Geopolitics, Cambridge University Press, 2008. Aaron L. Friedberg, A Contest for Supremacy: China, America, and the struggle for mastery in Asia, WW Norton, 2011. Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth, “American Primacy in Perspective,” Foreign Affairs, Vol. 81, No. 4 (July/August 2002), pp. 20–33. Additional Readings Noah Feldman, Cool War: The Future of Global Competition, Random House, 2013. Mingjiang Li, 'China and Maritime Cooperation in East Asia: Recent Development and Future Prospects', Journal of Contemporary China, Vol.19, 2010:64, 291-310. Robert Kaplan, 'The Geography of Chinese Power: How far Can Beijing Reach on Land and at Sea?', Foreign Affairs, Vol. 89:3 (May/June 2010), 22-41. Andrew J. Nathan & Andrew Scobell, “How China Sees America: The Sum of Beijing’s Fears,” Foreign Affairs, Sept./October 2012. Alistair Iain Johnston, “How New and Assertive Is China’s New Assertiveness?” International Security, Vol. 37, No. 4 (Spring 2013), pp. 7–48 Robert Sutter, U.S.-Chinese Relations: Perilous Past, Pragmatic Present. Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield 2010. Joseph S. Nye, The Future of Power, Public Affairs, 2011, especially pp. 177-186. Daniel W. Drezner. "Bad Debts: Assessing China's Financial Influence in Great Power Politics." International Security 34, no. 2 (Fall 2009): 7-45. Randall L. Schweller and Xiaoyu Pu, “After Unipolarity: China's Visions of International Order in an Era of U.S. Decline,” International Security, Vol. 36, No. 1 (Summer 2011), pp. 41-72 Jonathan Holslag, “China’s Vulnerability Trap,” Survival, Vol. 53, 2011:2, pp. 77-88. Zheng Bijian, “China's Peaceful Rise to Great Power Status”, Foreign Affairs, 84:5, Sep/Oct 2005. Jeffrey Bader, Obama and China's Rise: An Insider's Account of America's Asia Strategy, Brookings Institution Press, 2012. John Ikenberry, “The Rise of China and the Future of the West,” Foreign Affairs, January/February 2008. 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

Stephen G. Brooks and William C. Wohlforth, World Out of Balance: International Relations and the Challenge of American Primacy (New Jersey: Princeton, 2008). William C. Wohlforth, “The Stability of a Unipolar World,” International Security, Vol. 24, No. 1 (Summer 1999), pp. 5–41. Michael Beckley, “China’s Century? Why America’s edge will endure,” International Security, Vol. 36, No. 3 (Winter 2011/12), pp. 41–78. Weeks 11 & 12: Conflict, Diplomacy & Debates on International Intervention Case Study: the Syrian Civil War This concluding lecture (Week 11) will give an overview of the ongoing Syrian Civil War, outlining the domestic parties to the conflict and their international allies. It will consider the debate on whether and how western states should intervene in the conflict, against the background of previous cases of humanitarian and other forms of international intervention. The lecture will also draw together the various topics and themes of this course, and ask: what have we learned? The accompanying seminar in Week 12 will be devoted to an exercise focused on the Syrian Civil War. Details will be disseminated in due course. Core/Required Reading C.M. Blanchard et al, Armed Conflict in Syria: Overview and U.S. Response, Washington D.C., Congressional Research Service, July 2015: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/mideast/RL33487.pdf Recommended Readings International Crisis Group, Syria’s Metastasising Conflicts, Middle East Report, No. 143, 27 June 2013: http://www.crisisgroup.org/~/media/Files/Middle%20East%20North%20Africa/Iraq%20Syria%20Lebanon/ Syria/143-syrias-metastasising-conflicts.pdf Andrew Tabler, “Syria’s Collapse: And How Washington Can Stop It,” Foreign Affairs, July/August 2013, pp 90-100. Daniel Levy & Julien Barnes-Dacey, Syria: The imperative of de-escalation, European Council on Foreign Relations, 24 May 2013: http://ecfr.eu/page/-/ECFR80_SYRIA_BRIEF_AW.pdf Roy Allison, “Russia and Syria: explaining alignment with a regime in crisis,” International Affairs, Vol. 89, Issue 4, July 2013. Jonathan Eyal, “The Responsibility to Protect: A Chance Missed,” in: A. Johnson and S. Mueen (eds), Short War, Long Shadow: The Political and Military Legacies of the 2011 Libya Campaign, RUSI Whitehall Report, pp. 53-62: http://www.rusi.org/downloads/assets/WHR_1-12.pdf Robert Pape, "When Duty Calls: A Pragmatic Standard of Humanitarian Intervention." International Security Vol. 37(1): pp. 41-80; for a summary of Pape’s criteria for intervention, see: http://cpost.uchicago.edu/lessons-pragmatic_intervention.php Additional Readings Various Authors, How the crisis in Syria is being seen by the country’s key neighbours and the region, European Council on Foreign Relations, 2013: http://www.ecfr.eu/mena/syria Spencer Zifcak, “The Responsibility to Protect after Libya and Syria,” Melbourne Journal of International Law, Vol. 13, No. 1, June 2012. Jess Gifkins, “Briefing. The UN Security Council Divided: Syria in Crisis,” Global Responsibility to Protect Vol. 4, No. 3, 2012, pp. 377-393. “The hard men on both sides prevail,” Economist, 18 May 2013: http://www.economist.com/news/middleeast-and-africa/21578057-more-decent-rebel-groups-are-being-squeezed-between-regimes-forces-and

10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[4SSW1008 | CONFLICT AND DIPLOMACY | Term 1 Only]

“Barack Obama’s tentative step,” Economist, 22 June, 2013: http://www.economist.com/news/middleeast-and-africa/21579851-americas-decision-send-more-arms-rebels-no-means-guaranteed Theo Farrell, “Humanitarian Intervention and Peace Operations,” in John Baylis et al (eds.), Strategy in the Contemporary World, Oxford UP, 3rd edition, 2010 (or 2007 2nd ed., or 2002 1st ed.). Fawaz A Gerges, “The Obama approach to the Middle East: the end of America's moment?” International Affairs, Volume 89, Issue 2, 2013, pp. 299–323. David Sanger, Confront and Conceal: Obama’s Secret Wars and surprising use of American Power, Crown, 2012, Chapter 11-14 (on the US response to the Arab Revolutions of 2011). Raymond Hinnebusch, “Syria: from ‘authoritarian upgrading’ to revolution?” International Affairs Volume 88, Issue 1, 2012, pp. 95–113. Michael Walzer, “On Humanitarianism: Is Helping Others Charity, or Duty, or Both,” Foreign Affairs, July/August 2011. Mary Beth D. Nikitin et al, Syria’s Chemical Weapons: Issues for Congress, Washington D.C., Congressional Research Service, 30 September 2013:http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/nuke/R42848.pdf “Global Cop, like it or not,” Economist, 31 August 2013, http://www.economist.com/news/briefing/21584399-american-administration-sees-no-alternative-attacksyria-global-cop-it-or-not “Going Another Round,” Economist, 14 September 2013, http://www.economist.com/news/briefing/21586359-russias-plan-provides-breathing-space-it-probablyunworkable-going-another-round "The Syrian war: A pincer move,” Economist, 2 August 2014: http://www.economist.com/news/middleeast-and-africa/21610302-iraqs-bloody-mess-has-helped-regime-syria-and-its-jihadist-enemy-pincer

11

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

Module Convenor: Dr Jan Willem Honig | [email protected] | K6.41 | 020 7848 7285 Office hours: Friday 11:30–13:00 or by appointment Lectures: Thursday, 1400–1530, Strand K6.29 Seminar Tutorials: Monday, Thursday and Friday –– see separate hand-out & check the online timetable Graduate Teaching Assistants and Seminar Tutors: tba | tba | tba | AIMS AND OBJECTIVES This is a one-term course paired with Contemporary Security Issues which follows on from Art of War Studies in January. Supplementing the other BA1 core courses in War Studies, the aim of this course is to provide students with an introduction to the main skills, academic and other, that are necessary for the BA War Studies programme. By the end of this course, students should:  Have completed a number of exercises introducing them to a variety of practical academic skills, ranging from essay writing, reviewing, class participation and oral presentation, working in groups, research –– both traditional and using the electronic sources available from KCL Information Resources and the Internet more generally –– to effective time management and exam-taking  Be aware of the range of academic disciplines that may be brought to the study of war and have considered the multi-disciplinary nature of War Studies at KCL as a practical, philosophical and methodological issue  Have studied Chapter 1, Book 1 of Carl von Clausewitz, On War, be able to analyze it critically and be familiar with other aspects of Clausewitz’s thought and its significance  Have considered Clausewitz’s thought through the prism of, and be familiar with, works on contemporary war, such as Martin van Creveld’s On Future War and Rupert Smith’s The Utility of Force  Have studied Michael Howard’s War and the Liberal Conscience  Be able to respond to two basic questions in our field — ‘What is war?’ and ‘Why study war?’ — in a structured and reasoned manner with reference to the authors noted above and possess a basic appreciation of competing models of international relations TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS This one term course is organized into one-hour lectures with additional Q&A and one-hour seminars. The lectures will provide introductions to the areas and themes covered by the module. For the Page | 1

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

weekly seminar tutorials, BA1 students are divided into several groups the composition and timetabling of which will be detailed in a separate Seminar Tutorial Arrangements hand-out. The seminars are led by Seminar Tutors (STs) and are a forum in which ideas and issues can be discussed in more depth. Students will undertake a range of relevant tasks in the seminar tutorials. Seminars will provide students also with formative feedback on the work that they have completed, and are an opportunity for students to receive individual assistance in gaining some of the skills necessary for successful study in the Department. Attendance at lectures is very strongly recommended, as it is the most efficient way to gain the knowledge needed to do well in the course, but it is not mandatory. A Register of Attendance will be taken at lectures as attendance and punctuality are often referred to as a basis for writing references. All students should note that attendance at seminar tutorials is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of course obligations, or to meet other course obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the Student Handbook. In general, students are expected to participate fully and contribute to group discussion, which constitutes part of the formative assessment of student performance. If a student does not attend a seminar or tutorial, a valid reason must be provided. Please refer to the Student Handbook for further details and do not hesitate to talk to your ST or Dr Honig. If you have any queries or doubts about your group, please contact Dr Honig. EXTENSIONS & KEATS FAQ: Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on the King’s primary web-based online learning environment, aka KEATS, by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Extensions for essays will only be granted for exceptional circumstance. If you require an extension, you will have to make a formal request to the BA Exam Board Chair, Dr Ruth Deyermond, and submit the essay extension form [downloaded from the dept webpage] plus evidence or medical certification as appropriate as a scanned document. It is essential that all documents are included in one email. Please cc the UG programme Office, [email protected], to this email. No other member of staff has the authority to deal with matters of this kind –– please do not approach anyone else, including your ST or course organiser. ALL LATE ESSAYS WITHOUT AN AUTHORISED EXTENSION WILL RECEIVE ZERO.

Page | 2

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

ASSESSMENT METHODS All courses have two modes of assessment –– formative and summative, as explained in the BA Handbooks. All pieces of work, as well as class performance, are formatively assessed and will include feedback –– this is to help the individual student’s development. Summative assessment –– work which contributes to your final grade for an individual course and for the BA Degree overall, can come in different forms. This course is examined wholly on the basis of coursework tasks. In addition, three elements contribute to purely summative assessment in the module. One of these is a 1,500-word essay, which contributes 25% of the final mark. The question to be answered is: ‘What is war?’ In addition, there are two class-based tasks, which are worth 10% and 15% respectively of the final mark. Other tasks, as detailed on the companion seminar tutorial arrangements hand-out, are primarily formative, but nonetheless count towards summative assessment for a total of 50%. The summatively assessed 1,500-word ‘What is War’ essay must be submitted by 1600 on Thursday 3 December 2015. The essay must be submitted electronically via KEATS. The essay must follow the guidelines set out in the Student Handbook regarding footnotes and bibliography. We will discuss the presentation of written work in detail in class and you will be introduced to the Department of War Studies house style, which is indicated in the BA Handbook. It is very important that the essays are well presented. They should be clearly structured with a definite introduction, well-determined main sections and a conclusion, in line with the guidance given in lectures and seminars on this course. Written work that differs substantially from the presentational guidelines in the Handbook section of the Current Students’ part of the War Studies website (https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbooks/ug/index.aspx) will be penalized. Students should bear in mind the Department of War Studies’ policy on over-length work. The word-length includes footnotes, tables and appendices but does not include the bibliography. If you exceed the word-length your work will be penalized, in accordance with Departmental policy, as set out in the Handbook. Students should start early on the essays, allowing time for reflection, as well as writing. The essay will be assessed as much on its structure and clarity as on its substance. Drafting and revising will be crucial! Students must also read the section in the Handbook on plagiarism very closely. You must sign a plagiarism declaration on the cover sheet of every piece of written work submitted. Before handing in the summatively assessed essays, students must read the Instructions for the submission of assessed work section in the BA Handbooks and follow them precisely. These include ensuring that you submit an electronic version of all written work via KEATS –– failure to do this on time will result in a mark of ‘0’. You may also be asked by STs to submit hard copies Page | 3

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

of coursework directly to them, which you must do, BUT this does not remove the compulsory obligation to submit an electronic copy via KEATS. COURSE REQUIREMENTS In order to complete this course successfully, students must fulfil all formal requirements. Please note that only kcl.ac.uk e-mail addresses will be used to communicate with students. It is your responsibility to register for your e-mail address and to check it regularly. Each week, throughout the course, students will also be given tasks to complete by certain dates. These tasks are all to be submitted electronically via KEATS and in a hard copy to the ST at the seminar, per the Hand In instructions on the Seminar Tutorials hand-out. These tasks are primarily formative, but also contribute a small part of summative assessment. This work will be marked and the relevant ST/lecturer/examiner will provide constructive feedback. The different exercises relate to a range of academic skills, subject specific knowledge, and general knowledge of contemporary events. All tasks are compulsory and the dates are non-negotiable. Students should note that attendance at seminar tutorials is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. The seminar tutors will monitor students’ progress throughout the term and report to the organizer weekly on attendance and completion of tasks. Failure to submit any of these tasks may result in failure of the course. Seminar tutors will build profiles on each student’s work and will use them as a basis for a review of each student’s progress. Seminar tutors will provide the Module Organiser with Student Performance Reports throughout the module. Attendance will be noted and anyone missing a total of three seminars, two consecutive seminars, or one seminar where they had been assigned a particular responsibility will be reported and action may be taken against them under ‘Student Progress’ provisions. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of ‘0’. Word limits are fixed and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of course obligations, or to meet other course obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the Student Handbook.

Page | 4

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

LECTURE SCHEDULE: Week 1

1 October Course Arrangements and Basics

Week 2

8 October Catching the No. 9 Bus, Learning About Sex, and Studying War

Week 3

15 October Arguing Peace and War: War and the Liberal Conscience

Week 4

22 October Constructing Academic Disciplines and Fields: The Case of War Studies

Week 5

29 October Clausewitz and War Studies

Week 6

5 November Interpreting Clausewitz

Week 7

12 November Beyond Texts: Reading Your Teacher’s Favourite Artefacts

Week 8

19 November Writing War Studies: Changing Styles and Substances

Week 9

26 November The Changing Character of War and War Studies

Week 10

3 December Classroom Based Coursework Exercise N.B. Not turning up results in mark of zero!

Week 11

10 December The Future of War and War Studies

Page | 5

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

COURSE RESOURCES There are two types of literature relevant to this course. The first concerns the substantive matter of the course –– work relating to the phenomenon of war; the other concerns approaches to study, research and writing. In the first category, there are five books in particular around which the course develops. Students are advised to purchase these, where possible (how could they be missing from the shelves of any self-respecting, budding defence intellectual?): Lawrence Freedman, ed., War (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994) Carl von Clausewitz, On War –– various editions, see below Michael Howard, War and the Liberal Conscience (London: Hurst, 2008) Martin van Creveld, On Future War (London: Brassey’s, 1991) (published in the US as The Transformation of War [New York: Free Press, 1991])  Rupert Smith, The Utility of Force: the Art of War in the Modern World (London: Allen Lane, 2005) The Freedman edited volume, the Howard lectures (both in the original 1977 and the new 2008 edition) and the book by Smith are readily available online, both new and second-hand as well as in the latter cases in electronic form. Note also that the King’s Library holds multiple copies of all volumes, mostly on Short Loan.    

Clausewitz’s On War is central to the study of war. However, there are various editions in translation of this ‘bible’ of War Studies. Each translation and edition has merits. 





Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. J. J. Graham (London: N. Trübner, 1874), rev. ed. F. N. Maude (London: Kegan and Paul, 1908) –– for alternative, more readily available versions, see below Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. O. J. Matthijs Jolles (New York, 1943) –– a modern reedition, which includes Sun Tzu’ Art of Warfare, can be found in The Book of War (New York: Modern Library, 2000) Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. and ed. by Michael Howard and Peter Paret, 2nd ed. (Princeton, N. J.: Princeton University Press, 1984)

The Howard-Paret translation is commonly used and is, in some senses, treated as the ‘standard’ version. It has good introductory essays and is readily available. It is also available in an abridged edition: Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. Michael Howard and Peter Paret, Abridged with an Introduction and Notes by Beatrice Heuser (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007) Unlike some abridgements, the omissions are fairly clear and their omission is well explained in a useful introduction by Beatrice Heuser, who also helpfully annotates the text. Page | 6

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Term 1 Only

However, the preferred translation for this course is the earliest, that by Graham. The following versions should be available: Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. Colonel J. J. Graham, introd. and notes by Colonel F. N. Maude, introd. to the New Edition by Jan Willem Honig (New York: Barnes and Noble, 2004) –– this contains the complete translation, as well as an introduction by your course tutor Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. Colonel J. J. Graham, introd. and notes by Colonel F. N. Maude (London: Wordsworth, 1997) –– this is an abridged version of the Graham translation, reissued in the very cheap Wordsworth classics series. But note that important parts (not always marked) are missing. Carl von Clausewitz, On War, trans. Colonel J. J. Graham, ed. and introd. by Anatol Rapoport (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1968) –– this has a somewhat idiosyncratic introduction and is also much abbreviated (Book VI, on defence, is missing and Book VIII is much reduced). Finally, the Graham translation, as well as a wealth of other resources, is also available online at www.clausewitz.com. The other books used on the course are:  Anthony Beevor, Berlin: The Downfall, 1945 (London: Penguin, 2003)  Anthony Beevor, Stalingrad (London: Viking, 1998)  John Erickson, The Road to Stalingrad (London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1975)  John Erickson, The Road to Berlin (London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1983)  Lawrence Freedman, The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy, 1st ed. (Basingstoke: Macmillan for the International Institute of Strategic Studies, 1981) In the second category, a number of books might be useful, either to purchase, or consult as guides to study, research and writing. These may help you improve your study skills and are available in the library and bookshops 

 

Gordon Taylor, The Student’s Writing Guide For the Arts and Social Sciences (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989) –– this book is still used by Dr Honig, among others! There’s an updated version under the title: A Student’s Writing Guide: How to Plan and Write Successful Essays (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009) Peter Butterworth, Celia Cockburn, Robert Farrer and Stephanie Griffiths, Effective Study, 2nd ed. (London: Student Services, KCL, 1993) William Zinsser, On Writing Well: An Informal Guide to Writing Non-Fiction, 4th ed. (New York: HarperPerennial, 1990) –– this is a great classic that has appeared in numerous editions; the 35th anniversary edition only in 2011 Page | 7

[4SSW2019 THE ART OF WAR STUDIES] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

 

Term 1 Only

H. W. Fowler, A Dictionary of Modern English Usage, 2nd Edition, revised by Sir Ernest Gowers (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1968) Stella Cottrell, The Study Skills Handbook, 4th ed. (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013) –– Dr Cottrell has turned the study skills business into a cottage industry. You decide whether you like her (and her publisher’s) approach.

You may also want to have a look at so you can get your references right (even though if you pay attention to how it is done in this course outline you should not need to): Richard Pears and Graham Shields, Cite Them Right: The Essential Referencing Guide, 9th ed. (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013) Finally, the College website also offers study skills support. You want to check out what is on offer at: https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/student/study/elc/kingssupport/studysupport/ssintroduction.aspx

Page | 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Lecturer: Office hours: Teaching Assistants: Twitter: Timetable:

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011]

Professor Malcolm Murfett | [email protected] Wednesdays 1-2pm tbc @profmalmurfett Fridays 4-6pm (Strand S3.41) | https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws Course Aims and Objectives:

This module will examine the way in which the Cold War came to dominate the European continent for much of the post-war world. It will mostly concentrate on the Soviet satellite states of Central and Eastern Europe and will investigate the major issues and evaluate the intriguing personalities that came to the fore in these years of ideological and military division. Heroes and villains rose and fell; perilous crises and personal catastrophe were never far away, but through it all Europe lurched on until a revolution from both above and below brought the Cold War to an end in the most extraordinary and largely unforeseen way. Why so few Western observers had seen it coming is one of the fascinating stories of this dynamic and arresting period in the 20th century.

Educational Aims of the Module • • • •

To provide the students with the analytical tools to understand both cause and effect when it comes to investigating the prolonged nature of the Cold War division of Europe. To examine the peaks and troughs of the post-war period and be better informed about the exercise of power and why some individuals succeeded in their quest and others failed To appreciate the fact that recklessness or personal commitment to a cause can inflict such a toll in human misery To recognize the remarkable heroism and fortitude of ordinary people and why ‘people power’ can be so effective Learning Outcomes for the Module

• •

• • •

Students will have been introduced to both sides of the Cold War equation and be in a much better position to appreciate the complexity of the problem that confronted Europe in these years They will have acquired a breadth of knowledge in late modern history and international relations that will assist them when it comes to tackling other contemporary European modules @ KCL and in graduate work either here or elsewhere They will have improved their analytical precision by critically examining both primary and secondary material drawn from a wide range of sources They will have been expected to improve their oral and forensic skills by being required to debate even the most loaded motions in the face of considerable opposition They will learn that a ‘black swan’ event is not as rare or as transformative as its considered to be

1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011] Course Assessment

2 MCQ Papers (20%); 1 Debate (15%); 1 Written Submission of 2,000 words (15%); Participation (10%); Unseen Exam (40%). Contact Time 40 hours (22 hours of lecture; 10 hours of discussion; 8 hours of debate)

Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. EXTENSIONS | EXAMS Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Extensions for essays will only be granted for exceptional circumstance. If you require an extension, you will have to make a formal request to the Exam Board Chair – details can be located in your handbook. EXAMS: Sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Past exam papers. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011] Lecture/Seminar Schedule Term 1

Friday 25 September: Lecture 1. European Convulsions (1917-39)

Friday 2 October: Lecture 2. WWII, the Second Front and its Repercussions (1939-45)

Friday 9 October: Lecture 3. The Iron Curtain Descends (1945-47)

Friday 16 October: Lecture 4. Germany from Morgenthau to Marshall (1943-47) Friday 23 October: Lecture 5. Operation Bird Dog, the Berlin Blockade & the Formation of NATO (1948-49)

Friday 30 October: Lecture 6. The Tito-Stalin Split & the European Purges (1948-52)

Friday 6 November: Reading Week

Friday 13 November: Lecture 7. Stalin (1924-53): An Assessment [Student Debate I]

3

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011]

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Friday 20 November: Lecture 8. Khrushchev Assumes Command (1955-56)

Friday 27 November: Lecture 9. Chaos in Hungary (1956)

Friday 4 December: Lecture 10. Berlin in the Eye of the Storm (1958-61) [MCQ I]

End of Term I ………………………………………… Term 2 (Lecture time & room to be scheduled later)

11. Battle Joined: Khrushchev & JFK (1961-62)

12. On the Brink: Cuba (1962)

13. An Assessment of Khrushchev (1955-64) [Student Debate II]

14. The Flowering and Withering of the Prague Spring (1968)

15. Brandt & Ostpolitik: Real Détente or a Trojan Horse? (1966-74)

16. Poland (1970-81): The Beginning of the End, or the End of the Beginning?

4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011]

17. An Assessment of Reagan’s Role in the Cold War [Student Debate III]

18. Dissent Among the Soviet Satellites (1979-89)

19. The Fall of the Wall & the End of the DDR (1989-90) [MCQ II]

20. An Assessment of Gorbachev’s Impact on the Cold War [Student Debate IV]

……………………………….

Select Bibliography:

Archie Brown, The Gorbachev Factor (Oxford: OUP, 1996) Lou Cannon, President Reagan: The Role Of A Lifetime (New York: Public Affairs, 2000) R.J. Crampton, Eastern Europe in the Twentieth Century – and After (London: Routledge, 1997) Raffaele D’Agata & Lawrence Gray (eds.), One More “Lost Peace”? Rethinking the Cold War after Twenty Years (Lanham, Md: University Press of America, 2011) Istvan Deak, Jan Gross & Tony Judt, The Politics of Retribution in Europe: World War II and its aftermath (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2000) J.P.D. Dunbabin, The Cold War: The Great Powers and their Allies (Harlow: Pearson, 2008) Mary Fulbrook, The People’s State: East German Society from Hitler to Honecker (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005) Timothy Garton Ash, The Polish Revolution: Solidarity (London: Penguin, 1999) Francesca Govi & Silvia Pons (eds.), The Soviet Union and Europe in the Cold War, 1943-53 (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1996) Tony Judt, A History of Europe since 1945 (London: Penguin, 2010) Victor Sebestyen, Twelve Days: The Story of the 1956 Hungarian Revolution (New York: Pantheon Books, 2006)

5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[A HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN COLD WAR|5SSW0011]

Kieran Williams, The Prague Spring and its Aftermath: Czechoslovak Politics, 1968-70 (Cambridge: CUP, 1997) John Young, Cold War Europe 1945-89 (London: Edward Arnold, 1991)

6

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Convener: Office Hours: Contact Details: Timetable:

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Dr Alessio Patalano Please see Departmental webpage Office: K 6.45 | Ext: 2397 | [email protected] | Twitter: @alessionaval Please refer to the online timetable

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES War shaped East Asia’s modern history and defined its emergence in the international system. Since the first half of the 19th century, for one hundred and fifty years, wars of Empire, national survival, civil wars, and total wars, oversaw the emergence of the region’s main modern state actors, their security agendas, and their key political figures. The module aims to examine such transformation through the conflicts that defined Northeast Asian security from the first Opium war to the end of the Cold War. It explores through a series of case studies core issues that affected (and continue to affect) the region, including: the European encroachment in China and the collapse of the Chinese Empire; the rise and fall of Japanese Empire; the emergence of the United States as the main regional power; the consolidation of the Chinese Communist Party in China and of the Kuomintang in Taiwan; the impact of the Cold War on Japanese security; Mao’s China and its role in the Korean and Vietnam wars, the historical origins of maritime territorial disputes. Geographically, the module covers the area of the Eurasian continent stretching from the Sea of Okhotsk to Singapore, with a particular focus on the countries historically influenced by the Chinese civilisation, China, Japan, the two Koreas, Taiwan, and Southeast Asia. In examining the various conflicts, it draws upon the geopolitical notions of continental and maritime East Asia developed by authors like Alfred Mahan, Halford Mackinder, Julian Corbett, and Nicholas Spikman, to offer a wider framework of strategic analysis. For each conflict, the module further investigates the security priorities underpinning national strategies, the impact of key political figures that defined them, and the impact of military modernisation and technology in their pursuit. The aims of the module are:  To examine key events in modern East Asian history as case studies in history and strategic studies.  To develop an understanding of the role of war and conflict in the development of East Asia as a part of the international system. 1

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

 

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

To explore the impact of East Asian maritime geography on national strategies, diplomatic action, and on the preparation and the conduct of war. To understand the roles of personalities, technology, and ideology in the transformation of East Asian state actors, notably China and Japan.

At the end of the module students will have:  Developed a critical approach to strategic issues in the study of East Asia, enabling them to analyse both controversial historical events and the work of the scholars who have written about them.  Acquired analytical skills that will benefit students working on all aspects of International Relations and War Studies, notably empowering them with the ability to assess issues of strategy and security in a specific regional context.  Refined the ability to assess critically the importance of maritime geography in the evolution of the international politics and strategic interactions in East Asia.  Consolidated the knowledge base necessary to engage critically with the role and impact of history on the contemporary security politics of East Asia.  Expanded the understanding of the impact of the Japanese Empire and Communist China on the evolution of East Asian security.

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module will be taught by a combination of 2hrs lectures by Dr Patalano, a 2hr visit to the British Museum, 2hrs seminars with students presentations, a 3hr film screening, some guest lectures, and a final group workshop. Information on other events will be available on the War Studies website in due course. Students are encouraged to take an active role in these activities and those organised by the ASWRG. The module is highly interactive to favour a critical understanding of how the history of war in East Asia is connected to contemporary regional security. For this reason, it includes a guided visit to the Asian collections of the British Museum, a film screening session of a recent East Asian film production focusing on one of the conflicts examined in the module, a series of seminars to debate key security texts relevant to historical topics, and a workshop to examine the origins of maritime territorial disputes in the East China Sea. As East Asia rises to become one of the most economically and militarily significant regions in the world, this module offers a unique opportunity to comprehend the origins of current regional conflict and to critically engage with the question of how the wars of the past live on in the present, informing the evolution of East Asian security landscape. In addition, there are a number of foundations and cultural associations that focus on East Asia, some of the most active involving Anglo-Japanese relations, Korean culture and history, and Chinese culture. The Lau China Institute at King’s College London too organises regular events on various aspects of Chinese social, cultural, and political life. Students with an interest in pursuing further specialisation on the region are encouraged to explore the calendar of activities available across London. In addition, many of the foundations indicated below have regular grant schemes to study and conduct research in East Asia. Please find below a number of websites where you can find relevant information: 2

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

The Japan Society: http://www.japansociety.org.uk/. The Daiwa Anglo-Japanese Foundation: http://www.dajf.org.uk/. The Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation: http://www.gbsf.org.uk/. Korean Cultural Centre: http://london.korean-culture.org/welcome.do. Great Britain China Centre: http://www.gbcc.org.uk/links.aspx. The above list is far from being comprehensive. For additional information, students can also follow Dr Patalano on twitter for events with specific foreign and security relevance. ASSESSMENT METHODS The module is assessed as follow: 10% Class Contribution; 45% 1 x 3,000 word Essay; 45% 1 x 5,000 Workshop Group Project. Class Contribution: This part of the assessment will focus on three items, regular attendance, participation to class discussions based on a critical reading of the weekly compulsory bibliography, and the quality of the presentation(s). Group Project: Members belonging to the same group will receive all the same mark. It is therefore recommended that you seek to organise your group at an early stage of the module to maximise each member’s contribution to the project. Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Essays should not be longer than 3000 words. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Extensions for essays will only be granted for exceptional circumstance. If you require an extension, you will have to make a formal request to the Exam Board Chair – details can be located in your handbook. EXAMS: 3

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Past exam papers. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. COURSE REQUIREMENTS Attendance to class is mandatory and all deadlines are absolute. Students are also strongly encouraged to attend seminars, panel discussions and other activities organised by the Asian Security and Warfare Research Group (ASWRG) and by other research groups within the college dealing with topics pertaining to Asian affairs. Students are expected to attend key departmental events connected to the discipline like the Saki Dockrill Memorial Lecture, and to prepare for each class in advance and to contribute actively to discussions. For each seminar, students will be required to make a presentation aimed at reviewing a core text and prepare to engage in a class debate on a set of questions provided by Dr Patalano at the beginning of the module. The presentations will cover a review the book’s content, core arguments and significance in the existing academic debates as a way to introduce a guided class discussion. In preparation of the final workshop on maritime disputes, before the end of Term 1, students will be divided in small groups and will be assigned specific research questions concerning the historical origins and the development throughout the 1970s of the Sino-Japanese maritime disputes in the East China Sea. Students will be provided with a bibliography on the topic and a series of original documents from American and British archives as a basis for their own research. The projects will be presented and debated in class before the final submission for assessment. Students are encouraged to develop their essay questions in coordination with Dr Patalano. Nonetheless, a list of essay questions is also available below. Essay Questions: a. Did a Bushido code exist? What were its aims? b. Does geography affect strategy in East Asia? Discuss in relation to the Russo-Japanese War and the Pacific War. c. In the 19th century, were the British and French imperial expansions in East Asia different in nature? If so, in what way? d. What were the main differences in the Chinese and Japanese response to western European encroachment in the 19th century? e. How did the creation of modern state institutions in 19 th century Japan for the survival of the archipelago as an independent sovereign state? f. What does the development of the areas of Honk Kong and Fuchou say about the nature and purpose of the British and French imperial expansion in East Asia? g. The Sino-French War was a crucial step in the demise of the Chinese Empire. Discuss. h. What were the main strategic factors that defined Japan’s victory in the Russo-Japanese War? i. Was the 1904-1905 siege of Port Arthur a ‘successful campaign’? 4

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

j. k. l. m. n.

Was the Battle of Tsushima a decisive battle? How so? What were the aims of the Japanese expansion in China in the 1930s? Did Japan possess a grand strategy during the period 1937-1945? Was the Chinese intervention in the Korean War decisive? How so? What were the main strategic considerations underscoring Chinese interventions in the Korean and Vietnam wars? o. Can the ‘Yoshida doctrine’ be considered as a ‘strategy’? What were its pillars? p. How did the US-Japan alliance contribute to American strategy in the Cold War?

5

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

OUTLINE OF LECTURE AND SEMINAR SCHEDULE Term 1 29.09.15 06.10.15 13.10.15 20.10.15 27.10.15 03.11.15 10.11.15

Lecture Introduction: Military History in East Asia Visit to the British Museum -- Reading Week --

17.11.15 24.11.15 01.12.15 08.12.15 Term 2 19.01.16 26.01.16 02.02.16 09.02.16 16.02.16 23.02.16 01.03.16 08.03.16 15.03.16 22.03.16

Geography and Strategy: The Russo-Jpn War Autarchy and Empire: The War in China

Seminar

Who were the Samurai? Security and Survival: The Meiji Restoration Trade and Religion: The Wars of Empire What were the differences in China’s and Japan’s military modernisation?

Did Japan have an imperial ‘grand strategy’? Empire and Collapse: The Pacific War Lecture Great Powers in Asia (Dr Ludwig) The Vietnam Wars (Dr Ludwig) Southeast Asia’s Cold War (Dr Ludwig)

Seminar

TBC Mao, the PLA and the Making of China Strategy and Geopolitics: Japan’s Cold War Makers of Modern East Asia? Mao and Yoshida Film Screening: Yamamoto Isoroku Workshop Tutorials Maritime Disputes Workshop

6

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

GENERAL READING LIST Background Reading on East Asian History:  Fernand Braudel, A History of Civilizations (Penguin, 1993), especially chapters 10-15.  Warren I. Cohen, East Asia at the Centre: Four Thousand Years of Engagement with the World (Columbia UP: 2000), especially chapters 7-14.  Charles Holcombe, A History of East Asia: From the Origins of Civilization to the 21st Century (CUP, 2011), especially chapters 1, and 7-12.  Peter A. Lorge, The Asian Military Revolution: From Gunpowder to the Bomb (CUP: 2008).  Alessio Patalano (ed.), Maritime Strategy and National Security in Japan and Britain: From the First Alliance to Post 9/11 (Brill, 2012). Background Reading on East Asian Geopolitics:  Ralf Emmers, Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia (Routledge, 2012).  John Ferris, ‘The Fulcrum of Power: Britain, Japan and the Asia-Pacific Region, 1880-1945’ in Alessio Patalano (ed.), Maritime Strategy and National Security in Japan and Britain, 19-39.  Robyn Lim, The Geopolitics of East Asia: The Search for Equilibrium (Routledge, 2012).  Donald Macintyre, Sea Power in the Pacific: A History from the 16th Century to the Present Day (Military Book Society, 1972).  Peter J. Woolley, Geography & Japan’s Strategic Choice: From Seclusion to Internationalization (Potomac Books, 2005). Background Reading on Strategy and East Asian Strategic Thinking and Strategy:  John Baylis, J. Wirtz, E. Cohen, and C. Gray (eds.), Strategy in the Contemporary World (OUP, 2002).  Lawrence Freedman, Strategy: A History (OUP, 2013).  Beatrice Heuser, The Evolution of Strategy: Thinking War from Antiquity to the Present (CUP, 2010).  David Jordan, and all (eds.), Understanding Modern Warfare (CUP, 2008).  John Stone, Military Strategy: The Politics and Technique of War (Bloomsbury, 2011). Recommended Reading on Chinese and Japanese Modern and Contemporary History: For short, sharp, and snappy books:  Rana Mitter, Modern China: A Very Short Introduction (OUP: 2008).  Christopher Goto-Jones, Modern Japan: A Very Short Introduction (OUP, 2009). For a less short, but similarly sharp and slightly more in-depth literature:  L.M. Cullen, A History of Japan, 1582-1941 (CUP, 2003).  Andrew Gordon, A Modern History of Japan: From Tokugawa Times to the Present (OUP, 2003).  John Keay, China: A History (Harper Press, 2009).  Jonathan Fenby, The Penguin History of Modern China: The Fall and Rise of a Great Power, 1850 to the Present (Penguin, 2013). Classic Monographs:  Ruth Benedict, The Chrysanthemum and the Sword: Patterns of Japanese Culture (Forwarded by Ian Buruma, Mariner Books 2005, 1sr ed. 1946). 7

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

  

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Ian Buruma, Wages of Guilt (Jonathan Cape, 1994). Rana Mitter, A Bitter Revolution. China’s Struggle with the Modern World (OUP, 2004). Odd Arne Westad, Restless Empire: China and the World since 1750 (Bodley Head, 2012).

Periodicals The following publications are useful and available as E-Journal from King’s Library or on the web, free of charge: The Journal of Contemporary China, East Asian Strategic Review, The Pacific Review, Asian-Pacific Review, China Quarterly, Current History, Cold War History, Comparative Strategy, Diplomatic History, Foreign Affairs, Far Eastern Survey, The International History Review, The Korean Journal of Defence Analysis, The Journal of Cold War Studies, Naval War College Review. Students are also encouraged to consult digital archives accessible through King’s College Library system, as well ass external archives relevant to the module, most notably the Cold War International History Project (http://www.wilsoncenter.org/program/cold-war-international-history-project). Among other resources available online: Japan Focus – The Asia-Pacific Journal, http://www.japanfocus.org/. Russo-Japanese War Research Society, http://www.russojapanesewar.com/. WWII Pacific Battles, http://www.history.navy.mil/special%20highlights/wwiipacific/WWIIPac-index.htm. The Imperial Japanese Navy, http://www.combinedfleet.com/kaigun.htm. Specialist Libraries in London In addition to KCL library, there are three other excellent libraries in London with comprehensive sections on East Asian affairs:  The British Library of Political and Economic Science (ie., the LSE library);  The Library of the School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS);  The Library of the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS). Students will be able to obtain readers tickets for the LSE/SOAS library free of charge, which means that they can use the library but they cannot take books out on loans. Forms to access the libraries can be downloaded from their respective websites. For the IISS library, the Department has institutional membership that usually entitles students to use the library. However, there are fixed numbers of student tickets available, therefore students are strongly advised to go to the departmental office early to have their names included in the list.

8

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

WEEKLY READING LIST The weekly reading list contains core articles that all students are required to read, plus a selection of recommended and additional resources for more in-depth reading and the preparation of essays. Students are nonetheless strongly encouraged to expand their horizons beyond the list below, and conduct their own research.

Term 1 Lecture: Military History in East Asia This is the introduction to the module. The key aims are to introduce the main structure and themes treated in the module, examining specifically the role of war and strategy in East Asian history up to the 18th century. What was the role of war in East Asian society? Core: 1. W.G. Beasley, ‘The Foreign Threat and the Opening of the Ports’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 5, CUP, 1989), 259-306. 2. Oleg Benesch, ‘National Consciousness and the Evolution of the Civil/Martial Binary in East Asia’, Taiwan Journal of East Asian Studies, Vol. 8, 2011:1, 129-171. 3. John K. Fairkank, ‘Maritime and Continental in China’s History’, in J.K. Fairbank and Dennis Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of China (Vol. 12, ‘Republican China: 1912-1949’, Part 1, CUP, 1983), 14-17. 4. Shoji Kawazoe, ‘Japan and East Asia’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 3, CUP, 1990), 396-445. 5. Hans J. van de Ven, ‘War in the Making of Modern China’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 30, 1996:4, 737-756. Recommended:  David A. Graff & Robin Higham (eds.), A Military History of China (Kentucky, 2012).  Bruce Elleman, Modern Chinese Warfare, 1795-1989 (Routledge, 2001).  Karl F. Friday, Samurai, Warfare and the State in Early Medieval Japan (Routledge, 2004).  Peter A. Lorge, The Asian Military Revolution (CUP, 2008), chapters 1-3. Additional:  George A. Ballard, The Influence of the Sea on the Political History of Japan (John Murray, 1921).  Donald Macintyre, Sea Power in the Pacific: A History from the 16th Century to the Present Day (Military Book Society, 1972).  Alfred T. Mahan, The Problem of Asia and its Effects upon International Policies (Kennikat Press, 1970 – First Edition: 1900).  Malcolm D. Kennedy, The Military Side of Japanese Life (London: Constable & Co., 1924).  Inazo Nitobe, Bushido: The Soul of Japan (Echo Library, 2006).  Stephen Turnbull, Pirate of the Far East, 811-1639 (Osprey, 2007).  Stephen Turnbull, Samurai: The World of the Warrior (Osprey, 2006).  Sun Tzu, The Art of War (Shambala, 2005).

9

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Visit to the British Museum During the visit students will be asked to be ready to engage in discussions on the following four themes: a. What were the main characteristics and differences between the Chinese and the Japanese government system in the pre-modern era? b. What was the role of Chinese bureaucracy in Imperial China? c. Who were the Ming, and why are they important? d. What is the ‘Sakoku’? Core:  Charles Holcombe, A History of East Asia: From the Origins of Civilization to the 21st Century (CUP, 2011).

Seminar: Who Were the Samurai? The seminar will address the following two sub-questions: What was the role of the samurai in the development of pre-19th century Japan? What was the significance of the samurai tradition in Meiji Japan? Core: 1. Oleg Benesch, ‘National Consciousness and the Evolution of the Civil/Martial Binary in East Asia’, Taiwan Journal of East Asian Studies, Vol. 8, 2011:1, 129-171. 2. Oleg Benesch, Inventing the Way of the Samurai: Nationalism, Internationalism, and Bushido in Modern Japan (OUP: 2014), chapter 1. 3. Karl F. Friday, ‘Bushido or Bull? A Medieval Historian’s Perspective on the Imperial Army and the Japanese Warrior Tradition’, The History Teacher, Vol. 27, 1994:3, 339-349. 4. Colin Holmes & A.H. Ion, ‘Bushido and the Samurai: Images in British Public Opinion, 1894-1914’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 14, 1980:2, 309-329. As a preliminary core reading students should also try to acquaint themselves with the main texts upon which the literature on the samurai is drawn:  Inazo Nitobe, Bushido: The Soul of Japan (Echo Library, 2006).  Tsunetomo Yamamoto, Hagakure: The Book of the Samurai (Tuttle, 2014). Recommended:  Oleg Benesch, Inventing the Way of the Samurai: Nationalism, Internationalism, and Bushido in Modern Japan (OUP: 2014).  Karl F. Friday, Samurai, Warfare and the State in Early Medieval Japan (Routledge, 2004).

10

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

   

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Robert I. Hellyer, ‘The Missing Pirate and the Pervasive Smuggler: Regional Agency in Coastal Defence, Trade, and Foreign Relations in Nineteenth-Century Japan’, The International History Review, Vol. XXVII, 2005:1, 1-236. Malcolm D. Kennedy, The Military Side of Japanese Life (London: Constable & Co., 1924). Alessio Patalano, Post-war Japan as a Seapower: Imperial Legacy, Wartime Experience and the Making of a Navy (Bloomsbury 2015), chapter 2. W.R. Wilson, ‘The Sea Battle of Dannoura’, American Neptune, Vol. 28, 1968, 206-222.

Additional:  George A. Ballard, The Influence of the Sea on the Political History of Japan (John Murray, 1921).  Marius B. Jansen (ed.), Warrior Rule in Japan (CUP, 1996).  Stephen Turnbull, Pirate of the Far East, 811-1639 (Osprey, 2007).  Stephen Turnbull, Samurai: The World of the Warrior (Osprey, 2006).

Lecture: The Meiji Restoration In this lecture, the focus is the impact of western European encroachment in East Asia on the Japanese security calculus. How did the Japanese view such an expansion? How did they react to it? What type of changes did they consider as necessary to meet the nation’s evolving security environment? Core: 1. Marius B. Jansen, ‘The Meiji Restoration’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 5, CUP, 1989), 308-365. 2. John Curtis Perry, ‘Great Britain and the Emergence of Japan as Naval Power’, Monumenta Nipponica, Vol. 21, 1966:3/4, 305-321. 3. Akira Iriye, ‘Japan’s Drive to Great Power Status’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 5, CUP, 1989), 721-780. 4. Haruo Tohmatsu, ‘Sea Power and Anglo-Japanese Military Relations, 1863-1923’ in Alessio Patalano (ed.), Maritime Strategy and National Security in Japan and Britain, 40-58. Recommended:  Edward J. Drea, Japan’s Imperial Army: Its Rise and Fall, 1853-1945 (Kansas, 2009), chapters 1-4.  David C. Evans, Mark R. Peattie, Kaigun. Strategy, Tactics and Technology in the Imperial Japanese Navy, 18871941 (Naval Institute Press, 1997), chapters 1-2.  Alessio Patalano, Post-war Japan as a Seapower: Imperial Legacy, Wartime Experience and the Making of a Navy (Bloomsbury 2015), chapter 2.  Charles J. Schenking, Making Waves. Politics, Propaganda, and the Emergence of the Imperial Japanese Navy, 1868-1922 (Stanford UP, 2005). Additional:  George A. Ballard, The Influence of the Sea on the Political History of Japan (John Murray, 1921).  David C. Evans, The Satsuma Faction and Professionalism in the Japanese Naval Officer Corps of the Meiji Period, 1868-1912 (Unpublished PhD Dissertation, Stanford University, 1978).  Malcolm D. Kennedy, The Military Side of Japanese Life (London: Constable & Co., 1924).  Stewart Lone, Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan (Routledge: 2010).  Richard J. Samuels, Rich Nation, Strong Army: National Security and the Technological Transformation of Japan (Cornell UP, 1994) chapter 1-3.

11

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16



WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Richard J. Samuels, Machiavelli’s Children: Leaders & Their Legacies in Italy and Japan (Cornell, 2003).

Lecture: The Wars of Empire This lecture focuses on the period from the 1830s until the mid-1880s, when two European powers above all others, Britain and France, sought expansion in East Asia. In particular, the lecture will seek to address the differences in strategies and motivations that underscored such a process. Core: 1. Robert Aldrich, Greater France: A History of French Overseas Expansion (Palgrave, 1996), chapter 2. 2. Rebecca Berens Matzke, Deterrence through Strength: British Naval Power and Foreign Policy under Pax Britannica (Nebraska UP: 2011), chapter 5. 3. John Ferris, ‘The Fulcrum of Power: Britain, Japan and the Asia-Pacific Region, 1880-1945’ in Alessio Patalano (ed.), Maritime Strategy and National Security in Japan and Britain, 19-39. 4. Gerald S. Graham, The Politics of Naval Supremacy: Studies in British Maritime Ascendancy (CUP, 2008). 5. Glenn Melancon, ‘Honour in Opium? The British Declaration of War on China, 1839-1840’, The International History Review, Vol. 21, 1999:4, 855-874. Recommended:  Robert J. Anthony, Like Forth Floating on the Sea: The World of Pirates and Seafarers in Late Imperial South China (Institute of East Asian Studies: 2003).  Robert Bickers, The Scramble for China: Foreign Devils in the Quing Empire, 1832-1914 (Penguin: 2012).  Bruce Elleman, Modern Chinese Warfare, 1795-1989 (Routledge, 2001).  Grace Fox, British Admirals and Chinese Pirates, 1832-1869 (Kegan, Trench, Trubner& Co., 1940).  Gerald Graham, The China Station (Clarendon, 1978). Additional:  Hsin-Pao Chang, Commissioner Lin and the Opium War (Norton Library: 1964).  Andrew Lambert, Admirals (Faber & Faber: 2008).  Julia Lovell, The Opium War (Picador: 2011).  Donald Macintyre, Sea Power in the Pacific: A History from the 16th Century to the Present Day (Military Book Society, 1972).  Dlan H. Murray, Pirates of the South China Sea Coast, 1790-1810 (Stanford UP, 1987).  J. L. Rawlinson, China’s Struggle for Naval Development, 1839-1895 (Harvard UP, 1974).

Seminar: What Were the Differences in China’s and Japan’s Military Modernisation? The seminar will address the following two sub-questions: What was the role of the self-strengthening movement in China’s naval modernisation? What was the significance of the Meiji reforms in the setting up of a modern military? Core: 1. Edward J. Drea, Japan’s Imperial Army: Its Rise and Fall, 1853-1945 (Kansas, 2009), chapter 4. 2. Benjamin A. Elman, ‘Naval Warfare and Refraction of China’s Self-Strneghtening Reforms into Scientific and Technological Failure, 1865-1895’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 38, 2004:2, 283-236.

12

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

3. Allen Fung, ‘Testing the Self-Strengthening: The Chinese Army in the Sino-Japanese War of 1894-95, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 30, 1996:4, 1007-1031. 4. Ian Gow, ‘The Douglas Mission (1873-1879) and Meiji Naval Education’, in J.E. Hoare (ed.), Britain and Japan. Biographical Portraits, Volume III (The Japan Library, 1999), 144-157. 5. John Curtis Perry, ‘Great Britain and the Emergence of Japan as Naval Power’, Monumenta Nipponica, Vol. 21, 1966:3/4, 305-321. Recommended:  David C. Evans, Mark R. Peattie, Kaigun. Strategy, Tactics and Technology in the Imperial Japanese Navy, 18871941 (Naval Institute Press, 1997), chapters 1-2.  David A. Graff & Robin Higham (eds.), A Military History of China (Kentucky, 2012), chapters 8-9.  Immanuel Hsu, ‘The Great Policy Debate in China, 1874: Maritime Defense vs. Frontier Defense’, Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies Vol. 24, 1964:5, 212-28.  Alessio Patalano, Post-war Japan as a Seapower: Imperial Legacy, Wartime Experience and the Making of a Navy (Bloomsbury 2015), chapter 2.  J. L. Rawlinson, China’s Struggle for Naval Development, 1839-1895 (Harvard UP, 1974). Additional:  Bruce Elleman, Modern Chinese Warfare, 1795-1989 (Routledge, 2001).  Stewart Lone, Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan (Routledge: 2010).  S.C.M. Paine, The Sino-Japanese War of 1894-1895: Perceptions, Power, and Primacy (CUP: 2003).  Charles J. Schenking, Making Waves. Politics, Propaganda, and the Emergence of the Imperial Japanese Navy, 1868-1922 (Stanford UP, 2005).

5. Lecture: The Russo-Japanese War In this lecture, the focus shifts to the first conflict between a major European power and an East Asian power. How did Japan secure success? What were the differences in strategy? What did this victory mean for the region? These are the questions at the heart of this session. Core:  Edward J. Drea, Japan’s Imperial Army: Its Rise and Fall, 1853-1945 (Kansas, 2009), chapter 6.  Yoji Koda, ‘The Russo-Japanese War. Primary Causes of Japanese Success’, Naval War College Review, Vol. 58, 2005:2, 10-44.  Bruce Menning, ‘Miscalculating One’s Enemies: Russian Military Intelligence before the Russo-Japanese War’, War in History, Vol. 13, 2006:2, 141-170.  Geoffrey Till, ‘Tsushima and Japan’, RUSI Journal, Vol. 151, 2066:3, 68-73. Recommended:  Julian Corbett, Maritime Operations of the Russo-Japanese War, 1904-1905 (Naval Institute Press: 1994).  Richard Connaughton, The War of the Rising Sun and Tumbling Bear (Routledge: 1988).  David C. Evans, Mark R. Peattie, Kaigun. Strategy, Tactics and Technology in the Imperial Japanese Navy, 18871941 (Naval Institute Press, 1997), chapter 4.  Ian Nish, The Origins of the Russo-Japanese War (Longman: 1985).  Nicholas Papastratigakis, Russian Imperialism and Naval Power: Military Strategy and the Build-Up to the RussoJapanese War (I.B. Tauris, 2011).

13

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Additional:  Rotem Kowner (ed.), The Impact of the Russo-Japanese War (Routledge: 2007).  David Walder, The Short Victorious War: The Russo-Japanese Conflict, 1904-05 (Hutchinson: 1973).  Dennis and Peggy Warner, The Tide at Sunrise (Fletcher & Son: 1974).

6. Lecture: The War in China In the 1930s, Japan’s military activities in China expanded from localised quasi-colonial policing to major war operations. What was the role of the battle for China in Japanese strategy? How did it affect the country’s mobilisation? How did this war change China itself? These are some of the key questions to be explored in this lecture. Core:  Edward J. Drea, Japan’s Imperial Army: Its Rise and Fall, 1853-1945 (Kansas, 2009), chapter 10.  David A. Graff & Robin Higham (eds.), A Military History of China (Kentucky, 2012), chapter 12.  S.C.M. Paine, The Wars for Asia, 1911-1949 (Cambridge UP, 2012), chapter 6.  Mark R. Peattie, The Dragon’s Seed: Origins of the War’, in M. Peattie, E. Drea, & H. Van De Ven, The Battle for China: Essays on the Military History of the Sino-Japanese War of 1937-1945 (Stanford UP, 2011), 48-80.  Jay Taylor, ‘China’s Long War with Japan’ in John Ferris & Evan Mawdsley (eds.), Cambridge History of Second World War (Vol. I, Cambridge University Press, 2015), 51-77. Recommended:  Stephen MacKinnon, ‘The Tragedy of Wuhan, 1938’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 30, 1996:4, 931-943.  Chang Jui-Te, ‘Nationalist Army Officers during the Sino-Japanese War, 1937-1945’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 30, 1996:4, 1033-1056.  Saburō Ienaga, The Pacific War, 1931-1945 (Pantheon Books, 1978).  Lyman P. van Slyke, ‘The Battle of the Hundred Regiments: Problems of Coordination and Control during the Sino-Japanese War’, Modern Asian Studies, Vol. 30, 1996:4, 979-1005. Additional:  Barbara J. Brooks, Japan’s Imperial Diplomacy: Consuls, Treaty Ports, and War in China, 1895 -1938 (Hawaii: 2000).  M. Peattie, E. Drea, & H. Van De Ven, The Battle for China: Essays on the Military History of the Sino-Japanese War of 1937-1945 (Stanford UP, 2011).  Xiaobing Li, A History of the Modern Chinese Amry (Kentucky, 2009), chapter 2.  Rana Mitter, China’s War with Japan, 1937-1945 (Allen Lane, 2013).  Ramon H. Myers & Mark R. Peattie, The Japanese Colonial Empire, 1895-1945 (Princeton UP: 1984).  Takashi Yoshida, The Making of the Rape of Nanking (Oxford UP, 2006).

Seminar: Did Japan have a ‘Grand Strategy? The seminar will address the following two sub-questions: What were the factors that played a negative impact on Japanese strategy? Could Japanese military strategy deliver the country victory in East Asia?

14

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Core: 1. Asada Sadao, ‘From Washington to London: The Imperial Japanese Navy and the Politics of Naval Limitations, 1921-1930’, Diplomacy and Statecraft, Vol. 4, 1993:3, 147-191. 2. Michael A. Barnhart, ‘Japan’s Economic Security and the Origins of the Pacific War’, Journal of Strategic Studies, Vol. 4, 1981:1, 97-124. 3. Yoichi Hirama, Rear Admiral JMSDF (Ret.), ‘Japanese Naval Preparations for World War II’, Naval War College Review, Vol. 94, 1991:2, 63-81. 4. Yoji Koda, ‘A commander’s Dilemma: Admiral Yamamoto and the “Gradual Attrition” Strategy’, Naval War College Review, Vol. 46, 1993:4, 63-74. 5. Alessio Patalano, ‘Feigning Grand Strategy: Japan, 1937-1945’, in John Ferris & Evan Mawdsley (eds.), Cambridge History of Second World War (Vol. I, Cambridge University Press, 2015), 159-188. 6. Haruo Tohmatsu, ‘The Strategic Correlations between the Sino-Japanese and the Pacific Wars’, in Peattie and all, The Battle for China, 423-445. Recommended:  Sadao Asada, From Mahan to Pearl Harbor: The Imperial Japanese Navy and the United States (Naval Institute Press: 2006).  Michael A. Barnhart, Japan Prepares for Total War: The Search for Economic Security, 1919-1941 (Ithaca, NY: Cornell, 1987).  Edward J. Drea, Japan’s Imperial Army: Its Rise and Fall, 1853-1945 (Kansas, 2009), chapter 11.  David Evans, The Japanese Navy in World War II: In the Words of Former Japanese Naval Officers (Naval Institute Press: 1986).  John Ferris, ‘A British “Unofficial” Aviation Mission and Japanese Naval Developments, 1919-1929’, Journal of Strategic Studies, Vol. 5, 1982:3, 416-439.  Ikuhiko Hata, ‘Continental Expansion, 1905-1941’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 6, CUP, 1988), 271-314.  Akira Iriye, The Origins of the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific (Pearson, 1987).  Akira Iriye, Pearl Harbor and the Coming of the Pacific War (St. Martin’s, 1999).  Saburō Ienaga, The Pacific War, 1931-1945 (Pantheon Books, 1978).  H.P. Wilmott, The Barrier and the Javelin: Japanese and Allied Pacific Strategies February - June 1942 (Naval Institute Press: 1983). Additional:  George W. Baer, One Hundred Years of Seapower: The U.S. Navy, 1890-1990 (Stanford UP: 1994).  Frederick R. Dickinson, World War I and the Triumph of a New Japan, 1919-1930 (CUP, 2013).  Donald M. Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, The Pacific War Papers: Japanese Documents of World War II (Potomac Books, 2004).  Edward S. Miller, War Plan Orange: The US Strategy to Defeat Japan, 1897-1945 (Naval Institute Press: 1991).  Mark R. Peattie, Sunburst: The Rise of the Japanese Naval Air Power, 1909-1941 (Naval Institute Press: 2001).  Ronald H. Spector, Eagle against the Sun: The American War with Japan (Viking: 1984).

Lecture: The Pacific War Why did Japan lose the Pacific War? How did the Allied Forces secure victory? Understanding how the war turned against Japan is crucial as it indicates something very important about the nature of the theatre and how strategy in East Asia worked differently than in Europe.

15

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Core: 1. Alvin Coox, ‘The Pacific War’, in J. Hall, M. Jansen, M Kanai, and D. Twitchett (eds.), The Cambridge History of Japan (Vol. 6, CUP, 1988), 315-384. 2. Euan Graham, Japan’s Sea Lanes Security, 1940-2004. A Matter of Life and death? (Routledge, 2006), chapter 3. 3. John T. Kuehn, ‘The war in the Pacific, 1941-1945’, in John Ferris & Evan Mawdsley (eds.), Cambridge History of Second World War (Vol. I, Cambridge University Press, 2015), 420-454. 4. Thomas Mahnken, ‘US Grand Strategy, 1939-1945’, in John Ferris & Evan Mawdsley (eds.), Cambridge History of Second World War (Vol. I, Cambridge University Press, 2015), 189-212. 5. S.C.M. Paine, The Wars for Asia, 1911-1949 (Cambridge UP, 2012), chapter 7. Recommended:  Clay Blair Jr., Silent Victory: The U.S. Submarine War against Japan (Naval Institute Press: 2001, first edition 1975).  Peter S. Dull, A Battle History of the Imperial Japanese Navy, 1941-45 (Naval Institute Press: 1978).  David Evans, The Japanese Navy in World War II: In the Words of Former Japanese Naval Officers (Naval Institute Press: 1986).  Saburo Hayashi & Alvin Coox, Kogun: The Japanese Army in the Pacific War (Marine Corps Association, 1959).  Yoji Koda, ‘A commander’s Dilemma: Admiral Yamamoto and the “Gradual Attrition” Strategy’, Naval War College Review, Vol. 46, 1993:4, 63-74.  John Parshall & Anthony Tully, Shattered Sword. The Untold Story of the Battle of Midway (Potomac: 2005). Additional:  George W. Baer, One Hundred Years of Seapower: The U.S. Navy, 1890-1990 (Stanford UP: 1994).  Donald M. Goldstein and Katherine V. Dillon, The Pacific War Papers: Japanese Documents of World War II (Potomac Books, 2004).  Arthur Marder, Old Friends, New Enemies: The Royal Navy and the Imperial Japanese Navy (2 Vols., Oxford UP: 1981).  Samuel E. Morison, History of the United States naval operations in WWII, Volume 3 – The Rising Sun in the Pacific, 1931/April 1942 (Little Brown: 1947).  Mark P. Parillo, The Japanese Merchant Marine in World War II (Naval Institute Press: 1993).  Mark R. Peattie, Sunburst: The Rise of the Japanese Naval Air Power, 1909-1941 (Naval Institute Press: 2001).  H.P. Wilmott, The Barrier and the Javelin: Japanese and Allied Pacific Strategies February - June 1942 (Naval Institute Press: 1983).

Term 2 --- Guest Lecture Sessions --Lecture: Great Powers in Asia, 1945-1991 (Dr Ludwig) Core: 1. Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (Routledge; 2 edition 2008), 253-268; 357-372. 2. Odd Arne Westad, “The Great Transformation: China in the 1970s,” in Niall Ferguson (eds.), The Shock of the Global (Belknap, 2010). 3. John L. Gaddis, We Now Know (1997), 54-84.

16

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

4. Michael M. Sheng, “Mao and China's Relations with the Superpowers in the 1950s,” Modern China vol. 34, no. 4 (October 2008), 477-507. 5. Evelyn Goh, “Nixon, Kissinger, and the “Soviet Card” in the U.S. Opening to China, 1971–1974,” Diplomatic History, Vol. 29, No. 3 (June 2005). Additional:  Chen Jian, “The Myth of America’s “Lost Chance” in China,” Diplomatic History, Vol. 21, No. 1 (Winter 1997).  M.Y. Prozumenschikov, “The Sino-Indian Conflict, the Cuban Missile Crisis, and the Sino-Soviet Split, October 1962: New Evidence from the Russian Archives,” Cold War International History Project Bulletin, http://www.claudearpi.net/maintenance/uploaded_pics/Cuba_and_SinoIndian_conflict.pdf  Odd Arne Westad, Brothers in Arms: The Rise and Fall of the Sino-Soviet Alliance, 1945-1963 (Stanford University Press, 1998).  Sergey S. Radchenko, “The Soviets’ Best Friend In Asia: The Mongolian Dimension Of The Sino-Soviet Split,” CWIHP Working Paper No. 42, November 2003, https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/ACF4CA.pdf  Dong Wang, “The Quarrelling Brothers: New Chinese Archives and a Reappraisal of the Sino-Soviet Split, 19591962,” CWIHP Working Paper No. 49, https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/WP49DW_rev.pdf  Yang Kuisong, “The Sino-Soviet Border Clash of 1969,” Cold War History, vol. 1, no. 1 (August 2000), 21-52.  W. Burr, “Sino-American Relations, 1969: The Sino-Soviet Border War and Steps Towards Rapprochement,” Cold War History, vol. 1, no. 3 (2001).  Amardeep Athwal, “The United States and the Sino-Soviet Split,” The Journal of Slavic Military Studies vol. 17, no. 2 (2004).  Nancy Bernkopf Tucker, “Taiwan Expendable? Nixon and Kissinger Go to China” The Journal of American History vol. 92 no. 1 (2005), pp. 109-135.

Lecture: The Vietnam Wars, 1945-1975 (Dr Ludwig) Core: 1. Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (Routledge; 2 edition 2008), pp. 295-312. 2. Edward Miller, Misalliance (Harvard, 2013), pp. 1-8. 3. Mark Moyar, Triumph Forsaken (Cambridge 2006), pp. xi-xxiii. 4. Paul Kennedy, “The Impact of Vietnam on America's World Role,” in Robert J. McMahon, ed., Major Problems in the History of the Vietnam War (any edition). 5. Walter LaFeber, “The United States and Vietnam: The Enemies,” in David L. Anderson and John Ernst, eds., The War That Never Ends: New Perspectives on the Vietnam War, tinyurl.com/pjc5ylu Additional:  Lien-Hang Nguyen, “The War Politburo: North Vietnam’s Diplomatic and Political Road to the Tet Offensive,” Journal of Vietnamese Studies, vol. 1, no 1, pp. 4–58.  Edward Miller, “Vision, Power and Agency: The Ascent of Ngo Dinh Diem, 1945–54,” Journal of Southeast Asian Studies, 35 (3), pp 433–458 October 2004  Edward Miller, “War Stories: The Taylor-Buzzanco Debate and How We Think about the Vietnam War,” Journal of Vietnamese Studies Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 453-484.  Ronald B. Frankum, “Vietnam During the Rule of Ngo Dinh Diem1954-1963,” in David L. Anderson and John Ernst, eds., The War That Never Ends: New Perspectives on the Vietnam War, tinyurl.com/o78o8y9  Gary R. Hess, With Friends Like These: Waging War and Seeking More Flags,” in David L. Anderson and John Ernst, eds., The War That Never Ends: New Perspectives on the Vietnam War, tinyurl.com/pk9ed9n

17

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

           

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Zach Fredman, “The Specter of an Expansionist China: Kennedy Administration Assessments of Chinese Intentions in Vietnam,” Diplomatic History (2014) 38 (1): 111-136. Chen Jian, "China and the First Indo-China War, 1950-54," The China Quarterly, No. 133 (March 1993), pp. 85110. Chen Jian, “China's Involvement in the Vietnam War, 1964-69,” The China Quarterly, No. 142 (Jun., 1995), pp. 356-387. Xiaoming Zhang, “The Vietnam War, 1964-1969: A Chinese Perspective, The Journal of Military History 60 (October 1996): 731-62 Xiaoming Zhang, “China's involvement in Laos during the Vietnam War, 1963-1975,” The Journal of Military History 66.4 (Oct 2002): 1141-1166. Xiaoming Zhang, “China’s 1979 War with Vietnam: A Reassessment,” The China Quarterly, 2005. Mark Atwood Lawrence and Fredrik Logevall, eds., The First Vietnam War: Colonial Conflict and Cold War Crisis (Harvard, 2007). Edward Miller, Misalliance (Harvard, 2013) Mark Moyar, Triumph Forsaken (Cambridge 2006) George C. Herring, America's Longest War: The United States and Vietnam, 1950-1975, 5th Edition, (McGrawHill, 2013). Cheng Guan Ang, Southeast Asia and the Vietnam War (Routledge, 2009). Laura M. Calkins, China and the First Vietnam War, 1947-54 (Routledge, 2013).

Southeast Asia (1945-1991) Core: 1. Anthony Best, Jussi Hanhimaki, Joseph A Maiolo, Kirsten E. Schulze, International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond (Routledge; 2 edition 2008), pp. 250-3. 2. Stein Tønnesson, “War and Peace Between Nations Since 1945,” in Norman G. Owen, ed., Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian History (2013), pp. 96-103 3. John Roosa, “Separatism, Civil War, and Genocide,” in Owen, op cit. 4. Sophie Quinn-Judge, “The Cold War in Southeast Asia,” in Owen, op cit. 5. Ann Marie Murphy and Bridget Welsh, eds., Legacy of Engagement in Southeast Asia (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, 2008), pp. 249-265 6. Amitav Acharya, The Making of Southeast Asia: international relations of a region (Cornell, 2013), ch 4.

Additional:  Paul Kratoska, “Dimensions of Decolonization,” in Marc Frey, Ronald W. Pruessen and Tai Yong Tan, eds., The Transformation of Southeast Asia: International Perspectives on Decolonization (M.E. Sharpe, 2003).  David P. Chandler and David Joel Steinberg, In Search of Southeast Asia: A Modern History (University of Hawaii Press, 1987), Ch 40.  J. Stockwell, “Southeast Asia in War and Peace: The End of European Colonial Empires,” in Nicholas Tarling, ed., The Cambridge History of Southeast Asia Volume 2 (Cambridge, 1993).  Yong Mun Cheong, “The Political Structures of the Independent States,” in Nicholas Tarling, ed., The Cambridge History of Southeast Asia Volume 2 (Cambridge, 1993).  Clive J. Christie, A Modern History of Southeast Asia: Decolonization, Nationalism and Separatism (I.B.Tauris, 1998), Ch 10.

18

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

    

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Ilya V. Gaiduk, “Soviet Cold War Strategy and Prospects of Revolution in Southeast Asia,” in Christopher E. Goscha and Christian F. Ostermann, eds., Connecting Histories: Decolonization and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, 1945–1962 (Stanford, 2009) Kimie Hara, “Rethinking the ‘Cold War’ in the Asia-Pacific,” The Pacific Review Vol. 12, Iss. 4, 1999 Shaun Narine, “Forty years of ASEAN: a historical review,” The Pacific Review Vol. 21, Iss. 4, 2008 Hari Singh, “Vietnam and ASEAN: The politics of accommodation,” Australian Journal of International Affairs Vol. 51, Iss. 2, 1997 Chin Kin Wah, “ASEAN: The long road to “One Southeast Asia”” Asian Journal of Political Science Vol. 5, Iss. 1, 1997

Seminar:

TBC (Dr Ludwig)

--- End of Guest Lecture Sessions ---

Lecture: Japan in the Cold War In the Cold War, the US presence in the Western Pacific became a core element in the country’s ability to implement its strategy in the region. Within this context, Japan contributed to the confrontation with the Soviet Union in a substantial way. How did Japan come to play this role? How did the country shape its national strategy? How did the archipelago come to matter? These questions will inform the lecture. Core: 1. Tetsuo Kotani, ‘Presence and Credibility: Homeporting the USS Midway at Yokosuka’, The Journal of AmericanEast Asian Relations, Vol.15, 2008, 51-82. 2. Alessio Patalano, Post-war Japan as a Sea Power: Imperial Legacy, Wartime Experience and the Making of a Navy (Bloomsbury), 2015, chapter 6. 3. Alessio Patalano, ‘Japan’s Maritime Past, Present and Future’, in Geoffrey Till & Patrick Bratton, Sea Power In the Asia-Pacific: The Triumph of Neptune? (Routledge, 2011), 93-110. Recommended:  James E. Auer, The Post-war Rearmament of Japanese Maritime Forces, 1945-71 (Preager, 1973).  Thomas U. Berger, ‘From Sword to Chrysanthemum: Japan’s Culture of Anti-Militarism’, International Security, Vol. 17, 1993:4, 119-150.  Euan Graham, Japan’s Sea Lanes Security, 1940-2004. A Matter of Life and death? (Routledge, 2006), chapters 45.  Alessio Patalano, ‘Shielding the “Hot Gates”: Submarine Warfare and Japanese Naval Strategy in the Cold War and Beyond, 1976-2006’, Journal of Strategic Studies, 31:6 (2008), 859-895. Additional:  Kevin Cooney, Japan’s Foreign Policy since 1945 (M.E. Sharpe, 2007).  Christopher W. Hughes, Japan’s Re-emergence as a ‘Normal’ Military Power (Adelphi Paper No. 368-9, Routledge for IISS, 2004).  Makoto Iokibe (ed.), The Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan (Translated and Annotated by R.D. Eldridge, Abingdon, OX: Routledge, 2010).  Hisahiko Okazaki, A Grand Strategy for Japanese Defense (University Press of America, 1986).  Kenneth B. Pyle, Japan Rising: The Resurgence of Japanese Power and Purpose (Public Affairs, 2008).

19

[6SSW3018 (FULL YEAR)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

 

WAR & STRATEGY IN EAST ASIA

Richard J. Samuels, Securing Japan. Tokyo’s Grand Strategy and the Future of East Asia (Cornell, 2007). Peter J. Woolley, Japan’s Navy: Politics and Paradox, 1971-2000 (Lynne Rienner, 2000).

Seminar: Makers of Modern East Asia? Mao Zedong and Yoshida Shigeru The seminar will address the following two sub-questions: How did Mao shape China’s security policy in the Cold war? How significant was the Yoshida doctrine for post-war Japan? Core (Please chose one of the following two monographs): John Dower, Empire and Aftermath: Yoshida Shigeru and the Japanese Experience (Harvard UP, 1979). Jung Chang and Jon Halliday, Mao: The Unknown Story (Vintage, 2007). Recommended: Chen Jian, Mao’s China & the Cold War (Chapel Hill, 2001). Ellis Joffe, The Chinese Army after Mao (CUP, 1987). Christopher W. Hughes, Japan’s Re-emergence as a ‘Normal’ Military Power (Adelphi Paper No. 368-9, Routledge for IISS, 2004). Kenneth B. Pyle, Japan Rising: The Resurgence of Japanese Power and Purpose (Public Affairs, 2008). Richard J. Samuels, Securing Japan. Tokyo’s Grand Strategy and the Future of East Asia (Cornell, 2007).

Film Screening Background Reading Core: Specific on the question of the memorialisation of the Imperial Navy in Japan’s post-war public memory: 1. Alessio Patalano, ‘A Symbol of Tradition and Modernity: Ito Masanori and the Legacy of the Imperial Navy in the Early Post-war Rearmament Process’, Japanese Studies, Vol. 34, 2014:1, 61-82. Additional: For a broader literature on the question of the legacy of the past in East Asian public memory:  Ian Buruma, Wages of Guilt. Memories of War in Germany and Japan (Jonathan Cape, 1994).  John Breen, Yasukuni, the War Dead and the Struggle for Japan’s Past (Hurst, 2007).  Yoichi Funabashi (ed.) Reconciliation in the Asia-Pacific (United States Institute of Peace Press, 2003).  Marc Gallicchio (ed.), The Unpredictability of the Past: Memories of the Asia-Pacific War in U.S.-East Asian Relations (Duke University Press, 2007).  Sheila Miyoshi Jager & Rana Mitter, Ruptured Histories: War, Memory, and the Post-Cold War in Asia (Harvard University Press, 2007).  Philip A. Seaton, Japan’s Contested War Memories (Routledge, 2007).  Franziska Seraphitn, War, Memorial and Social Politics in Japan, 1945-2005 (Harvard University Press, 2006).  Yuki Tanaka, Japan’s Comfort Women, Sexual Slavery and Prostitution during World War II and the US occupation (Routledge, 2002).  Takashi Yoshida, The Making of the Rape of Nanking: History and Memory in Japan, China, and the United States (Oxford University Press, 2006).  Yoshiaki Yoshimi, Sexual Slavery in the Japanese Military during World War II, (Columbia University Press, 1995).

20

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Lecturer: Office hours: Teaching Assistants: Timetable:

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Dr Simon Anglim| [email protected]| tbc tbc timetables are subject to change (https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws/SDB1415RDB/)

Course Aims and Objectives:

War and Society is an optional module in War Studies whose purpose is to provide students with an understanding of key issues in philosophical, historical and sociological approaches to the study of war and the military establishment in their social context and come to a clearer understanding of the relationship between armed forces and the societies they protect and how this may be affected by various political and historical factors. This is an approach to war studies that was pioneered by Sir Michael Howard in such works as War in European History (Oxford UP1976) and War and the Liberal Conscience Oxford UP 1978). The aim of the philosophical aspects of the module is to explore the challenges to moral thinking about war, particularly those posed by realism and moral scepticism; and to determine how ethical reasoning can help in assessing the morality of war, including the contribution of just war thinking and the role played by the virtues in military life. Just war thinking, as developed, is then applied to address contemporary security challenges. The aim of the sociological aspect of the module is to describe and explain the main changes in the relationships between warfare, armed forces and society that have occurred since the 'military revolution' in Western Europe during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. It focuses on the links between military organisation and the rise of the modern nation state. Throughout, the importance of multi-disciplinary approaches to the subject is emphasised, not least the relationship between philosophical, historical and sociological perspectives. This is reflected in the integration of these approaches in the analysis of various topics including the debates on key issues in War and Society that occur at regular intervals in the module.

Learning Outcomes

The aim of the more philosophical topics in the module is to provide students with an understanding of: The key challenges to moral thinking about war and how these can be met by the development of a robust framework for the ethical evaluation of war; An appreciation of the role of just war thinking in the critical examination of war and of the importance of the virtues in military life; Through selected case studies, how to analyse and evaluate critically the morality of past, present and prospective military conflicts. The more sociological and historical topics in the module are designed to provide students with a working knowledge of the following themes: The 'military revolution' and the formation of the military profession; The links between the military profession and the development of the modern nation state; An introduction to issues in civil-military relations and the political role of the military; The impact of the democratic and industrial revolutions on the relations between armed forces and society. The changing character of war and its implications for how we think about war and society in the twenty-first century. While the lectures are focused initially on Western Europe, evidence is also drawn from non-European societies. 1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Reading before you join the module

It is not assumed that you will read items on the reading list before the module begins. But you are of course very welcome to do so. A good source to start on the sociological and historical themes is The Soldier and the State by Samuel Huntington; and on the philosophical issues Morality and War: Can War be Just in the Twenty-First Century by David Fisher. For those with an interest in war and society in light of events on and since 9/11 see James Burk[Ed], How 9/11 Changed our Ways of War, Stanford University Press, 2013.

Teaching Arrangements:

The module is taught through weekly lectures, including debates and discussions, and bi-weekly seminars. MODULE ASSESSMENT BA Students (5SSW2002) The module will be assessed by a three hour, undivided exam at the end of the year. However, you are required to write three non-assessed essays during the course of the year, details below. SA Fall Students (5SSWF005) must complete 2 essays (max. 3,000 words each) which should be submitted by Friday 11th December 2015 (no exam). SA Spring Students (5SSWS005) must complete 1 essay (max. 3,000 words) by Friday 1 April, 2016 which counts as 50% of the final grade and 1 two-hour examination at the end of the year which counts as 50% of the final grade. SA Full Year Students are assessed in the same way as BA students and must also write the three non-assessed essays. Essays must also be submitted by the due dates above. Late essays will not be accepted, and will receive an automatic mark of 0. An electronic copy of the essay must be submitted on KEATS (KCL e-learning platform). Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx EXTENSIONS | KEATS | EXAMS FAQ Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Hence, please submit ahead of schedule and leave enough time (if you run into computer problems) to drop by the administrative office with an accessible soft copy of your essay to be uploaded to KEATS before the deadline. Extensions for essays will only be granted for exceptional circumstance. If you require an extension, you will have to make a formal request to the Exam Board Chair, Dr Deyermond and submit the essay extension form [downloaded from the dept. webpage] plus evidence or medical certification as appropriate as a scanned document. It is essential that all documents are included in one email. Please cc the UG programme Office, Lynn Mutembei to this email. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers are available on the department website. Please follow the link from the internal department web page to: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Undergraduate | Past exam papers

2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Module Requirements: You will be assigned to a seminar group: from A-C. One of your essays will be a seminar paper to be delivered, or available for discussion, in your group. Your group and seminar will be assigned when you join the module. Your other seminar essay(s) if any may be on any of the topics in the module programme apart from your seminar topic. You are welcome to suggest other topics to the teaching staff, but you may not use any title which has not been approved by us. You are welcome to attend seminars for groups other than your own but do not do this instead of attending your own group's seminars. Follow exactly the title which you have chosen, since the ability to answer the question set is one which this module is designed to encourage.

Seminar Questions 1 Discuss the relationship between the development of the military profession and that of the modern state 2 Are mass armed forces in decline? If so, why? 3 Can the military be a-political? Should it be? 4 In what ways and why has media coverage of war and armed conflict changed since the Crimean and U.S Civil Wars? 5 Why do people join insurgencies? 6 Should governments ignore morality when considering the use of force in pursuit of state policy in international affairs? 7 Does the military need ‘virtues’ and, if so, what virtues does it need? 8 What is wrong with torture? 9 Was the Iraq war of 2003 just? 10 Is liberal interventionism dead?

Essay deadlines for handing in essays other than your seminar paper: last day of first term and last day of second term. These can be given straight to me, including by email. The seminar paper should be given to me by the seminar following the one in which that particular question is discussed, even if you have not presented on that particular subject that week. All of your essays must be handed in on time. Give yourself plenty of time to find and read the necessary books and articles - you may need, for example, to spend several hours working in KCL and LSE libraries. In the unlikely event that you find yourself suffering from panic or "writer's block" hand in something, however inadequate you believe it to be. If you do not understand any of the module material, consult the lecturing staff. If you are experiencing difficulties with essay writing, consult the academic staff who are running the module called "The Art of War Studies". If there are any other types of query, consult your tutor, the senior tutor or any other member of staff. Essay length: the best seminar papers are the ones which you can read to a seminar group in 20 minutes, in a clear voice without rushing. Find out how many words this means for you. Your other two essays should be long enough to cover the question without padding or unnecessary detail. They will not usually need to be longer than your seminar paper. 3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Maximum essay length is 3000 words. Don’t exceed this! And remember that in the exam you will be required to write three one-hour essays in longhand. Towards the end of the second semester you would be well advised to write practice essays of this length. If you normally use a word processor, make sure that your handwriting is quick and legible. Discuss any problems about this with your tutor. If you are dyslexic, inform the Senior Tutor at once. Students should note that attendance at seminars, tutorials etc. is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed and over length work will result in penalties being applied. A failure to submit all work in fulfilment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the sections on submission of work, attendance and student progress in the Student Handbook.

What to Expect in ‘War and Society’ seminars What is a seminar group? The students attending the module will be divided into three seminar groups, A-C. Each of these groups will meet five times in each semester, making a total of ten meetings throughout the academic year, the schedule of the meetings can be found in the syllabus. In each meeting, one of you will present a paper or essay on one of the 10 Seminar questions listed in the syllabus, followed by a discussion on that subject. Please note that note that each meeting has a designated question. Presenters can volunteer to present at the start of the term and until all slots are filled, but be warned that if some slots remain unfilled after a certain time I may have to allocate people.

What is the seminar essay? During the academic year you will be asked to write three essays, dates and deadline appear in the syllabus. One of these three essays is a seminar essay – this is an essay you are asked to present to the group on the specific seminar question designated for that date. The presentation should take about 15-20 minutes and in each meeting up to three students will present. The syllabus lists the relevant reading material for each seminar question; you are expected to use this material when preparing all three essays. The schedule of the presentations will be read out in the second lecture of the year, make sure you note the date and subject of your seminar essay carefully. If you are not clear about when to present and on which question please ask the Teaching Assistant. You are asked to hand in the other two essays to the department.

The debate In each seminar meeting we will hold a debate around the main arguments made in the presentations. Students are encouraged to participate in the debate and voice their own opinions and thoughts, based on the presentation, the reading material and of course current news and events. The main aim here is to think about the arguments made and analyse them. Keep in mind - there are no wrong or right opinions and yours is just as valid as anyone else’s, provided you have thought it through and are prepared to back it up with some evidence. Also keep in mind that you will HAVE to do 4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

at least some of the set reading throughout both terms in order to get full benefit from the course and be prepared properly for the exam. I don’t expect you to read every single work on the reading list, but I do expect you to read some of them!

LECTURE SCHEDULE Lectures start with an introduction on 21st September - it is essential that you attend this, as further arrangements for the rest of the course will be made here. Autumn Term 2015 1. Introduction, course arrangements 2. Did the modern state create the modern military profession? 3. What does the rise of mass armed forces in the 19th century tell us about modern war and the modern state? 4. Have mass armed forces been in terminal decline since the mid-20th century, and is this a global phenomenon? 5. Debate – Should we bring back national service/conscription? 6. Should soldiers keep out of politics? 7. The media and war since the 19th century 8. Debate – the role of the media in war 9. Discipline and combat cohesion. What keeps soldiers fighting and has this changed along with society? 10. Debate – is there still a place for ‘warriors’ in modern war? 11. Society and War – evolving attitudes to the dead, the wounded and the broken 12. Debate with guest speakers - What do societies owe their soldiers?

Spring Term 2016

1. Insurgencies, ‘Wars among the people’ and their impact on societies 2. What virtues should soldiers have? 3. Leadership, discipline and ethics under fire – Colonel David Benest on 2 Para in the Falklands. 4. War without morality – an examination of realism. 5. The Just War Tradition 6. The Just War Tradition applied to Iraq in 1991 and 2003 7. Debate – how just are Western actions against ISIS and in Ukraine? 5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

8. Drone strikes and assassinations – what are the moral implications? 9. The‘t’ word – what is torture, and can it ever be justified? 10. Is liberal intervention dead? Was it ever alive in the first place? 11. Debate – Is the age of intervention over? 12. Revision session (may be postponed to the Spring Term, according to schedule)

SEMINAR SCHEDULE Seminars for Winter Semester Week (week beginning 5 October 2015): All groups do Question 1 Week beginning 19 October: All groups do Question 2 Week beginning 2 November: All groups do Question 3 Week beginning 16 November: All groups do Question 4 Week beginning 30 November: All groups do Question 5 Seminars for Spring Semester Week beginning 18 January 2016: All groups do Question 6 Week beginning 1 February: All groups do Question 7 Week beginning 15 February: All groups do Question 8 Week beginning 29 February: All groups do Question 9 Week beginning 14 March: All groups do Question 10

Lecture and Seminar Topics:

1. Introduction and overview

2. Did the state create the modern military profession? *Cooper, Robert, The Breaking of Nations: order and chaos in the 21: Century, New York: Atlantic Books 2005. *Dandeker, C., “Surveillance and Military Transformation: organizational trends in 21c century armed services”, in The Politics of the New surveillance, eds. R. Ericson and K. Haggerty, University of Toronto Press 2006.

6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

*S. P. Huntington, The Soldier and the State, The Theory and Politics of Civil-Military Relations, Harvard Belknap Press 1957, 7-97. M. S. Anderson, War And Society in Europe of the Old Regime 1618-1789 Stroud, Sutton: Fontana, 1988. 13-156. *S. E. Finer, State and Nation-building in Europe; the role of the military in C. Tilly (Ed) The Formation of National States in Western Europe, New Jersey, Princeton University Press, 1975, 84-163. Heuser, Beatrice, Wars since 1945:An Introduction, in:Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History, Online-Ausgabe, 2 (2005) G.Teitler, The Genesis of the Professional Officers' Corps. Beverly Hills; London: Sage Publications, 1977, 1-44. *B. Porter, War and the Rise of the State: The Military Foundations of Modern Politics, New York, the Free Press, 1994. Bobbitt, Phillip. The Shield of Achilles: War, Peace, and the Course of History. New York: Anchor, 2003: 5-20; 69-344. Holsti, Kalevi. The State, War, and the State of War. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 41-80. Howard, Michael. War and the Liberal Conscience. New York: Columbia University Press, 2008 Shaw, Martin, The New Western way of War: Risk-Transfer War and its Crisis in Iraq, London: Polity 2005. *Smith, Rupert, The Art of War in the Modern World, London: Allen Lane 2005. H. Strachan, European Armies and the Conduct of War, London, Routledge 1983, 8-37. J. A. A. Van Doorn, The Soldier and the Social Change: Comparative Studies in the History and Sociology of the Military, Beverly Hills, Calif. Sage Publications, 1975, 17-33. J. R. Hale War and Society in Renaissance Europe 1450-1620, Fontana with University of Leicester Press, 1985, 13-74; 127-178. *C. Tilly, Coercion Capital and European States 990-1990, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1990 67-126 *C.Dandeker, Surveillance Power and Modernity, Polity Press Blackwell Oxford, 1990 66-109. G. Harries-Jenkins, The Concept of Military Professionalism, Defense Analysis 6.2.1990. 117-130. S.C. Sarkesian, Beyond the Battlefield: the New Military professionalism, New York: Pergamon Press, 1981

3. What does the rise of the mass armed force during the nineteenth century tell us about warfare and the nationstate? *M. Howard, War in Europe in European History, London: Oxford University Press, 1976 75-135. M. Levi, Consent, Dissent and Patriotism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press 1997 M. Mann, States, War and Capitalism, Oxford: Blackwell, 1988, 166-209.

7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

J Burk, Military Mobilisation in Modern Western Societies, in G Caforio Handbook of Military Sociology, Kluwer Press, 2003, 111-130. *B. Bond, War & Society in Europe 1870-1970. Leicester University Press with Fontana, 1983, 23-55. *T. Ropp, War in the Modern World, New York: Collier-Macmillan 1959, 1962. 143-238. G. Kolko, Century of War, New Press New York 1996. 3-86; 124-138. R. O'Connell, Of Arms and Men - A History of War, Weapons and Aggression, Oxford University Press, 1989, 189-310. C. Dandeker, Surveillance Power and Modernity Polity Press, 1990, 80-109. M. Pearton, The Knowledgeable State: Diplomacy, War and Technology Since 1830, London: Burnett Books, 1982, 53154. N. Ferguson, The Pity of War, London: Penguin 1998, 1-55, 82-247. *B. R Posen, Nationalism, the Mass Army and Military Power, International Security, Vol. 18, No 2, Fall 1993, 80-124. E. Weber, Peasants into Frenchmen: The Modernization of Rural France, 1870-1914, Stanford University Press, Calif, 1976. R. R. Krebs, A School for the Nation: How Military Service Does Not Build Nations and How it Might. International Security, Vol. 28, No 4, Spring 2004, 85-124. A.Vagts, A History of Militarism, Norton and Company 1939, 41-292. M. D Feld, Military Professionalism and the Mass Army, Armed Forces & Society Winter vol. 1 no. 2 191-214, 1975.

4. Have mass armed forces been in terminal decline since the mid-20th century, and, if so, is this a Western or a global trend? **J. Burk, The Decline of Mass Armed Forces and Compulsory Military Service Defense Analysis, 8 1992 45-59 * P. Manigart, Mass Armed Forces in Decline in L Freedman (Ed) War, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 130-132 M. Janowitz, Military Institutions and Citizenship in Western Societies, Armed Forces and Society, 2: 2 February 1976, reprinted in J Burk (ed) Morris Janowitz and Social Control, University of Chicago Press, 1991, 223-238. M. Janowitz, The Decline of the Mass Army, Military Review, February 1972, 10-17. M. Janowitz, US Forces and the Zero Draft, Adelphi Paper No 94 1973. *J. Van Doorn, The Decline of the Mass Army in the West - General Reflections, Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 1 no 2 February 1975 147-157, (JSTOR and Photocopy in Library collection) C. M. Kelleher Mass Armies in the 1970s Armed Forces and Society 5 November 1978, 3-30. G. Harries-Jenkins From Conscription to Volunteer Armies, Adelphi Paper No 103. 1973. M. Janowitz and C. Moskos, Five Years of the All-Volunteer Force 1973-78, Armed Forces & Society 5.2.1979.171-218. 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

L. V. Scott, Conscription and the Attlee Governments: The Politics and Policy of National Service, 1945-1951, Oxford, Clarendon 1993, 46-96 M. Martin, Conscription and the Decline of the Mass Army in France 1960-1975, Armed Forces and Society 3, May 1977, 355-406. *E. Cohen, Citizens and Soldiers: The Dilemmas of Military Service, Cornell University Press, 1985, Chapters 1-3. *D. Segal, Recruiting for Uncle Sam: Citizenship and Military Manpower Policy, University of Kansas Press, 17-76; 149-177. **K. Haltiner, The Definite End of the Mass Army in Europe? Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 25, No1, Fall 1998, 7-36 **K. Haltiner and T. Tresch, From Conscription Based Defence to Volunteer-Based Constabulary Forces: European Defence Integration and Mission Change as Driving Factors for the end of Conscription in Europe, in K. Michael, D. Kellen and E. Ben Ari, The Transformation of War and Peace Support Operations, Praeger, 2009, 39-52. *M. Shaw, Post-Military Society Polity Press 1991, 64-108. *J. Burk, Thinking Through The End of the Cold War in J Burk(ed) The Military in New Times: Adjusting Armed Forces to a Turbulent World, Boulder Colorado, Westview, 1994. M. Shaw, The New Western way of War: Risk-Transfer War and its Crisis in Iraq, London: Polity 2005. P. W. Singer, Corporate Warriors: The Rise of the Privatized Military Industry and its Ramifications for International Security, International Security, Winter 2001/2 Vol. 26 No 3, 186-220. Also, idem, Corporate Warriors, Cornell University Press, 2003. A King, The Transformation of Europe’s Armed Forces: From the Rhine to Afghanistan, Cambridge University Press, 2011 Anthony Forster, Armed Forces and Society in Europe, Palgrave Macmillan 2005. James Burk, How 9/11 Changed our Ways of War, Stanford University Press, 2013.

5. Class Debate – Should we bring back conscription?

6. Should soldiers stay out of politics? *S. P. Huntington, The Soldier and the State, The Theory and Politics of Civil-Military Relations, Harvard Belknap Press 1957, 7-97; 222-269; 315-373; 456-468, 345-468 *M. Janowitz The Professional Soldier, Free Press Glencoe, 1964, 283-442 S. P. Huntington The Common Defence NY Columbia 1961 S. P. Huntington The Soldier and the State in the 1970’s in A J Goodpaster and S P Huntington, Civil-Military Relations Washington American Enterprise Institute 1977 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

A.D. Larson, Military professionalism and Civil Control: a Comparative Analysis of Two Interpretations, Journal of Political and Military Sociology, 1974 57-72 (photocopies Available and on JSTOR search) C. Gibson and D. M. Snider Civil-Military Relations and the Ability to Influence: A look at the National Security Decision making Process, Armed Forces and Society Winter 1999 194 218. *P. D. Feaver The Civil-Military Problematique: Huntington, Janowitz and the Question of Civilian Control, Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 23, No, 2 Winter, 149-78. W. B. Skelton, Samuel P Huntington and the Roots of the American Military Tradition, The Journal of Military History, Vol. 60, 2 April 1996, 325-28. *Suzanne C Nielsen, Review Article: American civil–military relations today: the continuing relevance of Samuel P Huntington's 'The soldier and the state' March 2012, http://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/ia/archive/view/182481 *E A Cohen, Supreme Command: Soldiers Statesmen and Leadership in Wartime, Free Press, 2002. See review by L D Freedman, Calling the Shots: Should Politicians or Generals Run Our Wars? in Foreign Affairs, September/October 2002, http://www.foreignaffairs.org/20020901fareviewessay9741/lawrence-d-freedman/calling-c the-shots-shouldpoliticians-or-generals-run-our-wars.html S.C. Nielsen and D. M Snider, American Civil-Military Relations: The Soldier and the State in a New Era, Johns Hopkins University Press, 2009. See especially essays by Burk, Chapter 8 and Kohn Chapter 13. Feaver Peter D The Right to Be Right: Civil-Military Relations and the Iraq Surge Decision, International Security, Volume 35, Number 4, Spring 2011, pp. 87-125 Suzanne C. Nielsen, Civil-Military Relations Theory and Military Effectiveness, Public Administration and Management, Vol. 10, No 2, 2005, 61-84.

7. The media and war since the 19th century BBC Correspondents, The Battle for Iraq. BBC News Correspondents on the War Against Saddam and a New World Agenda (London: BBC Consumer Books, 2003). *Susan L. Carruthers, The Media at War: Communication and Conflict in the 20th Century (Basingstoke: Palgrave/Macmillan, 2000). Coletta, Damon, and Feaver, Peter D., “Civilian Monitoring of US military operations in the information age”, Armed Forces and Society, 2006, 106-26. Daniel Hallin, The 'Uncensored War': The Media and Vietnam (New York: Oxford University Press, 1986). Stephen Hess, International News & Foreign Correspondents (Washington, D.C.: The Brookings Institution Press, 1995). Michael Ignatieff, Virtual War: Kosovo and Beyond (London: Chatto & Windus, 2000). Elihu Katz: "The End of Journalism? Notes on Watching the War", Journal of Communication, 42/3 (1992), 5-13. 10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

S. Markovits, Rushing into Print: "Participatory Journalism" during the Crimean War Victorian Studies Vol. 50, No. 4 (Summer, 2008), pp. 559-586 Jonathan Mermin, Debating War and Peace: Media Coverage of U.S. Intervention in the post-Vietnam Era (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1999). Susan D. Moeller: Compassion Fatigue: How the Media Sell Famine, Disease, War, and Death (New York: Routledge, 1999). Neil Postman and Steve Powers, How to Watch TV News (New York: Penguin Books, 1991). Philip M. Taylor, Global Communications, International Affairs and the Media Since 1945 (London: Routledge, 1997). P. l. Moorcraft and P.M. Taylor, Shooting the Messenger, The Political Impact of War Reporting, Potomac Books 2008. H. Tumber and F. Webster, Journalists Under Fire, Information War and Journalistic Practices, Sage, 2006. R.L. Keeble and J. Mair, Afghanistan War and the Media: Deadlines and Frontlines, Arima Publishing 2010, pdf online at http://eprints.lincoln.ac.uk/3357/1/Afghanistan_final.pdf#page=59 Paul Rutherford, Weapons of Mass Persuasion: Marketing the War Against Iraq (Toronto: Toronto University Press, 2004). M. Bell, The Death of News, in Media War and Conflict, Vol 1 (2) 2008, 221-231.A Hoskins and B O’Loughlin, War and Media: the Emergence of Diffused War, Polity 2010. R. J. Pinder, D. Murphy, S. L Hatch, A.C. Iversen,C. Dandeker, S. Wessely, ‘A Mixed Methods Analysis of the Perceptions of the Media by members of the British Forces during the Iraq War’, Armed Forces and Society, 2009; 36: 131-152. D. Thuso and D. Freedman, War and the Media: Reporting Conflict 24/7, Sage, 2003 S. Allan and B. Zelizer, Reporting War: Journalism in Wartime, Routledge 2004. K. Payne, The Media at War Ideology, Insurgency and Journalists in the Firing Line, RUSI Journal, Volume 153, Issue 1, 2008. Chiara de Franco Media Power and the Transformation of War, Palgrave, 2012.

8. Class Debate – what is the proper role of media in wartime?

9. Discipline and Combat Cohesion M. Janowitz, The Professional Soldier, Glencoe: Free Press, 1973; 21-78, 417-442 H McManners, The Scars of War HarperCollins 1994 G. Breakwell and K. Spacie, Pressures facing commanders Camberley, Surrey: Strategic and Combat Studies Institute, 1997 (Occasional papers / Strategic and Combat Studies Institute; no. 29) 11

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

H. F. A. Strachan, European Armies and the Conduct of War, London: Allen and Unwin, 1983, 108-129 G.D. Sheffield, Leadership in the trenches: officer-man relations, morale, and discipline in the British Army in the era of the First World War, Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1999. J Ellis, The Social History of the Machine Gun, London, Croom Helm 1975, 9-146; 149-180. G.D. Sheffield (Ed) Leadership and command: the Anglo-American military experience since 1861, London: Brassey’s, 1997 M. Burleigh, Moral Combat: A History of World War II Harper Collins 2010, 1-35, 287-393; 533-62. M. Osiel, Obeying orders: atrocity, military discipline, and the law of war / Mark J. New Brunswick, N.J. Transaction Publishers, 1998. B. Allen Watson, When soldiers quit: studies in military disintegration / Westport, Conn.; London: Praeger, 1997 M Urban, Rifles: Six Years with Wellington’s Legendary Sharpshooters, Faber and Faber 2003. R Holmes, Redcoat: The British Soldier in the Age of Horse and Musket, Harper Collins 2001. Boas S & E. Ben-Ari, Leadership in an Open Army? Civilian Connections, Inter-organisational Frameworks, and Changes in Military Leadership, in Jerry Hunt & George Dodge, eds., Military Leadership in the 21st Century, Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 1999. Allen Millett Willlamson Murray and Kenneth Watman The Effectiveness of Military Organizations, International Security, Summer 1986 37-71. Michael Ignatieff, A Just Measure of Pain: The Penitentiary in the Industrial Revolution 1750-1850, Columbia University Press 1980/Puffin 1989. P. Spierenburg, The Spectacle of Suffering: Executions and the Evolution of Repression: From a Preindustrial metropolis to the European Experience, Cambridge University Press, 2008. V.A. C. Gatrell, The Hanging Tree, Execution and the English People, 1770-1868, Oxford University Press 1994.

10. Class Debate – Is there still a place for ‘warriors’ in modern warfare?

11. Society and war – changing perceptions of the fallen, the wounded, the broken, etc P Barham, Forgotten Lunatics of the Great War Yale University Press, 2004 D Grossman, On Killing: The Psychological Cost of Learning to Kill in War and Society Back Bay Books 2009 Edgar Jones and Simon Wessely, Shell Shock to PTSD, Military Psychiatry from 1900 to the Gulf War Psychology Press, East Sussex, 2005 Peter Leese, Shell Shock, Traumatic Neurosis and the British Soldiers of the First World War Palgrave MacMillan, 2002

12

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Philip Longworth, The Unending Vigil: A History of the Commonwealth War Graves Commission Pen & Sword 2010 Emily Mayhew, The Reconstruction of Warriors: Archibald McIndoe, The Royal Air Force and the Guinea Pig Club Frontline 2011 Wounded: From Battlefield to Blighty 1914-1918 Vintage 2013 Hugh McManners, The Scars of War HarperCollins 1994 Harry Patch with Richard van Emden, The Last Fighting Tommy: The Life of Harry Patch, The Last Veteran of the Trenches 1898-2009 Bloomsbury 2014 Ben Shephard, A War of Nerves, Soldiers and Psychiatrists in the Twentieth Century, Harvard, 2001

12. Class debate with guest speakers – what do societies owe their soldiers?

SECOND SEMESTER 1. Issues arising from insurgencies and terrorism FM 3-24 Counterinsurgency Field Manual - Chicago University Press 2007 Jonathan Bailey, Richard Iron and Hew Strachan (editors), British Generals in Blair’s Wars – Ashgate 2014 Ian FW Beckett and John Pimlott (editors) Counterinsurgency: Lessons from History – Pen and Sword 2011 Jason Burke – The 9/11 Wars – Allen Lane 2011 James Fergusson, A Million Bullets – Transworld 2008 Taliban – Transworld 2010 Sandy Gall, War against the Taliban – Bloomsbury 2012 David Galula - Counterinsurgency Warfare: Theory and Practice - Praeger 2000 Joshua L Gleis, Hezbollah and Hamas: A Comparative Study – Johns Hopkins 2012 Frank Kitson, Low Intensity Operations – Faber & Faber 1971 David Kilcullen, The Accidental Guerrilla – Hurst 2009 Frank Ledwidge, Losing Small Wars - YUP 2011 Investment in Blood - YUP 2011 Matthew Levitt, Hamas – Washington Institute for Near East Policy 2006 Hezbollah – Georgetown 2013 Mike Martin, An Intimate War – Hurst 2014 13

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Beverley Milton-Edwards and Stephen Farrell, Hamas: The Islamic Resistance Movement – Polity 2010 Ahmed Rashid, Taliban – Tauris 2010 Emile Simpson, War From the Ground Up – OUP 2011 Jessica Stern and JM Berger – ISIS: The State of Terror – Ecco Press 2015 Robert Thompson, Defeating Communist Insurgency – Chatto and Windus 1966 Mark Urban, Big Boy’s Rules – Macmillan 1992 Task Force Black – Macmillan 2011 Michael Weiss and Hassan Hassan, ISIS: Inside the Army of Terror Regan Arts 2015

2. Military Virtues Fisher , David, Morality and War, chapter 6. Aitken Report, An Investigation into Cases of Deliberate Abuse and Unlawful Killing in Iraq in 2003 and 2004, UK Ministry of Defence, 25 January 2008, available at: http://www.mod.uk/NR/rdonlyres/7AC894D3-1430-4AD1-911F8210C3342CC5/0/aitken_rep.pdf Baynes, John, Morale – A Story of Men and Courage – The Second Scottish Rifles at the Battle of Neuve Chapelle, 1918 (London: Cassell, 1967). Browning, Christopher R., Ordinary Men: Reserve Police Battalion 101 and the Final Solution (New York: HarperCollins, 1992). Fisher, David, 'The Virtue of Justice and War', Philosophia: Vol 41, Issue 2 ( Spring 2013), pp. 361-371. French, Shannon E., ‘An American Ethicist’s Perspective’ in Reed and Ryall, David (eds.), The Price of Peace (2007). French, Shannon E. The Code of The Warrior, Exploring Warrior Values Past and Present (Lanham, Maryland: Rowman & Littlefield, 2003). Geach, Peter, The Virtues (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977). Hackett, Sir John Winthrop, ‘Society and the Soldier: 1914-18’ in Malham M. Wakin (ed.), War, Morality, and the Military Profession (Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press, 1979). Olsthoorn, Peter, ‘Courage in the Military: Physical and Moral’ Journal of Military Ethics, Vol. 6, No. 4 (2007) pp.270279 Scott Davis, Grady, Warcraft and the Fragility of Virtue - An Essay in Aristotelian Ethics (Eugene, Oregon: WIPF &Stock, 2010).

3. Leadership, discipline and ethics under fire – Colonel David Benest on 2 Para in the Falklands.

14

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

4. War without morality – realism Fisher, David, Morality and War- Can War be Just in the Twenty-first Century? (Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 2011,pbk.2012) chapter 1. Mearsheimer, John J. The Tragedy of Great Power Politics (New York: W.W. Norton & Co, 2001). Meyer, Christopher, Getting Our Way: 500 Years of Adventure and Intrigue: the Inside Story of British Diplomacy (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2009), especially chapter 8 ‘Hobbes Rules OK’. Morgenthau, Hans, J., Politics Among Nations (New York: Alfred A Knopf, 1973), esp chapter one. Thucydides, The Peloponnesian War, Penguin Classics, translated by Rex Warner (Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1977, with many reprints), Book 5, The Melian Dialogue, pp. 400-408. Waltz, Kenneth N Man, the State and War (New York: Columbia University Press, 2001). Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars, chapters one and two.

5. The Just War Tradition Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 4. Fisher, David, 'Can a medieval just war theory address 21st century concerns? Expository Times, 123 (4) Jan 2012, 157-165. Fisher, David and Wicker, Brian (eds.) Just War on Terror? (Farnham: Ashgate, 2010). Guthrie, Charles and Quinlan, Michael, Just War (London: Bloomsbury, 2007). McMahan, Jeff, Killing in War (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011, pbk.) McMahan, Jeff, ‘Just Cause for War’, Ethics and International Affairs, 2005, vol. 19, no.3. McMahan Jeff, McMahan, 'Rethinking the Just War', New York Times, Opinionator, Nov, 2012. available at: http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/11/rethinking-the-just-war-part-1/ http://opinionator.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/12/rethinking-the-just-war-part-2/ ‘War as Self-Defence’, Ethics and International Affairs, 2004, vol.18, no.1. Orend, Brian The Morality of War (Toronto: Broadview Press, 2006). Reed, Charles and Ryall, David (eds.), The Price of Peace – Just War in the Twenty-First Century (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007). Rodin, David War and Self-Defence (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2002). Rodin, David, ‘War and Self-Defence’ in Ethics and International Affairs, 2004, vol.18, no. 1.

15

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Rodin, David and Henry Shue (eds.) Just and Unjust Warriors –The Moral and Legal Status of Soldiers (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2010, pbk). Walzer, Michael, Just and Unjust Wars – A Moral Argument with Historical Illustrations, (London: Allen Lane, 1978, reprinted many times in paperback).

6. Just War ideas applied to Iraq in 1991 and 2003 Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 10. Fisher David and Biggar Nigel, ‘A debate on the Iraq war and reflections on Libya’ International Affairs, vol. 87, No 3, May 2011, pp.687-707. Dodge, Toby, 'From War to a New Authoritarianism', Adelphi Paper, Dec 2012 (Abingdon: Routledge for the IISS; also available as e-book). Guthrie, Charles and Quinlan, Michael, Just War (London: Bloomsbury, 2007). Keegan, John, The Iraq War (London: Pimlico, 2005). Orend, Brian, The Morality of War (Toronto: Broadview Press, 2006), especially chapter 7. Ricks, Thomas, E., The Gamble, General Petraeus and the Untold Story of the American Surge in Iraq, 2006-8 (London and New York: Allen Lane, 2009). Fiasco, The American Military Adventure in Iraq (London and New York: Allen Lane, 2006). Sifry, Micah L., and Cerf, Christopher Cerf (eds.), The Iraq War Reader - History, Documents, Opinions (New York, London: Simon Schuster International, 2003). Steele, Jonathan, Defeat – Why They Lost Iraq (London & New York: I.B. Tauris, 2008).

7. Class Debate – the Morality of Intervention against ISIS and in Ukraine

8. Drone Strikes and Assassinations – What are the implications? Z Bauman Wars of the Globalization Era, European Social Theory, 4: 1, February 2001 Derek Gregory, From a View to a Kill: Drones and Late Modern War, Theory Culture and Society, Vol. 27-28 2011. Christopher Coker, Warrior Geeks: How 21st Century Technology is Changing the Way We Fight and Think About War London: Hurst & Company, 2013. David Whetham, Remote Killing and Drive by Wars in D Lovell and I Primoratz {Eds] Protecting Civilians During Armed Conflict, Ashgate 2012. David Whethan, Killer Drones: The Moral Ups and Downs, RUSI Journal Vol 158 no3 June/July 2013, 22-32.

16

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Peter Lee, Rights Wrongs and Drones: Remote Warfare, Ethics and the Challenge of Just War Reasoning, Air Power Review, Vol. 16, No 3 Autumn Winter 2013. 30-49. Wing Cdr Damian Killeen and David Jordan, RPAS: Future Force or Force Multiplier? An Analysis of Manned/Unmanned Platforms and Force Balancing Air Power Review, Vol. 16, No 3 Autumn Winter, 10-28. Wing Cdr Guy Edwards, Military Autonomous and Robotic Systems: Considerations for the way forward from a UK military perspective, Air Power Review, Vol. 16, No 3 Autumn Winter, 50-71. Fisher, David 'The Robotisation of War - An End to Military Virtues?' in Andrew Todd (ed.), Military Chaplaincy in Contention (Farnham: Ashgate, pbk., 2013). Human Rights Watch, Losing Humanity: The Case Against Killer Robots available at http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/arms1112ForUpload_0_0.pdf Joint Doctrine Note 2/11 by UK Ministry of Defence ‘The UK Approach to Unmanned Aircraft Systems’ 30 March 2011 viewed at: www.mod.uk/NR/rdonlyres/.../20110505JDN_211_UAS_v2U.pdf Schmitt, Michael & Thurnher, Jeffrey S '"Out of the Loop": Autonomous Weapons Systems and the Law of Armed Conflict' , Harvard National Security Journal, Vol 4, 2013. P. W. Singer, Wired for War: The Robotics Revolution and Conflict in the 21st Century, Penguin Press, 2009.

9. The T-Word – is torture ever justified? Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 9. Cobain, Ian, Cruel Britannia - A Secret History of Torture (London: Portobello Books, 2012). Dershowitz, Alan M., ‘Tortured Reasoning’ in Levinson, Torture (2004). Why Terrorism Works (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2002), esp. chapter 4. Elshtain, Jean, Bethke, ‘Reflection on the Problem of “Dirty Hands”’ in Levinson, Torture (2007). Fisher, David, ‘Terror and Pre-emption - Can Military Pre-emption ever be Just?’ in Fisher and Wicker (eds.), Just War on Terror? (Ashgate, 2010). Levinson, Sanford, (ed.), Torture - A collection (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004). Prosner, Richard A., ‘Torture, Terrorism and Interrogation’ in Levinson, Torture, (2004). McMahan, Jeff, ‘Preventive War and the Killing of the Innocent’ in Sorabji and Rodin (eds.), Ethics of War (Aldershot: Ashgate, 2006). Sands, Philippe, Torture Team - Deception, Cruelty and the Compromise of Law (London: Allen Lane, 2008). Shue, Henry and Rodin, David (eds.), Preemption: military action and moral justification (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007). Walzer, Michael ‘Political Action: The Problem of Dirty Hands’, Philosophy and Public Affairs,1973, reprinted in Levinson (ed.), Torture (2004). 17

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

10. Is liberal intervention dead? Fisher David, Morality and War, chapter 11. Bull, Hedley (ed.), Intervention in World Politics (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984), esp. Bull’s ‘Conclusion.’ Chandler, David, From Kosovo to Kabul – Human Rights and International Intervention, (London: Pluto Press, 2002). Dunne, Tim and Wheeler, Nicholas J., (eds.), Human Rights in Global Politics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999). Fisher, David, ‘The Ethics of Intervention’, Survival: the IISS Quarterly, Spring 1994 (London: Brassey’s for the IISS, 1994). Fisher, David, ‘Humanitarian Intervention’ in Reed and Ryall (eds.), Price of Peace Cambridge University Press, (2007). The Responsibility to Protect, International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty (Ottawa, International Development Research Centre, December 2001). Can also be accessed on line. Walzer, Michael, Walzer, Arguing about War (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2004), chapter 5. Wheeler, Nicholas J., Saving Strangers, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002).

11. Class Debate – Is the age of intervention over?

12. Revision and exam preparation session

SEMINARS

1. Discuss the relationship between the development of the military profession and the modern state **G. Parker, The Military Revolution: Military Innovation and the Rise of the West 1500-c 1800. Second Edition: Cambridge University Press, 1996, 1-44; 115-145; 155-175. J. Black, European Warfare, 1660-1815, Yale University Press 1994, 1-37; 87-209; 234-c 238. **C. J Rogers, The military revolution debate: readings on the military transformation of early modern Europe / edited by Clifford J. Rogers, Boulder, Colo: Westview, 1995 D M Snider and G L Watkins, The Future of the Army Profession, McGraw-Hill 2002, pp 1-58; 523-536. 18

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

**W. McNeill, The Pursuit of Power: Technology Armed Force and Society Since A.D.1000, Oxford, Basil Blackwell 1983, 117-144. M. Janowitz, The Professional Soldier, New York Free Press 1973, 3-20; 215-282; 417-c 442. C. Downes, To be or not to be a profession: the case of the military, Defense Analysis 1.3.1985 147-171.

2. Are mass armed forces in decline and if so why? M. Shaw, Post-Military Society, Oxford: Polity Press, 1991, 64-176 **J. Burk, The Decline of Mass Armed Forces and Compulsory Military Service Defense Analysis, 8 1992 45-59 J .Burk, Debating the draft in America: Armed Forces and Society 15.3.1989, 431-448. J. Burk, National Attachments and the Decline of Mass Armed Forces. in J Kuhlmann (Ed) SOWI Forum International 1990 3-35 (photocopy in Library collection). P. Manigart, Mass Armed Forces in Decline in L Freedman (Ed) War, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 130-132 J. Kuhlmann and E. Lippert: Farewell to Compulsory Military Service? Arguments for and Against Compulsory Military Service in Times of Peace - The case of Germany in J Kuhlmann and D R Segal (Eds) SOWI Forum International No. 16 1994 (photocopy in library collection). A King, The Transformation of Europe’s Armed Forces: From the Rhine to Afghanistan, Cambridge University Press, 2011 Anthony Forster Armed Forces and Society in Europe , Palgrave Macmillan 2005. See also Kuhlmann and Lippert About the Decline of Conscription in Post Modern Germany (1995) http://www.juergenkuhlmann.de/On-line/Decline.pdf. P. Manigart and J. Van Der Meulen, Zero Draft in the Low Countries: The Final Shift to the All-Volunteer Force, Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 24, No 2, 1997, 315-332. **K. Haltiner, The Definite End of the Mass Army in Europe? Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 25, No1, Fall 1998, 7-36 **K Haltiner, Decline of the Mass Armed Forces, Essay 21, in G. Caforio, Handbook of the Sociology of the Military, Kluwer 2003, 361-84. A.C. King, The Special Air Service and the Concentration of Military Power, Armed Forces & Society, July 2009; vol. 35, 4: pp. 646-666.

3. Can the military be a-political? Should it be? A J Bacevich, Absent History: A Comment on Dauber, Desch and Feaver, Armed Forces and Society, Vol 24, No 3 Spring 1998. A. J. Bacevich, The Paradox of Professionalism: Eisenhower, Ridegway and the Challenge to Civilian Control, 1953-55, The Journal of Military History, Vol. 61, April 1997. 19

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

C. Dauber, The Practice of Argumentation: Reading the Condition of Civil-Military Relations, Armed Forces and Society, Vol 24, No 3, Spring 1998. **M. Edmonds, M., Armed Services and Society, (Leicester, Leicester University Press, 1988), pp.93-160. **P. D.Feaver, P.D., The Civil-Military Problematique: Huntington, Janowitz and the Question of Civilian Control, Armed Forces and Society, Vol.. 23, No.2 Winter, pp.149-c 78. **S. E.Finer The Man on Horseback The Role of the Military in Politics, 2nd Edition, (Boulder,Colorado: Westview Press, Pinter Publishers 1988) pp.1-85; 140-244. H. Strachan, The Politics of the Briitish Army, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1-43. 195-271. *E A Cohen, Supreme Command: Soldiers Statesmen and leadership in Wartime, Free Press, 2002.

4. How and why has media coverage of war and armed conflict changed since the 19th Century? P Knightley, The First Casualty, (London: A Deutsch, 1975) Susan L. Carruthers, The Media at War: Communication and Conflict in the 20th Century (Basingstoke: Palgrave/Macmillan, 2000). Philip M. Taylor, Global Communications, International Affairs and the Media Since 1945 (London: Routledge, 1997). Paul Rutherford, Weapons of Mass Persuasion: Marketing the War Against Iraq (Toronto: Toronto University Press, 2004). Martin Shaw, The New Western Way of War: Risk Transfer War and its Crisis in Iraq, Polity Press 2005. M Shaw, Civil Society and Media in Global Crises: Representing Distant Violence, (New York: Pinter, 1996). P Young and P Jesser, The Media and the Military: From the Crimea to Desert Strike, (London: Macmillan 1997) D E Morrison, Television and the Gulf War (London: Libbey and Co 1992) A Hooper, The Military and the Media, (Aldershot: Gower, 1982) R Harris, Gotcha! The Media, the Government and the Falklands War, (London: Faber, 1983) John Mueller, Policy and Opinion in the Gulf War, (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1994) W. Lance Bennett and David L. Paletz (Eds.), Taken By Storm: The Media, Public Opinion and U.S. Foreign Policy in the Gulf War, (Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press, 1994). P M Taylor, War and the Media: Propaganda and Persuasion in the Gulf War, (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1992) Milena Michalski and James Gow, War, Image and Legitimacy: Viewing Contemporary Conflict London: Routledge, 2007. D. Betz , The Virtual Dimension of Contemporary Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency, Small Wars and Insurgencies, 19:4, (on line December 2008) 2009, 510-540 20

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

A Hoskins and B O’Loughlin, War and Media: the Emergence of Diffused War, Polity 2010. Pinder, Richard J, Dominic Murphy, Stephani L Hatch, Amy Iversen, Christopher Dandeker, Simon Wessely, ‘A Mixed Methods Analysis of the Perceptions of the Media by members of the British Forces during the Iraq War’, Armed Forces and Society, 2009; 36: 131-152. D Thuso and D Freedman, War and the Media: Reporting Conflict 24/7, Sage, 2003 S Allan and B Zelizer, Reporting War: Journalism in Wartime, Routledge 2004.

5. Why do people join insurgencies? FM 3-24 Counterinsurgency Field Manual - Chicago University Press 2007 Jason Burke – The 9/11 Wars – Allen Lane 2011 Rik Coolsaet (Editor), Jihadi Terrorism and the Radicalisation Challenge Ashgate 2011 James Fergusson, A Million Bullets – Transworld 2008 Taliban – Transworld 2010 Sandy Gall, War against the Taliban – Bloomsbury 2012 David Galula, Counterinsurgency Warfare: Theory and Practice Praeger 2000 Joshua L Gleis, Hezbollah and Hamas: A Comparative Study – Johns Hopkins 2012 Che Guevara – Guerrilla Warfare –various editions Ed Husain, The Islamist - Penguin 2007 David Keen, Useful Enemies: When Waging Wars Is More Useful Than Winning Them – Yale UP 2012 David Kilcullen, The Accidental Guerrilla - Hurst 2009 Frank Ledwidge, Losing Small Wars - YUP 2011 Investment in Blood - YUP 2011 Matthew Levitt, Hamas – Washington Institute for Near East Policy 2006 Hezbollah – Georgetown 2013 John Mackinlay - The Insurgent Archipelago – Hurst 2009 Mike Martin, An Intimate War – Hurst 2014 Beverley Milton-Edwards and Stephen Farrell, Hamas: The Islamic Resistance Movement – Polity 2010 Ahmed Rashid, Taliban – Tauris 2010 Emile Simpson, War From the Ground Up – OUP 2011 21

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Jessica Stern and JM Berger – ISIS: The State of Terror – Ecco Press 2015 Robert Thompson, Defeating Communist Insurgency – Chatto and Windus 1966 Michael Weiss and Hassan Hassan, ISIS: Inside the Army of Terror Regan Arts 2015

6. Is the realist right to claim that morality and war should have nothing to do with each other? Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 1. Haslam, Jonathan, No Virtue like Necessity: realist thought in international relations, Yale UP 2002. Jeffrey W. Legro and Andrew Moravcsik, “Is anybody still a realist?”, International Security 24:2 (Fall 1999), 5-55 Mearsheimer, John J. The Tragedy of Great Power Politics (New York: W.W. Norton & Co, 2001). Meyer, Christopher, Getting Our Way: 500 Years of Adventure and Intrigue: the Inside Story of British Diplomacy (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2009), especially chapter 8 ‘Hobbes Rules OK’. Morgenthau, Hans, J., Politics Among Nations (New York: Alfred A Knopf, 1973), esp chapter one. Thucydides, The Peloponnesian War, Penguin Classics, translated by Rex Warner (Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1977, with many reprints), Book 5, The Melian Dialogue, pp. 400-408. Waltz, Kenneth N Man, the State and War (New York: Columbia University Press, 2001). Walzer, Just and Unjust Wars, chapters one and two.

7. Do the military need virtues and, if so, what virtues do they need? Fisher David, Morality and War, chapter 6 Aitken Report, An Investigation into Cases of Deliberate Abuse and Unlawful Killing in Iraq in 2003 and 2004, UK Ministry of Defence, 25 January 2008, available at: http://www.mod.uk/NR/rdonlyres/7AC894D3-1430-4AD1-911F8210C3342CC5/0/aitken_rep.pdf Baynes, John, Morale – A Story of Men and Courage – The Second Scottish Rifles at the Battle of Neuve Chapelle, 1918 (London: Cassell, 1967). Browning, Christopher R., Ordinary Men: Reserve Police Battalion 101 and the Final Solution (New York: HarperCollins, 1992). Fisher, David, 'The Virtue of Justice and War' Philosophia, Spring 2013. French, Shannon E., ‘An American Ethicist’s Perspective’ in Reed and Ryall, David (eds.), The Price of Peace Cambridge University Press, (2007). French, Shannon E. The Code of The Warrior, Exploring Warrior Values Past and Present (Lanham, Maryland: Rowman & Littlefield, 2003).

22

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Geach, Peter, The Virtues (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977). Hackett, Sir John Winthrop, ‘Society and the Soldier: 1914-18’ in Malham M. Wakin (ed.), War, Morality, and the Military Profession (Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press, 1979). Olsthoorn, Peter, ‘Courage in the Military: Physical and Moral’ Journal of Military Ethics, Vol. 6, No. 4 (2007) pp.270279. Scott Davis, Grady, Warcraft and the Fragility of Virtue - An Essay in Aristotelian Ethics (Eugene, Oregon: WIPF &Stock, 2010).

8. What is wrong with torture? Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 9. Ian Cobain, Cruel Britannia - A Secret History of Torture (London: Portobello Books, 2012) Dershowitz, Alan M., ‘Tortured Reasoning’ in Levinson, Torture (2004). Why Terrorism Works (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2002), esp. chapter 4. Elshtain, Jean, Bethke, ‘Reflection on the Problem of “Dirty Hands”’ in Levinson, Torture (2007). Levinson, Sanford, (ed.), Torture - A collection (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004). Prosner, Richard A., ‘Torture, Terrorism and Interrogation’ in Levinson, Torture, (2004). Sands, Philippe, Torture Team - Deception, Cruelty and the Compromise of Law (London: Allen Lane, 2008). Walzer, Michael ‘Political Action: The Problem of Dirty Hands’, Philosophy and Public Affairs,1973, reprinted in Levinson (ed.), Torture (2004).

9. Was the Iraq war of 2003 just? Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 10. Fisher David and Biggar Nigel, ‘A debate on the Iraq war and reflections on Libya’ International Affairs, vol. 87, No 3, May 2011, pp.687-707. Dodge, Toby, 'From War to a New Authoritarianism', Adelphi Paper, Dec 2012 (Abingdon: Routledge for the IISS; also available as e-book). Guthrie, Charles and Quinlan, Michael, Just War (London: Bloomsbury, 2007). Keegan, John, The Iraq War (London: Pimlico, 2005). Orend, Brian, The Morality of War (Toronto: Broadview Press, 2006), especially chapter 7. Ricks, Thomas, E., The Gamble, General Petraeus and the Untold Story of the American Surge in Iraq, 2006-8 (London and New York: Allen Lane, 2009). 23

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

Fiasco, The American Military Adventure in Iraq (London and New York: Allen Lane, 2006). Sifry, Micah L., and Cerf, Christopher Cerf (eds.), The Iraq War Reader - History, Documents, Opinions (New York, London: Simon Schuster International, 2003). Steele, Jonathan, Defeat – Why They Lost Iraq (London & New York: I.B. Tauris, 2008).

10. Is liberal interventionism dead? Fisher, David, Morality and War, chapter 11. Bull, Hedley (ed.), Intervention in World Politics (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984), esp. Bull’s ‘Conclusion.’ Chandler, David, From Kosovo to Kabul – Human Rights and International Intervention, (London: Pluto Press, 2002). Dunne, Tim and Wheeler, Nicholas J., (eds.), Human Rights in Global Politics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999). Fisher, David, ‘The Ethics of Intervention’, Survival: the IISS Quarterly, Spring 1994 (London: Brassey’s for the IISS, 1994). Fisher, David, ‘Humanitarian Intervention’ in Reed and Ryall (eds.), Price of Peace (2007). The Responsibility to Protect, International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty (Ottawa, International Development Research Centre, December 2001). Walzer, Michael, Walzer, Arguing about War (New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 2004). Wheeler, Nicholas J., Saving Strangers, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002).

24

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2002|5SSWF005|5SSWS005 - WAR AND SOCIETY]

5SSW2002 War And Society - sample exam paper – *(5SSWS005, students answer 2 of 8 questions, spending an hour on each question) TIME ALLOWED: THREE HOURS THIS EXAM HAS TWO SECTIONS. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO ANSWER THREE QUESTIONS, AT LEAST ONE FROM EACH SECTION YOU ARE ADVISED TO SPEND ONE HOUR ON EACH QUESTION. Section A 1. What virtues do the military need? 2. Was the NATO operation in Libya just? 3. Is it ever right for the military to disobey orders? 4. ‘Morality is just a matter of personal preferences’. Is the moral sceptic right to claim this? 5. Is torture always wrong? 6. ‘A general must do whatever a general must do to achieve victory.’ Must he?

Section B 7. Did the modern state create the military profession or did the military profession create the modern state? 8. Should the military profession try to be ‘apolitical’? 9. How would you explain the emergence of the mass army in the late 18th and 19th centuries? 10. Does the decline of the mass armed force necessarily lead to the ‘All-Volunteer’ Force or ‘Zero-Draft’? 11. What were the most important effects of the end of the Cold War on the armed forces? 12. Is the era of military intervention by Western states coming to an end?

25

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

Module Convener:

Dr John Bew

Office Hours:

Wednesday, 3-5pm

Contact Details:

Office: K 7.19b | Ext: 1402

[email protected] | Twitter: @johnbew

Contributing Faculty: Prof. Rainsborough ([email protected]) Seminar Leader: Hillary Briffa ([email protected]) See official timetable for details TERM 1 Main lecture (Tuesday 5-6pm) - STRAND S-2.23 STRAND BUILDING Class 1: Wednesday 9am-10am - STRAND S2.38 STRAND BUILDING Class 2: Wednesday 10am-11am - STRAND k1.27 KINGS BUILDING Class 3: Friday 12-1pm - STRAND S2.38 STRAND BUILDING

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

Aims and Objectives Grand Strategy means ‘big picture’ or ‘long-term’ thinking. The core emphasis of Grand Strategy is to secure the long-term security, peace and prosperity of a nation. It does not get bogged down in theory but instead asks: how we got to this point, and in what direction should we go in the future. Grand Strategy combines all the traditional elements of War Studies – history, strategy, statecraft, warfare, and diplomacy. It is not about ‘hard’ versus ‘soft’ power but understanding how they all these things come together to serve the long-term goals of a nation, or a group of nations. It also emphasises the role play played by key statesman, or strategists – such as Winston Churchill or Henry Kissinger – in changing the course of history. Politicians in the west are often heard talking about the need for a new Grand Strategy in the face of new threats – the return of great power rivalries, the rise of China, Russia’s invasion of Crimea, the implosion of the Middle East, and global terrorism. Grand Strategy Programmes exist at Yale, Duke, and Columbia Universities. But Grand Strategic thinking is something for which the Department of War Studies at King’s College London is already world famous. More specifically, the module looks at the foundations of Anglo-American Grand Strategy in the past, present and future – starting with the French Revolution (often taken as the starting point of modern history). Britain was the leading superpower of the nineteenth century and America of the twentieth century. Since 1940, they have worked together to preserve an Anglo-American version of world order. The course will explore what ideological and strategic foundations their foreign policies were based upon. What do mean when we talk about things like ‘world order’, ‘geopolitics’ and ‘realpolitik’? The module is ideal for those students who want to think deeply and read widely about history but want to apply their knowledge to the type of problems faced by Prime Ministers and Presidents in the past, present and future. It requires an ability to understand the grand sweep of history and a willingness to apply that knowledge. What’s in it? At the end of the module students will have: •

Developed an understanding of the meaning of Grand Strategy and its component parts;

•

A greater sense of the roles of history, strategy and statecraft in contemporary foreign affairs;

•

Familiarity with some of the classic texts and theorists of Western statecraft and raison d'état (eg. Machiavelli, Burke, Marx, Mill, Mahan, and Makinder);

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

An introduction to some of the key players and statesman who are most cited in discussions of Grand Strategy in Britain and America (such as Lord Castlereagh, Viscount Palmerston, Winston Churchill, Theodore Roosevelt, George Kennan and Henry Kissinger);

•

An understanding of the roots of the Anglo-American world view, by looking at Britain as the dominant power of the 19thC and America as the dominant power of the 20thC.

•

The skill of applying historical knowledge to contemporary foreign policy problems.

What’s expected of me? TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module runs in terms 1 and 2, and is taught by a combination of weekly one-hour lectures followed by a one-hour tutorial seminar on the same topic. The module organiser, or another contributing faculty member (or guest lecturer), will give the one-hour lecture. The one-hour tutorial seminars will be led by a teaching assistant. At each of the tutorial seminars selected members of the class will be asked to make a short presentation. It is expected that other members of the class will have made themselves familiar with aspects of each topic and will be in a position to contribute to class discussion. Contribution in class counts for 10% of the overall mark. Seminar groups will be decided at the start of term, as will room allocations. COURSE REQUIREMENTS This is a challenging course as it asks you to approach read widely and think in ‘big’ Grand Strategic terms. You will not be expected to become an expert on Machiavelli, Castlereagh, or Kissinger. But you will be asked to understand some of their key ideas, mainly for seminars, and to apply that knowledge to the contemporary world. The more you read, the better your essays and submissions will be. The emphasis of this course is on historical literacy and applied knowledge. While the aim is to provide you with a broad background, you will also be able to focus on certain themes that interest you most when it comes to your essays and other submissions. You should plan to spend a minimum of one full day per week reading and preparing for this course, and more if you are the presenter or discussant at that week’s seminar. You should not take this course if you are not willing to read a heavy load of material. The class encourages independent thinking but attendance at all lectures and seminars is compulsory.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

How will I be assessed? The module will be assessed in three ways. •

50% of the mark will be based on one 3,000 word essay on Grand Strategy.

There is a list of suggested essay topics below. However, students are encouraged to choose a topic of their own, so long as it falls under the broad remit of Grand Strategy. Please confirm your topic with Dr. Bew via email or during office hours. The essay is due for submission at the end of Term 2. •

Another 40% will be based on two shorter submissions of 1200 words (20%) each.

Students are required to complete two shorter submissions. The first is a book review; the second is a policy briefing, applying historical lessons to contemporary events. The smaller submissions are due at the end of Term 2. •

The final 10% will be based on contribution to class, including one presentation.

Students are encouraged to use their presentation as the basis for one of their written submissions, though this is not a requirement. DEADLINES There are two deadlines: 1. ONE OF THE TWO SMALLER PIECES OF WORK IS DUE IN BY 11 JANUARY 2016 (THE START OF TERM 2) 2. THE SECOND SMALL PIECE AND THE FINAL ESSAY ARE BOTH DUE BY 12 MAY 2016.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Sample Essay Questions (3000 words maximum) a. What is Grand Strategy? b. What good is Grand Strategy? c. What does good Grand Strategy look like? d. Why is Grand Strategy back in fashion again? e. Is Grand Strategy past its sell-by date? f. Is there an Anglo-American approach to Grand Strategy? g. ‘British and American Grand Strategy is based on God and Gold.’ Discuss. h. Is the notion of World Order fundamentally self-serving? i. How important is World Order and what happens if it collapses? j. What do people mean when they talk about Realpolitik? k. Do we need Grand Strategies for peace as well as war? l. What would a modern British Grand Strategy look like? m. What would a modern American Grand Strategy look like? n. What was British Grand Strategy at the time of the Napoleonic Wars? o. ‘“Absent-Minded Imperialism” or “Global Power Game”?” Which of these notions best describes the British Empire at its height? p. How did the challenge of Germany change British Grand Strategy?

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

q. To what extent was appeasement consistent with the traditions of British foreign policy? r. Was America a Reluctant Empire or Dangerous Nation? s. ‘Superpowers don’t get to retire.’ Discuss. t. Did the US have a consistent Cold War Grand Strategy? u. ‘Grand Strategy always collapses when it comes to the Middle East.’ Discuss. v. Can Grand Strategies be hypocritical and successful? w. ‘You can’t have a Grand Strategy to fight global terrorism.’ Discuss x. ‘When it comes to Grand Strategy, less is more.’ Discuss. y. Describe the Grand Strategies of any leading Prime Minister or Statesman. z. Can small states have a Grand Strategy? Sample policy briefings (1200 words) Prepare a 5-8 point briefing for the next British Prime Minister or American President on one of the following questions: - ‘What you need to know about Grand Strategy’ - ‘What you can learn from Machiavelli’ - ‘What you can learn from Edmund Burke - ‘What you can learn from the foreign policy of Lord Castlereagh’ - ‘What you can learn from the foreign policy of Lord Palmerston’ - ‘What you can learn from John Stuart Mill’s Essay on Non-Intervention’ - ‘What you can learn from Bismarck’ - ‘What a truly Realpolitik foreign policy should be in today’s world’ - ‘What you can learn from Eyre Crowe’s Memorandum of 1907’ - ‘What you can learn from the outbreak of the First World War’. - ‘The Lessons of Appeasement for today’s world’ - ‘The successes/failures of Churchill’ - ‘The successes/failures of the Cold War’ - ‘The lessons of Kissinger’s foreign policy’

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

- ‘The lessons of Détente’ - ‘The lessons of the end of the Cold War’ - ‘The lessons of the Clinton era’ - ‘The lessons of the foreign policies of Blair/Bush/Obama’ OR: These should be written as if you were preparing a brief for a government minister. a. Apply a classic text (such as Burke, or Marx) to a contemporary foreign policy problem? (eg. What would Mill tell us about whether or not to intervene in Syria. b. What are the ‘lessons learned’ from a past episode in foreign policy (such as the Vietnam War) and how are they relevant today? c. Draw up a 5-8 point Future Grand Strategy based on your reading of international affairs in the next 20 years. Book Reviews (1200) – See starred items in main reading list for the texts. CHOOSE A ‘CLASSIC WORK’ IN THE GRAND STRATEGY FIELD FROM FROM THE READING LIST BELOW, OR A RECENT BOOK THAT PARTICUARLY INTERESTS YOU IN THE AREA OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS. Some useful examples for style: http://www.newstatesman.com/books/2014/10/altered-states-henry-kissinger-s-scathing-take-downobama http://www.newstatesman.com/culture/2014/07/reluctant-goliath-how-america-became-superpower COURSE SCHEDULE Term 1 1. Introduction to the course (Tuesday 29th September, 5-6pm) How the course works. What’s expected of you. How to write your essays/policy briefs/reviews

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

‘Why’ study Grand Strategy? 2. What is Grand Strategy? Definitions and Debates (Tuesday 6th October, 5-6pm) How is Grand Strategy defined? What are its origins? How is it studied? What good is Grand Strategy? Seminar discussion: What is Grand Strategy and do we need it? TASK: Prepare a 5-point definition of “Good Grand Strategy” for discussion. Required reading: •

Hal Brands, ‘The Promise and Pitfalls of Grand Strategy’, http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pdffiles/PUB1121.pdf

Further reading: •

Hal Brands, What Good is Grand Strategy? Power and Purpose in American Statecraft from Harry S. Truman to George W. Bush (Cornell University Press, 2014).

•

Paul Kennedy, ‘Grand Strategy in War and Peace: Toward a Broader Definition’, in Paul Kennedy, ed., Grand Strategies in War and Peace (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1991).

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

3. The ingredients of Grand Strategy (Tuesday 13th October, 5-6pm) Statecraft, Raison d’etat, Ideas and Ideology, Statesman, Philosophers, Nations, and nation states. Seminar case study: Machiavelli. TASK: Choose 5 key points made by Machiavelli that you think are relevant today. Required reading: •

Niccolò Machiavelli, The Prince, edited by Quentin Skinner and Russell Price (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988). http://www.constitution.org/mac/prince.pdf

Further reading: •

Michael Ignatieff, ‘Machiavelli was right’, The Atlantic, 20 November 2013.

•

Friedrich Meinecke, Machiavellism: The Doctrine of Raison d'État and Its Place in Modern History, translated by Douglas Scott, New York and Washington: Frederick A. Praeger, 1965.

•

Jonathan Powell, The New Machiavelli: How to Wield Power in the Modern World (Random House: London, 2010)

•

Philip Bobbitt, The Garments of Court and Palace: Machiavelli and the World That He Made (New York: Atlantic, 2013).

•

Corrado Vivanti, Niccolò Machiavelli: An Intellectual Biography (London: Routledge, 2013)

•

Marco Cesa (ed.), Machiavelli on International Relations (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014).

4. The Foundations of British Grand Strategy in war, 1777-1815 (MAIN LECTURE Tuesday 20th October, 5-6pm) Britain after the American Revolution, the fall of the first British Empire, war against Napoleon Seminar case study: The ideas and legacy of Edmund Burke

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

What was Edmund Burke’s attitude to the French Revolution and what did he hope that Britain would do in response? What is Burke’s legacy today? Would he support the War on Terror or intervention in Syria? Look at Burke’s use of the word ‘prudence’ TASK: Choose 5 key quotations each from Burke (or those writing about Burke) which strike you as relevant to the modern world: For background reading on Burke, see: •

Edmund Burke, Letters on a Regicide Peace [Two Letters Addressed to A Member of the Present Parliament, on the Proposals for Peace with the Regicide Directory of France by the right honourable Edmund Burke] http://www.econlib.org/library/LFBooks/Burke/brkSWv3c1.html

•

Reflections on the Revolution in France (1790) http://www.constitution.org/eb/rev_fran.htm

For the context of British foreign policy in this period, see: •

J. Black, British Foreign Policy in an Age of Revolutions (1994)

•

D.A. Baugh, 'Great Britain's "blue-water" policy, 1689-1815', International History Review (1988)

•

B. Simms, Three victories and a defeat: rise and fall of the first British empire, 1714-83 (2007)

For the different uses of Burke in the modern era, see: •

Gertrude Himmelfarb, ‘From Robespierre to ISIS’, Weekly Standard, 29 September, no. 23, http://m.weeklystandard.com/articles/robespierre-isis_805329.html

•

Adam Gopnik, ‘Who owns Edmund Burke’, New Yorker, 29 July 2013, http://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2013/07/29/the-right-man

•

Henry Kissinger, ‘The Limits of Universalism’, http://www.henryakissinger.com/speeches/042612.html

•

Brendan Simms, ‘What is your foreign policy Mr Cameron’, http://www.newstatesman.com/ukpolitics/2011/03/british-essay-bosnia-democracy

•

Edward Hicks, ‘In praise of prejudice’, http://www.oxonianreview.org/wp/in-praise-of-prejudice/

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

READING WEEK (NO CLASS ON 27TH OCTOBER)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

5. The Foundations of British Grand Strategy in peace (Tuesday 3 November, 5-6pm) British foreign policy at the end of the Napoleonic Wars; Congress diplomacy versus splendid isolation Seminar case study: Lord Castlereagh’s Essay on Non-Intervention What was the context of Castlereagh’s State Paper? What were the main principles of Castlereagh’s State Paper and what is relevant today? What type of foreign policy did Castlereagh stand for? TASK: Identify 5 key points from the State Paper which you think are relevant today. Required reading: •

Lord Castlereagh’s Essay on Non-Intervention (1820) https://inveritascrescentes.files.wordpress.com/2011/09/week-2-castleraugh.pdf

Further reading (for context and Castlereagh’s legacy): •

John Bew, Castlereagh: Enlightenment, War and Tyranny (2012)

•

Henry A. Kissinger, A World Restored: Metternich, Castlereagh and the Problems of Peace, 18121822 (London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson: London, 1999 edn.)

•

Douglas Hurd, Choose Your Weapons: The British Foreign Secretary: 200 Years of Argument, Success and Failure (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2010)

•

Christopher Meyer, Getting Our Own Way: 500 Years of British Diplomacy (London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 2009)

6. Intervention, Anti-Slavery and Pax Britannica (Tuesday 10th November, 5-6pm) Origins of humanitarian intervention, power projection, the emergence of liberal imperialism Seminar case study: John Stuart Mill on Non-Intervention TASK: Identify 5 key points from Mill’s Essay which you think are relevant to modern dilemmas about intervention. Required reading:

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

•

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

John Stuart Mill ‘A Few Words on NonIntervention’, http://www.libertarian.co.uk/lapubs/forep/forep008.pdf

Further reading on the origins of humanitarian intervention in this period: •

J. Bew, ‘“From and umpire to a competitor”: Castlereagh, Canning and the issue of international intervention in the wake of the Napoleonic Wars’, in B. Simms and D. Trim (eds.), Humanitarian Intervention: A History (Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, 2011)

•

G.J. Bass, Freedom’s Battle: The Origins of Humanitarian Intervention (2008)

•

Holland, Robert, Blue-Water Empire: The British in the Mediterranean since 1800, London: Allen Lane, 2012.

•

M. Ryan, ‘The price of legitimacy in humanitarian intervention: Britain, the right of search, and the abolition of the West African slave trade, 1807-1867’, in B. Simms and D. Trim (eds.), Humanitarian Intervention: A History (2011)

7. Realpolitik and the revolution in political strategy (Tuesday 17th November, 5-6pm) 1848 revolutions, rise of the nation states, end of the old status quo, the birth of new strategies of change Seminar discussion: Why did 1848 give birth to so many new political strategies? What were Marx’s main insights in the 18th Brumaire? How might it help us understand revolutions today? TASK: What has Marx got to offer today’s grand strategist? Prepare 3 observations Required reading: • For Marx, see ‘Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon’, (particularly final chapter) https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1346/1346-h/1346-h.htm  This is one of the more difficult pieces of reading, so do reading around it. For context on 1848, see: •

Lewis Namier, 1848: The Revolution of the Intellectuals (The Raleigh Lecture on History), Proceedings of the British Academy, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1993.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

John Bew, Realpolitik: A History, chapters 1-4.

•

Useful shorter version: https://westphalianpost.wordpress.com/machtpolitik/the-real-origins-ofrealpolitik/

•

Lawrence Freedman, Strategy, chapter on Karl Marx

•

Vladimir Lenin, What is to be done? (19012), https://www.marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1901/witbd/

8. Bismarck’s Grand Strategy and the German Challenge (Tuesday 24th November, 5-6pm) Bismarck’s Strategy, Germany’s move from Realpolitik to Weltpolitik, Treitschke and Meinecke Seminar discussion: Bismarck and Bismarckism TASK: What can we learn from Bismarck today? Prepare five observations Required reading: •

Henry A. Kissinger, ‘The White Revolutionary: Reflections on Bismarck’, Deadalus, vol. 97, no. 3 (Summer, 1968), pp. 888-924.

•

Josef Joffe, ‘Bismarck or "Britain? Toward an American Grand Strategy after Bipolarity’, International Security, vol. 19, no. 4 (Spring, 1995), pp. 94-117.

Further reading, •

John Bew, Realpolitik, chapters on Bismarck and the Bismarck debate.

•

Jonathan Steinberg, Bismarck: A Life (Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press: 2011)

•

George F. Kennan, The Decline of Bismarck's European Order: Franco- Russian Relations 1875-1890 (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1981).

•

Holborn, Hajo, ‘Bismarck’s Realpolitik’, Journal of the History of Ideas, vol. 21, no. 1, JanuaryMarch, 1960, pp. 84-98.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Pflanze, Otto, ‘Bismarck’s “Realpolitik”’, The Review of Politics, vol. 20, no. 4, October, 1958, pp. 492-514.

•

Taylor, A.J.P., Bismarck: The Man and the Statesman, London: New English Library, 1965 edn.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

9. Imperialism, Great Power Conflict and World War One (Tuesday 1 December, 5-6pm) British Imperialism in crisis, the Anglo-German Antagonism, the drift to war Seminar discussion: Eyre Crowe’s Memorandum of 1907 TASK: List 5 key points in Eyre Crowe’s Memorandum which you think are most relevant today. •

Eyre Crowe’s, ‘Memorandum on the Present State of British Relations with France and Germany’, Foreign Office, 1 January 1907, in Gooch and Temperley, British Documents on the Origins of the War, vol. 3, pp. 397-420, [SEE KEATS FOR A COPY]

For a detailed guide, see J.S. Dunn’s short study: http://www.cambridgescholars.com/download/sample/60750 Further reading: •

Hobson, J.A., Imperialism: A Study, London: James Nisbet and Co, 1902.

•

Hobson, J.A., The German Panic, London: The Cobden Club, 1913.

•

Niall Ferguson, The Pity of War, 1914-1918, (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1998), chapters 1-4.

•

Zara S. Steiner and Keith Nelson, Britain and the Origins of the First World War (Houndsmill: Palgrave Macmilllan: Houndsmill, 2003).

10. Foundations of American Grand Strategy (Tuesday 9 December, 5-6pm) Foundations of American Grand Strategy, Isolation or Expansion, Four Traditions in American Diplomacy Seminar discussion: Early American Foreign Policy TASK: List 5 unique characteristics in America’s approach to the world before World War One. Reading

• John Winthrop, excerpt from “A Model of Christian Charity” (1630)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

• Robert Kagan, Dangerous Nation (New York: Knopf, 2006), chapter 1 (30 pages) • Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1994), chapter 2 (26 pages) Further reading: •

Jeffrey Engel, Mark Attwood and Andrew Preston, America in the World: A History in Documents from the War with Spain to the War on Terror (2014), pp. 57-78.

•

Walter Russell Mead, Special Providence: American Foreign Policy and How It Changed the World

Term 2 11. America and the world – Roosevelt to Wilson (Charlie Laderman), Tuesday 12 January Britain and America before and after World War One, Roosevelt, Walter Lippman and the role of Britain in America’s geo-political awakening. Seminar discussion: Roosevelt and Wilson and contending visions of World Order TASK: Outline 5 key differences between Roosevelt and Wilson’s foreign policy, and their views of World Order. Required reading, • H.J. Mackinder, "The Geographical Pivot of History", Geographical Journal 23, no. 6 (April 1904), pp. 421-423, 432- 437, and commentary. • Theodore Roosevelt, Annual Message to Congress, December 6th 1904 (Foreign Policy Sections) • Woodrow Wilson, Address to the U.S. Senate, Jan. 22, 1917 (http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/?pid=65396) • John Bew, ‘Reluctant Goliath’, 18-24 July 2014 New Statesman

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

• Aaron L. Friedberg (1987), Britain and the Experience of Relative Decline, 1895-1905, inJournal of Strategic Studies, 10:3, pp. 331-362 • William C. Widenor, Henry Cabot Lodge and the Search for an American Foreign Policy, (University of California Press, 1980), Chapter IV “Theodorus Pacificus” Further reading: •

Adam Tooze, The Deluge: The Great War and the Remaking of Global Order, London: Allen Lane, 2014.

•

Mark Mazower, Governing the World: The History of an Idea

•

Henry Kissinger, World Order

•

Wolfers, Arnold and Laurence W. Martin, The Anglo-American Tradition in Foreign Affairs: Readings from Thomas More to Woodrow Wilson, New Haven: Yale University Press, 1956.

12. International Order, Appeasement and the return of Great Power Conflict (Tuesday 19th January) Collective security, inter-war geopolitics, appeasement and the alternatives Seminar discussion: Appeasement and collapse of collective security TASK: Compose 3 arguments in favour of appeasement, and 3 points against it. Required reading: •

B.J.C. McKercher ‘National Security and Imperial Defence: British Grand Strategy and Appeasement, 1930-1939’, Diplomacy and Statecraft (2008)

•

J. Darwin ‘Imperialism in Decline? Tendencies in British Imperial Policy between the Wars', Historical Journal (1980)

•

P.M. Kennedy ‘The Tradition of Appeasement in British Foreign policy, 1865-1939’ British Journal of International Studies (1976)

General reading:

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

M. Gilbert, The Roots of Appeasement (1966)

•

R.A.C. Parker, Chamberlain and Appeasement (1993)

•

R.A.C. Parker, Churchill and Appeasement (2000)

•

D. Reynolds, ‘Churchill and the Decision to Fight on in 1940: Right Policy, Wrong Reasons’ in R. Langhorne (ed.), Diplomacy and Intelligence During the Second World War (1985)

•

K. Robbins, Appeasement (1997 edn.)

•

D. Reynolds, Britannia Overruled: British Policy and World Powers in the 20th Century (2000)

•

P.M. Kennedy ‘The Tradition of Appeasement in British Foreign policy, 1865-1939’ British Journal of International Studies (1976)

•

A.J.P. Taylor, The Trouble-makers: Dissent Over Foreign Policy 1792-1939 (1957)

•

Hall, Ian, ‘Power Politics and Appeasement: Political Realism in British International Thought, c. 1935-1955’, BJPIR, vol. 8, 2006, pp. 174-192.

•

R.A.C. Parker, Churchill and Appeasement

•

Edward Hallett Carr (1939), The Twenty Years’ Crisis, 1919-1939: An Introduction to the Study of International Relations, reprint (New York: Harper & Row, 1964).

13. Churchill’s Grand Strategy (Prof Andrew Roberts) (Tuesday 26th January) Churchill as a strategist, the Churchillian category and the Anglo-American Alliance Seminar discussion: Churchill’s strategy in World World Two TASK: List the strengths and weaknesses of Churchill’s strategy in WW2. Required reading: •

Noel Annan, ‘How Wrong Was Churchill?’, New York Review of Books, 8 April, http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/1993/apr/08/how-wrong-was-churchill/

•

Andrew Roberts, Masters and Commanders

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

14. The transfer of power from Britain to America after World War Two (John Bew) (Tuesday 2nd February) British decline, the end of Empire, the bomb and the Korean War Seminar discussion: America’s approach to the world after 1945 TASK: What were the foundations of American Grand Strategy after WW2 and how did they differ from British Grand Strategic Traditions? Prepare 5 observations. Required reading: •

D. Reynolds ‘A “Special Relationship”? America, Britain and the International Order since World War II,’ International Affairs, 62 (1985-6)

•

George F. Kennan, ‘The Sources of Soviet Conduct’, Foreign Affairs, vol.25, 1946.

General reading: •

D. Reynolds ‘Rethinking Anglo-American relations’, International Affairs, 65:1 (Winter 1988-9)

•

Bew, Realpolitik, Part IV

•

Hans Morgenthau, In Defense of the National Interest: A Critical Examination of American Foreign Policy, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1951.

•

George Kennan, American Diplomacy, 1900-1950, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1951.

•

Thompson, Nicholas, The Hawk and the Dove: Paul Nitze, George Kennan, and the History of the Cold War, New York: Picador, 2010.

•

Gaddis, John Lewis, Strategies of Containment, New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1982.

•

Gaddis, George F. Kennan: An American Life, New York and London: Penguin, 2011.

•

Inboden, William, Religion and American Foreign Policy: The Soul of Containment, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Wolfers, Arnold, (ed.), Alliance Policy and the Cold War, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press, 1959.

•

Farish, Matthew, The Contours of America’s Cold War, Minneapolis and London: University of Minnesota Press, 2010.

•

Kaplan, Robert, The Wizards of Armageddon, Stanford: Stanford University Press edition, 1991.

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

15. US Grand Strategy from Containment to Détente (John Bew) (Tuesday 16th February) Emergence of the Cold War, varieties of containment, the emergence of détente Seminar case study: Henry Kissinger TASK: Review and summarise the key arguments in one of Kissinger’s major books. Required reading: Select one of Kissinger’s mainly works from the following •

Diplomacy (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1994)

•

A World Restored: Metternich, Castlereagh and the Problems of Peace, 1812-1822, London: Weidenfeld and Nicholson: 1999 edn.

•

Years of Renewal, New York: Touchstone, 2000.

•

World Order, London: Allen Lane, 2014.

Further reading •

Isaacson, Walter Kissinger: A Biography (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992)

•

Berridge, Geoff R., Keens-Soper, Harold Maurice Alvar and Thomas G. Otte (eds.), Diplomatic Theory from Machiavelli to Kissinger, Houndsmill: Palgrave, 2001.

•

Dallek, Robert, Nixon and Kissinger: Partners in Power, London: Penguin, 2007.

•

Del Pero, Mario, The Eccentric Realist: Henry Kissinger and the Shaping of American Foreign Policy, Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2010.

•

Smith, Michael Joseph, Realist Thought from Weber to Kissinger, Baton Rouge and London: Louisiana State University Press, 1986.

•

Henry A. Kissinger, ‘The Meaning of History: Reflections on Spengler, Toynbee and Kant’ (Undergraduate honors thesis, Harvard University, 1950), available online READING WEEK (NO CLASS ON 23rd February)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

16.Warfare in the Cold War era, from Korea to Vietnam (Michael Rainsborough) (Tuesday 1st March) The hard-edge of the Cold War, varieties of warfare in the nuclear era. Seminar: In the context of the Cold War era, what did the notion of ‘limited war’ mean in theory and in practice? TASK: Evaluate the manner in which the Western powers, and particularly the United States, sought to make war instrumental in the nuclear age. Required reading: •

John Stone, Military Strategy: The Politics and Technique of War (London: Continuum, 2011), ch. 6

•

General

•

Janice Fleck, ‘Limited War Theory in Vietnam: A Critique According to Clausewitz’ (1994)

•

Robert A. Pape Jr, ‘Coercive Airpower in the Vietnam War’, International Security 15 (1990): 10346

•

Stephen Peter Rosen, ‘Vietnam and the American theory of limited war’, International Security 7 (1982): 83-113

•

‘The Uses of Military Power’, Remarks Prepared for Delivery by the Hon. Caspar W. Weinberger, Secretary of Defense, to the National Press Club Washington, D.C., 28 November 1984

17. Clinton’s Grand Strategy (Dr James Boyes), (Tuesday 8th March) Consequence of the Gulf War, humanitarian intervention, and the dilemmas of unipolarity Seminar discussion: What were the main dilemmas of U.S. Grand Strategy at the end of the War. TASK: Draw up a list of the main debates about U.S. Foreign Policy at the end of the Cold War Required reading: •

‘U.S. Policy Toward the Persian Gulf’, US National Security Directive 26, 2 October 1989 (http://bush41library.tamu.edu/files/nsd/nsd26.pdf)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

PNAC, ‘Statement of Principles’, 3 June 1997 (http://www.rrojasdatabank.info/pfpc/PNAC--statement%20of%20principles.pdf

•

Condoleezza Rice, ‘Promoting the National Interest’, Foreign Affairs, 79.1 (Jan.-Feb. 2000), pp. 4562 https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/2000-01-01/campaign-2000-promoting-nationalinterest

•

Robert Zoellick, ‘A Republican Foreign Policy’, Foreign Affairs, 79.1 (Jan.-Feb. 2000), pp. 63-78 (https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/2000-01-01/campaign-2000-republican-foreign-policy

•

Richard A. Clarke, National Security Council, Memorandum for Condoleezza Rice, 25 January 2001 (http://nsarchive.gwu.edu/NSAEBB/NSAEBB147/clarke%20memo.pdf) (pp. 3)

Further reading: •

James D. Boys, Clinton’s Grand Strategy

•

Francis Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man (1992)

•

Samuel Huntingdon, S., The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of the World Order (New York, 1996).

•

Hunt, Michael, Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy, New Haven and London: Yale University Press, 1987.

•

Isaac, Joel and Duncan Bell (eds.), Uncertain Empire: American History and the End of the Cold War, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2012.

•

Fred Halliday, ‘The Gulf War and its aftermath: first reflections’, International Affairs, 67.2 (1991), pp. 223-234

•

‘Conclusions’ from Lawrence Freedman and Efraim Karsh, The Gulf Conflict 1990-1991: Diplomacy and War in the New World Order (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1993), pp. 428-442

18. Grand Strategy and the War on Terror (Tuesday 15th March) The impact of 9/11 and the Bush revolution in American foreign policy Seminar discussion: How did 9/11 transform American foreign policy?

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

TASK: Prepare either a 5 point defence of President Bush’s Grand Strategy, or a 5 point critique Required reading: •

Michael Howard, ‘What's In A Name?: How to Fight Terrorism’, Foreign Affairs (January/February 2002)

•

Melvyn P. Leffler, ‘9/11 and American Foreign Policy’, Diplomatic History, 29/3 (2005), pp. 395-413

Further reading: •

Joshua Micah Marshall, ‘Remaking the World: Bush and the Neoconservatives’, Foreign Affairs, November-December 2003 issue (https://www.foreignaffairs.com/reviews/review-essay/2003-1101/remaking-world-bush-and-neoconservatives

•

Francis Fukuyama, ‘After Neoconservatism’, New York Times, 19 February 2006 http://www.nytimes.com/2006/02/19/magazine/neo.html?pagewanted=all

•

Melvyn P. Leffler, ‘The Foreign Policies of the George W. Bush Administration: Memoirs, History, Legacy’, Diplomatic History, 37 (April 2013), pp. 1-27

•

Robert Litwak, Regime Change: U.S. Strategy through the Prism of 9/11 (2006)

•

Bromwen Maddox, In Defense of America (2008)

•

James Mann, The Vulcans: Inside Bush’s War Cabinet

•

David Hoogland Noon, ‘Cold War Revival: Neoconservatives and Historical Memory in the War on Terror’, American Studies, 48.3 (Fall 2007), pp. 75-99

19. Can small states have a Grand Strategy (Hillary Briffa)? (Tuesday 15th March) The evolution of grand strategy, defining ‘smallness’, different types of leadership, international institutions as voice amplifying mechanisms, soft/hard/sticky power, strategic foresight Seminar discussion: Grand Strategies of small actors and Grand Strategies of the future

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

TASK: Prepare a 5 point guide to Grand Strategy for the next British Prime Minister or American President, based on your predictions for the 20 years of international affairs. Required reading: •

Janusz Bugajski Herceg The Viability of small states: Security, Cooperation, Europeanization (2002)

•

Alyson JK Bailes Does a Small State need a strategy?

•

CIA Future Assessment of 1986, uploaded to Keats.

20. Obama’s Grand Strategy (Tuesday 22nd March) From engagement to counter-terrorism, drone warfare and the return of geopolitics Seminar discussion: Obama’s Grand Strategy TASK: Prepare either a 5 point defence of Obama’s Grand Strategy, or a 5 point critique Required reading: •

Robert Kagan, ‘Superpowers Don’t get to retire’, http://www.newrepublic.com/article/117859/allure-normalcy-what-america-still-owesworld

•

Daniel Drezner, ‘Does Obama Have a Grand Strategy’, Foreign Affairs

•

David Edelstein, ‘Think Again: Barak Obama and the War on Terror’, http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2009/01/18/think_again_barack_obama_and_the _war_on_terror

Further reading: •

James Mann, The Obamians: The Struggle Inside the White House to Redefine American Power (2012

•

David E. Sanger, Confront and Conceal: Obama’s Secret Wars and Surprising Use of American Power (2012)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Rajiv Chandrasekaran, Little America: The War Within the War for Afghanistan (2012)

•

B. Woodward, Obama’s Wars (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2010)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

CLASSIC TEXTS ON GRAND STRATEGY: •

B.H. Liddell Hart, Strategy (New York: Faber & Faber, 1967).

•

Barry Posen, Restraint: A New Foundation for U.S. Grand Strategy (2012)

•

Beatrice Hauser, The Evolution of Strategy (2012)

•

Charles Hill, Grand Strategies (2000)

•

Edward Mead Earle, with Gordon A. Craig and Felix Gilbert, eds., Makers of Modern Strategy:

•

Edward N. Luttwak, Strategy: The Logic of War and Peace (Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1987).

•

Henry Kissinger, A World Restored (1957).

•

Henry Kissinger, Diplomacy (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1994).

•

Henry Kissinger, World Order (2014)

•

Michael Doyle, Ways of War and Peace: Realism, Liberalism, and Socialism (New York: W.W. Norton, 1997).

•

Michael Howard, War and the Liberal Conscience

•

Military Thought from Machiavelli to Hitler (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1971).

•

Paul Kennedy, ed., Grand Strategies in War and Peace (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1991).

•

Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict From 1500 to 2000(New York: Vintage Books, 1987).

•

Peter Paret with Gordon A. Craig and Felix Gilbert, eds., Makers of Modern Strategy: From Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986).

•

Robert Kagan, Dangerous Nation

•

Robert Kagan, Paradise and Power

•

Robert Kagan, The Return of History and the End of Dreams

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Robert Kaplan, The Revenge of Geography

•

Walter Russell Mead, God and Gold: Britain, America and the Making of the Modern World

•

Walter Russell Mead, Power, Terror, Peace and War: America’s Grand Strategy in a World at Risk

•

Walter Russell Mead, Special Providence: American Foreign Policy and How It Changed the World

•

Williamson Murray, MacGregor Knox and Alvin Bernstein, eds., The Making of Strategy: Rulers, States, and War (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994).

•

Williamson Murray, MacGregor Knox and Alvin Bernstein, eds., The Making of Strategy: Rulers, States, and War (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1994).

NEW BOOKS ON GRAND STRATEGY: •

Adam Tooze, The Deluge: The Great War and the Remaking of Global Order

•

Art, Robert J., America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics, Routledge: London and New York, 2009.

•

Colin Dueck, The Obama Doctrine: American Grand Strategy Today (Oxford University Press, 2015)

•

Hal Brands, The Promise and Pitfalls of Grand Strategy, (U.S. Army War College Strategic Studies Institute, August 2012) http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/

•

Hal Brands, What Good Is Grand Strategy?: Power and Purpose in American Statecraft from Harry S. Truman to George W. Bush (Cornell University Press, 2014)

•

Ian Bremmer, Superpower: Three Choices for America’s Role in the World (Portfolio, 2015)

•

John Bew, Realpolitik: A Brief History (Oxford University Press, Forthcoming 2015).

•

Lawrence Freedman: Strategy (Oxford University Press, 2015)

•

Mark Moyar, Strategic Failure: How President Obama’s Drone Warfare, Defense Cuts, and Military Amateurism Have Imperiled America (Threshold Editions, 2015).

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

William Martel, Grand Strategy in Theory and Practice: The Need for an Effective American Foreign Policy (2015)

•

Williamson Murray and Richard Hart Sinnreich, Successful Strategies: Triumphing in War and Peace from Antiquity to the Present (Cambridge University Press, 2014).

OTHER BOOKS IN THE GRAND STRATEGY FIELD: •

Audrey Cronin and James Ludes, Attacking Terrorism: Elements of a Grand Strategy (2004).

•

Bacevich, Andrew J., (ed.), The Short American Century: A Postmortem, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2012.

•

Charles N. Edel, Nation Builder: John Quincy Adams and the Grand Strategy of the Republic (2014).

•

Christopher Lane, The Peace of Illusions: American Grand Strategy form 1940 to the Present Day (2007)

•

Conrad Black, Flight of the Eagle: The Grand Strategies That Brought America from Colonial Dependence to World Leadership (2013).

•

Edward N. Luttwak, The Grand Strategy of the Soviet Union (1984)

•

Eric Hyer, The Pragmatic Dragon: China's Grand Strategy and Boundary Settlements

•

James D. Boys, Clinton’s Grand Strategy: US Foreign Policy in a Post-Cold War World (2015)

•

Jeffrey W. Taliaferro and Norrin M. Ripsman, The Challenge of Grand Strategy: The Great Powers and the Broken Balance between the World Wars,

•

John Bew, Castlereagh: Enlightenment, War and Tyranny

•

John Lenczowski, Full Spectrum Diplomacy and Grand Strategy: Reforming the Structure and Culture of U.S. Foreign Policy (2001)

•

Jon Testuro Sumida, Inventing Grand Strategy and Teaching Command: The Classic Works of Alfred Thayer Mahan Reconsidered

•

Jonathan Powell, The New Machiavelli

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Kevin Narinzy, The Political Economy of Grand Strategy

•

Lucian M. Ashworth, A History of International Thought

•

N. Ferguson, Empire: How Britain Made the Modern World (2003)

•

Paul Kennedy, Grand Strategies in War and Peace (1992)

•

Peter Paret and Gordon A. Craig, Makers of Modern Strategy from Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age

•

Phillip Bobbitt, Shield of Achilles

•

Robert Art, America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics (2008)

•

Robert J. Art, A Grand Strategy for America 1830-1886 (2006)

BRITISH FOREIGN POLICY: •

A.W. Ward, The Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy (2010)

•

B. Porter 'Empire and British national identity, 1815-1914' in H. Brocklehurst & R.

•

B. Simms and W. Mulligan, The Primacy of Foreign Policy in British History, 1660-2000: How Strategic Concerns Shaped Modern Britain (2010)

•

C. Meyer, Getting Our Own Way: 500 Years of Adventure and Intrigue: the Inside Story of British Diplomacy (2009)

•

C.H.D. Howard, Britain and the casus belli 1822-1902: a study of Britain's international

•

C.J. Bartlett (ed), Britain Pre-eminent: Studies of Britain's World influence in the Nineteenth Century (1969)

•

D. Hurd, Choose Your Weapons: The British Foreign Secretary: Two Centuries of Conflict and Personalities (2010)

•

D. Reynolds, Britannia Overruled: British Policy and World Powers in the 20th Century (2000)

•

D. Sanders, Losing an Empire, Finding a Role: British Foreign Policy Since 1945 (1990)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

E. Goldstein and B. McKercher, Power and Stability: British Foreign Policy, 1865-1965 (2003)

•

G. Otte and N. Ashton, The Makers of British Foreign Policy: From Pitt to Thatcher (2001)

•

G.P. Gooch and A.W. Ward, The Cambridge History of British Foreign Policy 1783-1919 (2010, edn.)

•

G.P. Gooch, A Century of British Foreign Policy (2009 edn)

•

H.W. Temperley and L.M. Penson, Foundations of British Foreign Policy, 1792-1902 (1966 edn.)

•

J. Bew, Castlereagh: Enlightenment, War and Tyranny (2011)

•

J. Darwin, The Empire Project: The Rise & fall of the British World System (2009)

•

J. Parry The Politics of Patriotism: English liberalism, national identity and Europe,

•

K.M. Wilson (ed.) British Foreign Secretaries and Foreign Policy 1854-1914 (1987)

•

M. Chamberlain, Pax Britannica? British foreign policy 1789-1914 (1988)

•

N. Ferguson, Empire: How Britain Made the Modern World (2003)

•

N. Hayes, Modern British Foreign Policy: the nineteenth century 1814-80 (1975)

•

P. Kennedy, The Realities Behind Diplomacy: Background Influences in British External Policy, 1865-1980 (1981)

•

R. Holland, Blue-Water Empire: The British in the Mediterranean Since 1800 (2012)

•

R. Self, British Foreign and Defence Policy Since 1945: Challenges and Dilemmas in a Changing World (2010)

•

T.G. Otte, The Foreign Office Mind: The Making of British Foreign Policy, 1865-1914 (2011)

WORKS ON MODERN AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY: •

Alistair Campbell, The Burden of Power: Countdown to Iraq (2012)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

America Right or Wrong: An Anatomy of American Nationalism (2005)

•

Anatol Lieven and John Hulsman, Ethical Realism (2007)

•

B. Woodward, Bush at War (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2002)

•

B. Woodward, Obama’s Wars (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2010)

•

B. Woodward, Plan of Attack (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2004)

•

B. Woodward, State of Denial: Bush at War (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2006).

•

B. Woodward, The War Within: A Secret White House History, 2006–2008 (Simon and Schuster: New York, 2008)

•

Bromwen Maddox, In Defense of America (2008)

•

David E. Sanger, Confront and Conceal: Obama’s Secret Wars and Surprising Use of American Power (2012)

•

Dexter Filkins, The Forever War: Dispatches from the War on Terror (2009)

•

Dov Zakhein, A Vulcan's Tale (2011)

•

Francis Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man (1992)

•

G. Packer, The Assassin’s Gate: America in Iraq (2006)

•

Ivo H. Daalder and James M. Lindsay, America Unbound: The Bush Revolution in Foreign Policy (2005)

•

J. Burke, Al-Qaeda: The True Story of Radical Islam (Penguin: London, 2003)

•

Jack Fairweather, A War of Choice: The British in Iraq 2003-9 (2011)

•

James Mann, The Obamians: The Struggle Inside the White House to Redefine American Power (2012)

•

James Mann, The Rise of the Vulcans (2004)

•

L. Wright, The Looming Tower: Al Qaeda's Road to 9/11 (Penguin: London, 2007).

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

•

Mary Buckley and Robert Singh eds., The Bush Doctrine and the War on Terrorism: Global Responses, Global Consequences (2006)

•

Melvyn P. Leffler, ‘9/11 and American Foreign Policy’, Diplomatic History, 29/3 (2005), pp. 395-413

•

Melvyn P. Leffler, ‘The Foreign Policies of the George W. Bush Administration: Memoirs, History, Legacy’, Diplomatic History, 37 (April 2013), pp. 1-27

•

Peter Galbraith, The End of Iraq: How American Incompetence Created a War without End (2006)

•

Rajiv Chandrasekaran, Imperial Life in the Emerald City: Inside Baghdad's Green Zone (2008)

•

Rajiv Chandrasekaran, Little America: The War Within the War for Afghanistan (2012)

•

Richard N. Haass, The Opportunity: America’s Moment to Alter History’s Course (2005)

•

Robert Luttwak, Regime Change: U.S. Strategy through the Prism of 9/11 (2006)

•

Ron Suskind, The One Percent Doctrine: Deep Inside America's Pursuit of Its Enemies Since 9/11 (2006)

•

S. Coll, Ghost Wars: The Secret History of the CIA, Afghanistan and Bin Laden from the Soviet Invasion to September 10, 2001 (Penguin: London, 2005)

•

Samuel Huntingdon, S., The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of the World Order (New York, 1996).

•

Stefan Halper and Jonathan Clarke, America Alone: The Neo-Conservatives and the Global Order (2004)

•

T. Harnden, The Welsh Guards and the Real Story of Britain's War in Afghanistan (2011)

•

Thomas R. Ricks, Fiasco: The American Military Adventure in Iraq (2007)

•

Thomas R. Ricks, The Gamble: General Petraeus and the Untold Story of the American Surge in Iraq, 2006 – 2008 (2008)

•

Timothy J. Lynch and Robert S. Singh. After Bush: The Case for Continuity in American Foreign Policy (2008)

[5SSW2004 (FULL YEAR)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

GRAND STRATEGY AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN STATECRAFT

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Convener: Seminar Leader: Timetable:

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

Dr Alan James | K.6.23|Ext: 1766|[email protected]

Office Hours: Fridays, 13:00-15:00 hrs, or by appointment

Sadia McEvoy| [email protected]

https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws

Module Overview: This module explores the conceptual difficulties with the terms ‘empire’ and ‘imperialism’ in the study of the development of modern warfare, strategy and international relations. Taking an historical and comparative perspective on the experience, primarily but not exclusively, of western maritime empires since the fifteenth century, it challenges simple models of modernising change. A particular emphasis will be on assessing the role of military coercion in shaping the relationship between the ‘west’ and the rest of the world. Prominent, too, is the sea and naval power in the evolution of modern war and globalisation. The aim is to challenge some of our working assumptions about the past by exploring the many different motivations, experiences and contexts within which past empires operated and to begin to re-assess our understanding of the current global environment. AIMS  The aims of the module are to:  provide a detailed historical and comparative perspective on the role of empires in the shaping of the modern world since the fifteenth century;  introduce students to appropriate theoretical models and to the conceptual difficulties involved in the study of imperialism and in the contemporary analysis of global affairs;  encourage an assessment of the role of military coercion in the long process of globalisation;  provide opportunities for small group work to develop interpersonal and communication skills;  and, develop skills in the collection and synthesis of information in individual research on key aspects of the history of empires. LEARNING OUTCOMES  Upon successful completion of the module, students will:  have detailed knowledge of the history of European empires and an awareness of the key concepts and theories related to their study;  be able to identify and analyse different issues or themes related to the study of empires;  have undertaken individual research and synthesised information in order to inform an understanding of the historical experience and contemporary significance of imperialism;  and, have interacted effectively in small group settings discussing the history of western and non-western empires, adapting interpersonal and communication skills in a range of situations. MODULE REQUIREMENTS The module is run as a series of weekly one-hour lectures and one-hour seminars. The lectures will be delivered by Alan James, Andrew Lambert, Sadia McEvoy and others. Although you are welcome to ask questions at the lectures, the seminars will provide the opportunity for students to take the lead, present material of their own, and to ask and to answer questions from fellow students. The subject of each seminar, whilst broadly following Page | 1

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

the outline of the lectures (which are intended, as much as anything, to supplement the seminars, not the other way around), will be determined by Sadia McEvoy with whom students should also consult about their assessed work. In addition:  All essays must conform to the ‘Guidelines on the Presentation of Essays’ in the Student Handbook.  Students must read the section in the Handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts.  Students should note that attendance at seminars, tutorials etc. is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed and over-length work may result in penalties being applied. Students should be reminded that a copy of the comments sheet and mark for all formatively assessed essays is copied and added to the student files. A failure to submit all required assessed work or to meet other module obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the sections on submission of work, attendance, and student progress in the Student Handbook. ASSESSMENT, EXAM PAPERS & KEATS SUBMISSION FULL YEAR STUDENTS: Assessment will be based on a series of seminar-based exercises worth 15% of the overall assessment. In addition two essays, of up to 3,000 words, will be required worth 20% each. This is followed by a short, two-hour exam in May for the remaining 45%. The submission dates will be established in due course and announced on KEATS. STUDY ABROAD FULL YEAR STUDENTS are assessed in the same way as BA students above. STUDY ABROAD Fall Students (5SSWF007):  2 x 3000 word essays (each worth 40% of the final grade) with the final 20% being made up of seminarbased exercises. STUDY ABROAD Spring Students (5SSWS007):  2 x 3000 word essays (each worth 40% of the final grade) with the final 20% being made up of seminarbased exercises.

Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! Page | 2

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers: Since this is the first time that an examination is being set for this module, there are no past examination papers to be consulted. INDICATIVE LECTURE SCHEDULE (Note: this list is from 2014-15 and it is certain to change radically. It is provided here only to provide a rough guide to the chronological coverage and ‘some’ of the themes that will be covered. Please consult KEATS) Date 23 Sept.

Lecture Schedule 2014-15 1. Introduction to Sea Power and to the Module.

30 Sept.

2. The Emergence of Global Naval Power: China, Portuguese expansion in AJ the Indian Ocean, and the escalation of European warfare in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries 3. European Empires: The Holy Roman Empire, Elizabethan Privateers, and AJ the Spanish Conquest of America 4. Sea Power and Early Empires: The Battle of Lepanto, the Azores, and AJ the Spanish Armada

7 Oct. 14 Oct.

21 Oct. 28 Oct. 4 Nov.

AJ

5. Mare Liberum: Mercantilism, Dutch East Asia, and the first two Anglo- AJ Dutch Wars 6. Louis XIV as Oriental Monarch: the French ‘Persian’ Squadron, and AJ Anglo-Dutch competition 7. Trade and Empire: European Wars of Succession and the Expansion of AJ Global Trade Page | 3

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

11 Nov.

8. First ‘World’ War? : The Seven Years’ War, 1756-1763

18 Nov.

No Lecture

25 Nov.

9. American Independence and the Rise of British Influence in India

2 Dec.

10. Global Encounters and Exploration: Slavery, the Enlightenment, and AJ the Pacific Ocean 11. Strategic Change and Modern Warfare: Nelson and Napoleon ADL CHRISTMAS BREAK

9 Dec

AJ

AJ

13 Jan.

12. Teaching Strategy to the new Republic: The naval War of 1812

20 Jan.

13. Pax Britannica? Global Power, deterrence and ADL disengagement: British Strategy 1815-1890 14. The role of sea power in total Conflict; the American Civil War, 1861- ADL 1865

27 Jan.

3 Feb. 10 Feb. 17 Feb. 24 Feb. 3 Mar. 10 Mar. 17 Mar. 24 Mar.

15. Analytical Minds: Historians, strategists and rise of navalism, 18601914 16. Tirpitz, Trietschke and the construction of German Sea Power, 18711914 17. Naval Revolution? Dreadnoughts, submarines and sea-control 19051914 18. Sea Power and the Rise of Japan: The Russo-Japanese War, 1905 19. Decisive battle? Jutland and the U-boat war 20. Air Power and Decisive Battle in the Pacific: From Pearl Harbor to Midway 21. The pivot of the war: The Battle of the Atlantic 1939-1945 22. Sea Power in Contemporary East Asia: From US Hegemony to the Rise of China

ADL

ADL ADL ADL AP ADL AP ADL AP

SELECT INTRODUCTORY BIBLIOGRAPHY Note that readings by topic will be available on KEATS, which students will be expected to consult regularly. The literature on empires and imperialism is vast, and students will have no problem at all finding more than enough to read. The difficulty will not be finding relevant material but learning to read critically and in a way Page | 4

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

that will prepare you for the seminars and for the exam. A good, general but very introductory preparation for the course might be: Stephen Howe, Empire: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford, 2002). Or, try these two essays as introductions: Dominic Lieven, ‘Empire, History and the Contemporary Global Order’, Proceedings of the British Academy, 131 (2005), pp. 127-156. Linda Colley, ‘The Difficulties of Empire: Past, Present and Future’, Historical Research, 79, 205 (2006), pp. 367382. It would also be good to compare the approach taken by Lal and Drayton: Deepak Lal, In Praise of Empires: Globalization and Order (Palgrave, 2004) Richard Drayton, ‘Where does the World Historian write from? Objectivity, Moral Conscience and the Past and Present of Imperialism’, Journal of Contemporary History, 46, 3 (2011), pp. 671-685. Other possible reading to give you a start: Bayley, C., The Birth of the Modern World: Global Connections and Comparisons, 1780-1914 (Oxford, 2004) Benjamin, T., The Atlantic World: Europeans, Africans, Indians and their shared History, 1400-1900 (Cambridge, 2009) Black, Jeremy, European Warfare in a Global Context (London, 2006), and many other relevant books by him. Darwin, John, After Tamerlane: The Global History of Empire since 1405 (Bloomsbury, 2008) Stockwell, Sarah, ed., The British Empire: themes and perspectives (Oxford, 2008) Vandervort, Bruce, ‘War in the Non-European World’ in Hughes and Philpott, eds, Palgrave Advances in Modern Military History (Palgrave, 2006)

Page | 5

[5SSW2014 | 5SSWF007 (Fall JYA) | 5SSWS007 (Spring JYA)]

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Empires, Imperialism and the History of the Modern World

Page | 6

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Module convener: Dr Claudia Aradau Lecturers: Dr Leonie Ansems de Vries and Dr Claudia Aradau Office hours: Please check website Graduate Teaching Assistants: Birte Julia Gippert and Alister Wedderburn Timetable: https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws/SDB1415RDB/ MODULE AIMS This module aims to provide you with an understanding of the most important challenges that war poses for international order. It draws on ideas from international relations, sociology, political geography, and anthropology to equip students with conceptual and analytical to understand the relations between international order and war. Are wars an unavoidable threat to international order? Or are they necessary at times to preserve international order? What have the Cold War, the ‘war on terror’, and the war on poverty in common? How can we understand the relations between war and revolution, war and security, war and human rights, war and risk? What alternatives to war are possible today? How have wars and conflicts been transformed by changes in the international order? War is often seen as one of the most challenging events that a society can encounter. War can threaten a society’s identity, culture, and even survival, it is accompanied by violence and suffering. Wars can also be a source of change and reinvention. If wars had long been exceptional occurrences that were clearly delimited in time (times of war) and space (the battlefield), contemporary wars are increasingly becoming more extensive and more ordinary. War is no longer clearly delimited from peace, as peacebuilding, state-building, reconstruction and democratisation indicate. Thus, wars do not simply threaten international order. Humanitarian wars, for instance, are often held to play a role in managing and sustaining international order. The module is structured in four sections that aim to understand war and creating order, managing order, challenging order as well as transformations in international order through contemporary debates about new orders/old orders. Each of the four sections ends with a one in-depth case study in which you can apply the approaches and concepts discussed in the previous weeks. The aim of the case studies is to develop your skils of analysis and critical engagement, both in terms of developing and presenting their own arguments, developing their capacity to engage in informed discussion and argument about complex political questions. LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this module, students will have • An understanding on how wars contribute to, challenge or impede the creation and maintenance of international order • An understanding of how wars have changed historically in relation to structural transformations of the international order • Knowledge of key theoretical approaches about international order and war • Critical awareness of current debates about war and key concepts to analyse war and international order • An ability to construct sound arguments and conduct theoretically informed, critical analysis of political debates concerning the relationship between war and international order; • Transferable skills, including critical evaluation, analytical investigation, written and oral presentation and collaboration with others. Page | 1

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module will be taught over twenty weeks (there are twenty weekly one-hour lectures followed by a onehour seminar). In addition, there are two weeks dedicated to student peer work, one introductory week and one revision week. No classes (lectures or seminars) will be held during the weeks dedicated to peer work. Students are expected to discuss their essay topics in work groups and provide feedback to one colleague. The introductory and revision week will have lectures but no seminars. In preparation for the discussion, students will need to consult the ‘Essay preparation’ folder on the module website. Further feedback on the choice of topic will be provided by the module convener and seminar tutors during office hours. Students will be expected to attend each of twenty lectures and twenty seminars. Every student is obligated to participate in the group seminar lasting an hour. The seminars will be student-led, where the a work group will start the session by presenting a research paper on either the provided discussion question, or an independently chosen question which has been raised by the reading, and then chair the discussion that follows. The work group will need to prepare one common handout to be shared with the rest of the class. The format of the handout can vary (see Assessment further down). All should actively contribute to seminar discussions and they are expected to have read the key readings for each week at a minimum. MODULE ASSESSMENT | KEATS SUBMISSION | EXAMS FAQ FULL YEAR BA2 STUDENTS (5SSW2049) The assessment for this module consists of four elements.  Group seminar presentations (summative) 10%  Peer review of essay topics and outlines (formative)  An essay of maximum 3000 words (summative) 40%  A two-hour exam in the summer term (summative) 50% All four elements of the assessment are mandatory in order to fulfil the requirements for this module. Seminar presentation. Students must prepare seminar presentations in a work group. Work groups will be decided in the second week of Term 1 (Seminar 1). Presentations will also be allocated in Week 2. It is up to each group how they will communicate and meet to prepare their presentation for the seminar. Groups can meet face-to-face and use other forms of online communication as well or work together on a collaborative platform such as a wiki. Groups are required to produce one collective handout for their seminar presentation. The handout can be a series of Power Point slides, a Word or pdf document. While groups can divide readings between themselves in order to cover more material and follow up on some of the further readings for each week, all group members need to contribute to the presentation. This does not mean that each group member needs to present – teams can divide up roles. Depending on group allocations, 1-2 group members can present, while 1-2 groups members can lead the seminar discussion and respond to questions from the class. In this case, the roles will need to be rotated for remaining presentations. Seminar presentations will be graded on the conceptual quality and content of the handout, fluency of oral presentation (try not to simply read out what you have written down), and involvement of the group. Peer review of essay topics and outlines. The second element of assessment concerns peer review of essay Page | 2

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

topics. There are no given topics for essays on this module; students will need to choose their own essay topics. Peer review activity is formative. This means that it is developmental, but does not count formally towards your final grade. Although not assessed directly, it will also help with the formally assessed elements of the module. Peer review will help you become more reflective towards your own choice of essay topics, structure and writing. At the end of the first semester, students will meet in their work groups to brainstorm over possible essay topics and give each feedback. Essay. Essays of up to 3000 words can be written on a topic of your choice, which addresses the material from the syllabus. You will work in groups to discuss possible topics and research questions. If in doubt about whether your chosen topic addresses well enough the syllabus, get in touch with Dr Aradau (Term 1) and Dr de Vries (Term 2). Supporting material will be provided on the course website in the folder ‘Writing your essay’. Your essay needs to develop an argument and not just describe situations, and provide reasonable evidence to support your ideas. You will need to select examples to support your arguments or use a case study more in-depth. All essays will need to be properly referenced. The submission date for the essay is the last Friday of term. Late submissions will be penalised and can be given a mark of 0. The word limits are fixed and over-length essays will be penalised. Information on essay presentation is available here https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/essaypres.aspx. Essays are due on 8 April 2016 at 12.00 pm. Late essays will be penalised and may receive a mark of 0. Essay need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 12:00 noon on the date indicated. Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx Exam. A two-hour exam will assess your knowledge and understanding of the main debates about war and international order discussed in class. The handouts prepared by the work groups will be helpful preparation material for the exam. The revision lecture will help you address some specimen questions. FULL YEAR STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS will be assessed in the same way as BA students STUDY ABROAD FALL STUDENTS (5SSWFOO9)  Group seminar presentations (summative) 10%  Peer review of essay topics (formative)  An essay of maximum 3000 words on a topic of choice (summative) 40%  An essay of maximum 3500 words on a seminar question (summative) 50% The essays will need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 18 December 2015 at 12.00pm. STUDY ABROAD SPRING STUDENTS (5SSWSOO9)  Group seminar presentations (summative) 10%  Peer review of essay topics and outlines (formative)  An essay of maximum 3000 words on a topic of choice (summative) 40% Page | 3

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16



WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

A two-hour exam in the summer term (summative) 50%

The essay will need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 8 April 2016 at 12.00pm. Important note regarding KEATS submission: Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of your assessed essay is submitted on KEATS. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

Page | 4

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

LECTURE AND SEMINAR SCHEDULE TERM 1  Week 1: Introduction to the module. No seminars. 1 October 2015  Week 2: What is international order? 8 October 2015 I.

CREATING ORDER  Week 3: Inside/Outside: states and war 15 October 2015  Week 4: Liberal orders: alternatives to war? 22 October 2015  Week 5: Imperial orders and war 29 October 2015  Week 6: Patriarchal orders: gender and war 5 November 2015  Week 7: Case study: failed and fragile states 12 November 2015

II.

MANAGING ORDER • Week 8: Power 19 November 2015 • Week 9: International law 26 November 2015 • Week 10: Global governance 2 December 2015 • Week 11: Case study: intervention in Libya 10 December 2015

III.

TERM 2 CHALLENGING ORDER • Week 12: Order versus Justice? 21 January 2016 • Week 13: Decolonisation: struggles for justice 28 January 2016 • Week 14: Human rights 4 February 2016 • Week 15: Revolutions 11 February 2016 • Week 16: Case study: ‘war on terror’ 18 February 2016

IV.

NEW ORDERS/OLD ORDERS? • Week 17: ‘New wars’ and globalisation 25 February 2016 • Week 18: A ‘clash of civilisations’? 3 March 2016 • Week 19: Securitisation 10 March 2015 • Week 20: Living in a world risk society 17 March 2016 • Week 21: No class + seminars. Peer review of essay outlines 24 March 2016 • Week 22: Case study: the Mediterranean migration crisis 31 March 2016

SUMMER TERM 

Week 23: Revision lecture. No seminars.

Reading List: Readings are given for each lecture topic; the key readings also serve as seminar readings and are the basis for seminar presentations and discussions. This does not mean that work groups should restrict themselves to the key readings only. Further reading covers both background readings and more in-depth and critical texts that Page | 5

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

are particularly recommended you like to draw on a particular theory or approach for your essay. The key readings have been selected to offer different perspectives on a week’s topic. Students are also expected to familiarise themselves with relevant news items and to be ready to discuss them in relation to the week's lecture or seminar topic. Students are also encouraged to make use of contemporary cases in written work. The KCL library has online access to many news sources. You can consult databases like Nexis UK, which covers all major newspapers in English and a few other languages. Some of the e-journals most helpful for this module are: • European Journal of International Relations • Security Dialogue • Review of International Studies • International Political Sociology • Foreign Affairs • Millennium: Journal of International Studies • International Security • International Organization • Alternatives: Global, local, political Week by week outline Week 1 Introduction to the module No readings. This week will introduce the module structure, requirements and assessment. Brief guidance on essay writing. Practical arrangements for lectures and seminars. There will be no seminars this week. Students are expected to familiarise themselves with the module outline. Week 2: What is international order? This week will give an introduction to the structure of the module. You will discuss different definitions of order and the particularity of international order. Why is it important to analyse the relation between war and international order? Required readings Zartman, I William (2009). "The Quest for Order in World Politics." In Imbalance of Power: Us Hegemony and International Order, edited by I William Zartman, 1-26: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Bull, Hedley (2002), ‘The Concept of Order in World Politics’ in Anarchical Society, 3rd edition, pp. 3-22. Further readings Andrew Phillips (2010) War, religion, and empire: The transformation of international orders (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press). Chapter 1, ‘What are International Orders?’ Rengger, N. J. 2000. International Relations, Political Theory and the Problem of Order: Beyond International Relations Theory? London: Routledge, ‘Introduction: International Relations Theory and the Problem of Page | 6

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Order’, pp. 1-35. Rosenau, James N. 2002. Governance in a New Global Order. In Governing Globalization: Power, Authority and Global Governance, ed. David Held and Anthony McGrew:70–86. Cambridge: Polity. Tuck, Richard. 1999. The Rights of War and Peace: Political Thought and the International Order from Grotius to Kant: Oxford University Press, USA. March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1998. The Institutional Dynamics of International Political Orders. International Organization 52, no. 04: 943-969. I.

CREATING ORDER

Can there be order in the international system? How can international order emerge? This section of the module will focus on four theories about the emergence of order and the role that war plays in creating order: realism, liberalism, Marxism and feminism. The section will end with a week devoted to the so-called ‘failed and fragile states’ and the application of the theoretical approaches developed in the previous four weeks. Week 3 Inside/Outside: states and war What is the relation between domestic and international order? How is order created domestically and internationally? What is the role of knowledge in creating order? Required readings Hobbes, Thomas, Leviathan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977, chapters. 13, 17, 18 – available online from http://ebooks.adelaide.edu.au/h/hobbes/thomas/h68l/index.html. Foucault, Michel, Security, Territory, Population. Lecture of 22 March 1978, pp. 375-392. London: Palgrave. Further readings: Williams, Michael C. 2005. The Realist Tradition and the Limits of International Relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, ‘Chapter 1. Sceptical States: Hobbes’, pp. 19-51. Hobbes, T., Leviathan, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977, chapters. 13, 17, 18 – available online from http://ebooks.adelaide.edu.au/h/hobbes/thomas/h68l/index.html. Richard Tuck, ‘Hobbes’, in R. Tuck, The Rights of War and Peace: Political Thought and the International Order from Grotius to Kant (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001), pp. 109-139. Tom Sorell (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Hobbes (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996). John Herz. 1950. ‘Idealist Internationalism and the Security Dilemma’, World Politics, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 157– 180 Murray Forsyth, ‘Thomas Hobbes and the External Relations of States,’ British Journal of International Studies, vol. 5 (1979), pp. 196–209. Schmidt, Brian C., 1998. The Political Discourse of Anarchy: A Disciplinary History of International Relations. New York: State University of New York Press. Schmitt, C., G. Schwab, and T.B. Strong. 2008. The Leviathan in the State Theory of Thomas Hobbes: Meaning and Failure of a Political Symbol: University of Chicago Press. Page | 7

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Williams, Michael C. 1996. ‘Hobbes and International Relations: A Reconsideration’, International Organization, vol. 50, no. 2: 213-236. Milner, Helen, 1991. The Assumption of Anarchy in International Relations Theory: A Critique. Review of International Studies 17, no. 1: 67-85. Vinci, Anthony, 2008. Anarchy, Failed States, and Armed Groups: Reconsidering Conventional Analysis. International Studies Quarterly 52, no. 2: 295-314. Wallerstein, Immanuel, 2003. Entering Global Anarchy. New Left Review, no. 22: 27. Week 4 Liberal orders: alternatives to war? What is liberal order? How is war understood in international liberal order? Do you agree with the alternatives to war proposed by liberal theorists? How convincing to you find Kant’s proposal for Perpetual Peace? Required readings Kant, Immanuel, ‘Perpetual Peace’ in Political Writings, pp. 93-130. A pdf version is available online here http://files.libertyfund.org/files/357/0075_Bk.pdf - read pp. 107-142. Ikenberry, G. John. ‘Liberal Internationalism 3.0: America and the Dilemmas of Liberal World Order.’ Perspectives on Politics 7, no. 01 (2009): 71-87. Weber, Cynthia. 'After Liberalism.' Millennium - Journal of International Studies 38, no. 3 (May 1, 2010 2010): 553-60.

Further Readings Foucault, Michel, The Birth of Biopolitics. Lecture of 24 January 1979, pp 51-74, London: Palgrave. Jahn, Beate, 2005. Kant, Mill, and Illiberal Legacies in International Affairs. International Organization 59, no. 01: 177-207. Ikenberry, G John. Liberal Leviathan: The Origins, Crisis, and Transformation of the American World Order. Princeton University Press, 2012. MacMillan,J. 2004. Whose Democracy; Which Peace? Contextualizing the Democractic Peace. International Politics 41, no. 4: 472-493. Robert Jackson and Georg Sørensen, Chapter 4 in Introduction to International Relations: Theories and Approaches, 3rd edn, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007). Deudney, D. and J.G. Ikenberry, 1999. The Nature and Sources of Liberal International Order, in Review of International Studies, Vol. 25, No. 2, 1999, pp. 179-96. Scott Burchill, 'Liberalism', in Scott Burchill, Andrew Linklater, et al, Theories of International Relations, 2nd edn (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 2001). Roger Scruton, Kant: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001). Williams, Howard, 2003. Kant’s Critique of Hobbes: Sovereignty and Cosmopolitanism (University of Wales Press). Georg Cavallar, Kant and the Theory and Practice of International Right (University of Wales Press, 1999). Barkawi, Tarak and Mark Laffey 2001. Democracy, Liberalism, and War: Rethinking the Democratic Peace Debate. London: Lynne Rienner. Buchan, B. 2002. Explaining War and Peace: Kant and Liberal Ir Theory. Alternatives: Global, Local, Political 27, no. 4: 407-428. Page | 8

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Sorensen, Georg, 2006. Liberalism of Restraint and Liberalism of Imposition: Liberal Values and World Order in the New Millennium. International Relations 20, no. 3: 251-272. MacMillan, John, 1998. On Liberal Peace: Democracy, War, and the International Order, London: Tauris. Fukuyama, Francis, The End of History, in: The National Interest, 16, 1989. Macmillan, J., 2004. “Liberalism and the Democratic Peace”, Review of International Studies, Vol. 30, No. 2. Week 5 Imperial orders and war What is the relation between imperialism and war? Are liberal orders imperial? How relevant are theories of imperialism for understanding contemporary conflicts in international order? Key readings Harvey, David, 2003. The New Imperialism, Chapter 4: Accumulation by Dispossession, pp. 137–182. Neocleous, M. 'Air Power as Police Power.' Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 31, no. 4 (2013): 578-93.

Further readings Lenin, V. I. 1916 Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism, chapters VI, VII, available from http://www.marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1916/imp-hsc/index.htm#ch10 Stephen Hobden and Richard Wyn Jones, ‘Marxist Theories of International relations’, in John Baylis and Steve Smith, The Globalization of World Politics, 2nd edn, Chapter 10, pp. 200-223. Teschke, Benno and Hannes Lacher. 2007. The Changing ‘Logics’ of Capitalist Competition. Cambridge Review of International Affairs 20, no. 4: 565-580. Callinicos, Alex. 2007. Does Capitalism Need the State System? Cambridge Review of International Affairs 20, no. 4: 533-549. Cooper, Frederick. "Empire Multiplied. A Review Essay." Comparative studies in society and history 46, no. 2 (2004): 247-272. Fred Halliday, Chapter 3, ‘A necessary encounter: historical materialism and international relations’, in Rethinking International Relations, (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1994),. Andrew Linklater, ‘Marxism’ in Scott Burchill and Andrew Linklater, eds, Theories of International Relations, (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1996). Brewer, Anthony, 2002. Marxist Theories of Imperialism: A Critical Survey London: Routledge. Keene, Edward (2002) Beyond the Anarchical Society: Grotius, Colonialism and Order in World Politics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Chapter 3, pp. 60-96. Luxemburg, R. (2003) The Accumulation of Capital. London and New York: Routledge. Originally published 1913. Colás, Alejandro. "The International Political Sociology of Empire." The International Studies Encyclopedia. Denemark, Robert A. Blackwell Publishing, 2010. Blackwell Reference Online. 13 May 2011 Hobson, John M. (2007) 'Back to the Future of ‘One Logic or Two’?: Forward to the Past of ‘Anarchy Versus Racist Hierarchy’?'. Cambridge Review of International Affairs, Vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 581-97. Gill, Stephen (2008) Power and Resistance in the New World Order (Houndmills: Palgrave). Page | 9

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Immanuel Wallerstein, ‘Patterns and Perspectives of the Capitalist World-Economy’, in Viotti and Kauppi. Immanuel Wallerstein, 'The World-System after the Cold War', Journal of Peace Research, Vol. 30, No. 1 (Feb., 1993), pp. 1-6. Samir Amin, 'The Challenge of Globalization', Review of International Political Economy, Vol. 3, No. 2 (Summer, 1996), pp. 216-259. Wood, Ellen. 2003. Empire of Capital (London: Verso). Wood, Ellen ‘Global Capital, National States’, in Mark Rupert and Hazel Smith (eds.), Historical Materialism and Globalisation, London: Routledge 2002, chapter 1. Wood, Ellen, The Origin of Capitalism: A Longer View, London: Verso 2002. Brewer, Anthony (1990), Marxist Theories of Imperialism: A Critical Survey, 2nd. ed., London; Routledge, chapter 2. Week 6 Patriarchal orders: war and gender Why is gender indispensable for understanding war in international order? What is the meaning of ‘patriarchy’ and what does it add to our understanding of the functioning of international order? Key readings Enloe, Cynthia. 2004. All the Men Are in the Militias, All the Women Are Victims: The Politics of Masculinity and Femininity in Nationalist Wars. In The Curious Feminist, ed. Cynthia Enloe. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, pp. 99-118. Khalili, Laleh. 2011. Gendered Practices of Counterinsurgency. Review of International Studies 37, no. 04: 14711491. Further Readings: Cohn, Carol. 2013. Women and Wars: Contested Histories, Uncertain Futures (Cambridge, Polity). Carol Cohn, ‘Sex and Death in the Rational World of Defence Intellectuals’, Signs, vol.12, no.4, 1987. Enloe, Cynthia 1989. Bananas, Beaches & Bases. Making Feminist Sense of International Politics. London: Pandora Press. Enloe, Cynthia 1996. Margins, Silences and Bottom Rungs: How to Overcome the Underestimation of Power in the Study of International Relations In International Theory: Positivism & Beyond, ed. Steve Smith, Ken Booth and Marysia Zalewski:126-202. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Elshtain, J.B., ‗Women and War: Ten Years On‘, Review of International Studies (24, 1998), 447-460. Goldstein, Joshua S. 2003. War and Gender: How Gender Shapes the War System and Vice Versa. New York: Cambridge University Press. Papic, Zarana. 1994. Nationalism, Patriarchy and War in Ex-Yugoslavia. Women's History Review 3, no. 1: 115117. Pettman, Jan Jindy 1996. Worlding Women. A Feminist International Politics London: Routledge. Sylvester, Christine 1994. Feminist Theory and International Relations in a Postmodern Era Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Tickner, Ann 1992. Gender in International Relations. Feminist Perspectives on Achieving Global Security New York: Columbia University Press. Tickner, Anne 2001. Gendering World Politics. Issues and Approaches in the Post-Cold War Era New York: Page | 10

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Columbia University Press. Cooke & Woollacott (eds.) Gendering War Talk, Chapter 10; Cohn, ‘Wars, Wimps, and Women: Talking Gender and Thinking War’. Various Authors, ‘Women: Where are They in Wars and How Can They be Heard’, International Feminist Journal of Politics, vol.7, no.3, 2005. Week 7 Case study: fragile and failed states This week aims to evaluate the various approaches to the creation of international order by analysing the case of fragile and failed states. How helpful is this terminology? Do fragile and failed states threaten international order? Required reading Nuruzzaman, Mohammed. 2009. Revisiting the Category of Fragile and Failed States in International Relations. International Studies 46, no. 3: 271-294. Bachmann, J. (2014) Policing Africa: The US military and visions of crafting ‘good order’. Security Dialogue no. 45 (2):119-136. Gilbert, Emily. 'Money as a “Weapons System” and the Entrepreneurial Way of War.' Critical Military Studies (2015): 1-18. Further reading Sørensen, Georg. 2007. After the Security Dilemma: The Challenges of Insecurity in Weak States and the Dilemma of Liberal Values. Security Dialogue 38, no. 3: 357-378. Nay, O. 2013. Fragile and failed states: Critical perspectives on conceptual hybrids. International Political Science Review no. 34 (3):326-341. doi: 10.1177/0192512113480054. Morton, Adam David. 2005. The ‘Failed State’ of International Relations. New Political Economy 10, no. 3: 371379. Andersen, L. 2007. What to Do? The Dilemmas of International Engagement in Fragile States. Andersen, L. Møller, B & Stepputat, F.,(eds), Fragile States and Insecure People, Violence, Security and Statehood in the Twenty-First Century. New York: Palgrave Macmillan: 21-47. Fearon, James D. and David D. Laitin. 2004. Neotrusteeship and the Problem of Weak States. International Security 28, no. 4: 5-43. Ikpe, Eka. 2007. Challenging the Discourse on Fragile States. Conflict, Security & Development 7, no. 1: 85-124. Desch, Michael C. 1996. War and Strong States, Peace and Weak States? International Organization 50, no. 02: 237-268. Brinkerhoff, Derick W. 2005. Rebuilding Governance in Failed States and Post-Conflict Societies: Core Concepts and Cross-Cutting Themes. Public Administration and Development 25, no. 1: 3-14. Ottaway, Marina. 2002. Rebuilding State Institutions in Collapsed States. Development and Change 33, no. 5: 1001-1023. Bilgin, Pinar and Adam David Morton. 2002. Historicising Representations of 'Failed States': Beyond the ColdWar Annexation of the Social Sciences? Third World Quarterly 23, no. 1: 55-80. Bilgin, Pinar and Adam David Morton. 2004. From 'Rogue' to 'Failed' States? The Fallacy of Short-Termism. Page | 11

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Politics 24, no. 3: 169-180. Hout, Wil. 2010. Between Development and Security: The European Union, Governance and Fragile States. Third World Quarterly 31, no. 1: 141-157. Call, C. “The Fallacy of the ‘Failed State’”, Third World Quarterly, Vol. 29, No. 8, 2008, pp. 1491-1507. II.

MANAGING ORDER

How is international order managed? What is the role of war in managing, and sustaining forms of international order? This section will introduce you to three main concepts to understand the management of international order: balance of power, just war and global governance. You will deploy the theories introduced earlier to understand these concepts and also how different international relations theories analyse the continuity and change in international order. At the end of the section, you will deploy these concepts to analyse the debates about the intervention in Libya in 2011. Week 8 Power Realist approaches see the maintenance and management of international order in terms of balance of power. What is the role of power in the maintenance of international order? How is ‘power’ understood in ‘balance of power’? What concept of power do you find most convincing for analysing international order? Key readings Morgenthau, Hans. 1967. Politics among Nations. New York: McGraw-Hill, Part 4 ‘Limitations of National Power: The Balance of Power’, pp. 185-220. Waltz, Kenneth.1993, The New World Order, in: Millennium: Journal of International Studies, Vol. 22, No. 2, Summer 1993. Lukes, S. (2005) Power and the Battle for Hearts and Minds. Millennium - Journal of International Studies no. 33 (3):477-493. Further readings Guzzini, Stefano. "Structural Power: The Limits of Neorealist Power Analysis." International Organization 47, no. 03 (1993): 443-478. Little, Richard. 2007. The Balance of Power in International Relations: Metaphors, Myths and Models. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Haas, Ernst B. 1953. The Balance of Power: Prescription, Concept, or Propaganda. World Politics 5, no. 4: 442477. Niou, E.M.S., P.C. Ordeshook, and G.F. Rose. 2007. The Balance of Power: Stability in International Systems: Cambridge University Press. Ikenberry, G.J. 2002. America Unrivaled: The Future of the Balance of Power: Cornell University Press. Paul, T.V., J.J. Wirtz, and M. Fortmann. 2004. Balance of Power: Theory and Practice in the 21st Century: Stanford University Press. Walt, Stephen M. 1985. Alliance Formation and the Balance of World Power. International Security 9, no. 4: 343. Bain, W., ‘Deconfusing Morgenthau: Moral Inquiry and Classical Realism Reconsidered’, Review of Page | 12

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

International Studies, 26:3, 2000, pp.445-64. Gellman, P., ‘Hans J. Morgenthau and the Legacy of Political Realism’, Review of International Studies, Vol. 14, 1988. Interview with Kenneth Waltz, conducted by Fred Halliday and Justin Rosenberg, Review of International Studies, vol. 24, no. 3 (1998), pp. 371-386. Cladi, Lorenzo and Andrea Locatelli. 2012. Bandwagoning, Not Balancing: Why Europe Confounds Realism. Contemporary Security Policy 33, no. 2: 264-288. Stefano Guzzini, Realism in International Relations and International Political Economy: The Continuing Story of a Death Foretold (London and New York: Routledge, 1998). Waltz, K. Theory of International Politics, Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley 1979. ————, ‘Realist Thought and Neorealist Theory’, Journal of International Affairs, 44:1, 1990, pp. 21-37. ————, ‘The Emerging Structure of International Politics’, in Michael Brown, et al., eds., The Perils of Anarchy, 1995, pp. 42-77. Week 9 International law This week analyses the role of international law in the management of international order, particularly through the juridical limitations of war. How do wars become ‘just’? What are the criteria of just wars? Can they be applied today? What is the role of law in the limitation of war? Key readings Kennedy, David 2009. Of Law and War. Chapter 1 ‘War as legal institution’, pp. 13-39 (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press). Weizman, Eyal. 'Legislative Attack.' Theory, Culture & Society 27, no. 6 (November 1, 2010): 11-32.

Further readings Michael Walzer, 2000. Just and Unjust Wars: A Moral Argument with Historical Illustrations, 3rd ed., Basic Books. Jones, Craig A. 'Lawfare and the Juridification of Late Modern War.' Progress in Human Geography (2015): 0309132515572270. Morrissey, John. 'Liberal Lawfare and Biopolitics: US Juridical Warfare in the War on Terror.' Geopolitics 16, no. 2 (2011): 280-305. Alex J. Bellamy, 2006. Just Wars: From Cicero to Iraq, (Cambridge: Polity). Nicholas Fotion, War and Ethics: A New Just War Theory, Continuum, 2008. Jean Elshtain (ed.), Just War Theory, NYU Press, 1991. Elshtain, Jean Bethke. 2002. Just War against Terror: The Burden of American Power in a Violent World: Basic Books. Chris Brown, Terry Nardin, and Nicholas Rengger (eds), International Relations in Political Thought (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002). R. Regan, Just War: Principles and Cases (Washington, DC: Catholic University Press of America, 1996) Brassett, James and Dan Bulley, 2007. Ethics in World Politics: Cosmopolitanism and Beyond? International Politics 44, no. 1: 1-18 and other articles in the special issue. Hutchings, Kimberly, 2007. Feminist Ethics and Political Violence. International Politics 44: 90-106. Nicholas Wheeler, ‘Dying for Enduring Freedom: Accepting Responsibility for Civilian Casualties in the War Page | 13

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Against Terrorism’, International Relations, vol.16, no.2, 2002. Boucher, David. 2012. The Just War Tradition and Its Modern Legacy: Jus Ad Bellum and Jus in Bello. European Journal of Political Theory 11, no. 2: 92-111. Week 10 Global governance Under conditions of globalization and challenges to traditional notions of sovereignty, many theorists look to global governance to regulate the international. What is global governance? Is global governance liberal? Key readings Laffey, Mark and Weldes, Jutta (2005) 'Policing and Global Governance.' In: Barnett, M. and Duvall, R., (eds.), Power in Global Governance. Cambridge University Press, pp. 59-79. Hurrell, Andrew. On Global Order: Power, Values, and the Constitution of International Society: Power, Values, and the Constitution of International Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007, Chapter 4 ‘Complex Governance Beyond the State’, pp. 95-120.

Further readings Duffield, M. (2002), Social Reconstruction and the Radicalization of Development: Aid as a Relation of Global Liberal Governance’, Development and Change (33, 5, 2002), pp1049-1071. Duffield, M., Global Governance and the New Wars: The Merging of Development and Security, London: Zed Books, 2001. Laura Zanotti, ‘Governmentalizing the Post-Cold War International Regime: The UN Debate on Democratization and Good Governance’, Alternatives (30, 2005), pp461-487. Dingwerth, K. and P. Pattberg. 2006. Global Governance as a Perspective on World Politics. Global Governance 12: 185. Weiss, T. G. (2000) Governance, good governance and global governance: conceptual and actual challenges. Third world quarterly no. 21 (5):795-814. Murphy, C., 2000. ‘Global Governance: Poorly Done & Poorly Understood’, International Affairs 76 (4): 789-803. Scholte, J.A. 2002. Civil Society and Democracy in Global Governance. Global Governance 8: 281. Kennedy, P., Messner, D., Nuscheler, F., (eds.), (2002), Global Trends & Global Governance (London, Pluto Press). Rosenau, J., (1992), Governance Without Government: Order and Change in World Politics (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press). Barnett, M., (1997), ‘Bringing in the New World Order: Liberalism, Legitimacy, and the United Nations’, World Politics (49, 4), 526-551. Barnett,, M., Duvall, B. (eds.), Power in Global Governance (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2005). O.Brien, R., Goetz, A.M et al (eds.), Contesting Global Governance (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2000). Krahmann, E., (2005), ‘Security, Governance and Networks: New Theoretical Perspectives in Transatlantic Security’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs (18, 1, 2005). Week 11 Case study: intervention in Libya Which concepts do you find most useful for understanding the intervention in Libya? Page | 14

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Key reading Bellamy, Alex J. and Paul D. Williams. 2011. The New Politics of Protection? Côte D'ivoire, Libya and the Responsibility to Protect. International Affairs 87, no. 4: 825-850. Adler-Nissen, Rebecca, and Pouliot, Vincent (2014) Power in Practice: Negotiating the International Intervention in Libya. European Journal of International Relations. Further reading Dunne, Tim and Jess Gifkins. 2011. Libya and the State of Intervention. Australian Journal of International Affairs 65, no. 5: 515-529. Pattison, James. 2011. The Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention in Libya. Ethics & International Affairs 25, no. 03: 271-277. Fisher, David and Nigel Biggar. 2011. Was Iraq an Unjust War? A Debate on the Iraq War and Reflections on Libya*. International Affairs 87, no. 3: 687-707. Menon, Anand. 2011. European Defence Policy from Lisbon to Libya. Survival 53, no. 3: 75-90. Williams, Ian. 2011. Resolution 1973: Responsibility to Protect, Not Humanitarian Intervention in Libya. Washington Report on Middle East Affairs 30, no. 4: 42-45. Ashour, Omar. 2011. Post-Jihadism: Libya and the Global Transformations of Armed Islamist Movements. Terrorism and Political Violence 23, no. 3: 377-397. Rasmussen, Anders Fogh. 2011. Nato after Libya. Foreign Affairs 90, no. 4: 2-6. Zoubir, Yahia H. and Erzsébet N. Rózsa. 2012. The End of the Libyan Dictatorship: The Uncertain Transition. Third World Quarterly 33, no. 7: 1267-1283. Liu, Hin-Yan. 2011. Mercenaries in Libya: Ramifications of the Treatment of ‘Armed Mercenary Personnel’ under the Arms Embargo for Private Military Company Contractors. Journal of Conflict & Security Law 16, no. 2: 293. TERM 2 III.

CHALLENGING ORDER

How are international orders challenged? This section focuses on challenges to international order. It first introduces you to a debate in international relations about the values of order and justice. Should we aim for order in the international system? Is order the highest goal for managing international order? You will think about three main challenges to international order and the role that justice plays in the opposition to international order: decolonisation, human rights and revolutions. In the week closing this section of the module, you will discuss the ‘war on terror’ and deploy the concepts and approaches introduced in this section on ‘Challenging order’ to analyse terrorism and counter-terrorism. Week 12 Order or Justice? Do you agree with Hedley Bull’s distinction between order and justice? How can justice challenge international order? Page | 15

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Key reading Bull, Hedley. 1977. The Anarchical Society. New York: Columbia University Press, Chapter 4 ‘Order versus Justice in World Politics’. Smith, Steve. 1999 "Is the Truth out There? Eight Questions About International Order." In International Order and the Future of World Politics, edited by John A. Hall and T.V. Paul. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Further reading Brown, Chris. 1997. Theories of International Justice. British Journal of Political Science 27, no. 02: 273-297. _. 2002. Sovereignty, Rights and Justice: International Political Theory Today. Oxford: Polity. Beitz, Charles. 2005. Cosmopolitanism and Global Justice Current Debates in Global Justice, ed. Gillian Brock and Darrel Moellendorf, 2:11-27: Springer Netherlands. Beitz, Charles R. 1975. Justice and International Relations. Philosophy & Public Affairs 4, no. 4: 360-389. Devetak, Richard and Richard Higgott. 1999. Justice Unbound? Globalization, States and the Transformation of the Social Bond. International Affairs 75, no. 3: 493-598. Linklater, Andrew. 1999. The Evolving Spheres of International Justice. International Affairs 75, no. 3: 473-482. Orend, Brian. 2002. Justice after War. Ethics & International Affairs 16, no. 1: 43-56. Held, David. 2002. Violence, Law, and Justice in a Global Age. Constellations 9, no. 1: 74-88. Nicolaidis, K. and J. Lacroix. 2003. Order and Justice Beyond the Nation-State: Europe's Competing Paradigms. Order and justice in international relations 1, no. 9: 125-155. Week 13 Decolonisation: struggles for justice What has decolonisation meant for international order? How has it reshaped power relations and existing international hierarchies? What is the role of violence in the international order, according to Frantz Fanon? Key readings Fanon, Frantz: The Wretched of the Earth, Chapter 1 (Concerning Violence and On Violence in the International Context), pp. 35-105. Jackson, R. H. (1993) ‘The Weight of Ideas in Decolonization: Normative Change in International Relations’, in Judith Goldstein and Robert O. Keohane (eds.) Ideas and Foreign Policy: Beliefs, Institutions and Political Change (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press) pp. 111–38. Further readings Hall, Ian. 2011. The Revolt against the West: Decolonisation and Its Repercussions in British International Thought, 1945-75. International History Review 33, no. 1: 43-64. Garavini, Giuliano. 2011. Completing Decolonization: The 1973 ‘Oil Shock’ and the Struggle for Economic Rights. International History Review 33, no. 3: 473-487. Grant, Thomas D. 2009. Regulating the Creation of States from Decolonization to Secession. Journal of International Law & International Relations 5, no. 2: 11-57. Grob-Fitzgibbon, Benjamin. 2009. Securing the Colonies for the Commonwealth: Counterinsurgency, Decolonization, and the Development of British Imperial Strategy in the Postwar Empire. British Scholar Journal 2, no. 1: 12-39. Page | 16

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Michael W. Sonnleitner, 1987. ‘Of Logic and Liberation: Frantz Fanon on Terrorism’, Journal of Black Studies, 17 (3): 287-304. H Muppidi, Frantz Fanon – in Critical theorists and international relations, 2009. eds, Jenny Edkins, Nick Vaughan-Williams. Srivastava, Neelam. 2010. Towards a Critique of Colonial Violence: Fanon, Gandhi and the Restoration of Agency. Journal of Postcolonial Writing 46, no. 3-4: 303-319. Messay Kebede, 2001. The Rehabilitation of Violence and the Violence of Rehabilitation: Fanon and Colonialism, Journal of Black Studies, 31(5). Week 14 Human rights Have human rights changed international order? If so, how? What is the relation between sovereignty and human rights? Are human rights imperialist? Key readings Denike, Margaret (2008) The Human Rights of Others: Sovereignty, Legitimacy, and “Just Causes” for the “War on Terror”. Hypatia no. 23 (2):95-121. doi: 10.1111/j.1527-2001.2008.tb01188.x. Zehfuss, Maja. 'Contemporary Western War and the Idea of Humanity.' Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 30, no. 5 (2012): 861-76.

Further readings Barnett, Michael. "Humanitarianism Transformed." Perspectives on Politics 3, no. 04 (2005): 723-740. Sikkink, Kathryn. 1993. Human Rights, Principled Issue-Networks, and Sovereignty in Latin America. International Organization 47, no. 3: 411-441. Klotz, Audie. 1999. Norms in International Relations: The Struggle against Apartheid: Cornell University Press. Chandler, D., From Kosovo to Kabul – Human Rights and International Intervention, (London: Pluto Press, 2002). Chesterman, S., Just War or Just Peace? Humanitarian Intervention and International Law (Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 2001). Vincent, R.J. 1986. Human Rights and International Relations (Cambridge: Cambridge Univ Press). Guilhot, Nicolas. 2005. The Democracy Makers: Human Rights and International Order. New York: Columbia University Press. Fisher, D., ‘Humanitarian Intervention’ in Reed and Ryall (eds.), Price of Peace (Cambridge University Press, 2007). Wheeler, Nicholas J., Saving Strangers, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002). Zolo, Danilo. 2002. Invoking Humanity: War, Law, and Global Order (London: Continuum). Alex J. Bellamy. 2009. Responsibility to Protect: The Global Effort to End Mass Atrocities, Cambridge, Polity. Aidan Hehir, 2008. Humanitarian Intervention After Kosovo: Iraq, Darfur and the Record of Global Civil Society, Basingstoke, Palgrave Macmillan. Richard A. Falk. 2006. “Humanitarian Intervention After Kosovo”, in Julie Mertus et Jeffrey W. Helsing (ed.), Human Rights and Conflict: Exploring the Links between Rights, Law, and Peacebuilding, Washington D.C., United States Institute of Peace, pp 185-208. Week 15 Revolutions Page | 17

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

This week aims to analyse the importance of revolutions in both challenging and shaping international order. Why do we need to study revolutions in international relations? What is the relation between revolutions and war? Do revolutions lead to a more just order? Key readings Halliday, Fred. 1990. ‘The Sixth Great Power’: On the Study of Revolution and International Relations. Review of International Studies 16, no. 03: 207-221. Arendt, Hannah. 1963. On Revolution. New York: Penguin Books, Introduction (‘War and Revolution’) and Chapter 1 (The meaning of revolution) Further readings Walt, Stephen M. "Revolution and War." World Politics 44, no. 3 (1992): 321-368. Halliday, Fred. 1999. Revolution and World Politics: The Fifth Great Power (Basingstoke: Palgrave). Halliday, Fred. 1978. Revolution in Afghanistan. New Left Review 112, no. 1996: 38-42. _. 1979. The Genesis of the Iranian Revolution. Third World Quarterly 1, no. 4: 1-16. King, Richard H. 2011. Hannah Arendt and the Concept of Revolution in the 1960s. New Formations: A Journal of Culture/Theory/Politics 71: 30-45. Mann, Michael. 2001. Communism, Fascism and Counter-Revolution in World Politics. Review of International Studies 27, no. 04: 683-686. Keitner, C.2002, ‘National Self-Determination in Historical Perspective: The Legacy of the French Revolution for Today’s Debates’, International Studies Review 2 no. 3. Lawson, George. 2011. Halliday's Revenge: Revolutions and International Relations. International Affairs 87, no. 5: 1067-1085. Bukovanski, Mlad. 1999. The Altered State and the State of Nature—the French Revolution and International Politics. Review of International Studies 25, no. 02: 197-216. Agathangelou, Anna M. and Nevzat Soguk. 2011. Rocking the Kasbah: Insurrectional Politics, the “Arab Streets”, and Global Revolution in the 21st Century. Globalizations 8, no. 5: 551-558. Grovogui, Siba N. 2011. Looking Beyond Spring for the Season: An African Perspective on the World Order after the Arab Revolt. Globalizations 8, no. 5: 567-572. Walt, Stephen. 1996. Revolution and War. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. Week 16 Case study: war on terror The so-called ‘war on terror’ has raised questions of order and justice, human rights, and revolutionary action, as well as resistance to imperial powers. Choose one of these elements and analyse its relevance for understanding the ‘war on terror’. Key reading Muppidi, Himadeep. 2005. Colonial and Postcolonial Global Governance. In Power in Global Governance, ed. Michael Barnett and Raymond Duvall, 98. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp 273-293. Fitzpatrick, Joan. 2003. Speaking Law to Power: The War against Terrorism and Human Rights. European Journal of International Law 14, no. 2: 241-264. Page | 18

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Further reading Gearty, C. (2013) Liberty and security. Cambridge: Polity Howell, Jude. 2006. The Global War on Terror, Development and Civil Society. Journal of International Development 18, no. 1: 121-135. Amoore, Louise and Marieke de Goede, eds. 2008. Risk and the War on Terror. London: Routledge. Gearty, C.A. 2006. Can Human Rights Survive?: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Tilly, Charles. 2004. Terror, Terrorism, Terrorists. Sociological Theory 22, no. 1: 5-13. Denike, Margaret. 2008. The Human Rights of Others: Sovereignty, Legitimacy, and “Just Causes” for the “War on Terror”. Hypatia 23, no. 2: 95-121. Vanderheiden, Steve. 2005. Eco-Terrorism or Justified Resistance? Radical Environmentalism and the “War on Terror”. Politics & Society 33, no. 3: 425-447. Boyle, Michael J. 2008. The War on Terror in American Grand Strategy. International Affairs 84, no. 2: 191-209. Mallaby, S., ‘The Reluctant Imperialist: Terrorism, Failed States, and the Case for American Empire’, Foreign Affairs (March/April 2002). Kaldor, M., ‘American Power: From Compellance to Cosmopolitanism’, International Affairs (79, 1, 2003). Bellamy, A., ‘No pain, no gain? Torture and ethics in the war on terror’, International Affairs, 82:1 (2006), pp. 121-148. Bellamy, A., Bleiker, R., Davies S.E., Devetak, R. (eds.), Security and the War on Terror, (London and New York: Routledge, 2007). Miller, S., Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism: Ethics and Liberal Democracy (Wiley-Blackwell, 2008). Booth, K. & Dunne, T. (eds.), Worlds in Collision: Terror and the Future of Global Order (Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2002). Halliday, F., Islam and the Myth of Confrontation: Religion and Politics in the Middle East - rev. ed. (London: I. B. Tauris 2003). A. J. Bellamy, ‘Is the War on Terror Just?’, International Relations, vol. 19, no. 3 (September 2005), pp. 275-96. J. B. Elshtain, ‘How to Fight a Just War’, in Ken Booth and Tim Dunne (eds), Worlds in Collision: Terror and the Future of Global Order (New York and Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2002). Michael Ignatieff, The Lesser Evil: Political Ethics in an Age of Terror (Princeton University Press, 2004) Daniel J. Sherman and Terry Nardin (eds), Terror, Culture, Politics: 9/11 Reconsidered (Indiana University Press, 2005). Faisal Devji, 2005. Landscapes of the Jihad: Militancy, Morality, Modernity (London: Hurst) Gilles Kepel. 2004. The War for Muslim Minds: Islam and the West (Cambridge, MA & London: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2004) IV.

NEW ORDERS/OLD ORDERS

If international order is created, managed but also challenged, how are we to understand the changes in international order? What is old and what is new in international order? Debates about the international system question its understanding as a Westphalian system of This block of the module introduces you to four such understandings of new dynamics in international order: that of ‘new wars’, of a ‘clash of civilisations’, of securitization and of risk society. How is war transformed in a transformed international order? In each of the weeks, you will consider how war and international order have changed. The case study for this section will focus on private security and offer you a different way of thinking about the relation Page | 19

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

between war, security and risk in international order today. Week 17 ‘New Wars’ in a Globalizing World Do you agree that wars have been transformed in a globalizing world? Which ideas are most helpful for analysing these transformations? Required Readings Kaldor, Mary. "In Defence of New Wars." Stability: international journal of security and development 2, no. 1 (2013), available from http://www.stabilityjournal.org/article/view/24 Oliveira, G. C. 2013. ‘New wars’ at sea: A critical transformative approach to the political economy of Somali piracy. Security Dialogue no. 44 (1):3-18. doi: 10.1177/0967010612470294. Newman, Edward. "The ‘New Wars’ Debate: A Historical Perspective Is Needed." Security Dialogue 35, no. 2 (2004): 173-189.

Further Reading Kaldor, Mary. New and Old Wars: Organised Violence in a Global Era. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999, Chapter 4 ‘The Politics of New Wars’. Duffield, Mark. Global Governance and the New Wars: The Merging of Development and Security. London: Zed Books, 2001. Duffield, Mark. Development, Security and Unending War. Governing the World of Peoples. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007. Duffield, Mark. "Global Civil War: The Non-Insured, International Containment and Post-Interventionary Society." Journal of Refugee Studies 21, no. 2 (2008): 145-165. Kaldor, Mary. "Old Wars, Cold Wars, New Wars, and the War on Terror1." International Politics 42, no. 4 (2005): 491-498. Kaldor, Mary. "Inconclusive Wars: Is Clausewitz Still Relevant in These Global Times?" Global policy 1, no. 3 (2010): 271-281. Kalyvas, Stathis. "New and Old Civil Wars." World politics 54, no. 1 (2001): 99-118. Reno, W., Warlord Politics and African States (Boulder, CO & London: Lynne Rienner, 1998). Shaw, Martin. "The Contemporary Mode of Warfare? Mary Kaldor's Theory of New Wars." JSTOR, 2000. Latham, Andrew A and James Christenson. "Historicising the “New Wars”: The Case of Jihad in the Early Years of Islam." European Journal of International Relations, (2013). Mukherjee, Kunal. "“New Wars” in Contemporary South Asia?" Peace Review 25, no. 1 (2013): 89-96. Oliveira, Gilberto Carvalho. "‘New Wars’ at Sea: A Critical Transformative Approach to the Political Economy of Somali Piracy." Security Dialogue 44, no. 1 (2013): 3-18. Week 18 A ‘clash of civilizations?’ War and culture

How does the ‘clash of civilizations’ thesis represent the international order? Which theories are most relevant for this approach? How does this thesis represent change and war in international order? Key reading Page | 20

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Huntington, Samuel, 1992. The Clash of Civilizations. Foreign Affairs 72, no. 3: 22-49. Said, Edward. 2001. Chapter 46. The Clash of Definitions. In Reflections on Exile and other literary and cultural essays (London: Granta Publications), pp: 569-592. Further reading John Gray, 'Global Utopias and Clashing Civilizations: Misunderstanding the Present' International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-), 74:1 (January 1998), pp. 149-63. Michael T. Klare, ‘The New Geography of Conflict’ Foreign Affairs 80:3 (2001), pp.49-61. Samuel Huntington, The Clash of Civilization and the Remaking of World Order (London: Simon & Schuster, 1997). Neocleous, Mark, 2011. The Police of Civilization: The War on Terror as Civilizing Offensive. International Political Sociology 5, no. 2: 144-159. Edward Said, From Oslo to Iraq and the Roadmap (London: Bloomsbury, 2004), pp. 113-124. Errol A. Henderson and Richard Tucker, 'Clear and Present Strangers: The Clash of Civilizations and International Conflict', International Studies Quarterly 45 (2001), pp. 317-38. Bruce M. Russett, John R. Oneal, and Michaelene Cox, 'Clash of Civilizations, or Realism and Liberalism Déjà Vu? Some Evidence', Journal of Peace Research 37:5 (2000), pp. 583-608. Samuel P Huntington, 'Try Again: A Reply to Russett, Oneal & Cox', Journal of Peace Research 37:5 (2000), pp. 609-10. John R. Oneal and Bruce M. Russett, 'A Response to Huntington' Journal of Peace Research 37:5 (2000), pp. 611-12. Edward Said, 'The Myth of "The Clash of Civilizations"', Lecture http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=6705627964658699201 Todorov, Tzvetan, 2010. The Fear of Barbarians: Beyond the Clash of Civilisations (Chicago: University of Chicago Press). Week 19 Securitization: the language of war What is a securitization approach and what does it mean for understanding war? How can we analyse the language of security and war? Required reading Abrahamsen, Rita. 2005. Blair's Africa: The Politics of Securitization and Fear. Alternatives 30, no. 1: 55-80. Waever, Ole. 1995. Securitization and Desecuritization. In On Security, ed. Ronnie Lipschutz:46-86. New York: Columbia University Press, pp 46-86. Further reading Neal, Andrew W. 2009. Securitization and Risk at the Eu Border: The Origins of Frontex. Journal of Common Market Studies 47, no. 2: 333-356. Aradau, Claudia. 2004. The Perverse Politics of Four-Letter Words: Risk and Pity in the Securitization of Human Trafficking. Millennium: Journal of International Studies 33, no. 2: 251-277. Williams, Michael C. 2003. Words, Images, Enemies: Securitization and International Politics. International Page | 21

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Studies Quarterly 47, no. 4: 511-531. Roe, Paul. 2008. Actor, Audience(S) and Emergency Measures: Securitization and the Uk's Decision to Invade Iraq. Security Dialogue 39, no. 6: 615-635. Muller, Benjamin J. 2011. Risking It All at the Biometric Border: Mobility, Limits, and the Persistence of Securitisation 1. Geopolitics 16, no. 1: 91-106. Wilkinson, Claire. 2007. The Copenhagen School on Tour in Kyrgyzstan: Is Securitization Theory Useable Outside Europe? Security Dialogue 38, no. 1: 5-25. Cesari, Jocelyne. 2009. The Securitisation of Islam in Europe: Brussels:CEPS. Peoples, Columba. 2011. The Securitization of Outer Space: Challenges for Arms Control. Contemporary Security Policy 32, no. 1: 76-98. Week 20 World risk society How is international order changing and under which conditions? Do you agree with Ulrich Beck’s analysis of ‘risk society’? How does world risk society shape international order and the possibility of peace? Required reading Beck, Ulrich. 2006. Living in the World Risk Society. Economy and Society 35, no. 3: 329-345. Aradau, Claudia and Rens van Munster. 2007. Governing Terrorism through Risk: Taking Precautions, (Un)Knowing the Future. European Journal of International Relations 13, no. 1: 89-115. Further reading Amoore, Louise and Marieke de Goede, eds. 2008. Risk and the War on Terror. London: Routledge. Aradau, Claudia and Rens Van Munster, 2011. Politics of Catastrophe: Genealogies of the Unknown. London: Routledge. Amoore, Louise and Marieke de Goede, 2005. Governance, Risk and Dataveillance in the War on Terror. Crime, Law and Social Change 43: 149-173. Beck, Ulrich, 1992. Risk Society. Towards a New Modernity. Translated by Mark Ritter. London: Sage. Beck, Ulrich. 2003. The Silence of Words: On Terror and War. Security Dialogue 34, no. 3: 255-267. Beck, Ulrich. 1999. World Risk Society. Cambridge: Polity Press. Beck, Ulrich. 2002. The Terrorist Threat: World Risk Society Revisited. Theory, Culture and Society 19, no. 4: 3955. Coker, Christopher, 2009. War in an Age of Risk. Cambridge: Polity. De Goede, Marieke, 2008. The Politics of Preemption and the War on Terror in Europe. European Journal of International Relations 14, no. 1: 161-185. Rasmussen, Mikkel Vedby, 2006. The Risk Society at War. Terror, Technology and Strategy in the Twenty-First Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Rasmussen, Mikkel Vedby. 2001. Reflexive Security: Nato and International Risk Society. Millennium - Journal of International Studies 30, no. 2: 285-309. Ó Tuathail, Gearóid. 1998. De-Territorialised Threats and Global Dangers: Geopolitics and Risk Society. Geopolitics 3, no. 1: 17-31. Week 21 No class. Peer review of essay outlines. Page | 22

[5SSW2049 & 5SSWF009 (Fall JYA) & 5SSWS009 (Spring JYA)] Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

WAR IN INTERNATIONAL ORDER

Week 22 Case study: the Mediterranean migration crisis What does migration tell us about new and old international orders? What concepts and approaches help us understand the role of migration and order internationally? Required reading Carling, Jørgen and María Hernández-Carretero. 2011. Protecting Europe and Protecting Migrants? Strategies for Managing Unauthorised Migration from Africa. British Journal of Politics & International Relations 13, no. 1: 42-58. Bigo, Didier. 2001. Migration and Security. In Controlling a New Migration World, ed. Virginie Guiraudon and Christian Joppke:121-149. London: Routledge. Further reading Brouwer, Evelien. 2003. Immigration, Asylum and Terrorism: A Changing Dynamic. Legal and Practical Developments in the Eu in Response to the Terrorist Attacks of 11.09. European Journal of Migration and Law 4: 399-424. Aradau, Claudia. 2008. Rethinking Trafficking in Women. Politics out of Security (Basingstoke: Palgrave), Chapters 1 and 2. Huysmans, Jef. 2000. The European Union and the Securitisation of Migration. Journal of Common Market Studies 38, no. 5: 751-777. ________. 2006. The Politics of Insecurity: Fear, Migration and Asylum in the Eu. London: Routledge. Guild, Elspeth. 2009. Security and Migration in the 21st Century (Cambridge: Polity). Koser, Khalid. 2005. Irregular Migration, State Security and Human Security. Policy analysis and research programme. Global Commission on International Migration Geneva. GCIM. Poku, N.K. and David Graham, eds. 2000. Migration, Globalisation and Human Security. London: Routledge. Squire, Vicki. 2009. The Exclusionary Politics of Asylum (Basingstoke: Palgrave), Part I. van Munster, Rens. 2010. Securitising Immigration. The Politics of Risk in the Eu. Basingstoke: Palgrave. Weiner, Myron. 1992/1993. Security, Stability and International Migration. International Security 17, no. 3: 91126. Adamson, Fiona B. 2006. Crossing Borders: International Migration and National Security. International Security 31, no. 1: 165-199. ESSAYS DUE ON 8 April 2016! Summer Term Week 24 REVISION LECTURE The date for this lecture will be announced at the beginning of the summer term. There will be no seminars during this week.

Page | 23

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Course Convenor: Office hours: Timetable:

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

Dr. Marcus Faulkner| [email protected] | K7.27 Fridays, 1100-1300 Please refer to the online timetable

MODULE DESCRIPTION ‘Through the remainder of that same night, unchanged, unshaven, George Smiley remained bowed at the table, reading, comparing, annotating, cross-referencing. At this point his mood could but compared with that of a scientist who seems by instinct that he is on the brink of a discovery, and is waiting any minute that logical corrections. Later … he called it “shoving everything into a test-tube and seeing if it exploded” … And he had it. No explosive revelation, no flash of light, no cry of “Eureka” … merely that before him, in the records he had examined and the notes he had compiled was the corroboration of the theory.’ John Le Carré, Tinker, Tailor, Soldier, Spy, pp. 216-18. The analogy between the intelligence analyst and the academic, evoked above by the spy fiction writer John Le Carré, is theme of this module. Intelligence in War Studies aims to teach students about the function of intelligence in the twentieth century, and promote reflection on the nature of scholarly work. The connection between scholars and the spies is not just a fanciful one dreamed up by novelists. During the world wars and the Cold War, academics swelled the ranks of Anglo-American intelligence organisations. Early pioneers of intelligence theory and practice, such as Sherman Kent, author of the classic Strategic Intelligence for American World Policy (1966), were also distinguished scholars. By learning about the problems of gathering evidence, interpretation, analysis, presentation and distribution of intelligence, you will also learn to be a better War Studies student. The aims of the module are: • To promote multidisciplinary understanding of concepts, issues and debates regarding intelligence in war • To encourage reflection on the meaning, value and nature of intelligence and of types of intelligence as evidence and bases for action • To encourage understanding of the interactive processes of assessment and analysis • To foster conscious critical reading and discussion of issues of information, intelligence, policy and action • To promote an understanding of scholarly activity in relation to intelligence • To foster appreciation of intelligence skills and tools for understanding future developments • To foster understanding and application of a range of intellectual and study skills, building on work in Art of War Studies and Contemporary Security Issues in Year 1 • To foster understanding and application of a range of key skills – communication and listening, teamwork, flexibility and the use of IT. At the end of the module students will have: • Familiarity with key concepts of information and intelligence • Understanding of the variety of factors affecting the collection, processing and use of information • Command of key concepts such as human intelligence, signals intelligence, assessment and analysis, and operations 1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • •

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

Understanding of intelligence as both a challenge to and a support of international order Examined literature on different approaches to intelligence in history and other forms of social science Knowledge and understanding of intelligence and security in relation to specific empirical cases Explored the problems and possible practical solutions to issues of intelligence, war and security To have contributed to and participated in the formation of a joint project investigating and assessing the relevance and relationship of intelligence to determining future developments, policy or action.

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module is taught through a 20-week programme of one and a half hour lectures with Q&A sessions. This part of the module introduces concepts relating to intelligence and provides a framework for applying the understanding gained to empirical problems of understanding the future, whether in terms of prediction, policy or action. In addition students are required to attend 10 one-hour seminars in which these subjects will be further discussed by means of case studies and contemporary intelligence issues debated. Throughout the year students will work in groups on joint projects, on any appropriate topic defined by the students themselves in consultation with the course convener presenting their work jointly. The self-selection of groups and topics occurs during Term 1. Each group can also meet with the convener for a tutorial to discuss the project in February or March 2016. MODULE ASSESSMENT 5SSW2050 (FULL YEAR STUDENTS) Group Project (common grade for group work attributed to individual): • 50% - to be submitted on KEATS by 3 April 2016. • Two-hour exam in May 2016: 50% There are two components to the assessment of this module, one individual, and one group. Each of these will contribute equally to the final grade. This method of examination is designed to reflect the emphasis on integrating information in a strong underlying contextual understanding of a problem or situation. Students will sit a 2-hour examination in May in which they will be required to answer two questions. The examination is worth 50 per cent of the final grade. The group project will constitute the other 50 per cent of the final grade. The written report will be assessed as a whole in the normal way. All students contributing to the group project will receive the same mark, which will be added to the exam result. Students are required to submit a 2,000-word essay on the basis of their seminar presentation. This paper is due 1 week after the presentation and will be handed directly to your Teaching Assistant. This paper should not be submitted on KEATS. Key Dates • • • • •

Group registration form submission 4 December 2015 Interim project reports due 22 January 2016 Group-project tutorials, as required in February-March 2016 Group project submission, 3 April 2016 Two-hour exam, May 2016 2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

5SSWF006 (JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD STUDENTS) Full year JYA students are assessed by the same means as outlined above. Fall term JYA students are assessed by means of two 3,000-word essays from topics selected from the list of titles attached to this hand-out. The SUBMISSION DATES FOR THE ESSAYS ON KEATS are: • 8 November 2015 • 13 December 2015 Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

CORE READING Students should obtain and read a copy of M. Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and War (1996) IPPW. An electronic copy is available from the KCL library. Any of the following volumes are all good introductions to the field of Intelligence Studies and will provide useful revision reading and the framework for the Group Project: • • • • • • • •

Christopher Andrew, Richard J. Aldrich and Wesley K. Wark (eds.), Secret Intelligence: A Reader (2009) David Omand, Securing the State (2012) Peter Gill & Mark Pythian, Intelligence in an Insecure World: Surveillance, Spies and Snouts (2006) Loch K. Johnson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies (2009) Loch K. Johnson (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of National Security Intelligence (2010) – exceedingly good resource available in ample hardcopy and as an ebook from the library. Mark M. Lowenthal, Intelligence from Secrets to Policy (2011– various older editions are available and fine to use) Richard K. Betts, Enemies of Intelligence: Knowledge and Power in American National Security (2007) – available as an ebook from the KCL library. Abram Shulsky & Gary J. Schmitt, Silent Warfare (2002 – various older editions available)

In addition students might find it helpful and interesting to regularly read the following Blogs as they deal with 3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

aspects of intelligence and national security: • UNREDACTED: the national security archive, unedited and uncensored http://nsarchive.wordpress.com • Intelnews.org: Expert News and commentary on intelligence, espionage, spies and spying http://intelnews.org • International Spy Museum’s Spycasts – http://www.spymuseum.org/multimedia/ • Sources and methods - http://sourcesandmethods.blogspot.co.uk

-

If you would like some introductory reading focused on the British intelligence establishment that is authoritative, yet not heavy going Gordon Corera’s MI6: Life and Death in the British Secret Service (2012) is the book to start with. He has also just published a book surveying signals intelligence work that is also a good starting point – Intercept: The Secret History of Computers and Spies (2015).

TERM 1

LECTURE TOPICS

1.) Studying Intelligence in the Twenty First Century 25 Sept 2015 • M. Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and War (1996) pp. 9-133 • C. Andrew, R. Aldrich and W. Wark (eds.), Secret Intelligence: A Reader (2009) pp. 1-18 • L. Johnson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies (2009) pp. 17-65 • Lord Butler, ‘Review of Intelligence on Weapons of Mass Destruction’ (London: TSO, 2004) Chapter 1, pp. 7-16 (http://image.guardian.co.uk/sys-files/Politics/documents/2004/07/14/butler.pdf) • W. Agrell, ‘When everything is intelligence – nothing is intelligence’ Sherman Kent Center for Intelligence analysis Occasional Paper 1/4 (2002) https://www.cia.gov/library/kent-center-occasionalpapers/vol1no4.htm • M. Warner, ‘Wanted: A definition of ‘intelligence’, Chapter 1 in Secret Intelligence: A Reader • Scott & P. Jackson, ‘Sources and methods in the study of intelligence: A British View’, Intelligence and National Security 22/2 (2007) 2.) What is Intelligence? Theories and Concepts 2 Oct 2015 • M. Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and War (1996), pp. 137-279 • M. Shulsky & Schmitt, Secret War, Chapter 1 & 8 • P. Davies, ‘Ideas of intelligence: Divergent national concepts and institutions’, Chapter 2 in SIR • L. Scott & P. Jackson, ‘The Study of Intelligence in Theory and Practice’, Intelligence and National Security 19/2 (2004) • J. Davis, ‘Sherman Kent and the Profession of Intelligence Analysis’, Sherman Kent Centre of Intelligence Analysis, Occasional Paper 1/5 (2002) (https://www.cia.gov/library/center-for-the-study-ofintelligence/kent-csi/kent- vol1no5/html/v01n5p.htm) • J. Davis, ‘Sherman Kent’s Final Thoughts on Analyst-Policymaker Relations’ , Sherman Kent Centre of Intelligence Analysis, Occasional Paper 2/3 (2004) (https://www.cia.gov/library/center-for-the-studyof-intelligence/kent- csi/kent-vol2no3/html/v02n3p.htm) • W. Kendall, ‘The Function of Intelligence’, World Politics 1/4 (1949) • W. Laqueur, A World of Secrets: The Uses and Limits of Intelligence (1985) • Loch Johnson, ‘Bricks and Mortar for a Theory of Intelligence’, Comparative Strategy 22/1 (2003) 3.) A Brief History of Intelligence (up to 1945) 9 Oct 2015 • M. Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and War (1996) pp. 283-338 4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • • • • •

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

L. Johnson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies (2009) pp. 105-71 D. Kahn, ‘An Historical Theory of Intelligence’, Intelligence and National Security 16/3 (2001) D. Kahn, ‘Clausewitz and Intelligence’, Journal of Strategic Studies, 9/2 (1986) Diego Navarro Bonilla, ‘’Secret Intelligences’ in European Military, Political and Diplomatic Theory: An Essential Factor in the Defence of the Modern State’, Intelligence and National Security 27/2 (2012) H. Davies (ed.), Intelligence and National Security, 22/5 (2007) Special Edition on ‘Intelligence and the Art of Command, 1799-1945’ provides good historic case studies. J. Ferris, ‘Intelligence’, in J. Maiolo and R. Boyce, eds. The Origins of World War Two (2003) C. Andrew & J. Noakes (eds.), The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth Century (1984) R.J. Overy, ‘Strategic Intelligence and the Outbreak of the Second World War’, War in History 15/4 (1998)

4.) Intelligence and Government in Britain 16 Oct 2015 • Cabinet Office, National Intelligence Machinery (2010): https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-intelligence-machinery • The Intelligence and Security Committee of Parliament – Annual Reports: http://isc.independent.gov.uk • P. Hennessy, The Secret State: Whitehall and the Cold War (2002) • P. Davies, MI6 and the Machinery of Spying (2004) • C. Andrew, The Defence of the Realm: The Authorized History of MI5 (2009) • K. Jeffrey, MI6: The History of the Secret Intelligence Service 1909-1945 (2010) • R. Aldrich, GCHQ (2010) • M. Goodman, ‘Learning to Walk: the Origins of the Joint Intelligence Committee’, International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence (March 2008) • Gordon Corera, MI6: Life and Death in the British Secret Service (2012) • M. Phythian, ‘The British Experience with Intelligence Accountability’, Intelligence and National Security 22/1 (2007) • Huw Dylan, ‘The Joint Intelligence Bureau: (Not So) Secret Intelligence of the Post Cold-War World’, Intelligence and National Security 21/1 (2012) • C. Moran, Classified: Secrecy and the State in Modern Britain (2013) • C .Walton, Empire of Secrets: British Intelligence, the Cold War and the Twilight of Empire (2013) 5.) Intelligence and Government in the United States 23 Oct 2015 • J. Ferris, ‘The Historiography of American Intelligence’, Diplomatic History, 19/1 (1995) • R. K. Betts, Enemies of Intelligence: Knowledge and Power in American National Security (2007) • T. Weiner, Legacy of Ashes: The history of the CIA (2008) • C.M. Andrew, ‘American Presidents and their intelligence communities’, Chapter 8 in SIR • G. Hastedt, ‘Intelligence and U.S. Foreign Policy: How to Measure Success? International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 15/1 (1992) • P. H. Davies, Intelligence and Government in Britain and the United States: A Comparative Perspective (2012) • R. Jeffreys-Jones (ed.), North American Spies (1991) • Chapter 13 of the 9/11 Report, ‘How to do it? A different way of Organizing the Government’, (http://www.9- 11commission.gov/report/911Report.pdf) • Washington Post, The Black Budget - http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/special/national/blackbudget/

5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

6.) Failure 30 Oct 2015 • R.K. Betts, ‘Analysis, War, Decision: Why Intelligence Failures are Inevitable.’ World Politics. (1978) • C. Brady, ‘Intelligence Failures: Plus ca change…’, Intelligence and National Security 8/4 (1993) • P. Davies, ‘Intelligence culture and intelligence failure in Britain and the United States’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs 17/3 (2004) • Woodrow J. Kuhns, ‘Intelligence Failures: Forecasting and the Lessons of Epistemology’ in R.K. Betts & T. Mahnken, Paradoxes of Strategic Intelligence (2003) - ebook • J.H. Hedley, ‘Learning from Intelligence Failures’, International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 18/3 Case Example: Barbarossa • G. Gorodetsky, Grand Delusion: Stalin and the German Invasion of Russia (1999) • D. Murphy, What Stain Knew: The Enigma of Barbarossa (2005) • G. Roberts, ‘Military Disaster as a Function of Rational Political Calculation: Stalin and 22 June 1941’, Diplomacy and Statecraft 4/2 (1993) 7.) Surprise 6 Nov 2015 • R.K. Betts, ‘Surprise Despite Warning: Why Sudden Attacks Succeed’, Political Science Quarterly 95 (1980) • M. Handel, ‘Intelligence and the Problem of Strategic Surprise’ Journal of Strategic Studies 7/3 (1984) • M. Handel, ‘Technological surprise in war’, Intelligence and National Security 2/1 (1987) • James J. Wirtz, ‘Theory of Surprise’ in Richard Betts & Thomas Mahnken, Paradoxes of Strategic Intelligence (2003) – ebook Case Example: Pearl Harbor • R. Wohlstetter, Pearl Harbour: Warning and Decision (1962) • D. Kahn, ‘Pearl Harbour as an Intelligence Failure.’ Foreign Affairs 70/5 (1991-2) • D. Kaiser, ‘Conspiracy or Cock-up? Pearl Harbor Revisited’, Intelligence and National Security 9/2 (1994) • Philip Jacobsen, ‘Radio Silence and Radio Deception: Secrecy Insurance for the Pearl Harbor Strike Force’, Intelligence National Security 19/4 (2004) • Brian Villa & Timothy Wilford, ‘Signals intelligence and Pearl Harbor: The State of the question’, Intelligence and National Security 21/4 (2006) 8.) Deception 13 Nov 2015 • Huw Dylan, ‘Super-weapons and Subversion: British Deterrence by deception Operations in the Early Cold War’, Journal of Strategic Studies (http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01402390.2015.1029120 ) • Huw Dylan, ‘Operation Tigress: Deception for Coutnerintelligence and Britain’s 1952 atomic test’ Journal of Intelligence History 14/1 (2015) – link here. • M. Handel, ‘Strategic and Operational Deception in in historical perspective’, Intelligence and National Security 2/3 (1987) – introduction to special edition on Deception. • J. Ferris, ‘The Intelligence-Deception Complex: An Anatomy’ Intelligence and National Security 4/4 (1989) • J. Ferris, ‘FORTITUDE in Context: The Evolution of British Military Deception in Two World Wars 19141945’, in R. Betts, Paradoxes of Intelligence (2003) • R. J. Heuer, Jr., ‘Strategic Deception and Counter-deception: A Cognitive Process Approach’, International Studies Quarterly, 25/2 (1981) • D. Smyth, Deathly Deception: The Real Story of Operation Mincemeat (2010) • J. Wirtz, ‘Hiding in Plain Sight: Denial, Deception, and the Non-State Actor’, SAIS Review 21/8 (2008) • T.L. Cubbage, ‘The Success of Operation Fortitude: Hesketh’s History of Strategic Deception’, Intelligence 6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

•

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

and National Security 2/3 (1987) D. Glantz, ‘The Red Mask: The nature and legacy of Soviet military deception in the Second World War’, Intelligence and National Security 2/3 (1987)

9.) Intelligence and the Cold War 20 Nov 2015 • M. Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and War (1996), pp.341-385 • R.J. Aldrich, The Hidden Hand: Britain, America and Cold War Secret Intelligence (2001) • R.J. Aldrich, ‘Grow Your Own’ Cold War Intelligence and history Supermarkets’ Intelligence and National Security 17/1 (2002) • J.L. Gaddis, ‘Intelligence, Espionage and Cold War Origins’ Diplomatic History 13:2 (1989) • V. Zubok, ‘Soviet Intelligence and the Cold War’, Diplomatic History, 19/3 (1995) • C. Andrew, ‘Intelligence and International Relations in the Early Cold War’, Review of International Studies 24 (1998) • C. Andrew, ‘Intelligence in the Cold War’ Chapter 20 in Cambridge History of the Cold War Vol. II - ebook • P. Cradock, Know Your Enemy, How the Joint Intelligence Committee Saw the World (2002) • E. Anderson, ‘The Security Dilemma and Covert Action: The Truman Years’, International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 11/4 (1998) 10.) Covert Action 27 November 2015 • John Prados, Safe for Democracy: The Secret Wars of the CIA (Chicago, 2006) • John Prados, ‘The Future of Covert Action’ in Loch K. Johnson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies (2009) • Christopher Andrew. and V Mitrokhin, The Mitrokhin Archive: The KGB in Europe and the West (1999) • John Barry, ‘Covert Action can be Just’, Orbis (Summer 1993) • Len Scott, Secret Intelligence, Covert Action and Clandestine Diplomacy, Intelligence and National Security, 19:2 (2004) • William J. Daugherty, ‘ The Role of Covert Action’ in Loch K. Johnson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies (2009). • Thomas Rid, ‘Cyber war will not take place’, Journal of Strategic Studies, 35/1 (2012) • Nigel Inkster, ‘Chinese intelligence in the cyber age’, Survival, 55/1 (2013) TERM 2 11.) Espionage and Human Intelligence 22 Jan 2016 • P. Knightley, The Second Oldest Profession: The Spy as a Bureaucrat, Patriot, Fantasist and Whore (1987) • D. Murphy, ‘Spies in Berlin: A Hidden Kew to the Cold War’, Foreign Affairs 77/4 (1998) 171-78 • J. Rusbridger, The Intelligence Game: The Illusions and Delusions of International Espionage (1991) • N. West, Games of Intelligence: The Classified Conflict of International Espionage (1989) • M. Smith, SIX: Part I, Murder and Mayhem, 1909-1939 (2010) 12.) Signals Intelligence 29 Jan 2016 • M. Aid, ‘The National Security Agency and the Cold War’, Intelligence and National Security, 12/1 (2001) 27-66 • H. Hinsely, ‘The Influence of Ultra in the Second World War’ (available from http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/research/security/Historical/hinsley.html) • David Kahn, ‘Codebreaking in World War I and II: The Major Successes and Failures, Their Causes and Their Effects’, The Historical Journal, 23/3 (1980) • Ralph Bennett, Intelligence Investigations: How Ultra Changed History (1996) 7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • •

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

R. Lewin, ‘A Signal-Intelligence War’, Journal of Contemporary History, 16/1 (1981) R. Ratcliff, Delusions of Intelligence: Enigma, Ultra and the End of Secure Ciphers (2008) J. Bamford, Body of Secrets: How America’s NSA and Britain’s GCHQ eavesdrop on the World (2001)

13.) Soviet and Russian approaches to Intelligence 5 Feb 2016 • V. Zubok, ‘Soviet Intelligence and the Cold War’, Diplomatic History, 19/3 (1995) • C. Andrew, ‘KGB Foreign Intelligence from Brezhnev to the Coup’, Intelligence and National Security 8/3 (1993) • R. Garthoff, ‘The KGB Reports to Gorbachev’, Intelligence and National Security 11/2 (1996) • C. Andrew & V. Mitrokhin, The Mitrokhin Archives I and II (2001, 2006) • V. Suvorov, Soviet Military Intelligence (1986) • J. Haynes & A. Vassiliev, Spies: The Rise and Fall of the KGB in America (2009) • D. Ball & R. Windrem, ‘Soviet signals intelligence (Sigint): Organization and management’, Intelligence and National Security 4/4 (1989) 14.) Terrorism 12 Feb 2016 • B. Hoffman, ‘Intelligence and Terrorism: Emerging Threats and New Security Challenges in the PostCold War Era’, Intelligence and National Security 11/2 (1996) • J. Gearson, ‘The Nature of Modern Terrorism’, in Lawrence Freedman (ed.), Super Terrorism: Policy Responses (London: 2002) • B. Hoffman, Inside Terrorism (New York City, NY: 2006) • W. Laqueur, The New Terrorism: Fanaticism and the Arms of Mass Destruction (Oxford: 2001) • P. Hennessy (ed.), The New Protective State: Government, Intelligence & Terrorism (2007) • E.J. Dahl, ‘Warning of Terror: Explaining the Failure of Intelligence Against Terrorism’, Journal of Strategic Studies 28/1 (2005) • J. Moran & M. Pythian (eds.), Intelligence, Security and Policing Post 9-11: The UK’s Response to the ‘War on Terror’ (2008) 15.) Politicisation 19 Feb 2016 • Paul R. Pillar, ‘The Perils of Politicization’ in The Oxford Handbook of National Security Intelligence (Oxford, 2010) KCL ebook, see Library catalogue • Mark M. Lowenthal, ‘The Policy-maker intelligence relationship’ in The Oxford Handbook of National Security Intelligence (Oxford, 2010) KCL ebook, see Library catalogue • Chapter 6 of Peter Gill & Mark Pythian, Intelligence in an Insecure World: Surveillance, Spies and Snouts (2006) • Richard Betts, ‘Politicization of Intelligence: Costs and Benefits’, in R.K. Betts & T. Mahnken, Paradoxes of Strategic Intelligence (2003) – ebook • Uri Bar-Joseph, ‘The politicization of Intelligence: A comparative study’ in International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 26/2 (2013) 16.) Intelligence in Counterinsurgency 26 Feb 2016 • Major General Michael T. Flynn; Captain Matt Pottinger; Paul D. Batchelor. Fixing Intel: A Blueprint for Making Intelligence Relevant in Afghanistan, Center for a New American Security, January 2010 (http://www.cnas.org/files/documents/publications/AfghanIntel_Flynn_Jan2010_code507_voices.pdf ) • Keith Jeffery, ‘Intelligence and counter-insurgency operations: Some reflections on the British experience, Intelligence and National Security, 2/1 (1987) 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • •

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

Christian F. Ostermann and Odd Arne Westad ed. (2002) ‘The KGB in Afghanistan -- English Edition -Vasiliy Mitrokhin’, Working Paper No. 40, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, Washington DC, February 2002 (http://www.wilsoncenter.org/topics/pubs/ACFAE9.pdf) William Rosenau and Austin Long (2009) The Phoenix Program and Contemporary Counterinsurgency (Santa Monica, CA: RAND) (http://www.rand.org/pubs/occasional_papers/OP258/) Rory Cormac, Confronting the Colonies: British Intelligence and Counterinsurgency (2013) Huw Bennett, Fighting the Mau Mau: The British Army and Counter-Insurgency in the Kenya Emergency (2012)

17.) Clandestine Diplomacy 4 Mar 2016 • Jonathan Powell, Talking to Terrorists: How to End Armed Conflict (Bodley Head, 2014) • Len Scott, Secret Intelligence, Covert Action and Clandestine Diplomacy, Intelligence and National Security, 19:2 (2004) 18.) Ethics and Intelligence 11 Mar 2016 • D. Godfrey, ‘Ethics and Intelligence’, Foreign Affairs 56/3 (1978) • R.V. Jones, ‘Knowledge and Power: Thoughts on Intelligence in a Democracy’, Minerva 14 (1976/7) • Gendron, ‘Just War, Just Intelligence: An Ethical Framework for Foreign Espionage’, International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 18/3 • M. Quinlan, ‘Just Intelligence: Prolegomena to an Ethical Theory’, Intelligence and National Security 22/1 (2007) • T. Pfaff & J.R. Tiel, ‘The Ethics of Espionage’, Journal of Military Ethics 3/1 (2004) • D.L. Perry, ‘Repugnant Philosophy: Ethics, Espionage and Covert Action’, Journal of Conflict Studies (1995) • C. Beitz, ‘Covert Intervention as a Moral Problem’, Ethics and International Affairs 3 (1989) • C. Kennedy-Pipe & A. Mumford, ‘Torture, Rights, Rules and Wars: Ireland to Iraq’, International Relations 21/1 (2007) • J. Goldman (ed.), Ethics of Spying: A Reader for the Intelligence Professional (2006) • D. Omand, ‘Ethical Guidelines in Using Secret Intelligence for Public Security’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs 19/4 (2006) • Ross Bellaby, ‘What’s the Harm? The Ethics of Intelligence Collection’, Intelligence and National Security 27/1 (2012) 19.) Intelligence and International Relations 18 Mar 2016 • S. Lander, ‘International intelligence co-operation: an inside perspective’, Chapter 10 in Secret Intelligence: A Reader • Svendsen, ‘Connecting Intelligence and Theory: Intelligence Liaison and International Relations’, Intelligence and National Security 24/1 (2009) • M.G. Fry & M. Hochstein, ‘Epistemic Communities: Intelligence Studies and International Relations’, Intelligence and National Security 8/3 (1993) • R.J. Aldrich, ‘Global Intelligence Co-operation versus Accountability: New Facets of an Old Problem’, Intelligence and National Security 24/1 (2009) • D.N. Gibbs, ‘Secrecy and International Relations’, Journal of Peace Research 32/2 (1995) • R. Jervis, ‘Intelligence and Foreign Policy: A Review Essay’, International Security 11/3 (1986/7) • J. De Derian, ‘Anti-Diplomacy, Intelligence Theory and International Relations.’ INS. 8:3 (1993), 29-51.

JYA ESSAY QUESTIONS 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

[INTELLIGENCE IN WAR STUDIES| 5SSW2050 & 5SSWF006]

Is the production of intelligence more analogous to the work of the historian or the social scientist? Discuss the importance of open source collection in comparison to clandestine sources. Should allies spy on each other? Why is intelligence so hard to define? What contribution, if any, did intelligence make to the course and outcome of the First World War? To what extent can the outbreak of war in Europe in 1939 be explained as an intelligence failure? What does a comparison of Operation Barbarossa and Pearl Harbor in 1941 tells us about the recurrence of ‘warning failures’? What contribution did intelligence make to the outcome of the Second World War in the European or Pacific Theatres of Operation? Why did the Germans fail to realise that their secret communications had been penetrated by the Allies in the Second World War? Why and with what consequences did intelligence services become so important in fighting the Cold War? Was signals and imagery intelligence really more important than human intelligence in the Cold War? Does the role played by intelligence during the Cuban Missile Crisis confirm the view that ‘good intelligence is about a good intelligence organisation’? Why did western intelligence fail to predict the collapse of the Soviet Union? What does a comparison of the British failure to anticipate Argentina’s invasion of the Falkland Islands in 1982 and the United States’ failure to anticipate Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait in 1991 tell us about the recurrence of ‘warning failures? Why have intelligence analysts found it so difficult to conceptualise and respond to the rise of ‘new terrorism’? Why was Israel taken by surprise in the Yom Kippur War? Did the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001 confirm the thesis that intelligence failures are inevitable? Can intelligence machines ever be reformed? Why was British and American intelligence wrong about Iraq’s WMD program in 2003?

10

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Module Organiser: Dr Rudra Chaudhuri |K7.10| [email protected] Office Hours: Tuesdays 4-5 and by appointment Other Lecturers: Dr Ahron Bregman |Dr Pablo De Orellana Teaching Assistants: Timetable: This survey course will build on issues raised in the first-year War Studies core courses. It will aim at promoting the understanding of the major characteristics of wars and global conflicts against the changing political, socio- economic, and technological conditions in which they have taken place from the end of the Second World War to the near present. It will deal with the contemporary history of international conflicts and wars, and will investigate the key ideas and issues that have influenced them in the context of numerous case studies. The emphasis is on wars and conflicts in East, Southeast and South Asia and the Middle East. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Upon successfully completing this course, students will be familiar with:  The key issues and concepts arising from scholarly debates in relation to war and global conflict since 1945.  The key literature and some primary sources on war and global conflict in the contemporary world  Incentives for, and constraints upon, the use of force in the contemporary world.  The reasons and motives behind military intervention in conflicts or wars of liberation which have taken place in the third world since 1945, particularly in Asia and the Middle East.  Unconventional and non-military means of waging conflict in the contemporary world, including terrorism and insurgencies TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The course will consist of 20 X 1.5 hour lectures (Thursdays) and 20 X one hour seminars. MODULE REQUIREMENTS & ASSESSMENT | KEATS SUBMISSION The course consists of lectures and seminars. Lectures should be used to deepen and broaden your understanding of the subject, which should help you to engage in seminar discussions, and to prepare for the examinations. Seminars will provide students with the opportunity to explain, and interpret, seminar questions, before an audience of their peers, and to discuss the issues, which are raised in the student’s presentation to the group. Students must read the section in the Handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. BA2 STUDENTS (including FULL YEAR STUDY ABROAD STUDENTS): Students will be examined by a three-hour

examination during the third term

In addition, all students are required to submit two module essays of not more than 2500 words each, including footnotes, tables & appendices, but excluding the bibliography. NOTE: the first essay question must be selected from the seminar question list for term one, and likewise the second essay question must be selected from the list for term two. The first essay should be submitted to your TEACHING

Page | 1

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

ASSISTANT by 11 December 2015, 12pm, and the second by 26 March 2016, 12pm. These essays are part of the course requirements, but will not count towards the final mark. However, those who do not submit the essays may lose the right to sit the examination. THESE ESSAYS ARE NOT SUBMITTED ON KEATS. All essays must conform to the ‘Guidelines on the Presentation of Essays’ in the Student Handbook. STUDY ABROAD Fall Students (5SSWF008): 2,500 word assignment 1: Submit on KEATS by 13 November 2015, 12 pm, (worth 50% of final grade) 2,500 word assignment 2: Submit on KEATS by 14 December 2015, 12 pm, (worth 50% of final grade) STUDY ABROAD Spring Students (5SSWS008): 2,500 word assignment by 28 March 2016, 12pm (does not count towards final grade). 2 Hour Exam in May 2015: worth 100% of final grade Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx.

Past exam papers are available on the department website. Please follow the link from the internal department web page to: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Undergraduate | Past exam papers

LECTURE SCHEDULE Page | 2

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Lectures will take place on: LECTURE SCHEDULE TERM ONE 0. 22/9/15: Introduction and Course Organisation (Chaudhuri, Orellana, & TAs) 1. 29/09/15: China and the rise of communism in Asia (Orellana) 2. 6/10/15: The Origins of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (Bregman) 3. 13/10/15: The Middle East Watershed: The June 1967 and October 1973 Wars (Bregman) 4. 20/10/15: Cold War in the Periphery: South Asia from 1947 (Chaudhuri) 5. 27/10/15: Understanding the Kashmir dispute, 1947 to present (Chaudhuri) NO LECTURE ON 3 NOVEMBER 6. 10/11/15: Limited War by Proxy- the War in Korea (Orellana) 7. 17/11/15: Colonial Insurgency: The French Indochina War (Orellana) 8. 24/11/15: Hedging China? Revisiting the Sino-Indian Border War (Chaudhuri) 9. 01/12/15: Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency in Vietnam, 1960-1975 (Orellana) 10. 08/12/15: Israeli Invasion of Lebanon (1982) to the 2006 war and after (Bregman) TERM TWO – 11. 12/1/16: Introduction for new study abroad students (Chaudhuri/Orellana) 12. 19/1/16: 1979 Sino-Vietnamese War (Orellana) 13. 26/1/16: AFPAK’ and the Indo-Pakistan great game (Chaudhuri) 14. 2/2/16: Making sense of the Arab Revolution (Bregman) 15. 9/2/16: Terrorism and ‘Radicalisation’ (Guest Lecture) 16. 16/2/16: The “Islamic State” and the Middle East today? (Reinoud) 17. 23/2/16: A New Cold War in East Asia? The Rise of the Maritime States (Patalano) 18. 2/3/16 Special Forces and Contemporary Conflict (Simon Anglim) 19. 09/3/16: Cyber War as an idea? (Rid) 20. 16/3/16: Counterinsurgency and reconciliation in Afghanistan (Chaudhuri) SEMINAR SCHEDULE Students shall be divided into four seminar groups. In term 1, the seminars will start from 29 September 2015 and groups will meet every week. In term 2, the seminars will start from 19 January 2016. SEMINAR QUESTIONS TERM ONE 1. How important was ideology in the victory of the Chinese Communist Party over the Guomindang? Seminars start week beginning 29 September 2015!!! 2. What were the principal factors driving the Arab-Israeli conflict? 3. To what extent did the 1973 Arab-Israeli war demonstrate the independence of local actors in the Cold War? 4. What differentiated Indian and Pakistani approaches to the Cold War soon after independence in 1947? 5. What were the key factors that led to the outbreak of the War in Kashmir in 1947? Page | 3

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

NO SEMINARS/ LECTURE IN WEEK BEGINNING 3 November 2015 6. ‘Chinese intervention in the Korean war had more to do with Mao’s domestic political considerations than with national security concerns.’ Discuss. 7. Account for US president Truman’s decision to recognise the State of Vietnam in 1950 and to step up the funding of the French war effort in Indochina. 8. What caused the Sino-Indian Border War of 1962? 9. ‘The failure of the strategic hamlet programme and the steady decline of the security situation in South Vietnam from 1963 to 1965 demonstrated that there was no viable alternative to Ho Chi Minh’s regime in Vietnam.’ Do you agree? 10. To what extent was 1982 a turning point in Israel’s relations with its neighbours? TERM TWO 11. No seminars in the first week of term 12. To what extent was the 1979 Sino-Vietnamese border war about the situation in Cambodia? 14. What are Indian and Pakistani interests in Afghanistan? 15. What led to the outbreak of the so-called “Arab Revolution”? 16. Has “radicalisation” changed the nature of terrorism? Discuss. 17. What does the expansion of the Islamic State tell us about the state of the Middle East today? 18. Is China's naval modernisation symptomatic of a fundamental change in the country's national security strategy? 19. What do the increasing use of Special Forces tell us about the nature and character of war in the current milieu? Discuss using examples from recent conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. 20. “Cyber War will not take place”? Discuss 21. Can the American-led withdrawal from Afghanistan be read as a sign of weakness? SEMINAR ARRANGEMENTS Seminars will start the week of 6 October 2015. Students are expected to choose seminar presentation questions (which they may develop later into their essays). The distribution of seminar presentation topics for each group will be agreed with the tutor in the first seminar.  All students are required to attend all seminars. Persistent absenteeism without any explanation may be regarded as having withdrawn from the course.  All students are expected to read and prepare in advance for each seminar discussion. Students must choose two seminar questions each for their two preparatory essays, and they are expected to present their findings at the relevant seminars. ESSENTIAL READING The following books cover a large area, and they, or at least one of them, are recommended for purchase. Philip Bell The World Since 1945: An International History (London: Arnold, 2001) H. W. Brands, The Use of Force after the Cold War (Texas, A&M, 2003) Peter Calvocorressi World Politics since 1945 (London: Longman, 2002) 8th edition John Lewis Gaddis The Cold War (Penguin 2007) Page | 4

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Raymond L. Garthoff, The Great Transition: American-Soviet Relations and the End of the Cold War ( Washington D.C.: the Brookings Institution, 1994) – relating to the period of the end of the Cold War between 1985-1991. Robert J. McMahon, Cold War in the Periphery: the United States, India, and Pakistan, 1947-1965 (New York: Columbia University Press 1994) Walter LaFeber, America, Russia and the Cold War (1996) Ian Clark, The Post-Cold War Order: The Spoils of Peace ( Oxford Univ. Press, 2001) Odd Arne Westad, The Global Cold War: Third World Interventions and the Making of our Times (Cambridge UP) John W. Young, and John Kent, International Relations since 1945: A Global History (Oxford UP 2004) LECTURES AND READING Lecture 0: – Introduction: The Cold War (Dr Chaudhuri & TAs) CORE READING: Young/Kent, International Relations since 1945, Peter Calvocoressi, Ch 1 ‘ the superpowers’, Ch 4. ‘World Order’ John Lewis Gaddis, The United States and the End of the Cold War (Oxford, 1992), Chapter 10. John Lewis Gaddis, The Long Peace: Inquires into the History of the Cold War (Oxford, 1987) esp. Ch 8 ‘The Long Peace: Elements of Stability in the Postwar International System’. Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflict from 1500-2000 (New York: Random House, 1987) Ch7 ‘Stability and Change in a Bipolar World, 1943-1980’ Lecture 1: China and the rise of communism in Asia (Orellana) Eric Ouellet, ‘Multinational counterinsurgency: the Western intervention in the Boxer Rebellion 1900–1901’, Small Wars & Insurgencies, 20(3-4), September 2009, pp. 507–527. A. James Gregor and Maria Hsia Chang, ‘Marxism, Sun Yat-sen, and the Concept of “Imperialism”’, Pacific Affairs, 55(1), April 1982, pp. 54–79. J. Keay, China: A History (HarperPress 2008), chapter 16. A. J. Stockwell, ‘Insurgency and decolonisation during the Malayan Emergency’, The Journal of Commonwealth & Comparative Politics, 25(1), March 1987, pp. 71–81. Marie-Claire Bergère and Janet Lloyd, Sun Yat-sen, (Stanford University Press, 1998), chapters 9 and 10 R. Bickers, Britain in China: Community, Culture and Colonialism, 1900-49, (Manchester University Press, 1999). Chapter 4 Andreas Panayiotou, ‘Lenin in the coffee-shop: the communist alternative and forms of non-western modernity’, Postcolonial Studies, 9(3), September 2006, pp. 267–280. Lecture 2: The Origins of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (Dr Bregman) Ahron Bregman, Israel's Wars: A History since 1947 (Routledge, 2000), Chapters 1 and 2 Benny Morris, ‘The Causes and Character of the Arab Exodus from Palestine: the Israel Defence Forces Intelligence Service Analysis of June 1948’, in 1948 and After: Israel and the Palestinians (Oxford University Press, 1990). Joseph Nevo, ‘The Arabs of Palestine 1947-48: Military and Political Activity’, Middle Eastern Studies, 23: 1 (January 1987). Ilan Pappe, ‘Between Nakbah and Independence: the 1948 War’, in A History of Modern Palestine: One Land, Page | 5

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Two Peoples (Cambridge University Press, 2004). Eugene Rogan and Avi Shlaim (eds), The War for Palestine: Rewriting the History of 1948 (Cambridge University Press, 2001). Avi Shlaim, ‘The Middle East: The Origins of Arab-Israeli Wars’ in Ngaire Woods, Explaining International Relations Since 1945 (Oxford University Press, 1996). Charles Smith, ‘The Arab-Israeli Conflict’, in Louise Fawcett (ed.), International Relations of the Middle East (Oxford University Press, 2005). Charles Smith, ‘The Beginning of the Arab-Israeli Conflict: The Search for Security, 1949-1957’, in Palestine and the Arab-Israeli Conflict: A History with Documents (Bedford/St Martin's, 2004, 5th edn). Lecture 3: The Middle East Watershed: The June 1967 and October 1973 Wars (Dr Bregman) Ahron Bregman, Israel's Wars A History since 1947 (Routledge, 2000), Chapters 3 and 4. Ahron Bregman, The Fifty Years War: Israel and the Arabs (Penguin books, 1998). Mehran Kamrava, ‘The Arab-Israeli Wars’ (Chapter Four), in The Modern Middle East: A Political History since the First World War (California University Press, 2005). Yagil Levy, Trial and Error: Israel's Route from War to De-escalation (SUNY Press, 1997). Beverley Milton-Edwards and Peter Hinchcliffe, ‘The Arab-Israeli conflict: ways of war’ (Chapter One), in Conflicts in the Middle East since 1945 (Routledge, 2004, 2nd edn). Michael Oren, Six Days of War: June 1967 and the Making of the Modern Middle East (Penguin, 2003). Richard Parker, The Politics of Miscalculation in the Middle East (Indiana University Press, 1993). Roland Popp, ‘Stumbling Decidedly into the Six-Day War’, The Middle East Journal, Vol. 60, No. 2, Spring 2006. Charles Smith, ‘From Suez to the Six-Day War, 1957-1967’ and ‘War and the Search for Peace in the Middle East, 1967-1976’, in Palestine and the Arab-Israeli Conflict: A History with Documents (Bedford/St Martin's, 2004, 5th edn). Uri Bar Joseph, “Intelligence Chief who went Fishing in the Cold: how Maj. Gen. (res.) Eli Zeira Exposed the Identity of Israel’s Best Source Ever”, Intelligence and National Security, Volume 23, Issue 2, April 2008, pp 226-248. Lecture 4: The Cold War in the Periphery: US, UK, and Soviet engagement in South Asia (1947-1991) (Dr Chaudhuri) Robert McMahon, The Cold War on the Periphery: The United States, India, and Pakistan (New York: Columbia University Press 1994) Chpts 1 and 2 Robert McMahon, ‘United States Cold War Strategy in South Asia: Making a Military Commitment to Pakistan, 1947-1954’, The Journal of American History 75/3 (December 1988) Rudra Chaudhuri, Forged in Crisis: India and the United States Since 1947 (London: Hurst, 2013), Chpts 1,2,3 Lecture 5: Understanding the Kashmir dispute (1947 to present) (Dr Chaudhuri) Howard Schaffer, The Limits of Influence: America’s Role in Kashmir (Washington DC, Brookings’s Institution Press 2009) Chpts 1, 2, 3 Victoria Schofield, Kashmir in Conflict: India, Pakistan, and the Unending War (London: I B Tauris 2002 Revised Edition) Chapts 1, 2, 3 Lecture 6: Limited War by Proxy – the war in Korea (Orellana) Page | 6

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Hao Yufan and Zhai Zhihai, ‘China’s Decision to Enter the Korean War: History Revisted’, The China Quarterly, 121, March 1990, pp. 94–115. N. Goncharov and John Lewis, Xue Litai, Uncertain Partners: Stalin, Mao, and the Korean War (Stanford UP 1995), chapters 5 and 6 Shen Zhihua, ‘Sino-Soviet Relations and the Origins of the Korean War: Stalin’s Strategic Goals in the Far East’, Journal of Cold War Studies, 2(2), May 2000, pp. 44–68. Thomas J. Christensen, ‘Threats, Assurances, and the Last Chance for Peace: The Lessons of Mao’s Korean War Telegrams’, International Security, 17(1), July 1992, pp. 122–154. Melvyn P. Leffler, ‘The Cold War: What Do “We Now Know”?’, The American Historical Review, 104(2), April 1999, pp. 501–524. For a review of Cold War historiography before and after 1991, to be read against John Lewis Gaddis, We Now Know: Rethinking Cold War History, (Oxford: Clarendon Press, March 1998). William Stueck, Rethinking the Korean War: A New Diplomatic and Strategic History (Princeton, 2004). Spencer C. Tucker, 'The Korean War, 1950-53: from maneuver to stalemate,' The Korean Journal of Defence Analysis, Vol. 22, No. 4 (2010), 421-433. Hannah Gurman, ‘“Learn to Write Well”: The China Hands and the Communist-ification of Diplomatic Reporting’, Journal of Contemporary History, 45(2), April 2010, pp. 430–453. Edward C. Keefer, ‘President Dwight D. Eisenhower and the End of the Korean War’, Diplomatic History, 10(3), July 1986, pp. 267–289. Daniel Calingaert, ‘Nuclear weapons and the Korean War’, Journal of Strategic Studies, 11(2), June 1988, pp. 177–202. Lecture 7: Colonial Cold War: The French Indochina War (Orellana) Film: The Quiet American, (March 2003). Stein Tønnesson, Vietnam 1946: How the War Began (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2010) M. Thomas, ‘Silent Partners: SOE’s French Indo-China Section, 1943–1945’, Modern Asian Studies, 34(04), 2008, pp. 943–976. Gary R. Hess, ‘Franklin Roosevelt and Indochina’, The Journal of American History, 59(2), September 1972, pp. 353–368. Mark Atwood Lawrence, ‘Transnational Coalition-Building and the Making of the Cold War in Indochina, 1947–1949’, Diplomatic History, 26(3), 2002, pp. 453–480. Gary R. Hess, ‘The First American Commitment in Indochina: The Acceptance of the “Bao Dai Solution”, 1950’, Diplomatic History, 2(4), 1978, pp. 331–350. Tuong Vu, ‘Triumphs or tragedies: A new perspective on the Vietnamese revolution’, Journal of Southeast Asian Studies, 45(02), 2014, pp. 236–257. M. A Lawrence, Assuming the burden: Europe and the American commitment to war in Vietnam, (Univ of California Pr, 2005). David Marr, Vietnam: State, War, and Revolution, (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2013). Lecture 8: Hedging China? Revisiting the Sino-Indian Border War (1949 to present) (Dr Chaudhuri) Chen Jian, ‘The Tibetan Rebellion of 1959 and China’s Changing Relations with India and the Soviet Union’ Journal of Cold War Studies 8/3 (Summer 2006) Niu Jun, ‘1962: The Eve of the Left Turn in China’s Foreign Policy’ Cold War History International Project Working Paper No. 48 (Woodrow Wilson International Centre for Scholars, 2005) Rudra Chaudhuri, ‘Why Culture Matters? ‘Revisiting the Sino-India Border War of 1962’ Journal of Strategic Page | 7

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Studies 32/5 (Forthcoming 2009) Srinath Raghavan, War and Peace in Modern India (London: Palgrave, 2012), 2 Chpts on China Lecture 9: Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency in Vietnam, 1960-1975 (Orellana) Mark Philip Bradley, Vietnam at War (New York: Oxford University Press, 2009) Pierre Asselin, 'The Democratic Republic of Vietnam and the 1954 Geneva Conference: A Revisionist Critique', Cold War History, Vol. 11, No. 2, May 2011, 155-195. Peter Busch, All the Way with JFK? Britain, the US, and the Vietnam War (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003) David Anderson, Trapped by Successes: the Eisenhower Administration and Vietnam, 1953-61 (Columbia UP, 1991) George Herring, America’s Longest War, 1950-75 (McGraw Hill, 1986), chapter 1 Robert McMahon, “Interpreting America’s Failures in the Third World” Diplomatic History 15:1 (winter 1991) Qiang Zhai, China and the Vietnam Wars, 1950-1975 (North Carolina Press, 2000) Mark Philip Bradley and Marilyn B. Young, Making Sense of the Vietnam Wars: Local, National, and Transnational Perspectives, (OUP USA, May 2008) Fredrik Logevall, ‘Bringing in the “Other Side”: New Scholarship on the Vietnam Wars’, Journal of Cold War Studies, 3(3), 2001, pp. 77–93. A great summary of Vietnamese academic perspectives on both Vietnam wars Peter Busch, ‘Supporting the War: Britain’s Decision to send the Thompson Mission to Vietnam, 1960-61’, Cold War History, 2(1), 2001, pp. 69–94 ‘Return to My Lai’, The New Yorker http://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2015/03/30/the-scene-of-thecrime Tuong Vu, ‘“It’s time for the Indochinese Revolution to show its true colours”: The radical turn of Vietnamese politics in 1948’, Journal of Southeast Asian Studies, 40(03), 2009, pp. 519–542 Marilyn B. Young and Robert Buzzanco, A Companion to the Vietnam War, (John Wiley & Sons, April 2008). Lecture 10: Israeli Invasion of Lebanon (1982) to the 2006 war (Bregman) Ahron Bregman, Israel's Wars: A History since 1947 (Routledge, 2000), Chapter 5 Yoram Meital, Peace in tatters: Israel, Palestine and the Middle East (Lynne Rienner, 2006). Ilan Pappe, Chapters Six, Seven and Conclusion (Greater Israel and Occupied Palestine, The Uprising and its Political Consequences, Post-Oslo Palestine and Israel), ‘Between Nakbah and Independence: the 1948 War’, in A History of Modern Palestine: One Land, Two Peoples (Cambridge University Press, 2004). Yoram Peri, Generals in the Cabinet Room: How the Israeli Military Shapes Israeli Policy (United States Institute for Peace, 2006). Yezid Sayigh, ‘Arafat and the Anatomy of a Revolt’, Survival, Vol. 43, No. 3, Autumn 2001. Yezid Sayigh, Armed Struggle and the Search for a State: The Palestinian National Movement, 19491993 (Oxford University Press, 1997). Ze’ev Schiff and Ehud Ya’ari, Israel’s Lebanon War (Simon and Schuster, 1984). Ze’ev Schiff, Intifada: The Palestinian Uprising – Israel’s Third Front (Simon and Schuster, 1989). Term Two Page | 8

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Lecture 11: Introduction for new study abroad students. Students from term I should not attend! Lecture 12: 1979 Sino-Vietnamese War (Orellana) James Mulvenon, ‘The limits of coercive diplomacy: The 1979 Sino-Vietnamese border war’, Journal of Northeast Asian Studies, 14(3), September 1995, pp. 68–88. Ramses Amer, ‘Sino-Vietnamese Normalization in the Light of the Crisis of the Late 1970s’, Pacific Affairs, 67(3), October 1994, pp. 357–383. Carlyle A. Thayer, ‘Sino-Vietnamese Relations: The Interplay of Ideology and National Interest’, Asian Survey, 34(6), June 1994, pp. 513–528. John W. Garver, ‘Sino-Vietnamese Conflict and the Sino-American Rapproachment’, Political Science Quarterly, 96(3), October 1981, pp. 445–464. Ben Kiernan, How Pol Pot Came to Power: Colonialism, Nationalism, and Communism in Cambodia, 19301975, (Yale University Press, 2004). Nayan Chanda, Brother Enemy: the War after the War (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1986) Brantly Womack, 'Asymmetry and systemic misperception: China, Vietnam and Cambodia during the 1970s', Journal of Strategic Studies, 26:2, 2003, 92-119. Lecture 13: ‘AFPAK’ and the Indo-Pakistan great game (Chaudhuri) Antonio Giustozzi, Koran, Kalashnikov, and Laptop: The Neo-Taliban Insurgency in Afghanistan (2002-2007) (London: Hurst 2007) Chapts 1 and 2 Barnett Rubin and Ahmed Rashid, ‘From Great Game to Grand Bargain’ Foreign Affairs (Nov/Dec 2008) Seth Jones, ‘The Rise of Afghanistan’s Insurgency: State Failure and Jihad’ International Security 4/32 (Spring 2008) Anatol Lieven, Pakistan: A Hard Country (London: Allen Lane, 2011) Introduction and conclusion Lecture 14: Making sense of the Arab Revolution (Bregman) To be uploaded Lecture 15: Terrorism and “Radicalisation” (Guest) To be uploaded Lecture 16: The “Islamic State” and the Middle East today? (Reinoud) To be uploaded Lecture 17: A New Cold War in East Asia? The Rise of the Maritime States (Patalano) Aaron Friedberg, Beyond Air-Sea Battle: The Debate Over U.S. Military Strategy in Asia (Adelphi Book, 2014). Alessio Patalano, Post-war Japan as a Seapower: Imperial Legacy, Wartime experience and the Making of a Navy (Bloosmbury 2015), chapters 6. Alessio Patalano, ‘Seapower, Maritime Disputes, and the Evolving Security of the East and South China Seas’, RUSI Journal, Vol. 158, 2013:6, 48-57. Andrew Erickson, ‘Rising Tide, Dispersing Waves: Opportunities and Challenges for Chinese Seapower Development’, Journal of Strategic Studies, Vol. 37, 2014:3, 372-402. James Manicom, ‘China and American Seapower in East Asia: Is Accommodation Possible?’, Journal of Page | 9

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 201516

[5SSW2054 & 5SSWF008 (FALL JYA) & 5SSWS00 (SPRING JYA)]

War & Global Conflict in the Contemporary World

Strategic Studies, Vol. 37, 2014:3, 345-371. Thomas G. Mahnken (eds.), Asia in Balance: Transforming US Military Strategy in Asia (AEI, 2012). Alessio Patalano and James Manicom, ‘Rising Tides: Seapower and Regional Security in Northeast Asia’, Journal of Strategic Studies, Vol. 34, 2014: 3, 335-344. Alessio Patalano, ‘Japan’s Maritime Strategy: The Island Nation Model’, RUSI Journal, Vol. 156, 2011:2, 82-89. Lecture 18: Special Forces and Contemporary Conflict (Simon Anglim) To be uploaded Lecture 19: Cyber War as an idea? (Rid) To be uploaded Lecture 20: Counterinsurgency and reconciliation in Afghanistan (Chaudhuri) Theo Farrell and Antonio Giustozzi, The Taliban at War: Inside the Helmand Insurgency, 2004-2012 International Affairs (2013) Antonio Giustozzi (ed), Decoding the New Taleban (London: Hurst 2009) Chapters 2, 6, and 8 Michael Semple, Anatol Lieven, Theo Farrell, and Rudra Chaudhuri, ‘Taliban Perspectives on Reconciliation,’ RUSI Briefing Paper (September, 2012) Rudra Chaudhuri and Theo Farrell, ‘Campaign Disconnect: Operational Progress and Strategic Disconnect in Afghanistan’ International Affairs 87/2 (March, 2011 Abdul Salam Zaeef, My Life with the Taleban (Hurst 2010)

Page | 10

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16 Course Organiser: Office hours: Contact details: Timetable:

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

Professor Philip Sabin (terms 1 & 2 only) Monday 1300-1400, Thursday 1200-1300 Office: K 7.06, South Range|0207 848 2202 |[email protected] https://timetables.kcl.ac.uk/kclsws

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES Even excluding its Pacific dimension, World War II is by far the greatest conflict there has ever been and hopefully ever will be. No single course can hope to cover more than a few of the many possible perspectives on this massive conflict. The present course focuses purely on strategic and operational analysis of the various military campaigns. It does not address political, diplomatic or sociological perspectives, nor does it deal with ethics and morality, individual experience, or the detail of tactics and technology. In addition, the course focuses on representative issues and case studies, rather than attempting to provide a complete but necessarily shallow survey of every single campaign. The formal aim of the course is to develop analytical insights into the military course of World War II in Europe, through exploration of key strategic issues and a study of the operational characteristics of selected land, sea and air battles. At the end of the course, successful students should possess the following:  

 

an understanding of the military course of World War II in Europe, and of the operational mechanics of key forms of combat during this conflict; a critical grasp of the role played in this conflict by factors such as geography, resources, logistics, generalship, intelligence, morale and force quality, and a consequent ability to make sensible judgements about how delicately balanced the historical outcome was in particular campaigns; the ability to research and analyse a chosen aspect of the conflict in some depth; significant experience in team working and oral presentation and debate, as a foundation for future courses.

TEACHING AND COURSE REQUIREMENTS The course benefits enormously from the mass of literature available on the conflict concerned, allowing you to access the relevant historical information through individual study at your own pace and convenience, rather than through the less flexible means of factual lectures to the entire class. Hence, class time is focused instead on building on your own reading through analytical sessions led by Professor Sabin and through a variety of active learning techniques designed to help you make sense of the historical narrative. Your reading is not a ‘supplement’ to the education provided in the classes, but rather an essential pre-requisite within a completely integrated approach to the course as a whole. You will also play a major part in educating other students about the specific topics which you have researched, and you in turn will benefit from the fruits of their researches in what will be a deeply collaborative educational endeavour. You will do much of your work as part of a team of 5 or 6 students, one of six teams (1-6) in the entire course. The course consists of 23 two-hour classes. On two of the weeks, there is no full class meeting - instead, your team will spend 40 minutes in a tutorial with Professor Sabin (in his office) to discuss your individual essay projects. It is up to you when, where and for how long you meet for your other team preparation sessions. The key thing is that you must arrange the time and place clearly beforehand, so that no team member is left high and dry. It is your responsibility to get the phone and e-mail details of all your team mates, so that you may stay in close touch with one another throughout the year.

Page | 1

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

You will be making 9 team presentations of various kinds during the course, and you should do your best to maximise the impact and utility of these. Remember to speak loudly, slowly and clearly, and to avoid reading word for word if at all possible. Pay attention to the requirements discussed later regarding handouts and visual aids. Above all, practise beforehand to make sure that your presentation stays within the required time constraints, since otherwise you will be cut off in mid flow. If you have any concerns that something (such as nervousness) may inhibit your oral contributions, or if there are any other problems within your team, please see Professor Sabin in confidence as soon as possible. It is very important that team responsibilities are evenly shared rather than monopolised by certain dominant individuals, but also that teams work in an integrated fashion to develop an overall team awareness of each assigned topic. It is perfectly acceptable and desirable that you should divide the reading up among yourselves to allow a more efficient research effort, but what is not acceptable is for team meetings to degenerate into a perfunctory 5 minute ‘carve up’ after which you prepare and deliver your agreed ‘chunk’ on a purely individual basis. To avoid this, and also to minimise the time problems which often flow from too many individual presentations, two or three team members must be held back from each initial presentation, and only these two or three will be allowed to take part in the subsequent debate and Q&A. Hence, each team will need to share its wisdom beforehand so that the respondents have the overview which they require. Teams must rotate the roles of presenter and respondent during the year, so that each member has an even share of the two roles. Only if one or more team members are unavoidably absent will the strict distinction between presenters and respondents be relaxed. The course has a dedicated Keats site online. Its main use in this course is as a place for you to post written material for the benefit of your colleagues. For case study presentations (not strategic debates), each team must prepare at least one page of supporting material, and post it on the site by noon on the day before the class. Individual essay outlines will also be posted by noon the previous Friday, as discussed below, and full length essays will be submitted in the Assessment folder of the site. All students must check the site regularly, and read and if desired print out such written material before the class. This approach saves you having to copy handouts for your colleagues, and the site will build into a very useful online resource for revision purposes. Because of the highly interactive and collaborative nature of the course, it is a requirement that you attend all the classes and play a full part in your team assignments. Otherwise, your team mates will be unfairly burdened, and other students will have their shared learning experience undermined. Hence, a register of attendance will be taken during each class, and absences will be recorded and followed up. If there is any reason why you will not be able to attend a particular class, you must tell your team mates and Professor Sabin as far in advance as possible so that plans may be adjusted accordingly, and you must also provide medical or other documentation to excuse any unavoidable absence. ASSESSMENT Since a key aim of the module is to give you an analytical overview of World War Two in Europe from a strategic and operational perspective, the best way of assessing your overall grasp of this approach is through a traditional unseen two hour examination in the third term, worth 50% of the module marks. Past examination papers are available online. Your contributions to the various team exercises during the year will not only help you to develop the required knowledge and analytical perspective, but they will also be marked directly by Professor Sabin, based on how well they live up to the intellectual and presentational requirements outlined in this programme. Your nine team presentations as a whole (including the five sets of supporting material) are worth 10% of the module marks. Each team will be awarded a common overall mark, though individuals may suffer severe deductions for unjustified absences. You are also required to produce a single coursework essay during the year, not only to allow feedback on your writing before the final exam, but also because a key element of the course (as discussed below) is to allow you to research in some depth a topic of your own choice within the vast canvas of the overall syllabus. Your essay should be in doublespaced typescript, and should be 3,500 - 4,000 words in length. Essays of (even slightly) over 4,000 words (including footnotes but excluding bibliography) will be heavily penalised. The essay must be posted in the Assessment folder of the Keats site by noon on March 8th. Late essays will be given a mark of 0. You must also give a single hard copy of the essay to Professor Sabin at the class that afternoon, and this will be returned to you by Professor Sabin with written comments at the final class a fortnight later. For general details on essay requirements, please consult the BA website, Page | 2

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

and for more specific requirements, see the relevant section below. Your essay will count for 40% of your overall course mark. Please also note the following important points. 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers are available on the department website. Please follow the link from the internal department web page to: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Undergraduate | Past exam papers In brief, your assessment is broken down as follows:   

A two-hour exam: 50% Course presentations/participation: 10% One 4000-word essay: 40% (deadline March 8). See above for details.

IMPORTANT NOTE regarding KEATS SUBMISSION: Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the essay is on KEATS. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Hence, please submit ahead of schedule and leave enough time (if you run into computer problems) to drop by the administrative office with an accessible copy of your essay to be uploaded to KEATS before the deadline. COURSE READING As already noted, your individual reading (both personal and as part of team preparatory activities) is the bedrock on which the course is based. The Library contains a mass of books on the many aspects of World War Two, in most cases going into far more detail than you actually require. Your challenge is less to unearth elusive detail than it is to make analytical sense of the historical narrative by focusing on the wood rather than the trees. In this context, the general overviews provided in the many survey volumes may prove just as valuable as more detailed individual accounts. However, earlier studies obviously neglect later revelations such as Ultra, and the precise interpretation of particular aspects of the conflict often remains a matter of considerable historical controversy, so here (as in other subjects) you must read widely if you are to get the necessary overview, rather than trusting the judgement of any individual scholar, however persuasive their arguments might appear to be. Although the Library contains thousands of works on this conflict, there are a lot of students on the course. Hence, you will still need to adopt the usual measures to overcome the problem, such as starting your research well in advance, and using your initiative to find alternative sources (including other libraries and the many related sites on the internet) if the specific books listed are unavailable. Key books have been placed on limited loan status, and you should keep all works only for the minimum time required, to avoid denying them to other students. You will need to buy at least one good general survey of the war, to have as a permanent reference for basic research and revision purposes. Even out of print works should be easily available second hand through sources such as amazon.co.uk. Articles will be easier to find, especially since some will be accessible through the Library’s e-journals facility (which should always be your first resort). Page | 3

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

If all else fails, Professor Sabin may be able to lend you something briefly from his own collection, as long as you ask him in time. You will obviously have to use your initiative to find appropriate sources for your individual essay project, but the Library holdings are a good place to start for most subjects, and the fact that each student is working on a topic of their own choice should spread the load very effectively. Since you have almost complete freedom in your choice of subject, source availability should be a significant factor in your decision. GENERAL READING There are many overall historical surveys of the entire war, including the following: W.Murray & A.R.Millett, A War to be Won (Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press, 2000) M.Gilbert, The Second World War (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1989) J.Keegan, The Second World War (London: Hutchinson, 1989) J.Ray, The Second World War (London: Cassell, 1999) G.Weinberg, A World at Arms (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994) H.P. Willmott, The Great Crusade (London: Michael Joseph, 1989) J.Pimlott, Atlas of World War II (London: Viking, 1995) J.Keegan (ed.), The Times Atlas of the Second World War (London: Guild, 1989) I.C.B.Dear & M.R.D.Foot (eds.), The Oxford Companion to the Second World War (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1995) J.R.M.Butler (ed.), Grand Strategy, 6 vols., (London: HMSO, 1956-76) P.Calvocoressi, G.Wint & J.Pritchard (eds.), Total War, 2nd ed., (New York: Penguin, 1989) E.Bauer, The History of World War II (London: Orbis, 1979) B.Collier, A Short History of the Second World War (London: Collins, 1967) M.K.Dziewanowski, War at any Price (New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1987) M.Arnold-Forster, The World at War (London: Collins, 1973) J.F.C.Fuller, The Second World War, 1939-1945 (London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1948) B.H.Liddell Hart, History of the Second World War (London: Cassell, 1970) M.Kitchen, A World in Flames (London: Longman, 1990) H.Michel, The Second World War (London: Andre Deutsch, 1975) R.A.C.Parker, Struggle for Survival (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989) J.L.Stokesbury, A Short History of World War II (London: Robert Hale, 1980) P.Young, World War 1939-45 (London: Arthur Barker, 1961) E.Mawdsley, World War II: A New History (Cambridge University Press, 2009) G.Corrigan, The Second World War: A Military History (London: Atlantic, 2010) M.Hastings, All Hell Let Loose (London: Harper, 2011) A.Roberts, The Storm of War (London: Allen Lane, 2009) Some other general works are especially interesting from the perspective of this course, because they focus more specifically on the underlying dynamics of the war, why it unfolded as it did, and how plausible it is to imagine alternative scenarios: R.J.Overy, Why the Allies Won (London: Jonathan Cape, 1995) J.Ellis, Brute Force (London: Andre Deutsch, 1990) N.Davies, Europe at War (London: Macmillan, 2006) P.O'Brien, How the War was Won (Cambridge University Press, 2015) A.Levine, ‘Was World War II a Near-Run Thing?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 8/1, Mar.1985 J.Ellis, The World War II Databook (London: Aurum, 1993) L.Deighton, Blood, Tears and Folly (London: Jonathan Cape, 1993) K.Macksey, Military Errors of World War Two (London: Arms & Armour, 1988) H.Magenheimer, Hitler’s War (London: Arms & Armour, 1998) A.R.Millett & W.Murray (eds.), Military Effectiveness, 3 vols, (London: Allen & Unwin, 1987) D.E.Showalter & H.C.Deutsch (eds.), If the Allies had Fallen: Sixty Alternate Scenarios of World War II (London: Page | 4

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

Frontline, 2010) K Macksey (ed.), The Hitler Options (London: Greenhill, 1995) P.Tsouras (ed.), Third Reich Victorious (London: Greenhill, 2002) T.N.Dupuy, Options of Command (New York: Hippocrene, 1984) D.Downing, The Moscow Option (London: Greenhill, 2001) B.Quarrie, Hitler: The Victory that Nearly Was (London: David & Charles, 1988) Other general texts focus on only certain theatres, periods or themes within the overall European conflict, but are still broad enough to span several of the specific topics outlined later: J.Lukacs, The Last European War (London: Routledge, 1976) I.Playfair & C.Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, 6 vols., (London: HMSO, 1954-88) D.Porch, Hitler’s Mediterranean Gamble (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2004) D.Glantz & J.House, When Titans Clashed (University Press of Kansas, 1995) J.Erickson, The Road to Stalingrad (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1975) J.Erickson, The Road to Berlin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1983) R.J.Overy, Russia’s War (New York: TV Books, 1997) A.Seaton, The Russo-German War, 1941-45 (New York: Praeger, 1971) A.Werth, Russia at War (London: Barrie & Rockcliff, 1964) A.Clark, Barbarossa (London: Hutchinson, 1965) E.Mawdsley, Thunder in the East (London: Hodder Arnold, 2005) C.Bellamy, Absolute War (London: Macmillan, 2007) F.Majdalany, The Fall of Fortress Europe (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1969) C.Wilmot, The Struggle for Europe (London: Collins, 1952) M.Shulman, Defeat in the West (London: Secker & Warburg, 1947) M.Hastings, Armageddon (London: Macmillan, 2004) J.Creswell, Sea Warfare 1939-1945 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1967) R.Hough, The Longest Battle (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1986) R.J.Overy, The Air War (London: Europa, 1980) R.J.Overy, War and Economy in the Third Reich (Oxford University Press, 1994) A.S.Milward, War, Economy and Society 1939-1945 (London: Allen Lane, 1977) A.S.Milward, The German Economy at War (London: Athlone, 1965) A.Tooze, The Wages of Destruction: The Making and Breaking of the Nazi Economy (New York: Viking, 2007) R.Evans, The Third Reich at War (London: Penguin, 2009) P.Kennedy, Engineers of Victory (London: Allen Lane, 2013) An especially valuable source in this category is the massive multi-volume German official history of the war, published over the past few decades. Most of this is available in the Library in the English translation published by Oxford University Press, and entitled Germany and the Second World War. Finally, certain general texts contain accounts by leading participants in the war, which again span several of the specific topics which we will cover: B.L.Montgomery, El Alamein to the River Sangro (London: Hutchinson, 1948) B.L.Montgomery, Normandy to the Baltic (London: Hutchinson, 1947) D.D.Eisenhower, Crusade in Eurpe (London: Heinemann, 1948) D.D.Eisenhower, Supreme Commander’s Report on Allied Operations in Europe, 1944-45 (London: HMSO, 1946) O.N.Bradley, A Soldier’s Story (London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1951) S.Bialer (ed.), Stalin and his Generals (London: Souvenir, 1970) B.H.Liddell Hart, The Other Side of the Hill (London: Cassell, 1951) B.H.Liddell Hart (ed.), The Rommel Papers (London: Collins, 1953) The Memoirs of Field Marshal Kesselring (London: Greenhill, 1997) H.A.Jacobsen& J.Rohwer (eds.), Decisive Battles of World War II: The German View (London: Andre Deutsch, Page | 5

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

1965) A.Galland, The First and the Last (London: Methuen, 1955) A.Speer, Inside the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1970) It cannot be over-emphasised that these four categories of general works are at least as important for your team presentations as the more specific works listed later. They should be your first resort when researching particular subjects (especially debates), since they set issues in perspective and will help you to avoid becoming lost in a morass of detail. Just because the works are not listed repeatedly below (to avoid unnecessary repetition), do not assume that they are any less relevant or useful. In many cases, you will be able to prepare perfectly solid presentations from proper study of the general works alone, without having much recourse to the more detailed supporting literature. COURSE OUTLINE The course consists of three major elements, which you will cover in parallel rather than sequentially (as shown on the timetable at the end of this programme). Your team will be responsible for particular subjects or case studies in each class, as indicated in the detailed programme below. These assignments have been carefully distributed to ensure that each team covers the widest possible range of subjects across the various different exercises. The three interleaved course elements are as follows: 1) Operational Dynamics In this, the largest section of the course, you will study what form particular types of military operations took during World War Two, and why. The section will open with a lecture and discussion session led by Professor Sabin, comparing and contrasting the military dynamics of World Wars One and Two. You will then have 10 classes spread across the rest of the course, with 2 of each focused on a particular generic type of military operation (Blitzkrieg, Assault, Convoy, Invasion, & Bombing). In the first of each pair of classes, Professor Sabin will give a lecture about the overall dynamics of that kind of operation, and will then run a whole class discussion session to reinforce this lecture and to draw out generic analytical conclusions. In the second week of each pair of classes, your team will make a presentation to the other teams on a specific historical case study of this type of operation. On one week, this will be followed by an extra class (making 12 in all for this section) in which each team will be able to command the German or Soviet forces in Professor Sabin’s detailed simulation of the battle of the Korsun Pocket in 1944, which was published in his latest book Simulating War (2012) and in a separate deluxe edition in 2013 by Victory Point Games as Hell´s Gate. This exercise should give you a much clearer feel for operational dynamics, especially as regards land warfare. The 6 case studies on each type of operation are grouped into 3 pairs, with the topics in each pair often being closely related (usually by covering different periods of the same campaign). Consolidated reading lists are provided for each pair of topics. Instead of having 6 separate team presentations (which would be logistically impractical), the presentations in this part of the course will actually be given by pairs of teams. Hence, you will need to coordinate very closely with the other team to make sure that you both have access to the books required and that your presentations dovetail neatly without unexpected omissions or overlaps. To facilitate such coordination, you will always be paired with the same team for this section of the course – team 1 with team 2, team 3 with team 4, and team 5 with team 6. Pay close attention to the periods set for each case study, lest you include extraneous material or leave out important events. Each paired presentation should last 20 minutes (10 minutes from each individual team), followed by Q&A from Professor Sabin and the watching teams. Experience suggests that you need to make special efforts to cover your topic concisely and efficiently, without rambling on beyond the allotted time. You must take your presentational responsibilities very seriously, not only because of the assessment element but also because you will be providing a key source of information for up to 30 fellow students on the topic at hand. Ill-informed or excessively brief presentations are totally unacceptable. Each team is required to prepare a written overview at least 500 words in length, and to post this on the Keats site by noon the previous day as discussed above. Coordinated postings of at least 1,000 words by pairs of teams are even better. You are also expected to make good use of visual aids during the presentation. You are encouraged to use Powerpoint and it is imperative that you coordinate with your partner team and bring just one memory stick containing both teams’ presentations five minutes before the class starts, so as to minimise loading time. It would also be helpful to post your Powerpoint presentation on the Keats site, though this does Page | 6

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

not remove the requirement for the written overview. Respondents to the Q&A must be knowledgeable and well prepared, and the other teams should pay close attention to the presentations and use the opportunity for Q&A to enhance their understanding of each case study, rather than focusing narrowly on their own assigned topic. It is very important that both your written material and your presentations retain a determinedly analytical focus, rather than degenerating into mere ‘potted histories’ of each individual case. Although you do need to cover the basic course of events, you must focus on why the operations took the form they did, with the emphasis being on analysing the case in terms of overall factors such as force, time, space, technology, logistics, command, intelligence, attrition and the measure-countermeasure contest. The main aim of each class is to build towards an overall understanding of operational dynamics within World War Two as a whole, not to transmit facts about each case for its own sake. That said, you should cite statistics from your case wherever possible, to help the other teams get a better overall sense of force ratios, advance and loss rates and the like within this type of operation. As a further guide to what is required, you might like to consider the following illustrative points for each of the five topics: a) Blitzkrieg Role of armour and air power; impact of terrain; quantitative & qualitative force differentials; mass vs driblets; targets for exploitation; the pace of operations; communications, decision cycles & leadership; surprise & shock; moral vs physical collapse; the mechanics of pocket battles; logistics and the limits of exploitation. b) Convoy Incentives for concentration/dispersion; search dynamics & the intelligence contest; impact of weather; command & communications; air power, air base proximity & aircraft carriers; submarine vs surface attacks; attrition & replacement rates; the measure-countermeasure contest; impact of skill & morale; determinants of success. c) Bombing Force gradients & the offence-defence balance; intelligence & target selection; bombing accuracy & the impact of weather; destruction vs reconstruction; the measure-countermeasure contest; the importance of air superiority; the contribution of radar & flak; the role of aircrew skill; dispersion & fortification; concealment & deception; moral vs physical effects; resources & attrition. d) Assault Reasons for stagnation; impact of terrain & force density; utility of fortifications and minefields; role of armour, artillery & air power; comparisons with WW1; force ratios and the defensive bonus; attrition vs demoralisation; logistics; leadership; determinants of success. e) Invasion Coordination of joint operations; problems of the land-sea interface; air superiority and preliminary air bombardment; intelligence, deception & surprise; naval superiority and amphibious resources; the impact of terrain; the role of airborne forces; logistics and the need for ports & airfields; deployment timescales & the ‘battle of the build-up’; air & naval bombardment & interdiction; containment vs counter-attack; perimeter expansion & break-out. 2) Strategic Determinants In this second section of the course, you will take a broader focus by exploring the interaction between different campaigns and asking how close-run the historical outcome actually was in particular cases. This course element is taught through 7 classes, starting with a lecture and discussion session led by Professor Sabin on the general principles of counterfactual analysis and dynamic modelling of historical events. Although some scholars look with disfavour on such ‘alternate history’, it does have the great advantage of reminding us that hindsight can all too easily lead us to be ‘wise after the event’, neglecting the (often justified) uncertainties which were prevalent at the time. As Richard Overy put it, 'I think above all the hallmark of a good historian is historical imagination... It is very important to recognize that people do not know what is going to happen.' Two of the other classes in this part of the course will use simple conflict simulations to illustrate the key dynamics of the conflict and to explore how changed fortunes or different strategic decisions might have affected the course of Page | 7

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

the European war. You will start with a general simulation designed by Professor Sabin of the entire European conflict, in which you will control either Axis, Allied or Soviet land, sea and air strategy across all three of the major fronts (Western, Eastern and Mediterranean). Later on, you will focus in on the decisive struggle on the Eastern front, and guide Axis or Soviet strategy within Professor Sabin’s equally simple simulation of the entire struggle from Barbarossa to Berlin. Three simulations will be run simultaneously, with each being played by a pair of teams. In the remaining 4 classes devoted to this section of the course, your team will engage in a formal debate with another team on a controversial motion often associated with a hypothetical ‘what if’ scenario. It is up to you to convince the 4 watching teams one way or the other about the likely course of events in possible alternative scenarios, and in the process to generate greater understanding of the dynamics underlying what actually happened in reality. As with the previous element of the course, appropriate citation of telling statistics may prove more convincing than any amount of generalised ‘waffle’. You are not required to post written material on the Keats site for the debates (since its objectivity would be questionable given the need to support your own case). In the debates, each team will have a (strictly enforced) maximum of 10 minutes to present its case, after which there will be 10 minutes of Q&A between the teams and from the floor, ending with a deciding vote. The specific reading lists for the various motions as outlined below will not be enough, given the simultaneous demands from two opposing teams and the broad-ranging nature of the topics. It is up to each team to use its initiative and to draw together relevant facts and telling arguments also from the general literature and from associated case studies, in order to bolster its case as best it can. You may well have personal reservations about your team’s assigned case, and feel that the opposition has equally good arguments on which to draw, but this does not devalue the assignment as an intellectual exercise or learning device, and you can be more honest about your views should the subject come up in the exam. Professor Sabin will remain strictly impartial during each debate itself, but afterwards, he will ask the debaters to indicate their true individual judgements and then he will add his own comments about the issues involved. 3) Individual Research Project The final element of the course allows you to focus in on whatever aspect of this vast conflict you personally find most interesting to study in depth. This may be something which the course already touches on, or it may be one of the many cases which there is no time to explore at all. The only restriction is that your topic must fall broadly within the confines of the overall syllabus, ie it must examine some aspect of World War Two in Europe from a strategic or operational perspective. Note that, unlike for the third year dissertation (for which this project is a useful preparation in miniature), you are not expected to choose a topic so narrow that primary archival research becomes a feasible or necessary proposition. As with the essays on more prescribed topics which you are required to write in other courses, a well articulated argument based on demonstrated familiarity with the appropriate secondary sources is perfectly acceptable. Your essay (a maximum of 4000 words) will be longer than in other courses, and it counts for 40% of your course marks, so you need to devote considerable effort to this individual project. That being said, you must not neglect your team responsibilities or the wider reading required by the course in order to concentrate on your own chosen area. For one thing, the majority of your marks still depend on the team presentations and the final exam, and you are unlikely to get even one exam question on the same topic as your research project. Moreover, the analytical skills which you will be applying to your own essay topic will be gleaned in large part from those learnt in the other two sections of the course. In that sense, the individual project is itself like an exam to test whether you can use and apply in a specific case the broader skills learnt in the course as a whole. You and your team mates will have two tutorial sessions with Professor Sabin to discuss your individual projects, one early in term 1, and another early in term 2. (To maximise the time for other classes, these tutorials will take place within a larger overall time window than standard sessions in the module – if there is a problem with attending in your team's designated slot, speak to Professor Sabin to make alternative arrangements.) In the first tutorial, you must give a 1-2 minute verbal outline of your proposed topic, to be followed by a further 5 minutes of questions and feedback from Professor Sabin. You should concentrate on laying out the questions you plan to address, and how the scope of your topic will be defined and limited. In the second tutorial, as the submission deadline approaches, you should focus on the structure of your intended essay, and the arguments you plan to make. By noon on January 29th, you must post in the appropriate folder on the Keats site a 500-750 word précis of your essay (in proper text rather than bullet points) for Page | 8

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

Professor Sabin and your colleagues to read before the class. This will allow you to receive detailed feedback on your project and your writing style, without diverting your effort into producing a separate ‘formative’ essay on a different subject. Once you have written your full essay with the help of this feedback, you are strongly encouraged to post it not just in the Assessment folder but also in a separate folder provided so that your colleagues may read it and use it to help with their revision . The tutorials should give plenty of opportunity to make sure that you are on the right track with your project, but if you do have additional concerns, please discuss them with Professor Sabin when convenient. SUBJECT ASSIGNMENTS & SPECIFIC READING 1) Operational Dynamics World War I & World War II C.McInnes & G.D.Sheffield (eds.), Warfare in the Twentieth Century (London: Unwin Hyman, 1988) J.M.House, Combined Arms Warfare in the Twentieth Century (University Press of Kansas, 2001) J.Keegan, The First World War (London: Hutchinson, 1998) I.Beckett, The Great War, 1914-1918 (Harlow: Longman, 2001) S.C.Tucker, The Great War, 1914-18 (London: UCL Press, 1998) M.Samuels, Command or Control? (London: Frank Cass, 1995) J.Terraine, Business in Great Waters (Falmouth: Mandarin, 1989) A.Hezlet, The Submarine and Sea Power (London: Peter Davies, 1967) J.Buckley, Air Power in the Age of Total War (London: UCL Press, 1999) T.Wilson & R.Prior, ‘Conflict, Technology and the Impact of Industrialization: the Great War, 1914-18’, Journal of Strategic Studies 24/3, Sep.2001 A Gat, ‘Ideology, National Policy, Technology and Strategic Doctrine between the World Wars’, Journal of Strategic Studies 24/3, September 2001 S.Biddle, Military Power (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2004) a) Blitzkrieg C.Messenger, The Art of Blitzkrieg (Shepperton: Ian Allen, 1976) B.Perrett, A History of Blitzkrieg (London: Robert Hale, 1983) J.Wheldon, Machine Age Armies (London: Abelard-Schuman, 1968) F.O.Miksche, Blitzkrieg (London: Faber & Faber, 1941) H.Guderian, Panzer Leader (London: Michael Joseph, 1952) R.Steiger, Armour Tactics in the Second World War (Oxford: Berg, 1991) M.van Creveld, Supplying War (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977), chs.5-6 R Citino, ‘Beyond Fire and Movement: Command, Control and Information in the German Blitzkrieg’, Journal of Strategic Studies 27/2, June 2004 Case Study A: France & the Low Countries, May 1940 (Team 1) Case Study B: Dunkirk & the Fall of France, May-June 1940 (Team 2) E.R.May, Strange Victory (New York: Hill & Wang, 2000) K.H.Frieser, The Blitzkrieg Legend, (Annapolis: Naval Institute Press, 2005) L.Deighton, Blitzkrieg (London: Jonathan Cape, 1979) J.Jackson, The Fall of France (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2003) A.Horne, To Lose a Battle (London: Macmillan, 1969) B.J.Bond, France and Belgium 1939-1940 (London: Davis-Poynter, 1975) P.Warner, The Battle of France (London: Simon & Schuster, 1990) J.Thompson, Dunkirk: Retreat to Victory (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 2008). R.A.Doughty, The Breaking Point (Hamden CT: Archon, 1990) F.K.Rothbrust, Guderian’s XIXth Panzer Corps and the Battle of France (New York: Praeger, 1990) G.Chapman, Why France Collapsed (London: Cassell, 1968) L.F.Ellis, The War in France and Flanders, 1939-1940 (London: HMSO, 1953) R.Langhorne (ed.), Diplomacy and Intelligence during the Second World War (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Page | 9

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

1985), ch.4 R.Jackson, Air War over France, 1939-1940 (London: Ian Allan, 1974) J.Gunsburg, ‘The Battle of the Belgian Plain, 12-14 May 1940’, Journal of Strategic Studies 56, Apr.1992 J.Gunsburg, ‘The Battle of Gembloux, 14-15 May 1940’, Journal of Strategic Studies 64, Jan.2000 Case Study C: Operation Barbarossa, June-July 1941 (Team 3) Case Study D: Operation Barbarossa, Aug-Sept 1941 (Team 4) R.Kershaw, War without Garlands (Shepperton: Ian Allan, 2000) D.Glantz, Barbarossa (Stroud: Tempus, 2001) D.Glantz, (ed.), The Initial Period of War on the Eastern Front (London: Frank Cass, 1993) The German Campaign in Russia: Planning and Operations(1940-1942) (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1955) B.Fugate & L.Dvoretsky, Thunder on the Dnepr (Novato CA: Presidio, 1997) D.Glantz, Stumbling Colossus (University Press of Kansas, 1998) G Gorodetsky, Grand Delusion: Stalin and the German Invasion of Russia, (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1999) B.Whaley, Codeword Barbarossa (Cambridge MA: MIT Press, 1973) A.Brookes, Air War over Russia (London: Ian Allan, 2003) D.Stahel, Operation Barbarossa and Germany's Defeat in the East (Cambridge University Press, 2009) R.Kirchubel, Operation Barbarossa (Oxford: Osprey, 2013) Case Study E: Operation Crusader, Nov-Dec 1941 (Team 5) Case Study F: Gazala to Alamein, May-June 1942 (Team 6) G.Forty, The Desert War (Stroud: Sutton, 2002) B.Pitt, The Crucible of War, 2 vols., (London: Cassell, 1980-82) C.Barnett, The Desert Generals (London: Unwin, 2nd ed., 1983) M.Carver, Tobruk (London: Batsford, 1964) I.Playfair, The Mediterranean and Middle East, vol.III, (London: HMSO, 1960) J.Agar-Hamilton & L.Turner, The Sidi-Rezeg Battles 1941 (London: Oxford University Press, 1957) H.O.Behrendt, Rommel’s Intelligence in the Desert Campaign 1941-1943 (London: William Kimber, 1985) L.Leva, ‘The North African Campaign 1940-43: A Reconsideration’, Journal of Strategic Studies 13/1, Mar.1990 b) Convoy C.Barnett, Engage the Enemy More Closely (New York: Norton, 1991) D.Macintyre, The Naval War against Hitler (London: Batsford, 1971) S.W.Roskill, The Navy at War 1939-1945 (London: Collins, 1960) S.W.Roskill, The War at Sea, 1939-1945, 3 vols., (London: HMSO, 1954-61) E.P.von der Porten, The German Navy in World War II (London: Arthur Barker, 1969) F.Ruge, Der Seekrieg (Annapolis: US Naval Institute Press, 1957) S.Neitzel, ‘Kriegsmarine and Luftwaffe Co-operation in the War against Britain, 1939-1945’, War in History 10/4, Nov.2003 C.Blair, Hitler’s U-Boat War, 2 vols., (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1999) P.Padfield, War Beneath the Sea (New York: John Wiley, 1998) C.B.A.Behrens, Merchant Shipping and the Demands of War (London: HMSO, 1955) J.Slader, The Fourth Service (Dorset: New Guild, 1995) J.Winton, Ultra at Sea (London: Leo Cooper, 1988) P.Kemp, Convoy Protection (London: Arms & Armour, 1993) B.McCue, U-Boats in the Bay of Biscay (Washington DC: NDU Press, 1990) Case Study A: North Atlantic, 1940-41 (Team 6) Case Study B: North Atlantic & Caribbean, 1942 (Team 5) S.Howarth & D.Law (eds.), The Battle of the Atlantic, 1939-1945 (London: Greenhill, 1994) D.Syrett, The Defeat of the German U-Boats (University of S.Carolina Press, 1994) J.M.Showell, U-Boat Command and the Battle of the Atlantic (Ontario: Vanwell, 1989) J.M.Showell, U Boat Warfare: The Evolution of the Wolf Pack (Hersham: Ian Allan, 2002) D.Macintyre, The Battle of the Atlantic (London: Batsford, 1961) Page | 10

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

D.Syrett, ‘Communications Intelligence and the Battle for Convoy OG71, 15-23 August 1941’, Journal of Strategic Studies 24/3, Sept.2001 Case Study C: North Atlantic, 1943 (Team 2) Case Study D: Arctic, 1941-44 (Team 1) J.Rohwer, The Critical Convoy Battles of March 1943 (Surrey: Ian Allan, 1977)

M.Gannon, Black May (London: Aurum, 1998) M.Middlebrook, Convoy (New York: William Morrow, 1976) R.Woodman, The Arctic Convoys, 1941-1945 (London: John Murray, 1994) B.B.Schofield, The Arctic Convoys (London: Macdonald & Janes, 1977) P.Kemp, Convoy! Drama in Arctic Waters (London: Arms & Armour, 1993) D.Irving, The Destruction of Convoy PQ17 (London: Cassell, 1968) A.R.A.Claasen, Hitler’s Northern War (University Press of Kansas, 2001)

Case Study E: Allied Mediterranean Convoys, 1940-1943 (Team 4) Case Study F: Axis Mediterranean Convoys, 1940-1943 (Team 3) R.Woodman, Malta Convoys, 1940-1943 (London: John Murray, 2000) D.Macintyre, The Battle for the Mediterranean (London: Batsford, 1964) J.Greene & A.Massignani, The Naval War in the Mediterranean, 1940-1943 (London: Chatham, 1998) D.Brown (intro.), The Royal Navy and the Mediterranean, 2 vols., (London: Frank Cass, 2002) R.de Belot, The Struggle for the Mediterranean, 1939-1945 (New York: Greenwood, 1951) M.Bragadin, The Italian Navy in World War II (Annapolis: US Naval Institute, 1957) A.Mars, British Submarines at War, 1939-1945 (Chatham: Mackay, 1971) S.Bungay, Alamein (London: Aurum, 2002) c) Bombing R.J.Overy, The Air War, 1939-1945 (London: Europa, 1980) R.J.Overy, The Bombing War: Europe 1939-1945 (London: Allen Lane, 2013) P.O'Brien, How the War was Won (Cambridge University Press, 2015) P.Sabin, ‘Why the Allies Won the Air War, 1939-1945’, in C.C.W.Szenjmann (ed.), Rethinking History, Dictatorship and War (London: Continuum, 2009) J.Terraine, The Right of the Line (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1985) M.Cooper, The German Air Force, 1933-1945 (London: Jane’s, 1981) A.J.Levine, The Strategic Bombing of Germany, 1940-1945 (London: Praeger, 1992) A.Price, Battle over the Reich (Shepperton: Ian Allen, 1973) C.Webster & N.Frankland, The Strategic Air Offensive against Germany, 1939-1945, 4 vols., (London: HMSO, 1961) W.Hays Park, ‘”Precision” and “Area” Bombing: Who did Which, and When?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 18/1, Mar.1995 T.D.Biddle, ‘British and American Approaches to Strategic Bombing: Their Origins and Implementation in the World War II Combined Bomber Offensive’, Journal of Strategic Studies 18/1, Mar.1995 M.Smith, ‘The Allied Air Offensive’, Journal of Strategic Studies 13/1, Mar.1990 W Murray, Strategy for Defeat: The Luftwaffe, 1933-1945 (Maxwell AL: Air University Press, 1983) E.Westermann, ‘Hitting the Mark but Missing the Target: Luftwaffe Deception Operations, 1939-1945’, War in History 10/2, April 2003 E B Westerman, Flak (Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 2001) P Sabin, ‘The Counter-Air Contest’, in A Lambert & A Williamson (eds.), The Dynamics of Air Power (Bracknell: RAF Staff College, 1996) Case Study A: Battle of Britain, July-Aug 1940 (Team 3) Case Study B: Battle of Britain & Blitz, Sept 1940-May 1941 (Team 4) T C G James, The Battle of Britain (London: Frank Cass, 2000) D Wood & D Dempster, The Narrow Margin (London: Hutchinson, 1961) R T Bickers (ed.), The Battle of Britain (Salamander, 1990) S Bungay, The Most Dangerous Enemy (London: Aurum, 2000) R Overy, The Battle (London: Penguin, 2000) Page | 11

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

P Addison & J Crang (ed.), The Burning Blue (London: Pimlico, 2000) A Price, The Hardest Day (London: Macdonald & Jane’s, 1979) A.Price, Battle of Britain Day (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1990) J Ray, The Battle of Britain: New Perspectives (London: Arms & Armour, 1994) R Hough & D Richards, The Battle of Britain (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1989) B Collier, The Defence of the United Kingdom (London: HMSO, 1957) R Wright, Dowding and the Battle of Britain (London: Macdonald, 1969) M de Arcangelis, Electronic Warfare (Poole: Blandford, 1985) R V Jones, Most Secret War (London: Hamilton, 1978) G Hartcup, The Challenge of War (Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1970) B Gunston, Night Fighters: A development and combat history (Cambridge: Patrick Stephens, 1976) K Delve, Nightfighter: The Battle for the Night Skies (London: Arms & Armour, 1995) Case Study C: Night Bombing of Germany, Nov 1941-June 1943 (Team 5) Case Study D: Night Bombing of Germany, July 1943-Feb 1945 (Team 6) M.Hastings, Bomber Command (London: Michael Joseph, 1979) A.Harris, Bomber Offensive (London: Collins, 1947) M.Connelly, Reaching for the Stars (London: I.B.Tauris, 2001) P.Hinchliffe, The Other Battle (New Jersey: Castle, 2001) T.Boiten, Nachtjagd (Marlborough: Crowood, 1997) G.Aders, History of the German Night Fighter Force, 1917-1945 (London: Jane’s, 1979) M.Middlebrook, The Berlin Raids (London: Cassell, 2000) M.Middlebrook, The Nuremburg Raid (London: Cassell, 2000) Case Study E: Daylight Bombing of Germany, Jan-Oct 1943 (Team 1) Case Study F: Daylight Bombing of Germany, Nov 1943-Feb 1945 (Team 2) S McFarland & W P Newton, To Command the Sky: The Battle for Air Superiority over Germany, 1942-1944 (Washington DC: Smithsonian, 1991) W Craven & J Cate (eds.), The Army Air Forces in World War II, vols. 2 & 3, (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1949-51) S.McFarland, ‘The Evolution of the American Strategic Fighter in Europe, 1942-44’, Journal of Strategic Studies 10/2, Jun.1987 M.Middlebrook, The Schweinfurt-Regensburg Mission (London: Allan Lane, 1983) J.Ethell & A.Price, Target Berlin (London: Arms & Armour, 1989) A.Price, The Last Year of the Luftwaffe (London: Greenhill, 1991) d) Assault Case Study A: El Alamein, July-Sep 1942 (Team 2) Case Study B: El Alamein, Oct-Nov.1942 (Team 1) N Barr, Pendulum of War, (London: Jonathan Cape, 2004) J.Lucas, War in the Desert (London: Arms & Armour, 1982) B.Pitt, The Crucible of War, vol.2 (London: Cassell, 1982) S.Bungay, Alamein (London: Aurum, 2002) R.Doherty, The Sound of History (Staplehurst: Spellmount, 2002) I.Playfair & C.Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, vols. III & IV, (London: HMSO, 1960-66) F.Majdalany, The Battle of El Alamein (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1965) B.Maughan, Tobruk and El Alamein (Canberra: Australian War Memorial, 1966) M.Johnston & P.Stanley, Alamein: The Australian Story (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002) A Price, ‘Air Power at El Alamein’, RAF Air Power Review 5/3, Autumn 2002 Case Study C: Stalingrad, Aug-Oct 1942 (Team 6) Case Study D: Stalingrad, Nov 1942-Feb 1943 (Team 5) A.Beevor, Stalingrad (London: Viking, 1998) L.Rotundo, (ed.), Battle for Stalingrad (London: Pergamon-Brasseys, 1989) Page | 12

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

V.E.Tarrant, Stalingrad (London: Leo Cooper, 1992) G.Jukes, Stalingrad: The Turning Point (New York: Ballantine, 1968) V.I.Chuikov, The Beginning of the Road (London: MacGibbon & Kee, 1963) W.Craig, Enemy at the Gates (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1973) Case Study E: Cassino, Jan-Feb 1944 (Team 4) Case Study F: Cassino, Mar-May 1944 (Team 3) J.Ellis, Cassino: The Hollow Victory (London: Andre Deutsch, 1984) M.Parker, Monte Cassino (New York: Doubleday, 2004) E.Smith, The Battles for Cassino (London: Ian Allan, 1975) F.Majdalany, Cassino: Portrait of a Battle (London: Longmans, 1957) R.Bohmler, Monte Cassino (London: Cassell, 1964) C.Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, vols.V & VI.1, (London: HMSO, 1973-77) I.Gooderson, ‘Heavy and Medium Bombers: How Successful were they in Tactical Close Air Support during World War II?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 14/2, June 1991 The Memoirs of Field Marshal Kesselring (London: Greenhill, 1997) e) Invasion C.Barnett, Engage the Enemy More Closely (New York: Norton, 1991) B.Fergusson, The Watery Maze (London: Collins, 1961) Case Study A: Norway, Apr-June 1940 (Team 4) Case Study B: Crete, May 1941 (Team 3) J.Corum, ‘The German Campaign in Norway as a Joint Operation’, Journal of Strategic Studies 21/4, Dec.1998 J.Corum, ‘Uncharted Waters: Information in the First Modern Joint Campaign, Norway 1940’, Journal of Strategic Studies 27/2, June 2004 H.Lunde, Hitler's Pre-emptive War (Newbury: Casemate, 2009) F.Kersaudy, Norway 1940 (London: Collins, 1990) J.Adams, The Doomed Expedition (London: Leo Cooper, 1989) A. Claasen, Hitler’s Northern War (University Press of Kansas, 2001) A Claasen, ‘The German Invasion of Norway: The Operational Intelligence Dimension’, Journal of Strategic Studies 27/1, March 2004 J.L.Moulton, The Norwegian Campaign of 1940 (London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1966) C.Buckley, Norway, the Commandos, Dieppe (London: HMSO, 1952) B.Ash, Norway 1940 (London: Cassell, 1964) T.K.Derry, The Campaign in Norway (London: HMSO, 1952) T.Taylor, The March of Conquest (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1958), chs.3-4 D.S.Detwiler (ed.), World War II German Military Studies, vol.13 (New York: Garland, 1979) W.Ansel, Hitler and the Middle Sea (Durham NC: Duke University Press, 1972) A.Beevor, Crete (London: John Murray, 1991) C.Macdonald, The Lost Battle: Crete 1941 (London: Macmillan, 1993) J.H.Spencer, Battle for Crete (London: Heinemann, 1962) I.M.G.Stewart, The Struggle for Crete (London: Oxford University Press, 1966) C.Buckley, Greece and Crete 1941 (London: HMSO, 1952) D.A.Thomas, Crete 1941: the Battle at Sea (London: Andre Deutsch, 1972) Hellenic Army General Staff, An Abridged History of the Greek-Italian and Greek-German War, 1940-1941 (Athens: Army History Directorate, 1997) A.McGrenary, Comet: Invasion of Crete (2007) and C.Palmer, Weseruebung (2014) : simulation downloads – see below. Case Study C: Salerno, Sept 1943 (Team 1) Case Study D: Anzio, Jan-May 1944 (Team 2) E.Morris, Circles of Hell (London: Hutchinson, 1993) I Gooderson, A Hard Way to Make a War (London: Conway, 2008) Page | 13

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

G.A.Shepperd, The Italian Campaign, 1943-45 (London: Arthur Barker, 1968) R.Trevelyan, Rome ’44 (London: Secker & Warburg, 1981) E.Morris, Salerno (New York: Stein & Day, 1983) P.Verney, Anzio 1944 (London: Batsford, 1978) D.Graham & S.Bidwell, Tug of War (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1986) K.R.Greenfield, (ed.), Command Decisions (London: Methuen, 1960), chs.11-12 E.Linklater, The Campaign in Italy (London: HMSO, 1951) M.Blumenson, Salerno to Cassino (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1969) S.E.Morrison, Sicily-Salerno-Anzio (London: Oxford University Press, 1954) C.Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, vol.V, (London: HMSO, 1973) B.H.Reid, ‘The Italian Campaign, 1943-45: A Reappraisal of Allied Generalship’, Journal of Strategic Studies 13/1, Mar.1990 A.Brookes, Air War over Italy (Shepperton: Ian Allan, 2000) The Memoirs of Field Marshal Kesselring (London: Greenhill, 1997) J Corum, ‘To Stop them on the Beaches: Luftwaffe Operations against the Allied Landings in Italy’, RAF Air Power Review 7/2, Summer 2004 W Durrant, Anzio: Drive to Rome (2007): simulation download, see below. Case Study E: D-Day, June 1944 (Team 5) Case Study F: Battle for Normandy, June-Aug 1944 (Team 6) C.d’Este, Decision in Normandy (New York: Collins, 1983) M.Hastings, Overlord (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1984) W.F.Buckingham, D-Day: The First 72 Hours (Stroud: Tempus, 2004) A.Beevor, D-Day: The Battle for Normandy (London: Viking, 2009) D.Belchem, Victory in Normandy (London: Chatto & Windus, 1981) E.Belfield & H.Essame, The Battle for Normandy (London: Batsford, 1965) A.McKee, Caen: Anvil of Victory (London: Souvenir, 1964) R.Bennett, Ultra in the West (London: Hutchinson, 1979) L.F.Ellis, Victory in the West, vol.1 (London: HMSO, 1962) G.A.Harrison, Cross Channel Attack (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1951) R.G.Ruppenthal, Logistical Support of the Armies, vol.1 (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1953) R.A.Hart, ‘Feeding Mars: The Role of Logistics in the German Defeat in Normandy, 1944’, War in History 3/4, Nov.1996 D Isby (ed.), Fighting in Normandy (London: Greenhill, 2001) L.Lacey-Johnson, Point Blank and Beyond (Shrewsbury: Airlife, 1991) I.Gooderson, Air Power at the Battlefront (London: Frank Cass, 1998) 2) Strategic Determinants Counterfactual History & Conflict Modelling R.N.Lebow, Forbidden Fruit: Counterfactuals in International Relations (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2010) J.Black, What If? Counterfactualism and the Problem of History (London: Social Affairs Unit, 2008) R.Collins, ´Turning Points, Bottlenecks and the Fallacies of Counterfactual History´, Sociological Forum, 22/3, 2007 R.J.Evans, Altered Pasts: Counterfactuals in History (New York: Little, Brown, 2014) D.E.Showalter & H.C.Deutsch (eds.), If the Allies had Fallen: Sixty Alternate Scenarios of World War II (London: Frontline, 2010) S.Biddle, Military Power: Explaining Victory and Defeat in Modern Battle (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2004) P.Sabin, Simulating War: Studying Conflict through Simulation Games (London: Continuum, 2012) P.Perla, The Art of Wargaming (Annapolis: Naval Institute Press, 1990) Corbeil, P. ´History and Simulation/Gaming: Living with Two Solitudes´, Simulation & Gaming, 42-4, 2011 Air & Sea Debates A) This House believes that there are no plausible circumstances in which Operation Sealion might have been successful. For: team 5 Against: team 6 Page | 14

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

E.Kieser, Hitler on the Doorstep (London: Arms & Armour, 1997) K.Macksey, Invasion (Barton-under-Needwood: Wren’s Park, 2001) P.Fleming, Invasion 1940 (London: Hart Davis, 1957) W.Lord, The Miracle of Dunkirk (London: Allen Lane, 1982) P.Ansel, Hitler Confronts England (Durham NC: Duke University Press, 1960) T.Taylor, The Breaking Wave (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1967) J.Campbell, ‘A British Plan to Invade England, 1941’, Journal of Military History 58, Oct.1994 J.P.Campbell, ‘Facing the German Airborne Threat to the United Kingdom, 1939-1942’, War in History 4/4, Nov.1997 J.Bloom, ‘Britain Invaded…Again’, Moves 81, Jul-Aug.1994 [Short Loan Collection] M M Evans, Invasion: Operation Sealion 1940, (Harlow: Pearson Education, 2004) P Schenk, Invasion of England 1940, (London: Conway, 1990) D Robinson, Invasion 1940, (London: Constable & Robinson, 2005) A.Price, Battle of Britain Day (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1990), ch.8 R Overy, The Battle (London: Penguin, 2000) P Addison & J Crang (ed.), The Burning Blue (London: Pimlico, 2000) R Hough & D Richards, The Battle of Britain (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1989) R.La Forte, ‘The Strategic, Moral and Conceptual Significance of Victory in the Battle of Britain’, RAF Air Power Review, 13/2, Summer 2010 (available at www.airpowerstudies.co.uk) P.Sabin, ‘Why the Allies Won the Air War, 1939-1945’, in C.C.W.Szenjmann (ed.), Rethinking History, Dictatorship and War (London: Continuum, 2009) J.Thompson, Dunkirk: Retreat to Victory (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 2008). B) This House believes that the Axis came closer to winning the Battle of the Atlantic than they did to seizing control of the Mediterranean. For: team 1 Against: team 2 R.de Belot, The Struggle for the Mediterranean, 1939-1945 (New York: Greenwood, 1951) D.Porch, Hitler’s Mediterranean Gamble (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2004) J.Greene & A.Massignani, The Naval War in the Mediterranean, 1940-1943 (London: Chatham, 1998) J.Gardner, ‘The Battle of the Atlantic, 1941 – the First Turning Point?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 17/1, Mar.1994 S.W.Roskill, The War at Sea, 1939-1945, vols.I & II, (London: HMSO, 1954-56) I.Playfair & C.Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, vols.I-IV., (London: HMSO, 1954-66) R.Bennett, Ultra and Mediterranean Strategy, 1941-1945 (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1989) C.Blair, Hitler’s U-Boat War, 2 vols., (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1999) W.Ansel, Hitler and the Middle Sea (Durham NC: Duke University Press, 1972) K.Macksey, Military Errors of World War Two (London: Arms & Armour, 1987) K Macksey (ed.), The Hitler Options (London: Greenhill, 1995) B.Quarrie, Hitler: The Victory that Nearly Was (London: David & Charles, 1988) C) This House believes that the strategic bombing of Germany was not a cost-effective use of Allied resources. For: team 3 Against: team 4 J.Roche & B.Watts, ‘Choosing Analytic Measures’, Journal of Strategic Studies 14/2, Jun.1991 R.A.Pape, Bombing to Win (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1996) R.J.Overy, The Air War, 1939-1945 (London: Europa, 1980) R.J.Overy, The Bombing War: Europe 1939-1945 (London: Allen Lane, 2013) P.O'Brien, How the War was Won (Cambridge University Press, 2015) J.Terraine, The Right of the Line (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1985) A.J.Levine, The Strategic Bombing of Germany, 1940-1945 (London: Praeger, 1992) C.Webster & N.Frankland, The Strategic Air Offensive against Germany, 1939-1945, 4 vols., (London: HMSO, 1961) W.Hays Park, ‘”Precision” and “Area” Bombing: Who did Which, and When?’, Journal of Strategic Studies 18/1, Mar.1995 W Murray, Strategy for Defeat: The Luftwaffe, 1933-1945 (Maxwell AL: Air University Press, 1983) M.Hastings, Bomber Command (London: Michael Joseph, 1979) A.Harris, Bomber Offensive (London: Collins, 1947) M.Connelly, Reaching for the Stars (London: I.B.Tauris, 2001) Page | 15

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

W Craven & J Cate (eds.), The Army Air Forces in World War II, vols. 2 & 3, (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1949-51) A Speer, Inside the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1970) A.S.Milward, The German Economy at War (London: Athlone, 1965) A.C.Mierzejewski, The Collapse of the German War Economy, 1944-1945 (University of N.Carolina Press, 1988) M.Clodfelter, 'Aiming to Break Will: America's World War II Bombing of German Morale and its Ramifications', Journal of Strategic Studies 33/3, June 2010 Overall Debates D) This house believes that winning the intelligence contest was just as important as resource superiority in allowing the Western Allies and Soviets to prevail. For: team 4 Against: team 5 R.Bennett, Behind the Battle (London: Sinclair-Stevenson, 1994) B.Collier, Hidden Weapons (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1982) P.Beesly, Very Special Intelligence (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1977) J.Garlinski, Intercept (London: J.M.Dent, 1979) W.Laqueur (ed.), The Second World War (London: Sage, 1982), part V F.W.Winterbotham, The Ultra Secret (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1974) R.Lewin, Ultra Goes to War (London: Hutchinson, 1978) R.Bennett, Ultra and Mediterranean Strategy, 1941-1945 (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1989) J.Winton, Ultra at Sea (London: Leo Cooper, 1988) R.Bennett, Ultra in the West (London: Hutchinson, 1979) C.G.Cruickshank, Deception in World War II (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1979) R.Hesketh, Fortitude (London: St Ermin’s Press, 1999) W.Casey, The Secret War against Hitler (London: Simon & Schuster, 1989) F.H.Hinsley, British Intelligence in the Second World War, 5 vols., (London: HMSO, 1979-1990) R.V.Jones, Most Secret War (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1978) U.Powys-Lybbe, The Eye of Intelligence (London: William Kimber, 1983) D.Kahn, Hitler’s Spies (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1978) J.C.Masterman, The Double Cross System (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1972) D.M.Glantz, Soviet Military Deception in the Second World War (London: Frank Cass, 1989) J.Ellis, Brute Force (London: Andre Deutsch, 1990) J.Hayward, ‘Hitler’s Quest for Oil: The Impact of Economic Considerations on Military Strategy, 1941-42’, Journal of Strategic Studies 18/4, Dec.1995 D.Edgerton, Britain's War Machine (London: Allen Lane, 2011) P.Kennedy, Engineers of Victory (London: Allen Lane, 2013) E) This House believes that Germany could have performed much better in the conflict, had it not been for the impact of Nazi ideology and the incompetence of Nazi leaders For: team 1 Against: team 6 A Speer, Inside the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1970) A.S.Milward, The German Economy at War (London: Athlone, 1965) J.Strawson, Hitler as Military Commander (London: Batsford, 1971) D.Irving, Hitler’s War (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1977) R.Lewin, Hitler’s Mistakes (London: Leo Cooper, 1984) W.Richardson & S.Freidin (eds.), The Fatal Decisions (London: Michael Joseph, 1956) G.Jukes, Hitler’s Stalingrad Decisions (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1985) R.Humble, Hitler’s Generals (London: Arthur Barker, 1973) G Megargee, Inside Hitler’s High Command (Lawrence: Kansas University Press, 2000) A Tooze, The Wages of Destruction: The Making and Breaking of the Nazi Economy (New York: Viking, 2007) R.J.Overy, War and Economy in the Third Reich (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994) J.Sadkovich, ‘German Military Incompetence through Italian Eyes’, war in History 1/1, Mar.1994 G.Reitlinger, The House Built on Sand (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1960) T.J.Schulte, The German Army and Nazi Policies in Occupied Russia (Oxford: Berg, 1989) Page | 16

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

T.Anderson, ‘Germans, Ukrainians and Jews: Ethnic Politics in Heeresgebiet Sud, June-December 1941’, War in History 7/3, July 2000 C.Browning, Nazi Policy, Jewish Workers, German Killers (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000) O.Bartov, ‘Daily Life and Motivation in War: the Wehrmacht in the Soviet Union’, Journal of Strategic Studies 12/2, Jun.1989 O.Bartov, ‘Indoctrination and Motivation in the Wehrmacht: The Importance of the Unquantifiable’, Journal of Strategic Studies 9/1, Mar.1986 D.Yelton, ‘”Ein Volk Steht Auf”: the German Volkssturm and Nazi Strategy, 1944-45’, Journal of Military History 64, Oct.2000 M.Balfour, Propaganda in War 1939-1945 (London: Routledge, 1979) R.Evans, The Third Reich at War (London: Penguin, 2009) B.Kroener, R.Muller & H.Umbreit, Germany and the Second World War, Vol 5, Parts 1 and 2: Organization and Mobilization of the German Sphere of Power (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2000 & 2003) F) This House believes that partisan and resistance movements were more of an irritant than a significant hindrance to the Axis war effort. For: team 2 Against: team 3 M.R.D.Foot, Resistance (London: Methuen, 1976) C.Heaton, German Anti-Partisan Warfare in Europe, 1939-1945 (Atglen PA: Schiffer, 2001) M.McConville, A Small War in the Balkans (London: Macmillan, 1986) H.Michel, The Shadow War (London: Andre Deutsch, 1972) H.R.Kedward, In Search of the Maquis (Oxford: Clarendon, 1993) D.Stafford, Britain and European Resistance, 1940-1945 (London: Macmillan, 1980) J.G.Beevor, SOE (London: Bodley Head, 1981) J.A.Armstrong (ed.), Soviet Partisans in World War II (University of Wisconsin Press, 1964) M.Cooper, The Phantom War (London: Macdonald & Jane’s, 1979) L.Grenkevich, The Soviet Partisan Movement, 1941-1944 (London: Frank Cass, 1999) A.Hill, ‘The Partisan War in North-West Russia, 1941-44: A Re-examination’, Journal of Strategic Studies 25/3, Sept.2002 B.Sheppard & J.Pattinson, 'Partisan and Anti-Partisan Warfare in German-Occupied Europe, 1939-1945', Journal of Strategic Studies 31/5, Oct.2008 E.Mawdsley, 'Anti-German Insurgency and Allied Grand Strategy', Journal of Strategic Studies 31/5, Oct.2008 M.Hastings, Armageddon (London: Macmillan, 2004) Eastern Front Debates G) This House believes that Germany would have defeated the USSR in 1941 had the drive on Moscow not been delayed by the invasion of Greece and Yugoslavia and then the focus on Kiev. For: team 5 Against: team 1 B.Wegner, ‘The Road to Defeat: the German Campaigns in Russia, 1941-43’, Journal of Strategic Studies 13/1, Mar.1990 M.van Creveld, Hitler’s Strategy 1940-1941: the Balkan Clue (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973) M.van Creveld, Supplying War (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977), ch.5 D.Porch, Hitler’s Mediterranean Gamble (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2004) B.A.Leach, German Strategy against Russia, 1939-1941 (Oxford: Clarendon, 1973) R.H.S.Stolfi, Hitler’s Panzers East (University of Oklahoma Press, 1991) W.Ansel, Hitler and the Middle Sea (Durham NC: Duke University Press, 1972) R.Kershaw, War without Garlands (Shepperton: Ian Allan, 2000) D.Glantz, Barbarossa (Stroud: Tempus, 2001) The German Campaign in Russia: Planning and Operations (1940-1942) (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1955) K Macksey (ed.), The Hitler Options (London: Greenhill, 1995) D.Downing, The Moscow Option (London: Greenhill, 2001) M.van Creveld, Supplying War (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977), ch.5 D.Glantz, Barbarossa (Stroud: Tempus, 2001) Page | 17

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

D.Glantz, (ed.), The Initial Period of War on the Eastern Front (London: Frank Cass, 1993) B.Fugate & L.Dvoretsky, Thunder on the Dnepr (Novato CA: Presidio,1997) D.Glantz, Stumbling Colossus (University Press of Kansas, 1998) A.Brookes, Air War over Russia (London: Ian Allan, 2003) D.Stahel, Operation Barbarossa and Germany's Defeat in the East (Cambridge University Press, 2009) D.Stahel, Kiev 1941 (Cambridge University Press, 2012) D Stahel, Operation Typhoon (Cambridge University Press, 2013) N.Zetterling & A.Frankson, The Drive on Moscow 1941 (Oxford: Casemate, 2012) R.Kirchubel, Operation Barbarossa (Oxford: Osprey, 2013) H) This House believes that Kursk was a more important turning point than Stalingrad in the fighting on the Eastern Front. For: team 4 Against: team 2 D.Glantz & J.House, When Titans Clashed (University Press of Kansas, 1995) J.Erickson, The Road to Stalingrad (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1975) J.Erickson, The Road to Berlin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1983) R.J.Overy, Russia’s War (New York: TV Books, 1997) A.Seaton, The Russo-German War, 1941-45 (New York: Praeger, 1971) B.Wegner, ‘The Road to Defeat: the German Campaigns in Russia, 1941-43’, Journal of Strategic Studies 13/1, Mar.1990 A.Beevor, Stalingrad (London: Viking, 1998) L.Rotundo, (ed.), Battle for Stalingrad (London: Pergamon-Brasseys, 1989) V.E.Tarrant, Stalingrad (London: Leo Cooper, 1992) G.Jukes, Stalingrad: The Turning Point (New York: Ballantine, 1968) D.Glantz, The Battle of Kursk (University Press of Kansas, 1999) R.Cross, The Battle of Kursk (London: Penguin, 2002) S.Newton, Kursk: The German View (New York: Da Capo, 2003) N.Zetterling & A.Frankson, Kursk 1943: A Statistical Analysis (Abingdon: Frank Cass, 2000) J.Hayward, ‘Too Little, Too Late: An Analysis of Hitler’s Failure in August 1942 to Damage Soviet Oil Production’, Journal of Military History 64, July 2000 J.Hayward, ‘Hitler’s Quest for Oil: The Impact of Economic Considerations on Military Strategy, 1941-42’, Journal of Strategic Studies 18/4, Dec.1995 J.Hayward, Stopped at Stalingrad (University Press of Kansas, 1998) E.von Manstein, Lost Victories (London: Methuen, 1958) I) This House believes that the USSR contributed more than the Western Allies to the defeat of Germany. For: team 6 Against: team 3 P. O’Brien, ‘East versus West in the Defeat of Nazi Germany’, Journal of Strategic Studies 23/2, Jun.2000 P.O'Brien, How the War was Won (Cambridge University Press, 2015) N.Davies, Europe at War (London: Macmillan, 2006) P.Sabin, ‘Why the Allies Won the Air War, 1939-1945’, in C.C.W.Szenjmann (ed.), Rethinking History, Dictatorship and War (London: Continuum, 2009) D.Shepardson, ‘The Fall of Berlin and the Rise of a Myth’, Journal of Military History 62, Jan.1998 H.Essame, The Battle for Germany (London: Batsford, 1969) M.Hastings, Armageddon (London: Macmillan, 2004) C.Duffy, Red Storm on the Reich (London: Routledge, 1991) P.Adair, Hitler’s Greatest Defeat (London: Cassell, 1994) A.Beevor, Berlin (London: Viking, 2002) D.Glantz & J.House, When Titans Clashed (University Press of Kansas, 1995) J.Erickson, The Road to Berlin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1983) R.J.Overy, Russia’s War (New York: TV Books, 1997) A.Seaton, The Russo-German War, 1941-45 (New York: Praeger, 1971) A.C.Mierzejewski, The Collapse of the German War Economy, 1944-1945 (University of N.Carolina Press, 1988) P. Tsouras, Disaster at D-Day (London: Greenhill, 1994) R.J.Overy, Why the Allies Won (London: Jonathan Cape, 1995) Page | 18

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

J.Ellis, Brute Force (London: Andre Deutsch, 1990) Allied Victory Debates J) This house believes that the Allies should have invaded Northern France rather than Sicily and Italy in 1943. For: team 6 Against: team 4 J.Grigg, 1943: the Victory that Never Was (London: Methuen, 1980) P.Tsouras, Disaster at D-Day (London: Greenhill, 1994) M.A.Stoler, The Politics of the Second Front (London: Greenwood, 1977) S.Weiss, Allies in Conflict (London: Macmillan, 1996) W.Jackson, ‘Overlord’ – Normandy 1944 (London: Davis-Poynter, 1978) C.d’Este, Decision in Normandy (New York: Collins, 1983) M.Hastings, Overlord (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1984) L.F.Ellis, Victory in the West, vol.1 (London: HMSO, 1962) M.Howard, The Mediterranean Strategy in the Second World War (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1966) E.Morris, Circles of Hell (London: Hutchinson, 1993) I Gooderson, A Hard Way to Make a War (London: Conway, 2008) G.A.Shepperd, The Italian Campaign, 1943-45 (London: Arthur Barker, 1968) K.R.Greenfield, (ed.), Command Decisions (London: Methuen, 1960), chs.8 & 10 R.Coakley & R.Leighton, Global Logistics and Strategy, 2 vols., (Washington: Dept. of the Army, 1955 & 1968) M.Matloff, Strategic Planning for Coalition Warfare, 1943-1944 (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1959) A.Wilt, ‘The Summer of 1944: A Comparison of Overlord and Anvil/Dragoon’, Journal of Strategic Studies 4/2, June 1981 K) This house believes that the Allies should have pursued a narrow rather than broad front approach after victory in Normandy. For: team 3 Against: team 1 L.F.Ellis, Victory in the West, 2 vols., (London: HMSO, 1962 & 1968) K.R.Greenfield, (ed.), Command Decisions (London: Methuen, 1960), chs.15-16 C.Wilmot, The Struggle for Europe (London: Collins, 1952) M.Hastings, Armageddon (London: Macmillan, 2004) R.Lamb, Montgomery in Europe 1943-45 (London: Buchan & Enright, 1983) R.W.Thompson, Montgomery the Field Marshal (London: Unwin, 1969) C.Ryan, A Bridge too Far (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1974) R.Weigley, Eisenhower’s Lieutenants (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1981) M.Blumenson, Breakout and Pursuit (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1950) H.M.Cole, The Lorraine Campaign (Washington DC: Dept of the Army, 1950) R.Bennett, Ultra in the West (London: Hutchinson, 1979) R.G.Ruppenthal, Logistical Support of the Armies, 2 vols., (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1953 & 1959) M.van Creveld, Supplying War (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977), ch.7 L) This House believes that Germany’s V-weapons programme and Ardennes offensive were a hopeless waste of precious resources which could have been used better elsewhere. For: team 2 Against: team 5 M.Neufeld, ‘Hitler, the V-2, and the Battle for Priority, 1939-1943’, Journal of Military History 57, July 1993 R Irons, Hitler’s Terror Weapons: The Price of Vengeance (London: HarperCollins, 2002) A Speer, Inside the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1970) R V Jones, Most Secret War (London: Hamilton, 1978) J Bushby, Air Defence of Great Britain (London: Ian Allan, 1973) B Collier, The Defence of the United Kingdom (London: HMSO, 1957) P.G.Cooksley, Flying Bomb (London: Robert Hale, 1979) D.Irving, The Mare’s Nest (London: William Kimber, 1964) C.Campbell, Target London (New York: Little Brown, 2012) K.R.Greenfield, Command Decisions (London: Methuen, 1960), ch.17 J.S.D.Eisenhower, The Bitter Woods (London: Robert Hale, 1969) Page | 19

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

C.B.Macdonald, The Battle of the Bulge (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984) P.Elstob, Hitler’s Last Offensive (London: Secker & Warburg, 1971) J.Strawson, The Battle for the Ardennes (London: Batsford, 1972) A.Beevor, Ardennes 1944 (London: Viking, 2015) H.M.Cole, The Ardennes: Battle of the Bulge (Washington DC: Dept. of the Army, 1965) C.Wilmot, The Struggle for Europe (London: Collins, 1952) E.R.Hooton, Eagle in Flames (London: Arms & Armour, 1997) A.Price, The Last Year of the Luftwaffe (London: Greenhill, 2001) CONFLICT SIMULATIONS The two simulations we will be using to study the strategic aspects of the war (Second World War and Eastern Front) are freely available for download from Professor Sabin’s Conflict Simulation MA course website (just Google ‘Sabin consim’). You must download them before the classes, and at the very least read the extensive accompanying design notes, which focus squarely on the important analytical issues highlighted by modelling the conflicts in this way. You should also try to familiarise yourself with the simulation rules, though Professor Sabin will run through these briefly at the start of each class. You can play either or both simulations outside class using the computer graphics provided if you would like to experiment further with this approach to conflict analysis. The third simulation, which we will be using to study the operational dynamics of the Korsun pocket battle in JanFeb.1944, is not on the open web, because of its publication in Professor Sabin’s latest book, Simulating War (London: Continuum, 2012) and in a separate deluxe edition in 2013 by Victory Point Games as Hell´s Gate. However, Professor Sabin will post the relevant material on the Keats site nearer the time, and you must go through it before the class and do your best to grasp the necessarily more complex rules using the example provided, as well as studying the design notes to understand the key dynamics being modelled. You should also consult one or more of the following historical sources to learn more about this particular battle: N.Zetterling & A.Frankson, The Korsun Pocket: The Encirclement and Breakout of a German Army in the East, 1944 (Newbury: Casemate, 2008) D.Glantz & H.Orenstein (eds.), The Battle for the Ukraine: The Red Army’s Korsun’-Shevchenkovskii Offensive, 1944 (London: Routledge, 2003) D.E.Nash, Hell’s Gate: The Battle of the Cherkassy Pocket, January-February 1944 (Stamford CT: RZM, 2nd edn., 2005) Some of the simulations produced by Professor Sabin’s MA students may be of help in studying specific case studies (as indicated in the reading lists above), and can also be downloaded from his consim website. There are many hundreds of other more complex published simulations covering part or all of World War Two in Europe, which you may wish to consult if you are interested. Like Professor Sabin’s own simulations, these embody precisely the same analytical approach to conflict dynamics which you will be developing in the course. Probably the best introduction to this genre is via www.grognard.com, which has a useful breakdown of the simulations by period & subject. You may purchase many of the simulations (most of which are out of print) on e-bay, or from www.secondchancegames.com. In particular, there will very probably be one or more simulations covering the specific topic which you decide to research for your individual essay. Ask Professor Sabin to recommend these at your first tutorial if desired.

Page | 20

[5SSW2055] WORLD WAR II in EUROPE

Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16 COURSE PROGRAMME DATE

ACTIVITY

September 23rd

Introduction and team selection

September 30th

WW1/WW2 Lecture

October 7th

Counterfactual History & Conflict Modelling Lecture*

October 14th

Air & Sea Debates

October 21st

Second World War Simulation*

October 28th

Overall Factors Debates

November 4th

Initial Essay Tutorials**

November 11th

Blitzkrieg Lecture

November 18th

Blitzkrieg Presentations

November 25th

Convoy Lecture

December 2nd

Convoy Presentations

December 9th

Eastern Front Simulation*

January 20th

Bombing Lecture

January 27th

Bombing Presentations

February 3rd

Final Essay Tutorials**

February 10th

Eastern Front Debates

February 17th

Assault Lecture

February 24th

Assault Presentations

March 2nd

Korsun Pocket Simulation*

March 9th

Allied Victory Debates

March 16th

Invasion Lecture and Exam Preparation

March 23rd

Invasion Presentations and Return of Marked Essays

Mini-essays must be posted on the Keats site by noon on Friday January 29th. Final essays must be posted on the Keats site by noon on Tuesday March 8th, and a hard copy brought to the class the following morning. * These classes will be in the War Studies Meetings Room (K6.07). ** Essay Tutorials for each team will be in Professor Sabin’s office (K7.06) at these times: Date

09:00

November Team 1 4th February Team 1 3rd

09:40

10:20

11:00

11:40

12:20

Team 2

Team 3

Team 4

Team 5

Team 6

Team 2

Team 3

Team 4

Team 5

Team 6

Page | 21

5SSW2056 Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Convener: Office Hours: Contact Details:

MILITARY STRATEGY

Dr John Stone By prior arrangement Office: K2.78 | [email protected]

What’s it about?

Have you ever wondered why even the most stunning military victories rarely lead to clear political success? If you have, then this module might just be for you. Military strategy is the process by which armed force is translated into intended political outcomes. As such it provides the key to making war a continuation of politics. However, in doing so, it necessarily introduces political considerations into military operations. The challenge for strategists is, therefore, to reconcile differing military and political claims on the conduct of operations. In this module we’ll be asking exactly why this challenge is frequently so difficult to overcome, and how failures to do so have compromised war’s political instrumentality.

How will I be assessed?

The reality of assessment is that it happens all the time. Attendance at class, and the ability to make an informed contribution to discussions, are things that will be noted on an on-going basis and will colour the content of references etc. should you subsequently ask for one. Formally, however, your performance in this module will be assessed by a combination of essay and exam. You’re permitted to submit up to two 3000-word essays, with the better of your two grades counting for 33% of your final mark. If you’re happy with the first grade you receive, there’s no requirement to submit a second essay; it’s up to you. You’ll also sit a two-hour exam in Term 3, which counts for 66% of your final mark.

How does it work?

The module is organized around weekly one-hour lectures, and weekly one-hour seminars. The lectures are intended as an introduction to key theoretical and historical material, and to provide guidance for independent study of these matters. The seminars provide you with opportunities to test out, and sharpen, your understanding through discussion of specific questions, texts etc.

What’s in it?

The module provides an overview of strategic theory and practice between the French Revolution and the present day, with more of a focus on some particularly important episodes during this period. For example: French strategy during the Revolutionary and Napoleonic wars; Prussian / Germany Strategy during the nineteenth century; British interwar strategy; US strategy during the Second World War; nuclear strategy and counterinsurgency (Malaya and Algeria) during the Cold War; US strategy in Vietnam and the 1990-91 Gulf War; NATO strategy in Kosovo and Libya; al-Qaeda and IS strategy; US strategy for the War on Terror.

5SSW2056 Dept of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

MILITARY STRATEGY

Within this framework we’ll be looking at the strategic rationale for “decisive” battle in war, at the concepts of total and limited war, deterrence and coercion. We’ll also examine the strategic dimension of terrorism, insurgency and counter-insurgency amongst other things.

What’s expected of me?

There are no formal preconditions for this module. Having said that you’ll certainly be expected to apply yourself by attending classes, keeping up with your reading and ensuring you can make informed contributions in seminars. You’ll probably appreciate this module more if you enjoy interpreting historical practices through the lens provided by an explicit theory of war. Despite its engagement with historical material, this module is not an exercise in traditional military history.

Some Indicative Readings •

Yaniv Barzilai, 102 Days of War: How Osama bin Laden, Al-Qaeda and the Taliban Survived 2001 (Washington DC: Potomac Books, 2013)

•

Carl von Clausewitz, On War, tr. J. J. Graham (New York: Barnes and Noble, 2004)

•

Julian S. Corbett, Principles of Maritime Strategy (London: Longmans Green and Co., 1911)

•

Campbell Craig, Destroying the Village: Eisenhower and Thermonuclear War (New York: Columbia University Press, 1998)

•

David French, The British Way in Counter-Insurgency, 1945-1967 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011)

•

John Stone, Military Strategy: The Politics and Technique of War (London: Continuum, 2011)

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

Lecturer: Office hours: Teaching Assistants: Timetable:

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Dr Nicholas Michelsen |[email protected] |Room K6.08a. Monday 13.00am - 15.00pm during term time. [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected] STRAND K1.28 KINGS BLDG 16.00-17.00 | Check online before first class. Timetables are subject to change

Course Aims and Objectives: The aims of this module are to: • To provide students with detailed knowledge of well-established controversies surrounding the changing role of the state, and to ask whether International Relations might be increasingly giving way to Global Politics. • To synthesise, compare, and critically discuss key concepts, academic debates, and approaches to global politics; examining the role and significance of International Organisations (such as the UN or NATO), the role and significance of non-state actors (such as Amnesty International or Al Qaeda), and the role and significance of the emerging powers or regions • To explore and critically assess mechanisms of governance existing, or emerging, at the global level. • To improve analytical, problem-solving and academic skills through engagement with selected readings in whole-class discussion, group tasks, writing assignments and exams. At the end of the module students will:

• • • • •

Have developed the capacity to generate ideas about the nature of the contemporary international system through the analysis of concepts and the formulation of responses to the changing role of the state, the significance of international organisations, non-state actors, and the emerging powers/regions. Be able to identify, analyse and communicate debates, principles and concepts relevant to the study of Global Politics, and exercise judgement in identifying the strengths and weaknesses of competing interpretations of world political events and issues. Have acquired specialised analytical, evaluative, and generic problem-solving skills through the judicious application of international theory and international political analysis, comparing and selecting appropriate methods, techniques, criteria and evidence. Act with limited supervision and direction, accepting responsibility for determining and achieving personal and group outcomes and adapting performance accordingly, showing awareness of professional codes of conduct. Have developed autonomous and group learning skills essential for progression to BA3 by undertaking research, both individually and as part of a team, to provide new information through exploring data and identifying significant patterns and relationships.

The module will be taught over twenty-three weeks (there are twenty weekly one-hour lectures followed by a onehour seminar), one week dedicated to student peer work, one introductory week and one reading week during the second term. No classes will be held during the week dedicated to peer work. Students are expected to discuss their essay topics in work groups and provide feedback to one colleague. In preparation for the discussion, students will need to consult the ‘Essay preparation’ folder on the module website. Further feedback on the choice of topic will be provided by the module convener and seminar tutors during office hours. The concluding revision week will have lectures but no seminars. Students will be expected to attend each of twenty lectures and seminars. The seminars will be student-led, where a work group will start the session by presenting a research paper on a discussion question, provided in the introductory weeks 1-5, and independently identified in subsequent weeks, and then chair the discussion that follows. The work group will need to prepare one common hand-out to be shared with the rest of the class. The format of the hand-out can vary (see further down). All students should actively contribute to seminar discussions and they are expected to have read the key readings for each week at a minimum. 1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

MODULE ASSESSMENT The assessment for this module consists of four elements.  Attendance & seminar group participation (5%)  Peer review of essay topics and outlines (5%)  An essay of maximum 4000 words (summative) 40%  A two-hour exam in the summer term (summative) 50% All four elements of the assessment are mandatory in order to fulfil the requirements for this module. Seminar presentation. Students must prepare two seminar presentations per term in a work group. Work groups will be decided in the first week of Term 1 (Seminar 1). Presentation topics will also be allocated in Week 1. It is up to each group how they will communicate and meet to prepare their presentation for the seminar. Groups can meet face-to-face and use other forms of online communication or work together on a collaborative platform such as a wiki. Groups are required to produce one collective hand-out for their seminar presentation. The hand-out can be a series of Power Point slides, a Word or pdf document, or a wiki. While groups can divide readings between themselves in order to cover more material and follow up on some of the further readings for each week, all group members need to contribute to the presentation. This does not mean that each group member needs to present – teams can divide up roles. Depending on group allocations, 1-2 group members can present, while 1-2 groups members can lead the seminar discussion and respond to questions from the class. In this case, the roles will need to be rotated for remaining presentations. Seminar presentations will be graded on the conceptual quality and content of the hand-out, fluency of oral presentation (try not to simply read out what you have written down), and involvement of the group. Seminar presentations are graded 1-5 by the seminar tutor, with the average of all four presentations resulting in 5% of the final grade. General attendance and seminar participation can add to or subtract from this grade at the discretion of the seminar leader. Peer review of essay topics and outlines. The second element of assessment concerns peer review of essay topics. There are no given topics for essays on this module; students will need to choose their own essay topics. Peer review will help you become more reflective towards your own choice of essay topics, structure and writing. In the reading week of the first semester, students will meet in their work groups to brainstorm over possible essay topics and give each other feedback. Each student is required to write a single page outline/essay topic proposal to circulate to their work group, and to provide supportive comments on one of their peers outlines. The aim of these comments is to help your peer develop their essay topic. Each student may then update their plan and submit it to their seminar leader, along with a copy of the comments they provided to a peer. Your plan and peer comments will be given a combined grade of 0-5, and advice/guidance on your choice of essay topic will be provided by the seminar leaders. Essay. The essay of up to 4000 words can be written on a topic of your choice, related to the material from the Global Politics syllabus. You will work in groups to discuss possible topics and research questions. If in doubt about whether your chosen topic addresses well enough the syllabus, get in touch with your seminar leader. Supporting material will be provided on the course website in the folder ‘Writing your essay’. Your essay needs to develop an argument and not just describe situations, and provide reasonable evidence to support your ideas. You will need to select examples to support your arguments or use a case study more in-depth. All essays will need to be properly referenced. The submission date for the essay is the first day of spring term. Late submissions will be penalised and can be given a mark of 0. The word limits are fixed and over-length essays will be penalised. Information on essay presentation is available here. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/essaypres.aspx. Essays are due on 5th January 2015. Late essays will be penalised and may receive a mark of 0. Essay need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 12:00 noon on the date indicated. Exam. A two-hour exam will assess your knowledge and understanding of the main debates about 2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Global Politics discussed in class. The hand-outs prepared by the work groups will be helpful preparation material for the exam. Detailed information on the exam will be provided in the final lecture. Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. LECTURE SCHEDULE TERM 1

I.



Week 1: Introduction to the module, and welcome to BA2. 22nd September

‘INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS’ OR ‘GLOBAL POLITICS’?  Week 2: A Coming World Polity? 29th September  Week 3: Cultural clash after Bipolarity? 6th October  Week 4: Global Governance for a More Complex World? 13th October  Week 5: Resistance to Globalization? 20th October  Week 6: A Postcolonial era of Rising Powers? (NM) 27th October

Reading Week: Peer review of essay topics

II.

TERM 2

III.

ISSUES

    

Week 7: What’s going on in Ukraine? 10th November Week 8: The Changing Political Economics of Oil? 17th November Week 9: Rape and War 24th November Week 10: Terrorism and Racism 1st December Week 11: Migration? 8th December

POLITICS ABOVE THE STATE?  Week 12: Security Communities: NATO (TF) 12th January  Week 13: 'Regional Associations: The EU, ASEAN(+3) and Others' 19th January 3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

  

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Week 14: The World Trade Organisation and the IMF (DEIS) 26th January Week 15: THE UN (KM)2nd February Week 16: Global Political Advocacy: Human Rights Groups 9th February

Reading week

IV.

POLITICS BELOW THE STATE Week 17: Transnational social movements and Global Protest 23rd February Week 18: Global Outlaws: Terrorists and Pirates 2nd March Week 19: Poaching, Counter-Poaching and the Protection of Wildlife: The Rise of Non-State Global Activism 9th March  Week 20: Private Military Companies as Global Political Actors 16th March

  



Week 21: Concluding lecture. No Seminar. 23rd March

Reading List: Readings are given for each lecture topic; the key readings also serve as seminar readings and are the basis for seminar presentations and discussions. This does not mean that work groups should restrict themselves to the key readings only. Further reading covers both background readings and more in-depth and critical texts that are particularly recommended if you like to draw on a particular theory or approach for your essay. The key readings have been selected to offer different perspectives on a week’s topic. Textbooks: There are many standard textbooks dealing with Global Politics. Those mentioned further down will be worth consulting for background on a range of topics, in addition any specific readings given below.        

Baylis, J., Smith, S. and Owens P., The Globalisation of World Politics: An introduction to International Relations, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2008. Edkins, J. and Zehfuss, M., Global Politics: A New Introduction, London: Routledge, 2009. Heywood, A., Global Politics, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2011. Kegley, C.W., World Politics: trend and transformation, Belmont CA: Thompson Higher Education, 2005 Little, R. and Smith, M., Perspectives on World Politics, London Routledge 2006 McGrew, Anthony. Global Politics–Globalization and the Nation State (1992) Mansbach, Richard W., and Edward Joseph Rhodes. Global politics in a changing world: a reader. Cengage Learning, 2008. Held, D. and McGrew, A. (2003), The Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalization Debate. Cambridge: Polity Press and Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Week by week outline Week 1: Introduction to the module. Seminars will be concerned with introductions and organising seminar presentations. Preparatory Reading  Anthony Mcgrew, Conceptualising Global Politics, in Global Politics – Globalization and the Nation State (1992)  Marchetti, Raffaele. "Mapping alternative models of global politics." International Studies Review 11.1 (2009): 133-156. Week 2: A Coming World Polity? 4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Discussion questions: • Is there a World Polity? • Is a World State inevitable? Core Reading  Hedley Bull, Alternatives to the contemporary States system Chapter 10, The Anarchical Society p233281  Corry, O. (2010). What is a (global) polity? Review of International Studies, 36(S1), 157-180.  Wendt, Alexander. "Why a world state is inevitable." European journal of international relations 9.4 (2003): 491-542. Further Reading  Niklas Luhmann (1997) Globalization or World society: How to conceive of modern society?, International Review of Sociology: 7:1, 67-79  (Introduction) Ougaard, Morten, and Richard A. Higgott, eds. Towards a global polity. Psychology Press, 2002.  McGinnis, John O. "Decline of the Western Nation State and the Rise of the Regime of International Federalism, The." Cardozo L. Rev. 18 (1996): 903.  Fukuyama, Francis, and Allan Bloom. The end of history?. Vol. 16. National Affairs, Incorporated, 1989.  Fukuyama, Francis. "History is still going our way." Wall Street Journal 5 (2001).  Castells, Manuel. The rise of the network society: The information age: Economy, society, and culture. Vol. 1. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.  World Culture in the World Polity: A Century of International Non-Governmental Organization. John Boli and George M. Thomas, American Sociological Review, Vol. 62, No. 2 (Apr., 1997), pp. 171-190  Brassett, James, and Richard Higgott. "Building the normative dimension (s) of a global polity." Review of international studies 29.S1 (2003): 29-55.  World Society and the Nation‐State , John W. Meyer, John Boli, George M. Thomas, and Francisco O. Ramirez American Journal of Sociology, Vol. 103, No. 1 (July 1997), pp. 144-181  Meyer, J. W. (1999). The changing cultural content of the nation-state: a world society perspective. State/culture: state-formation after the cultural turn, 123-143.  Ruggie, John Gerard. 1998. Constructing the World Polity. Essays on International Institutionalisation. London & New York: Routledge.  Keohane, Robert O. 1989. International Institutions and State Power. Essays in International Relations Theory. Boulder, San Francisco and London: Westview Press.  Levy, Marc A., Oran R. Young and Michael Zürn. 1995. The Study of International Regimes. European Journal of International Relations 1 (3): 267-330.  Boli, John. "Sovereignty from a world polity perspective." Problematic sovereignty: Contested rules and political possibilities (2001): 53-82.  Strange, Susan. 1996. The Retreat of the State. The diffusion of power in the world economy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press  The Dual World Polity: Fragmentation and Integration in the Network of Intergovernmental Organizations, Jason Beckfield, Social Problems, Vol. 55, No. 3 (August 2008), pp. 419-442  Barnett, Michael, and Martha Finnemore. Rules for the world: International organizations in global politics. Cornell University Press, 2004.  George Modelski, The Long Cycle of Global Politics and the Nation-State, Comparative Studies in Society and History, Vol. 20, No. 2, Varieties of Modernization (Apr., 1978), pp. 214-235  Modelski, George. "Evolutionary paradigm for global politics." International studies quarterly (1996): 321342. Week 3: Cultural clash after Bipolarity? (NM) Discussion questions • Is a clash of civilisations taking place? • Have we ignored Religions role in International Politics? And what would it mean to bring it back in? 5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

•

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

What is the significance of glocalization?

Core Reading  Huntington, Samuel P. "If not civilizations, what-paradigms of the post-cold war world." Foreign Affairs. 72 (1992): 186.  Aydin, Mustafa, and Çınar Özen. "Civilizational futures: Clashes or alternative visions in the age of globalization?." Futures 42.6 (2010): 545-552.  Philpott, Daniel. "Has the study of global politics found religion?." Annual Review of Political Science 12 (2009): 183-202.  Roland Robertson (1994) Globalisation or glocalisation? Journal of International Communication, 1:1, 3352 Further Reading  Linklater, Andrew. "International Society and the Civilizing Process." Ritsumekan International Affairs 9 (2011): 1-26.  Introduction: Katzenstein, Peter J., ed. Civilizations in world politics: plural and pluralist perspectives. Routledge, 2009. (on Keats)  Hoffmann, Stanley. "Clash of globalizations." Foreign Affairs (2002): 104-115.  Walt, Stephen M. "Building up a new Bogeyman" Foreign Policy 106 (1997): 176-189  Said, Edward. "The clash of ignorance." The Nation 22.10 (2001): 2001.  Katzenstein, Peter Joachim. "A World of Plural and Pluralist Civilizations." And Our Global Civilzation Amartya Kumar Sen: Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 77 (2013): 15-19.  Appadurai, Arjun. "Dead certainty: Ethnic violence in the era of globalization." Development and change 29.4 (1998): 905-925.  Gill, Stephen. "Constitutionalizing inequality and the clash of globalizations." International Studies Review 4.2 (2002): 47-65.  Gerges, Fawaz A. America and political Islam: Clash of cultures or clash of interests?. Cambridge University Press, 1999.  Gilroy, Paul. "Where Ignorant Armies Clash by Night'. Homogeneous Community and the Planetary Aspect." International Journal of Cultural Studies 6.3 (2003): 261-276.  Mansbach, Richard W. Remapping global politics: history's revenge and future shock. Vol. 97. Cambridge University Press, 2004.  Lynch, Marc. "The dialogue of civilisations and international public spheres." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 29.2 (2000): 307-330.  Fox, Jonathan, and Shmuel Sandler. Bringing religion into international relations. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004.  Huntington, Samuel P. "The lonely superpower." Foreign affairs (1999): 35-49.  Huntington, Samuel P. The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order. Penguin Books India, 1996.  Toft, Monica Duffy, Daniel Philpott, and Timothy Samuel Shah. God's century: resurgent religion and global politics. WW Norton & Company, 2011.  Russett, Bruce M., John R. Oneal, and Michaelene Cox. "Clash of civilizations, or realism and liberalism déjà vu? Some evidence." Journal of Peace Research 37.5 (2000): 583-608.  Henderson, Errol A., and Richard Tucker. "Clear and present strangers: the clash of civilizations and international conflict." International Studies Quarterly 45.2 (2001): 317-338.  Fox, Jonathan, and Shmuel Sandler. Bringing religion into international relations. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2004.  Thomas, Scott. The global resurgence of religion and the transformation of international relations: the struggle for the soul of the twenty-first century. Palgrave Macmillan, 2005. Week 4: Global Governance for a complex world? (NM) Discussion questions 6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

• How is global governance different from global government? • Is global governance a reaction to the emergence of new and increasingly complex global risks? • Is the concept of global governance well defined enough to be useful? Compulsory Reading  Murphy, Craig N. "Global governance: poorly done and poorly understood." International Affairs 76.4 (2000): 789-804.  Weiss, Thomas G., and Rorden Wilkinson. "Rethinking global governance? Complexity, authority, power, change." International Studies Quarterly 58.1 (2014): 207-215.  Beck, Ulrich. "Ch 2. Reflexive governance: politics in the global risk society." Reflexive governance for sustainable development (2006): 31.  Klaus Dingwerth and Philipp Pattberg, Global Governance as a Perspective on World Politics, Global Governance, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Apr.–June 2006), pp. 185-203 Secondary Reading  Goldin, Ian, and Tiffany Vogel. "Global governance and systemic risk in the 21st century: Lessons from the financial crisis." Global Policy 1.1 (2010): 4-15.  Kaplan, Robert D., and D. Rieff. "The coming anarchy." World Policy Journal 17.2 (2000): 95-96.  Castells, Manuel. "Global governance and global politics." Political Science and politics 38.01 (2005): 916.  Joseph E. Stiglitz, Reforming the Global Economic Architecture: Lessons from Recent Crises, The Journal of Finance, Vol. 54, No. 4, Papers and Proceedings, Fifty-Ninth Annual Meeting, American Finance Association, New York, New York, January 4-6, 1999 (Aug., 1999), pp. 1508-1521  Warner, Koko. "Global environmental change and migration: Governance challenges." Global Environmental Change 20.3 (2010): 402-413.  Lake, David A. "Rightful rules: authority, order, and the foundations of global governance." International Studies Quarterly 54.3 (2010): 587-613.  Held, David, and Angus Hervey. "Democracy, climate change and global governance: Democratic agency and the policy menu ahead." The Governance of Climate Change (2011): 89-110.  Frenk, Julio, and Suerie Moon. "Governance challenges in global health." New England Journal of Medicine 368.10 (2013): 936-942.  James N. Rosenau and Ernst-Otto Czempiel, Governance Without Government: Order and Change in World Politics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992).  Duffield, Mark R. Global governance and the new wars: the merging of development and security. Vol. 87. London: Zed books, 2001.  Overbeek, Henk, et al. "Forum: Global Governance: Decline or Maturation of an Academic Concept?." International Studies Review 12.4 (2010): 696-719.  Woods, Ngaire. "Good governance in international organizations." Global governance (1999): 39-61  Beck, Ulrich. Risk society: Towards a new modernity. Vol. 17. Sage, 1992.  Beck, Ulrich, and Joost Van Loon, eds. The risk society and beyond: critical issues for social theory. Sage, 2000.  Ericson, Richard Victor, Richard V. Ericson, and Kevin D. Haggerty. Policing the risk society. Oxford University Press, 1997.  Kaldor, Mary. New and old wars: Organised violence in a global era. John Wiley & Sons, 2013.  Lawrence S. Finkelstein, "What Is Global Governance?" Global Governance 1, no. 3 (1995): 368.  Civil Society and Democracy in Global Governance, Jan Aart Scholte, Global Governance, Vol. 8, No. 3 (July–Sept. 2002), pp. 281-304  Hirst, Paul and Grahame Thompson. 1996. Globalisation in Question. The International Economy and the Possibilities of Governance. Polity Press.  Lipschutz, Ronnie D., and James K. Rowe. Globalization, governmentality and global politics: regulation for the rest of us?. Psychology Press, 2005.  Weiss, Thomas G. Global Governance: Why What Whither. John Wiley & Sons, 2013.  Rosenau, J. N., & Czempiel, E. O. (Eds.). (1992). Governance without government: order and change in world politics (Vol. 20). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15



[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Weiss, Thomas G., and Ramesh Thakur. Global governance and the UN: an unfinished journey. Indiana University Press, 2010.

Week 5: Resistance to Globalization? Discussion questions • • •

Is globalization a threat to democratic politics? Is Globalization Neoliberal? What would an ‘alternative globalization’ look like?

Compulsory Reading • • • •

Habermas, Jürgen. "Toward a cosmopolitan Europe." Journal of Democracy 14.4 (2003): 86-100. Zürn, Michael. "Global governance and legitimacy problems." Government and Opposition 39.2 (2004): 260287. Held, David. "Regulating globalization? The reinvention of politics." International Sociology 15.2 (2000): 394408. David Harvey, Neoliberalism as Creative Destruction, 610: 21, The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 2007

• Secondary Reading • • • • • •   

  

Introduction: Chandler, David C. Hollow hegemony, rethinking global politics, power and resistance. Pluto Press, 2009. Giddens, Anthony. Runaway world: How globalisation is reshaping our lives. Profile books, 2002 (Introduction) Gautney, Heather. Protest and organization in the alternative globalization era: NGOs, social movements, and political parties. Palgrave Macmillan, 2012. Cox, Robert W. 1997. Democracy in hard times: economic globalisation and the limits to liberal democracy. In The Transformation of Democracy? Globalisation and Territorial Democracy, edited by Anthony McGrew, 49-72. Cambridge: Polity Press Held, David. 1991. Democracy, the Nation State and the Global System. In Political Theory Today, edited by David Held, 197-235. Cambridge: Polity Press Gill, Stephen. "Globalization, market civilization, and disciplinary neoliberalism." Globalization, Critical, Concepts in Sociology 2 (1995): 256-281. Scholte, Jan Aart, ed. Building global democracy? Civil society and accountable global governance. Cambridge University Press, 2011. Held, D. and McGrew, A. (2003), The Global Transformations Reader: An Introduction to the Globalization Debate. Cambridge: Polity Press and Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Robert O'Brien, Anne Marie Goetz, Jan Aart Scholte, and Marc Williams, Contesting Global Governance: Multilateral Economic Institutions and Global Social Movements (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2000) Pleyers, Geoffrey. Alter-globalization: Becoming actors in a global age. Polity, 2010. Castells, Manuel. The rise of the network society: The information age: Economy, society, and culture. Vol. 1. John Wiley & Sons, 2011. Castells, Manuel. The power of identity: The information age: Economy, society, and culture. Vol. 2. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Week 6: A Postcolonial era of Rising Powers? (NM) Discussion Questions

8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

  

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Is the Nation-state really in decline because of Globalization? Do we live in an era of power transition? What do ‘rising powers’ mean for the future of Global Politics?

Compulsory Readings  Ikenberry, G. John, and Thomas Wright. "Rising powers and global institutions." Washington, DC, The Century Foundation 10 (2008).  Gray, Kevin, and Craig N. Murphy. "Introduction: rising powers and the future of global governance." Third World Quarterly 34.2 (2013): 183-193.  Michael Mann (1997) Has globalization ended the rise and rise of the nation-state?, Review of International Political Economy, 4:3, 472-496,  Kahler, Miles. "Rising powers and global governance: negotiating change in a resilient status quo." International Affairs 89.3 (2013): 711-729. Supplementary Readings  Layne, Christopher. "The unipolar illusion: Why new great powers will rise." International Security (1993): 5-51.  Patrick, Stewart. "Irresponsible stakeholders? The difficulty of integrating rising powers." Foreign Affairs (2010): 44-53  Mathews, Jessica T. "Power shift." Foreign Affairs (1997): 50-66.  Barnett, Michael, et al. Chapter 1 “Power in global governance." Power in global governance (2005): 1.  Nye, Joseph S. "The changing nature of world power." Political Science Quarterly (1990): 177-192.  Muppidi, Himadeep. "Colonial and postcolonial global governance." Ch 12, in Power in global governance (2005): 273.  Jones, Martin. "The rise of the regional state in economic governance:partnerships for prosperity'or new scales of state power?." Environment and planning A 33.7 (2001): 1185-1212.  Muppidi, Himadeep. The Politics of the Global. Vol. 23. U of Minnesota Press, 2004.  Schirm, Stefan A. "Leaders in need of followers: Emerging powers in global governance." Power in the 21st Century. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012. 211-236.  Hart, Andrew F., and Bruce D. Jones. "How do rising powers rise?." Survival 52.6 (2010): 63-88.  Mearsheimer, John J. "China's unpeaceful rise." CURRENT HISTORY-NEW YORK THEN PHILADELPHIA105.690 (2006): 160.  Ikenberry, G. John. "The rise of China and the future of the west: can the liberal system survive?." Foreign affairs (2008): 23-37.  Raghuram, Parvati, Pat Noxolo, and Clare Madge. "Rising Asia and postcolonial geography." Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography 35.1 (2014): 119-135.  Krishna, Sankaran, ed. Globalization and postcolonialism: Hegemony and resistance in the twenty-first century. Rowman & Littlefield, 2009.  Slater, David. Geopolitics and the post-colonial: rethinking North-South relations. John Wiley & Sons, 2008. READING WEEK Week 7: Europe in the World (DEIS)  Menon, Anand (2014) The JCMS Annual Review Lecture: Divided and Declining? Europe in a Changing World, Journal of Common Market Studies – Annual Review, pp. 1-14.  Zielonka, Jan (2011) ‘The EU as International Actor: Unique or Ordinary?’, European Foreign Affairs Review, 16(2), pp. 281-301.  Smith, ME. (2011). 'A Liberal Grand Strategy in a Realist World?: Power, Purpose, and the EU’s Changing Global Role'. 'Journal of European Public Policy, vol 18, no. 2, pp. 144-163. Further reading:  Keukeleire S. and Tom Delreux (2014) The Foreign Policy of the European Union Palgrave Macmillan, 2nd edn 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Hill, S. and Smith, C. (eds.) (2011) International Relations and the European Union Oxford University Press Wunderlich, J.U. (2012) The EU an Actor Sui Generis? A Comparison of EU and ASEAN Actorness, Journal of Common Market Studies, Volume 50, Issue 4, pp. 653–669. Gehring, T, Oberthür, S, and Mühleck, M. (2013) ‘European Union Actorness in International Institutions: Why the EU is Recognized as an Actor in Some International Institutions, but Not in Others’, Journal of Common Market Studies, 51, 5. pp. 849–865 Manners, I (2002) 'Normative Power Europe: A Contradiction in Terms?' Journal of Common Market Studies 40, 2, 235-58 Hyde-Price, A. (2008) ‘Normative Power Europe: A Realist Critique’, Journal of European Public Policy 13(2) Korosteleva, E.A. (2011) ‘Change or Continuity: Is the Eastern Partnership an Adequate Tool for the European Neighbourhood?’ International Relations, 25: 243-26 Bicchi, Federica (2011) “The Union for the Mediterranean, or the Changing Context of Euro-Mediterranean Relations.” Mediterranean Politics, 16:1, 3–19. Bures, Oldrich (2006) 'EU Counterterrorism Policy: A Paper Tiger'. Terrorism and Political Violence, Vol. 18, 1 pp. 57-87 Forsberg, Tuomas (2013) ‘The Power of the EU: What Explains the EU’s (Lack of) Influence on Russia?’, Politique européenne, vol. 39, no. 1, 2013, pp. 10-30.

  

     

Week 8: The Middle East in Global Politics (MEMS) Compulsory  Fred Halliday, The Middle East in International Relations. Power, Politics and Ideology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005. Ch 1  L. Fawcett (ed.) International Relations of the Middle East (OUP, 2013) Part 1  Guilain Denoeux, (2002) 'The Forgotten Swamp: Navigating Political Islam', Middle East Policy, 9:2: 56-81. Supplementary reading       

Steven Heydemann, Reinoud Leenders (eds.) Middle East Authoritarianisms: Governance, Contestation, and Regime resilience (Stanford University Press, 2013) Chp 1 Mandaville, Peter. Global Political Islam (2007) (Chapters 1-2) Charles Tripp, The Power and the People: Paths of Resistance in the Middle East (CUP, 2013) Mark L. Haas, The Clash of Ideologies: Middle Eastern Politics and American Security (OUP, 2012) Zachary Lockman, Contending Visions of the Middle East. Cambridge University Press, 2009. Eugene Rogan, The Arabs: A History. 2nd ed, Penguin, 2012. Edward Said, Orientalism: Western Conceptions of the Orient, various editions.

Week 9: India and South Asia in Global Politics (GI) Compulsory reading:

  

Paul Kapur, ‘Ten Years of Instability in a Nuclear South Asia’ International Security 33/2 (Fall 2008) Jawaharlal Nehru, ‘Changing India’ Foreign Affairs (April 1963) Srinath Raghavan, ‘Soldiers, Statesman, and Indian Security Policy,’ India Review 11/12 (May, 2012)

Supplementary reading:  Vipin Narang and Paul Staniland, ‘Institutions and World Views in Indian Foreign Security Policy,’ India Review 11/12 (May, 2012)  Alan Whaites, 'The State and Civil Society in Pakistan' Contemporary South Asia 4/3 (1995)  Robert McMahon, ‘The United States Cold War Strategy in South Asia,’ The Journal of American History 75/3 (December, 1988) 10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

   

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Rudra Chaudhuri, ‘Limits of Executive Power: Domestic Power and Alliance Behavior in Nehru’s India’ India Review 11/12 (May, 2012) Ramachandra Guha (Ed.), Makers of Modern Asia (Cambridge: Harvard University Press): Chapters 1, 2, 5, 9, 11 Anatol Lieven, Pakistan: A Hard Country (London: Allen Lane): Chapters 1 and 2 Rudra Chaudhuri, Forged in Crisis: India and the United States Since 1947 (London: Hurst): Chapters 1 and 2

Week 10: China and East Asia in Global Politics (GI) Core reading:  Kim, Samuel. “China and the United Nations,” in Elizabeth Economy and Michel Oksenberg, eds., China Joins the World. New York: Council on Foreign Relations, 1999, pp. 42-89  Alastair Iain Johnson, “China’s International relations: The Political Security Dimensions”, in Samuel S. Kim, ed. The International Relations of Northeast Asia, Oxford: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, INC., 2004, pp.65100  Chan, Lai-Ha, Pak K. Lee, and Gerald Chan. “Rethinking Global Governance: A China Model in the Making?” , Contemporary Politics, vol. 14, No. 1 (March, 2008), pp. 3-19  Jeffrey W. Legro, ‘Purpose Transitions: China’s Rise and the American Response’, in Robert Ross and Zhu Feng, eds., China’s Ascent: Power, Security and the Future of International Politics, Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2008, , pp.163-190 Recommended  Avery Goldstein, ‘Great Expectations: Interpreting China's Arrival’, International Security, Vol. 22, No. 3, Winter 1997/8, pp.36-73  Wang Jisi, “China’s changing role in Asia”, in Kokubun Ryosei and Wang Jisi, eds., The Rise of China and a Changing East Asian Order, NY: Japan Center for International Exchange, 2004, . pp.3-22  Thomas U. Berger, “ Chapter 12, Power and Purposes in Pacific East Asia: A Constructive Interpretation”, G. John Ikenberry and Michael Mastanduno, eds. International Relations Theory and the Asia-Pacific, NY: Columbia University Press, 2003, pp.387-420  Suzanne Yang, ‘Chapter 2, The reason for action: strategic preferences in explaining foreign policy’, in Suzanne Yang, China’s Role in UN Security Council Decision-making on Iraq, Conflicting Understandings, Competing Preferences, Routledge 2012, pp.21-46  Richard Wilson, ‘Change and Continuity in Chinese Cultural Identity: The Filial Ideal and the Transformation of an Ethic’, in Lowell Dittmer and Samuel S Kim, eds., China’s Search for National Identity, Ithaca and London, Cornell University Press, 1993 pp.104-124  Allen Carlson, ‘More Than Just Saying No: China’s Evolving Approach to Sovereignty and Intervention since Tiananmen’, Alastair Iain Johnston and Roberts Ross, eds., New Directions in the Study of China’s Foreign Policy, Stanford University Press, 2006, pp.217-241  Ruan, Zongze (2006), ‘China and ASEAN: Heading towards a win–win future’, China International Studies, 2, 122–139  Michael Yahuda, China’s Role in World Affairs, Palgrave, 1978  Barry Buzan: ‘How and to whom does China matter?’, in Barry Buzan and Rosemary Foot, eds., Does China Matter? A Reassessment, Routledge, 2004, pp.143-164 Week 11: The America’s in Global Politics (GI) Core Readings:  Daniel H. Deudney, “The Philadelphian System: Sovereignty, Arms Control, and Balance of Power in the American States-Union, circa 1787–1861” International Organization, Volume 49, Issue 02 (March 1995), pp. 191 – 228.  John Ikenberry, Liberal Leviathan: The Origins, Crisis, and Transformation of the American World Order (Princeton 2012), pp. 159-220. 11

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15



[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Greg Grandin, “Your Americanism and Mine: Americanism and Anti‐Americanism in the Americas” The American Historical Review, Volume 111, Number 4 (October 2006), pp. 1042-1066.

Supplemental Readings:         

David Hendrickson, Union, Nation, or Empire: The American Debate over International Relations, 1789-1941 (Lawrence 2009). Michael Mandelbaum, The Ideas that Conquered the World: Peace, Democracy, and Free Markets in the Twenty-first Century (New York 2003). Jay Sexton, The Monroe Doctrine: Empire and Nation in Nineteenth-Century America (New York 2011). Greg Grandin, Empire’s Workshop: Latin America, the United States, and the Rise of the New Imperialism (New York 2006). Lars Shoultz, Beneath the United States: A History of U.S. Policy Toward Latin America (Cambridge, MA 1998). Jorge I. Domínguez, ed., The Future of Inter-American Relations (New York, 2000). Robert Kagan, Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order (New York 2003). Charles Kupchan, No One’s World: The West, the Rising Rest and the Coming Global Turn (New York 2012).

Christmas Break Week 12: Security Communities: NATO (TF) Compulsory  Celeste A. Wallander, “Institutional Assets and Adaptability: NATO After the Cold War,” International Organization 54: 4 (2000), pp. 705-735.  Adler, Emanuel. "The Spread of Security Communities: Communities of Practice, Self-Restraint, and NATO's Post—Cold War Transformation." European Journal of International Relations 14.2 (2008): 195230.  Theo Farrell and Sten Rynning, 'NATO's Transformation Gaps: Transatlantic Differences and the War in Afghanistan," Journal of Strategic Studies, vol. 33, no. 5 (2010): 673-700. Secondary reading            

Sjursen, Helene. "On the Identity of NATO." International Affairs 80.4 (2004): 687-703. Adler, Emanuel, and Patricia Greve. "When security community meets balance of power: overlapping regional mechanisms of security governance." Review of International Studies 35.S1 (2009): 59-84. Timothy Edmunds, "NATO and Its New Members," Survival, vol. 45, no. 3 (2003): 145-122. Mats Berdal and David Ucko, "NATO at 60," Survival, vol. 51, no. 2 (2009): 55-76. Risse-Kappen, Thomas. "Collective identity in a democratic community: The case of NATO." The culture of national security: Norms and identity in world politics (1996): 357-99. Pouliot, Vincent. "The alive and well transatlantic security community: A theoretical reply to Michael Cox." European Journal of International Relations 12.1 (2006): 119-127. Gheciu, Alexandra. "Security institutions as agents of socialization? NATO and the ‘New Europe’." International Organization 59.04 (2005): 973-1012. Williams, Michael John. "Enduring, but irrelevant; Britain, NATO and the future of the Atlantic alliance." International Politics 50.3 (2013): 360-386. Mayer, Sebastian. "Embedded politics, growing informalization? How NATO and the EU transform provision of external security." Contemporary Security Policy 32.2 (2011): 308-333. Adler, Emanuel, and Michael Barnett, eds. Security communities. No. 62. Cambridge University Press, 1998. Michael Barnett and Martha Finnemore, Rules for the World: International Organizations in Global Politics (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2004), Chapter 3 Williams, Michael C., and Iver B. Neumann. "From alliance to security community: NATO, Russia and the 12

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

     

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

power of identity." Millennium: Journal of International Studies 29.2 (2000): 603-624. Herd, Graeme P., and John Kriendler, eds. Understanding NATO in the 21st Century: Alliance Strategies, Security and Global Governance. Routledge, 2013. John J. Mearsheimer, “The False Promise of International Institutions,” International Security 19: 3 (1994-1995), pp. 5-49. Yost, David. "The new NATO and collective security." Survival 40.2 (1998): 135-160. Kupchan, Charles A., and Clifford A. Kupchan. "The promise of collective security." International Security (1995): 52-61. Brenner, Michael J., ed. NATO and collective security. Macmillan, 1998. Oğuzlu, Tarık. "Turkey's Eroding Commitment to NATO: From Identity to Interests." The Washington Quarterly 35.3 (2012): 153-164.

Week 13: 'Regional Associations: The EU, ASEAN(+3) and Others' Compulsory 

 

Ba, Alice D., (Re)Negotiating East and Southeast Asia: Region, Regionalism, and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2009). (introduction & ch 1; when the library says that they will need to ask permission to include both chapters, please ask to include ch 1 only until permission for including two is granted; the book needs to be ordered, since there are no copies in the library) (ASEAN) Laffan, Brigid, 'The European Union: A Distinctive Model of Internationalization', Journal of European Public Policy 5:2 (1998), pp. 235-253. (EU) Ruland, Jurgen, 'Balancers, Multilateral Utilities or Regional Identity Builders? International Relations and the Study or Regionalism', Journal of European Public Policy 17:8 (2010), pp. 1271-283. (inter-regionalism)

Secondary  Acharya, Amitav, and Alastair Iain Johnston (eds.), Crafting Cooperation: Regional International Institutions in Comparative Perspective (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007). (comparative regionalism institutionalisation)  Bures, Aldrich, 'Regional Peacekeeping Operations: Complementing or Undermining the United Nations Security Council?', Global Change, Peace & Security 18:2 (2006), pp. 83-99. (regional institutions-UN relations)  Camroux, David, 'Interregionalism or Merely a Fourth-Level Game? an Examination of the EU-ASEAN Relationship', East Asia 27:1 (2010), pp. 57-77. (interregionalism - EU-ASEAN)  Fawcett, Louise, 'Exploring Regional Domains: A Comparative History of Regionalism', International Affairs 80:3 (2004), pp. 429-446. (history)  Hill, Christopher, and Michael Smith, 'International Relations and the European Union: Themes and Issues', in Hill, Christopher, and Michael Smith (eds.), International Relations and the European Union, 2nd ed. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011), pp. 3-20. (EU)  Pacheco Pardo, Ramon (ed.), 'Special Issue: Leadership, Decision-Making and Governance in EU and East Asia', Asia Europe Journal 9:2-4 (2012). (comparative regionalism - EU & ASEAN+3)  Santander, Sebastian, 'The European Parternship with Mercosur: A Relationship Based on Strategic and Neo-Liberal Principles', Journal of European Integration 27:3 (2005), pp. 285-306. (interregionalism - EUMercosur)  Tanaka, Akihiko, 'The Development of the ASEAN+3 Framework', in Curley, Melissa G., and Nicholas Thomas (eds.), Advancing East Asian Regionalism (Abingdon: Routledge, 2007), pp. 52-73. (ASEAN+3)  Zaum, Dominik (ed.), Legitimating International Organizations (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013). (comparative regionalism - legitimacy) Week 14: International Financial Institutions in Global Politics Seminar Reading  Moschella, Manuela (2012), ‘Seeing Like the IMF on Capital Account Liberalisation’, New Political Economy, 13

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

 

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

17(1): 59-76; Vetterlein, Antje (2012), ‘Seeing Like the World Bank on Poverty’, New Political Economy, 17(1): 35-58; Wade, Robert H. (2002), ‘US Hegemony and the World Bank: The Fight over People and Ideas’, Review of International Political Economy, 9(2): 215-243

Further reading Howarth, D. and T. Sadeh, (2011) “In the Vanguard of Globalization: The OECD and International Capital Liberalization,” Review of International Political Economy, Volume 18, Number 5, 2011, pp. 622- 645.  Desai and Yahia Said, eds., Global Governance and Financial Crises, London: Routledge, 43-69; Boughton, James (2004), ‘The IMF and the Force of History: Ten Events and Ten Ideas that Have Shaped the Institution’, IMF Working Paper WP/04/75, Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund; Cohen, Benjamin (1996), ‘Phoenix Risen: The Resurrection of Global Finance’, World Politics, 48(2): 268-296; Helleiner, Eric (1992), ‘States and the Future of Global Finance’, Review of International Studies, 18(1): 31-49; Lee, Simon (2002), ‘The International Monetary Fund’, New Political Economy, 7(2): 283-298; Meltzer, A (2011), ‘The IMF Returns’, Review of International Organizations, 6(3-4): 443-452;  Bird, Graham (2007), ‘The IMF: A Bird’s Eye View of Its Role and Operations’, Journal of Economic Surveys, 21(4): 683-745; Porter, Tony (2009), ‘Why International Institutions Matter in the Global Credit Crisis’, Global Governance, 15(1): 3-8; Griffin, Penny (2006), ‘The World Bank’, New Political Economy, 11(4): 571-582; Vetterlein, Antje (2012), ‘Seeing Like the World Bank on Poverty’, New Political Economy, 17(1): 35-58; Wade, Robert H. (2002), ‘US Hegemony and the World Bank: The Fight over People and Ideas’, Review of International Political Economy, 9(2): 215-243



    

   

 

Ruckert, Arne (2010), ‘The Forgotten Dimension of Social Reproduction: The World Bank and the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paradigm’, Review of International Political Economy, 17(5): 816-839; Weaver, Catherine (2007), ‘The World’s Bank and the Bank’s World’, Global Governance, 13(4): 493-512

Week 15: The United Nations (KM) Compulsory  Michael N. Barnett, “The UN Security Council, Indifference, and Genocide in Rwanda,” Cultural Anthropology 12: 4 (1997), pp. 551-578.  Berdal, Mats, “The UN’s Unnecessary Crisis”, Survival , Vol. 47, No. 3, Autumn 2005. Supplementary:  Berdal, Mats and Economides, Spyros, The UN Interventionism, 1992-2004 (Cambridge: CUP, 2007)  Lowe, Vaughan, Adam Roberts, Jennifer Welsh, Dominik Zaum (eds.), The Security Council at War: the Evolution of Thought and Practice Since 1945, (Oxford, OUP, 2008)  Malone, David, ed., The U.N. Security Council: From the Cold War to the 21st Century (Boulder, CO: Lynne Rienner, 2004)  Martha Finnemore, “International Organizations as Teachers of Norms: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization and Science Policy,” International Organization 47: 4 (1993), pp. 565-597.  Adelman, Howard and Suhrke, Astri, Joint Evaluation of Emergency Assistance to Rwanda (1996), The International Response to Conflict and Genocide: Lessons from the Rwanda Experience, http://www.reliefweb.int/library/nordic/  Doyle, Michael W. and Ian Johnstone and Robert C. Orr, eds., Keeping the Peace: Multidimensional UN Operations in Cambodia and El Salvador, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997)  Hampson, Fen Olser and David Malone, eds. From Reaction to Conflict Prevention: Opportunities for the UN System (Boulder: Lynne Rienner, 2002) 14

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15



  

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Luckham, Robin, “The International Community and State Reconstruction in War-Torn Societies”, in Picciotto, Robert and Rachel Weaving (eds), Security and Development: Investing in Peace and Prosperity, (Oxford: Routledge, 2006). MacFarlane, Neil, Intervention in Contemporary World Politics, Adelphi Papers, No. 305 (Oxford: OUP/IISS, 2002) Wheeler, Nicholas, Saving Strangers: Humanitarian Intervention in International Society (New York: OUP, 2000) “The UN’s Role in Nation-Building: From the Congo to Iraq.” RAND Corporation, 2005. www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2005/RAND_MG304.pdf

Week 16: Global Activists: Human rights advocacy (NM) Compulsory Reading  Jutta Joachim and Birgit Locher, “Transnational activism in the EU and the UN”; Ann Marie Clark, “Human rights NGOs at the United Nations: Developing an optional protocol to the Convention against Torture”;  Keck, Margaret E., and Kathryn Sikkink. "Transnational advocacy networks in international and regional politics." International Social Science Journal 51.159 (1999): 89-101.  Kathryn Sikkink Transnational Politics, International Relations Theory, and Human Rights, PS: Political Science and Politics, Vol. 31, No. 3 (Sep., 1998), pp. 516-523  Ch. 1, Willetts, Peter. Non-governmental organizations in world politics: the construction of global governance. Routledge, 2010. Further Reading  Keck, Margaret E., and Kathryn Sikkink. Activists beyond borders: Advocacy networks in international politics. Vol. 35. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1998  Clark, Ann Marie, Elisabeth J. Friedman, and Kathryn Hochstetler. "The sovereign limits of global civil society: a comparison of NGO participation in UN world conferences on the environment, human rights, and women." World Politics 51.01 (1998): 1-35  Willetts, Peter, ed. The conscience of the world: The influence of non-governmental organisations in the UN system. C. Hurst & Co. Publishers, 1996.  Finnemore, Martha, and Kathryn Sikkink. "International norm dynamics and political change." International organization 52.04 (1998): 887-917.  Koenig, Matthias. "Institutional Change in the World Polity International Human Rights and the Construction of Collective Identities." International Sociology 23.1 (2008): 95-114.  Friedman, Elisabeth. "Women’s human rights: The emergence of a movement." Women’s rights, human rights: International feminist perspectives (1995): 18-35.  Gordenker, Leon, and Thomas G. Weiss, eds. NGOs, the UN, and Global Governance. Boulder, 1996.  Risse, Thomas, and Kathryn Sikkink. "The socialization of international human rights norms into domestic practices: introduction." CAMBRIDGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 66 (1999): 1-38.  Risse-Kappen, Thomas, ed. Bringing transnational relations back in: Non-state actors, domestic structures and international institutions. Vol. 42. Cambridge University Press, 1995.  Emek M. Uçarer, “Safeguarding asylum as a human right: NGOs and the European Union,” in Jutta Joachim and Birgit Locher, eds., Transnational Activism in the UN and the EU: A Comparative Study (London: Routledge, 2009), pp. 3-18, 44-60, 121-139.  Kim D. Reimann, “A View from the Top: International Politics, Norms and the Worldwide Growth of NGOs,” International Studies Quarterly 50: 1 (2006), pp. 45-68.  Jutta Joachim, “Framing Issues and Seizing Opportunities: The UN, NGOs, and Women’s Rights,” International Studies Quarterly 47: 2 (2003), pp. 247-274.  Risse, Thomas. "Transnational actors and world politics." Corporate Ethics and Corporate Governance. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007. 251-286.  Merry, Sally Engle. "Transnational human rights and local activism: Mapping the middle." American anthropologist 108.1 (2006): 38-51.  Spar, Debora L. "Spotlight and the Bottom Line-How Multinationals Export Human Rights, The." Foreign Aff. 15

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

   

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

77 (1998): 7.# Snyder, Sarah B. "Human Rights Activism and the End of the Cold War." A Transnational History of the Helsinki Network, Cambridge (2011). Risse-Kappen, Thomas, Stephen C. Ropp, and Kathryn Sikkink, eds. The power of human rights: International norms and domestic change. Vol. 66. Cambridge University Press, 1999. Dunne, Tim, and Nicholas J. Wheeler, eds. Human rights in global politics. Cambridge University Press, 1999. Hopgood, Stephen. Keepers of the flame: understanding Amnesty International. Cornell University Press, 2013.

READING WEEK Week 17: Transnational social movements and Global Protest Castells, Manuel. Networks of outrage and hope: Social movements in the internet age. John Wiley & Sons, 2013. Ch 1.  Manuel Castells, The other face of the earth: social movements against the new global order p71-167. The power of Identity, Blackwell (2003)  Della Porta, Donatella. "Mobilizing against the crisis, mobilizing for ‘another democracy’: comparing two global waves of protest’." Interface 4.1 (2012): 74-277. Further reading 

   

              

Bennett, W. Lance, et al. Transnational protest and global activism. Eds. Donatella della Porta, and Sidney Tarrow. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2004. Bleiker, Roland. Popular dissent, human agency and global politics. Vol. 70. Cambridge University Press, 2000. Sassen, Saskia. "Global cities and diasporic networks: Microsites in global civil society." Global civil society 2002 (2002): 217-240. Robin Cohen, Diasporas and the Nation-State: From Victims to Challengers, International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-), Vol. 72, No. 3, Ethnicity and International Relations (Jul., 1996), pp. 507-520 Portes, Alejandro. "Globalization from below: the rise of transnational communities." The ends of globalization: bringing society back in (2000): 253-70.] Ghandi, Leela, Affective Communities: Anticolonial Thought, Fin-de-Siècle Radicalism, and the Politics of Friendship (Duke University Press, 2006) Toft, Monica Duffy, Daniel Philpott, and Timothy Samuel Shah. God's Century: Resurgent Religion and Global Politics (WW Norton & Company, 2011). Cohen, Robin. Global diasporas: An introduction. Routledge, 2008. Mandaville, Peter G. Transnational Muslim politics: Reimagining the umma. Routledge, 2003 Smith, Michael Peter, and Luis Eduardo Guarnizo, eds. Transnationalism from below. Vol. 6. Transaction Publishers, 1998. Sassen, Saskia. The global city. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1991. Appadurai, Arjun, Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1996). Chekuri, Christopher, and Himadeep Muppidi. "Diasporas before and after the nation." Interventions 5.1 (2003): 45-57. Sassen, Saskia. "The global street comes to Wall Street." Possible Futures (2011) John, Graham St. "Counter-tribes, global protest and carnivals of reclamation." Peace Review 16.4 (2004): 421-428. Gerbaudo, Paolo. "Protest Diffusion and Cultural Resonance in the 2011 Protest Wave." The International Spectator 48.4 (2013): 86-101. Agathangelou, Anna M., and Nevzat Soguk. "Rocking the Kasbah: Insurrectional Politics, the “Arab Streets”, and Global Revolution in the 21st Century." Globalizations 8.5 (2011): 551-558 Cohen, Robin, ed. Global social movements. Bloomsbury Publishing, 2004. Shaw, Martin. "Civil society and global politics: beyond a social movements approach." Millennium-Journal 16

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

of International Studies 23.3 (1994): 647-667. Köhler, Bettina, and Markus Wissen. "Glocalizing protest: urban conflicts and the global social movements." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 27.4 (2003): 942-951

•

Week 18: Outlaws in Global Politics: Terrorists and Pirates Seminar Reading    

Sassen, Saskia. "Local actors in global politics." Current Sociology 52.4 (2004): 649-670. Beck, Ulrich. "The silence of words: On terror and war." Security Dialogue 34.3 (2003): 255-267. Cronin, Audrey Kurth. "Behind the Curve: Globalization and International Terrorism." International Security (2002): 30-58. Ch. 5: GWOT, Devji, Faisal, The Terrorist in Search of Humanity: Militant Islam and Global Politics (New York: Columbia University Press, 2008).

Further Reading    

           

Chapter 1: Juergensmeyer, Mark. Terror in the mind of God: The global rise of religious violence. Vol. 13. Univ of California Press, 2003. Kellner, Douglas. "Globalization, terrorism, and democracy: 9/11 and its aftermath." In, Frontiers of Globalization Research. Springer US, 2007. 243-268 Mousseau, Michael. "Market civilization and its clash with terror." (2006). Ch 22 Terrorism and Globalization. In Baylis, J., Smith, S. and Owens P., The Globalisation of World Politics: An introduction to International Relations, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2008. Neumann, Peter. Old and new terrorism. Vol. 4. Polity, 2009. Sageman, Marc. Leaderless jihad: Terror networks in the twenty-first century. University of Pennsylvania Press, 2011. Chomsky, Noam, Pirates and Emperors Old and New: International Terrorism in the Real World (Cambridge, MA: South End Press, 2002). Rasmussen, Mikkel Vedby. "A parallel globalization of terror': 9-11, security and globalization." Cooperation and Conflict 37.3 (2002): 323-349. Devji, Faisal, Landscapes of the Jihad: Militancy, Morality, and Modernity (London: Hurst, 2005). Hoffman, Bruce, Inside Terrorism (New York: Colum bia University Press, 2006). Halliday, Fred, ‘A New Global Configuration’ in Ken Booth and Tim Dunne (eds.) Worlds in Collision: Terror and the Future of World Order, (Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan, 2002), 235-44. Laqueur, Walter, No End to War: Terrorism in the Twenty-First Century (London: Continuum International Publishing Group, 2004). Luft, Gal and Anne Korin, ‘Terrorism Goes to Sea’, Foreign Affairs, November/December (2004). Sassen, Saskia. "The global city: strategic site/new frontier." American Studies (2000): 79-95. Thomson, Janice E. Mercenaries, pirates, and sovereigns: state-building and extraterritorial violence in early modern Europe. Princeton University Press, 1996. Kellner, Douglas. "Theorizing globalization." Sociological theory 20.3 (2002): 285-305.

Week 19: Poaching, Counter-Poaching and the Protection of Wildlife: The Rise of Non-State Global Activism (MR) Compulsory   

Wapner, Paul. "Politics beyond the state: Environmental activism and world civic politics." World Politics 47.03 (1995): 311-340. Jasper Humphreys and M.L.R. Smith, ‘The Rhinofication of South African Security’, International Affairs, Vol. 90, No. 4 (2014). Saskia Rotshuizen and M.L.R. Smith, ‘Of Warriors, Poachers and Peacekeepers: Protecting Wildlife after 17

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Conflict’, Cooperation and Conflict, Vol. 48, No. 4 (2013). Supplementary Jasper Humphreys, ‘Resource Wars: Searching for a New Definition’, International Affairs, Vol. 88, No. 5 (2012). Jasper Humphreys and M.L.R. Smith, ‘War and Wildlife: The Clausewitz Connection’, International Affairs, Vol. 87, No. 1 (2011). Richard Milburn, ‘Mainstreaming the Environment into Postwar Recovery: The Case for ‘Ecological Development’, International Affairs, Vol. 88, No. 5 (2012). Fred Pearce, Green Warriors: The People and the Politics behind the Environmental Revolution (London: Bodley Head, 1991. Thomas F. Homer-Dixon, Environment, Scarcity and Violence (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1999). W.M. Adams, Against Extinction: The Story of Conservation (London: Earthscan, 2004) Roby Eckersley, ‘Ecological Intervention: Prospects and Limits’, Ethics and International Affairs, Vol. 21 No. 3 (2007). Dan Henk ,‘Biodiversity and the Military in Botswana’, Armed Forces and Society, Vol. 32, No. 2 (2008). John M. Mackenzie, The Empire of Nature: Hunting, Conservation, and British Imperialism (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1988).

        

Week 20: Private Military Companies as Global Political Actors (MF) Seminar Reading   

Abrahamsen, Rita, and Michael C. Williams. "Security Beyond the State: Global Security Assemblages in International Politics1." International Political Sociology 3.1 (2009): 1-17. Frost, Mervyn. "Regulating anarchy: The ethics of PMCs in global civil society." Private Military and Security Companies: Ethics, Policies and Civil-Military Relations (2008). Leander, Anna. "The power to construct international security: on the significance of private military companies." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 33.3 (2005): 803-825.

Supplementary reading Peter Singer, Corporate Warriors: the rise of the privatised military industry (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 2003)  Serewicz, Lawrence W. "Globalization, Sovereignty and the Military Revolution: From Mercenaries to Private International Security Companies." International Politics 39.1 (2002): 75-89.  Abrahamsen, Rita, and Michael C. Williams. Security beyond the state: Private security in international politics. Cambridge University Press, 2010.  Percy, Sarah, Mercenaries: The History of a Norm in International Relations (Oxford: OUP, 2006).  Ronit, Karsten, and Volker Schneider, eds. Private organisations in global politics. Vol. 15. Psychology Press, 2000.  Leander, Anna. "Regulating the Role of PMCs in Shaping Security and Politics." From Mercenaries to Markets: The Rise and Regulation of Private Military Companies (2007): 49-64.  Hall, Rodney Bruce, and Thomas J. Biersteker. "The emergence of private authority in the international system." CAMBRIDGE STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 85 (2002): 3-22.  Avant, Deborah. "The privatization of security and change in the control of force." International Studies Perspectives 5.2 (2004): 153-157.  Cutler, A. CLAIRE. "The privatization of authority in the global political economy." Relations of Global Power: Neoliberal Order and Disorder (2011): 41-59.  Abrahamsen, Rita, and Michael C. Williams. "Securing the city: private security companies and non-state authority in global governance." International Relations 21.2 (2007): 237-253.  Ruggie, John Gerard. "Reconstituting the global public domain—issues, actors, and practices." European journal of international relations 10.4 (2004): 499-531. 

18

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2014-15

 

[GLOBAL POLITICS|5SSW2060]

Chesterman, Simon, and Chia Lehnardt, eds. From mercenaries to market: The rise and regulation of private military companies. Oxford University Press, 2007. Leander, Anna. "The Paradoxical Impunity of Private Military Companies: Authority and the Limits to Legal Accountability." Security Dialogue 41.5 (2010): 467-490.

Week 21: Concluding lecture. No Seminar.

19

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

Module Convenor: Office hours: Teaching Assistant: Timetable:

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Professor Richard Ned Lebow |Room K6.09 By appointment Emma McCluskey ([email protected]) Lectures are generally on Monday’s 10.00-12.00, please check online timetable for location.

Course Aims and Objectives This course aims to provide students with advanced knowledge of theoretical controversies in the discipline of International Relations, and their significance for the analysis of policies, practices and issues in the global arena. The course synthesises, compares, and critically discusses advanced concepts, approaches and theoretical debates in International Relations through reading core texts. The module aims to improve analytical, problem-solving, academic and transferable skills through engagement with the selected readings in whole-class discussion, group tasks, writing assignments and exams. By the end of the course, students will: ∗ Have developed the capacity to generate ideas through the analysis of advanced concepts and theories at the abstract level. ∗ Be able to identify, analyse and communicate advanced theoretical debates in International Relations, and exercise judgement in identifying the strengths and weaknesses of competing interpretations of world political events and issues. ∗ Have acquired specialised analytical, evaluative, and problem-solving skills through the judicious application of theoretical models, comparing and selecting appropriate methods, techniques, criteria and evidence. ∗ Act with limited supervision and direction, accepting responsibility for determining and achieving personal and group outcomes and adapting performance accordingly, showing awareness of professional codes of conduct. ∗ Have developed autonomous and group learning skills essential for progression to BA3 by undertaking research, both individually and as part of a team, to provide new information through identifying theoretical patterns and relationships in International Relations. Teaching Arrangements The module requires students to come prepared to seminars, having read and thought about the assigned readings in advance. The module will be taught over twenty two weeks (there are 11 two-hour lectures and 10 two-hour seminars). Students are expected to attend all lectures and seminars. Every student is also obligated to participate in the two hour group seminars. In these seminars, students will present research papers on questions that have been raised by the set reading, and then chair the ensuing discussion. All students -- not just the presenters -- should contribute to seminar discussions. All students are expected to have read the set readings in preparation for the seminar discussion, and to have developed in advance their own responses and questions raised.

1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Seminar structure Each two hour seminar will follow a standard format. In the first 50 minutes, the group presenting that week will introduce the core text(s) that form the subject of the seminar. This presentation can take a number of formats (power-point for example) but it, and the handout, should at least address these points: 1) What is the most important argument in the text, in your opinion? 2) How does the text support its case (what evidence does it draw on, how does it defend its main arguments)? 3) What are the potential weaknesses, contradictions, unresolved tensions, omissions in the argument, in your opinion? This should take the form of a (2-3) substantive questions or issues that you feel may be insufficiently answered or addressed in the book (which are different from the set discussion questions). The presenting group will then lead a discussion of these questions. After a 10 minute break, in the second 50 minutes, the seminar class will split into small groups (each lead by a presenter) to address the two provided discussion questions for each week, followed by whole-group feedback and debate. Students will need to read beyond the core text for these discussions, and are expected to have prepared short responses in advance – recommended further readings are suggested below. Assessment This module is assessed by one unseen examination (50% final mark), an essay to be handed in at the end of the second term (40% final mark), and seminar participation (10% of final mark). The exam is two hours long with students expected to answer two questions. The essay is 4000 words long and is on a question of the student’s choice. If in doubt about whether your chosen topic addresses well enough the syllabus, get in touch with your seminar leader. Supporting material will be provided on the course website in the folder ‘Writing your essay’. Your essay needs to develop an argument and not just describe situations, and provide reasonable evidence to support your ideas. You will need to select examples to support your arguments or use a case study more in-depth. All essays will need to be properly referenced. The submission date for the essay is the first day of spring term. Late submissions will be penalised and can be given a mark of 0. The word limits are fixed and over-length essays will be penalised. Information on essay presentation is available here. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/essaypres.aspx. In addition, each student will take part in a number of collaborative presentations in the seminars in each term. Each collaborative presentation must be accompanied by a handout to be submitted on Keats the day before, to circulate to the entire class. Whilst there is flexibility as to its format, it must be under 1500 words in length. Essays are due on 27th March 2015. Late essays will be penalised and may receive a mark of 0. Essay need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 12:00 noon on the date indicated.

2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Seminar participation is graded at the discretion of the seminar leader, who will take into account attendance, quality of presentations, preparation and contributions to seminar discussions in awarding 010%. Students should note that attendance at all seminars is mandatory. All deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of zero. Word limits are fixed, and over-length work will result in penalties being applied. Students should be reminded that a copy of the comments sheet and mark for all formative essays is copied and added to the student files. A failure to submit all work in fulfillment of module obligations, or to meet other module obligations, such as making presentations, may be regarded as lack of due industry and may result in failure to progress, in accordance with the relevant sections in the Student Handbook. Plagiarism is a very serious offence and may result in referral to the Misconduct Committee. While you are encouraged to use a wide variety of sources, using other works in lieu of your own can greatly affect your overall grade from King’s College London. Students must read the information on plagiarism very closely (see link below). Please come to see the module convenor if you have any concerns or doubts. https://internal.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/stu/ws/handbook/assessment/coursework/plagiarism.aspx 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers: Since this is the first time that an examination is being set for this module, there are no past examination papers to be consulted.

Background Reading The focus throughout will be on the core works of authors in international relations theory. Nevertheless, Dunne, Tim, Milja Kurki, and Steve Smith, eds. International Relations Theories. Oxford University Press, 2013 is a good overview text that will provide a useful reference throughout. Week

Date

1 2 3 4

28th Sep 5th Oct 12th Oct 19th Oct

Session Introduction to the module Lecture 1 NED LEBOW Seminar 1 Lecture 2 NED LEBOW 3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

5

26th Oct

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2nd Nov 9th Nov 16th Nov 23rd Nov 30th Nov 7th Dec 18th Jan

13 14 15 14 15 18 19 20 21

Seminar2

Lecture 3 NED LEBOW Seminar 3 Lecture 4 NED LEBOW Seminar 4 Lecture 5 NED LEBOW Seminar 5 Lecture 6 MERVYN FROST (NOTE: Change of room and time to 2.00-4.00pm in the War Studies Meeting Room). 25th Jan Seminar 6 1st Feb Lecture 7 VIVIENNE JABRI 8th Feb Seminar 7 15th Feb Lecture 8 NICHOLAS MICHELSEN 22nd Feb Seminar 7 29th Feb Lecture 9 Leonie Ansems De Vries 7th Mar Seminar 9 14th Mar Lecture 10 NED LEBOW 21st Mar Seminar 10

Seminar 1: 1) Does the concept of a ‘security community’ identify the fundamental problematic and purpose of International Relations Theory? 2) Must International Relations Theory be Scientific if it is to be Realistic? CORE READING Deutsch, K. W. (1968). Political community and the North Atlantic area. International organization in the light of historical experience. Karl W. Deutsch, Princeton, Princeton University Press. Chapter 1 Morgenthau, H. J. (1974). Scientific man versus power politics Chapters. Chapter 1. Univ of Chicago Pres. Klaus Knorr and James Rosenau, Contending Approaches to International Politics, Chapter 1 1969, Princeton University Press + Bull, Hedley. "International theory: the case for a classical approach." World politics 18.03 (1966): 361-377 + Kaplan, Morton A. "The new great debate: Traditionalism vs. science in international relations." World Politics 19.01 (1966): 1-20. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Hedley Bull, The Theory of International Politics 1919-1969 (1972), James Der Derian, International Theory, Critical Investigations (1995) (Keats) Brian Schmidt 2002, On the History and Historiography of International Relations, In Handbook of International Relations, eds. Carlsnaes et al 3-22, London, Sage. Guilhot, Nicolas. "The realist gambit: Postwar American political science and the birth of IR theory." International Political Sociology 2.4 (2008): 281-304.

4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Jervis, Robert. "Hans Morgenthau, realism, and the scientific study of international politics." Social Research (1994): 853-876. Guilhot, Nicolas, ed. The invention of international relations theory: realism, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the 1954 Conference on Theory. Columbia University Press, 2011. De Carvalho, Benjamin, Halvard Leira, and John M. Hobson. "The Big Bangs of IR: The Myths That Your Teachers Still Tell You about 1648 and 1919." Millennium-Journal of International Studies (2011): Quirk, Joel, and Darshan Vigneswaran. "The construction of an edifice: the story of a First Great Debate." Review of International studies 31.01 (2005): 89-107. Peter Wilson 1998, The myth of the first great debate, Review of International Studies 24 1-15 Bell, Duncan SA. "International relations: the dawn of a historiographical turn?." The British Journal of Politics & International Relations 3.1 (2001): 115-126 Seminar 2: 1) Has International Relations Theory always been about ethics? 2) Is ‘Tragedy’ a useful tool with which to think about international relations, a fundamental characteristic of its practice, or a self-fulfilling prophecy? CORE READING Lebow, R. N. (2003). The tragic vision of politics: ethics, interests, and orders. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Ebook Waltz, K. N. (2008). Theory of international politics. Chapters 1 and 2. Boston; London, McGraw-Hill SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Guzzini, Stefano. Realism in International Relations and International Political Economy: the continuing story of a death foretold. Routledge, 2013. Williams, Michael C. The realist tradition and the limits of international relations. Vol. 100. Cambridge University Press, 2005. Williams, Michael C. "Realism Reconsidered." The Legacy of HANS J. MORGENTHAU in International Relations, Oxford: University Press (2007). Buzan, Barry. "The timeless wisdom of realism?." International theory: positivism and beyond (1996): 4765. Bain, William. "Deconfusing Morgenthau: Moral inquiry and classical realism reconsidered." Review of International Studies 26.03 (2000): 445-464. Hutchings, Kimberly. International political theory: Rethinking ethics in a global era. Vol. 5. Sage, 1999. Frost, Mervyn. "Tragedy, ethics and international relations." International Relations 17.4 (2003): 477-495. Molloy, Sean. "Truth, Power, Theory: Hans Morgenthau's Formulation of Realism." Diplomacy and Statecraft 15.1 (2004): 1-34. Schmidt, Brian C. "Competing realist conceptions of power." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 33.3 (2005): 523-549. Seminar 3 1) To what degree is the current world order Liberal? 2) What is the significance of the variety in ‘Liberal’ International Relations Theories? CORE READING Ruggie, John Gerard. "International regimes, transactions, and change: embedded liberalism in the postwar economic order." International organization 36.02 (1982): 379-415. 5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Ikenberry, G. John. Liberal leviathan: The origins, crisis, and transformation of the American world order. Princeton University Press, 2012. Ebook. Hoffmann, Stanley. Janus and Minerva: Essays in the theory and practice of international politics. Vol. 268. Boulder: Westview Press, 1987 p394-436. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Robert O. Keohane 2002, Power and Governance in a partially globalised world, Routledge, London and New York (esp. chapters 1-3). Friedman, Thomas L. The Lexus and the olive tree: Understanding globalization. Macmillan, 2000. Walt, Stephen M. "International relations: one world, many theories." Foreign policy (1998): 29-46. Moravcsik, Andrew. Liberalism and international relations theory. No. 92. Cambridge, MA: Center for International Affairs, Harvard University, 1992. Lebow, Richard Ned, and Thomas Risse-Kappen. International Relations theory and the end of the Cold War. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995. Keohane, R. O. and J. S. Nye (2012). Power and interdependence. Boston, Longman. Doyle, Michael W. Ways of War and Peace: Realism, Liberalism, And Socialism, WW Norton & Company." (1997): 560. Seminar 4 1) Can anything in International Relations be explained purely by reference to ‘rationality’? 2) What role do emotions have in International Relations? CORE READING Lebow, R. N. (2010). Why nations fight : past and future motives for war. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. (Ebook) De Mesquita, Bruce Bueno, and David Lalman. "Reason and war." The American Political Science Review (1986): 1113-1129. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Kahler, Miles. "Rationality in international relations." International Organization 52.04 (1998): 919-941. Edward Mansfield and Jack Snyder, Electing to Fight (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 2007). Jervis, Robert. "Fighting for Standing or Standing to Fight?." Security Studies 21.2 (2012): 336-344. Snidal, Duncan. "Rational choice and international relations." Handbook of international relations 73 (2002): 74-76. Jervis, R. (1976). Perception and misperception in international politics. Princeton, N.J. ; Guildford, Princeton University Press. Van Evera, Stephen. Causes of war: Power and the roots of conflict. Cornell University Press, 2013.

6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

James D. Fearon, ‘Rationalists Explanations for War’, International Organization, vol. 49, no. 3, Summer 1995, Bueno de Mesquita, B. (1981). The war trap. New Haven; London, Yale University Press. Seminar 5 1) What defines a constructivist account of International Relations? 2) What are norms in International Relations, and where do they come from? CORE READING Lebow, R. N. (2008). A cultural theory of international relations. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Ebook SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Onuf, Nicholas Greenwood. World of our making: rules and rule in social theory and international relations. Routledge, (2012). Ebook Wendt, A. (1999). Social theory of international politics. Chapters 1-3. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Ebook owned Ruggie, John Gerard. Constructing the world polity: essays on international institutionalization. Vol. 5. Psychology Press, 1998. Ebook Onuf, Nicholas Greenwood. World of our making: rules and rule in social theory and international relations. Routledge, 2012. Ebook Hopf, Ted. "The promise of constructivism in international relations theory." International security 23.1 (1998): 171-200. Neumann, Iver B. "Beware of organicism: the narrative self of the state." Review of International Studies 30.02 (2004): 259-267. Guzzini, Stefano. "A reconstruction of constructivism in international relations." European Journal of International Relations 6.2 (2000): 147-182. Zehfuss, Maja. Constructivism in international relations: the politics of reality. Cambridge University Press, 2002. Finnemore, Martha, and Kathryn Sikkink. "Taking stock: the constructivist research program in international relations and comparative politics." Annual review of political science 4.1 (2001): 391-416. Guzzini, Stefano, and Anna Leander, eds. Constructivism and international relations: Alexander Wendt and his critics. Routledge, 2005. Kratochwil, Friedrich V., Rules, Norms, and Decisions: On the Conditions of Practical and Legal Reasoning in International Relations and Domestic Affairs (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989). 7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Barkin, J. Samuel. "Realist constructivism." International Studies Review 5.3 (2003): 325-342. Seminar 6 1) Is a Global ethic possible? 2) How significant are 'practices' to the study of International Relations? CORE READING Frost, M. (2009). Global ethics: anarchy, freedom and international relations. London, Routledge. Ebook. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Adler, Emmanuel, and Pouliot, Vincent eds, International Practices (Cambridge University Press, 2011), Introduction Adler, Emanuel, and Vincent Pouliot. "International practices." International Theory 3.01 (2011): 1-36. Hoffmann, Stanley. Janus and Minerva: Essays in the theory and practice of international politics. Vol. 268. Boulder: Westview Press, 1987 p3-24. Frost, Mervyn. Ethics in international relations: a constitutive theory. No. 45. Cambridge University Press, 1996.

Linklater, Andrew. The transformation of political community: ethical foundations of the post-Westphalian era. Univ of South Carolina Press, 1998. Brown, Chris. International relations theory: New normative approaches. Columbia University Press, 1992. Brown, Chris. "The ‘Practice Turn’, Phronesis and Classical Realism: Towards a Phronetic International Political Theory?." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 40.3 (2012): 439-456. Whitworth, Sandra. "The practice, and praxis, of feminist research in international relations." Critical theory and world politics (2001): 149-160. Walt, Stephen M. "The relationship between theory and policy in international relations." Annu. Rev. Polit. Sci. 8 (2005): 23-48. Cochran, Molly. Normative theory in international relations: a pragmatic approach. Vol. 68. Cambridge University Press, 1999. "Postmodernism, ethics and international political theory." Review of International Studies 21.03 (1995): 237-250. "The liberal ironist, ethics and international relations theory." Millennium-Journal of International Studies 25.1 (1996): 29-52. "A pragmatist perspective on ethical foreign policy." Ethics and Foreign Policy: Theory and Practice (2001): 55-73. Wapner, Paul Kevin, Lester Edwin J. Ruiz, and Richard A. Falk, eds. Principled world politics: the challenge of normative international relations. Rowman & Littlefield, 2000. Seminar 7 8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

1) What is ‘the postcolonial subject’, and what is its significance for contemporary global politics? 2) How have racial and cultural differences been framed by the project of modernity? CORE READING Jabri, V. (2013). The postcolonial subject : claiming politics/governing others in late modernity. London, Routledge. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Jabri, V. (2013). War and the transformation of Global Politics. London, Routledge Ebook Darby, Phillip, and Albert J. Paolini. "Bridging international relations and postcolonialism." Alternatives (1994): 371-397. Krishna, Sankaran, ed. Globalization and postcolonialism: Hegemony and resistance in the twenty-first century. Rowman & Littlefield, 2009. Geeta, Chowdhry, and Sheila Nair, eds. Power, postcolonialism and international relations: Reading race, gender and class. Routledge, 2013. Darby, Phillip, ed. At the edge of International Relations: postcolonialism, gender and dependency. Bloomsbury Publishing, 2000. Jones, Branwen Gruffydd, ed. Decolonizing international relations. Rowman & Littlefield, 2006. Barkawi, Tarak, and Mark Laffey. "The postcolonial moment in security studies." Review of International Studies 32.02 (2006): 329-352. Said, E. Orientalism, (1978), Harmondsworth, Penguin. Seminar 8 1) 2)

Security = identity, do you agree? Is the practice of international relations defined by our fear of difference?

CORE READING Campbell, D. (1998). Writing security: United States foreign policy and the politics of identity. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press. (Ebook) SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Weldes, J et al, Cultures of Insecurity: States, communities and the production of danger (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press). Lebow, Richard Ned. "Identity and international relations." International Relations 22.4 (2008): 473-492. 9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Walker, R. B. J. (1993). Inside/outside: international relations as political theory. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press George, Jim, and David Campbell. "Patterns of dissent and the celebration of difference: critical social theory and international relations." International Studies Quarterly (1990): 269-293. Connolly, William E. Identity/difference: democratic negotiations of political paradox. University of Minnesota Press, 2002. Bartelson, J. (1995). A genealogy of sovereignty. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Neumann, Iver B. "Self and other in international relations." European Journal of International Relations 2.2 (1996): 139-174. Lebow, Richard Ned. The Politics and Ethics of Identity: In Search of Ourselves. Cambridge University Press, 2012. Bloom, William. Personal identity, national identity and international relations. Vol. 9. Cambridge University Press, 1993. Seminar 9 1) Do you agree with the statement ‘international politics is personal’? 2) What are the risks of understanding international relations solely through the prism of gender? CORE READING Enloe, Cynthia. Bananas, beaches and bases: Making feminist sense of international politics. Univ of California Press, 2014. SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Steans, Jill. Gender and international relations. John Wiley & Sons, 2013. JA Tickner, Gendering World Politics: Issues and Approaches in the post Cold-War Era, Colombia University ORess 2001 Elshtain, Jean Bethke. Just war against terror: The burden of American power in a violent world. Basic Books, 2004. Sylvester, Christine. Feminist international relations: an unfinished journey. Vol. 77. Cambridge University Press, 2002. VS Peterson and AS Runyan, Global Gender Issues in the New Millenium Boulder, Westview Press (2010) 10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2013-14

[CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY 5SSW2061]

Keohane, Robert O. "International relations theory: contributions of a feminist Standpoint." Millennium: Journal of International Studies 18.2 (1989): 245-253. Enloe, C. Searching for Women in a New Age of Empire University of Califorian press (2004) Seminar 10 1) What is the significance of China’s rising for International Relations Theory 2) Do we need a non-western IR? CORE READING Kang, David C. China rising: Peace, power, and order in East Asia. Columbia University Press, 2010. Acharya, Amitav, and Barry Buzan. "Preface: Why is there no non-Western IR theory: reflections on and from Asia285-286 and. "Conclusion: On the possibility of a non-Western IR theory in Asia.": 427-438. International Relations of the Asia-Pacific 7.3 (2007) SUGGESTED FURTHER READING Lebow, Richard Ned and Benjamin Valentino, “Lost in Transition: A Critique of Power Transition Theories,” International Relations, 23, no. 3 (September 2009), pp. 389-410. Buzan, Barry, and Richard Little. "World history and the development of non-Western international relations theory." Non-Western International Relations Theory: Perspectives on and Beyond Asia 10 (2010): 197 Entire. Acharya, Amitav, and Barry Buzan, eds. Non-Western international relations theory: perspectives on and beyond Asia. Routledge, 2009. Chen, Ching-Chang. "The absence of non-western IR theory in Asia reconsidered." International Relations of the Asia-Pacific 11.1 (2011): 1-23. Bilgin, Pinar. "Thinking Past ‘Western’IR?." Third World Quarterly 29.1 (2008): 5-23. Shani, Giorgio. "Toward a Post‐Western IR: The Umma, Khalsa Panth, and Critical International Relations Theory." International Studies Review 10.4 (2008): 722-734. Hobson, John M. "Is critical theory always for the white West and for Western imperialism." Review of International Studies 33.S1 (2007): 91-116.

11

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

Lectures: Module Organizer: Office hours: Contact Details:

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Tuesday 1pm-2pm S-2.08 Dr. Walter C. Ladwig III Tuesday 2:30pm-5pm | K7.09 email: [email protected]

Module Contributors: Professor Jack Spence | Dr. Ramon Pacheco Pardo | Nik Gowing Seminar Leaders: Dr. Flavia Gasbarri [email protected] | Claire Yorke [email protected] | Hillary Briffa [email protected] | Robert Pinfold [email protected]

The academic study of international relations and the actual conduct of foreign affairs are two separate endeavors. From the comfort of a seminar room it is relatively easy to advance simple theories or explanations as to how a state should conduct its foreign policy. It is quite another thing to know which of these abstract options is a government’s optimal choice. This course seeks to bridge the gap between theory and practice by offering an introduction into the world of diplomacy and statecraft. In particular, it examines the strengths and limitations of the tools of hard and soft power harnessed by statesmen to influence world politics. What is the best way for countries as diverse as the UK, China, or Nigeria to advance their interests in the world? What levers of influence are available for dealing with North Korea, Iran, or the present conflicts in Syria, Ukraine, or the Congo? Is there an optimal strategy for maximizing short-term opportunity and long-term goals? Even if such a strategy can be conceived, can it be implemented? The first part of the course examines the ability of states to act strategically. Attention then turns to the use of military force—which has often been described as the ultima ratio of international politics—as a rational tool of state policy. The third section turns to so-called “asymmetric” threats including terrorism, cyber warfare and the impact of social media on statecraft. The fourth part of the course investigates diplomatic intercourse and the attractive power of so-called “soft power” as well as the various “carrots and sticks” of international influence beyond the use of force. The final section examines economic statecraft and explores strategic rationale for the use of foreign aid, trade and sanctions as well as the theoretical debates over their effectiveness.

TEACHING ARRANGEMENTS The module runs in terms 1 and 2, and is taught by a combination of weekly one-hour lectures followed by a one-hour tutorial seminar on the same topic. The module organizer or a contributing faculty member will give the lectures. One-hour tutorial seminars will be led by a teaching assistant. At each of the tutorial seminars selected members of the class will be prepared to make a presentation. It is expected that other members of the class will have made themselves familiar with aspects of each topic and will be in a position to contribute to class discussion. Seminar groups will be outlined separately, as will room allocations. Note: This document is the authoritative list of readings and topics. Do not rely on any other source.

1

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

COURSE REQUIREMENTS This course is designed to be demanding. There is a substantial writing requirement and the reading load will increase steadily throughout the year. You should plan to spend a minimum of one full day per week reading and preparing for this course, more if you are the presenter or discussant at that week’s seminar. All students are expected to comply with the four following rules: (1) complete assigned readings before the associated lecture; (2) attend all lectures and seminar sessions, arriving on time (seated and ready to go before 5 min after the hour), with questions they are prepared to discuss; (3) give full attention to lectures and actively participate in seminar sessions. (4) avoid multi-tasking during lectures or seminars. Laptops may be used for taking notes, although this practice is discouraged. Students found to be using laptops, phones or other devices to check e-mail, surf the internet, or text-message will be asked to leave the class. The following books will be used multiple times during the course and should be purchased as the library will not have sufficient copies for all students: • • • •

Hew Strachan, The Direction of War (Cambridge, 2013). Joseph S. Nye, Soft Power (Public Affairs, 2009). G.R. Berridge, Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (Palgrave Macmillian, 2010). Robin Renwick, The End of Apartheid: Diary of a Revolution, (Biteback, 2015).

The remainder of the readings will be available electronically or in the library. All electronic readings should be printed so that you can mark them up. You may choose instead to do all the reading on the screen or in the library, but it will be significantly harder to take proper notes. Unless you have a mythical photographic memory, reading without marking or taking notes is a recipe for failure. **Note: If you are not an International Relations student, you will need to read Economics: A Very Short Introduction before week 7. You can find a copy here: tinyurl.com/p8qz6lq**

ASSESSMENT METHODS AND ASSIGNMENTS Recognizing that different students have different strengths, a range of assessment methods will be employed to determine the final grade for this course. The particular weight given to each component is as follows: Examination 35% Assessed essay 35% Presentation 15% Seminar participation 10% Review essays 5% Over the course of the year, students will complete a number of assignments. These assignments will be arranged at the first seminar session and may not normally be changed. Approval of the module organizer is necessary for any change of assignment. It is expected that each class member assigned to make a 2

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

presentation or serve as a discussant for a particular topic will be in a position to do so at the appropriate seminar. Presentation. Each term at one of the seminar sessions, every student will present a prepared response of approximately 5 minutes length to one of the week’s discussion questions. Use of PowerPoint is encouraged. The presenting student will also distribute a one-page outline of their argument to the seminar at the start of the presentation. The seminar leader will grade the presentation and the highest mark of the two will count towards the final grade for the course. Discussant. Once per term, a student will serve as discussant for another student’s presentation, providing an extemporaneous commentary on the strengths and weaknesses of the argument. Undertaking this role will, of course, require a student to have mastered the complete readings for that week. The quality of the performance as discussant will count towards the seminar participation grade. Reviews. Each term every student will also be responsible for writing two 500 word reviews of one of the books or articles on a given week’s full reading list. The review will not only analyze the argument and shortcomings of the selected work, but will also discuss its argument and evidence in juxtaposition to the other readings for that week. A copy of the review must be distributed to the members of the student’s seminar group at the start of the seminar the week that particular reading is assigned. Reviews will be assessed on a pass/fail basis. A failure to provide a review at the appointed time will earn a 0 for the task. Participation. A high degree of importance is placed on seminar participation. This does not mean talking for talking's sake, it means making incisive observations that display original thinking. To ensure that there is no free riding during seminars, graduate teaching assistants are encouraged to cold call on students. Seminar leaders will grade the participation of students in their section. Attendance will be taken as seminar sessions and unexcused absences will reduce the participation grade. Note that participation is a compulsory module requirement. A student earning a participation grade below 50 will fail the module irrespective of their performance in other areas. Essay. By the end of each term a student will submit an essay of no more than 4,000 words in length on the same topic as their seminar presentation. An electronic copy must be submitted via KEATS and a hard copy submitted to the seminar leader at their request. Late submissions will be penalized. As with the presentation, a student’s best essay will be the one that counts towards their final grade for the course. Essay 1 is due December 15th at noon Essay 2 is due March 29th at noon Exam. The final component of assessment is an unseen two-hour examination which will take place in May 2016. Students will be presented with eight questions drawn equally from across the three “sections” (James, Miaolo, and Ladwig) of the course and must answer two questions of their choice. The style and type of questions on the exam is virtually identical to the course’s weekly discussion questions. The best way to prepare for the exam is to outline answers for each of the discussion questions with a clear thesis and 2-4 supporting points of evidence.

3

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded. 2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts.

3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse.

Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Past exam papers: Since this is the first time that an examination is being set for this module, there are no past examination papers to be consulted.

All students should note that attendance at seminars is mandatory and that all deadlines are absolute. A failure to submit work by the appropriate dates will result in a mark of 0. Word limits are fixed and over-length work will result in penalties being applied.

4

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Both lectures and seminars commence the week of September 21st MODULE SCHEDULE Tues 22 September 2015

Tues 29 Tues 6 Tues 13

October

Tues 20 Tues 27 Tues 3 Tues 10

November

Tues 17 Tues 24

December

Tues 1 Tues 12

January 2016

Tues 19 Tues 26 Tues 2 Tues 9

February

Tues 16 Tues 23 Tues 2

March

Tues 9 Tues 16

Introduction Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Strategic Theory Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Strategy in Practice Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Conventional Military Power Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Nuclear Strategy Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Deterrence and Coercion Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Economic (inter)dependence and influence Lecture: Dr. Ramon Pacheco Pardo Economic Inducements Lecture: Dr. Ramon Pacheco Pardo Economic Sanctions Lecture: Dr. Ramon Pacheco Pardo Social Media and Statecraft Lecture: Nik Gowing Cyberpower and the State Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Introduction to The English School of Diplomacy Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Soft Power Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Diplomacy Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Crisis Management Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Mediation Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Public Diplomacy Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Special Topic: Negotiating with Terrorists Lecture: Professor Jack Spence Surgical Strikes, Targeted Killing, and Drones Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Covert Action Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig Conclusion Lecture: Dr. Walter Ladwig

5

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

M G NG DIIN ULLEE RREEAAD DU OD MO Statecraft…refers to the selection of means for the pursuit of foreign policy goals… To study statecraft…is to consider the instruments used by policy makers in their attempts to exercise power, i.e., to get others to do what they would not otherwise do. —David Baldwin (1985)

PART I: STRATEGY AND STATECRAFT 1. Introduction “What is Statecraft?” in Dennis Ross, Statecraft (Farrar, 2007), pp. 21-29, http://tinyurl.com/naazu69 Niall Ferguson, “Think Again: Power,” Foreign Policy (January 1, 2003), http://tinyurl.com/obznvfg Alexander George, Bridging the Gap: Theory & Practice in Foreign Policy (Washington: United States Institute of Peace Press, 1993), pp. 1-31. Stephen Van Evera, “How to Write a Paper,” from Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science (Cornell 1997), pp. 123-128, http://tinyurl.com/lwg52ty Teresa Johnson, "Writing for International Security: A Contributor's Guide," International Security, Vol. 16, No. 2 (Fall 1991), pp. 171-180. 2. Strategic Theory Essay Questions: 1. Is war an end in itself? 2. How relevant is classic strategic theory in the 21st century? Minimum reading: Peter Paret, “Clausewitz,” in Paret, Craig, and Gilbert, eds., Makers of Modern Strategy from Machiavelli to the Nuclear Age (Princeton 1986), pp. 186-216. Hew Strachan, The Direction of War (Cambridge, 2013), ch. 1, 2 & 3. Mary Kaldor, “Old Wars, Cold Wars, New Wars, and the War on Terror,” International Politics vol. 42 (2005), pp. 491–498. Full Reading: Alan Beyerchen, “Clausewitz, Nonlinearity, and the Unpredictability of War,” International Security vol. 17, no. 3 (Winter 1992/93). Roger Boesche, “Kautilya’s Arthasastra on War and Diplomacy in Ancient India,” Journal of Military History vol. 67, no. 1 (January 2003). Christopher Bassford, “John Keegan and the Grand Tradition of Trashing Clausewitz,” War in History vol. 1, no. 3 (November 1994), pp. 319-336. Tony Corn, “Clausewitz in Wonderland,” Policy Review (September 2006), http://tinyurl.com/olh3z7w Angelo M. Codevilla, “Tools of Statecraft: Diplomacy and War,” Footnotes vol. 13, no. 1 (January 2008). Helen Dexter, “New War, Good War and the War on Terror: Explaining, Excusing and Creating Western Neo-interventionism,” Development and Change 38.6 (2007), pp. 1055-1071.

6

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Antulio J. Echevarria, “Clausewitz and the Nature of the War on Terror,” in Hew Strachan and Andreas Herberg-Rothe, eds., Clausewitz in the Twenty-first Century (Oxford: Oxford UP, 2008), pp. 1-25. Colin Gray, “Clausewitz Rules, OK? The Future Is the past: With GPS,” Review of International Studies vol. 25, no. 5 (Dec., 1999), pp. 161-182. Y.K. Heng, “Unraveling the ‘War’ on Terrorism: A Risk-Management Exercise in War Clothing?” Security Dialogue vol. 33, no. 2 (2002), pp. 227-42. Peter Paret, “Clausewitz,” in Peter Paret, ed., Makers of Modern Strategy (Princeton, 1984), pp. 197-210 Bart Schuurman, “Clausewitz and the ‘New Wars’ Scholars,” Parameters (Spring 2010), pp. 89-100. John Stone, “Clausewitz’s Trinity and Contemporary Conflict,” Civil Wars vol. 9, no. 3 (2007), pp. 282-96. Sun-Tzu, The Art of Warfare, Roger T. Ames, trans. (Ballantine, 1993), chaps. 3, 4, 6, 7, 10, 11. Martin Van Creveld, The Transformation of War (New York: Free, 1991). Thomas Waldman, “Shadows of Uncertainty: Clausewitz’s Timeless Analysis of Chance in War,” Defence Studies vol. 10, no. 3 (2010), pp. 336-68. 3. Strategy in Practice Essay Questions: 1. Can governments act strategically? 2. Do you agree that “no nation—superpower or otherwise—can afford to conduct its foreign policy without a coherent, functioning grand strategy?”

Minimum reading: Peter Feaver, “What is Grand Strategy and Why Do We Need It?” April 8, 2009, KEATS. Hal Brands, “Obama's Grand Strategy,” National Interest, June 23, 2014, tinyurl.com/qd6oqtl Amy Zegart, “Complexity and the Misguided Search for Grand Strategy,” (Hoover, 2014), p. 1-5. Richard Betts, “Is Strategy an Illusion?” International Security, Vol. 25, No. 2 (Fall 2000), pp. 5-50. Hew Strachan, The Direction of War (Cambridge, 2013), ch. 12. Richard Rumelt, “The Perils of Bad Strategy,” McKinsey Quarterly (June 2011), tinyurl.com/mvbg6az Patrick Porter, “Why Britain Doesn’t Do Grand Strategy,” RUSI Journal (Aug 2010), pp. 6-12.

Full Reading: Ionut Popescu, “What Obama Gets Right And Wrong On Grand Strategy,” War on the Rocks, March 19, 2015, tinyurl.com/q4jmdn6 G. Allison and P. Zelikow, “Organizational Behavior,” Essence of Decision (Longman, 1999), pp. 142-196. Aaron Friedberg, “Strengthening Strategic Planning,” Washington Quarterly vol. 31, no 1 (2007), pp. 47-60 Daniel Drezner, “The Challenging Future of Strategic Planning,” Fletcher Forum, (spring 2009), pp. 13-26. Colin Gray, “Why Strategy is Difficult,” Joint Force Quarterly (Summer 1999), pp. 7-12. Bryan D. Jones, “Bounded Rationality,” Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 2 (June 1999), pp. 297-321. B.H. Liddell Hart, Strategy: The Indirect Approach (Faber and Faber, 1967). J.C. Wylie, Military Strategy: A General Theory of Power Control (Naval Institute Press, 1989). Edward Luttwak, Strategy: The Logic of War and Peace (Harvard, 2001). Daniel W. Drezner, “Does Obama Have a Grand Strategy?” Foreign Affairs (July/August 2011).

7

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

PART II: FORCE IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4. Conventional Military Power Essay questions: 1. What should be considered the primary military tool of statecraft in the 21st century? 2. Is the utility of military force as a tool of statecraft in decline? Minimum reading: Stephen Kinzer, “Conventional Military has Lost Power,” Boston Globe August 01, 2014. Josepth S. Nye, “Is Military Power Becoming Obsolete?” Korea Times January 13, 2010. Sam J. Tangredi, “Sea Power: Theory and Practice,” KEATS. Timothy Garden, “Air Power: Theory and Practice,” KEATS. John J. Mearsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics (Norton, 2001) pp. 83-137. Full Reading: Steven Biddle, “Land Warfare: Theory and Practice,” KEATS. Richard Andres, Craig Wills, Thomas Griffith, Jr., “Winning with Allies: the Strategic Value of the Afghan Model,” International Security, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Winter 2005-6), pp. 124-160. Read along with Stephen Biddle, “Allies, Airpower, and Modern Warfare: the Afghan Model in Afghanistan and Iraq,” International Security, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Winter 2005-6), pp. 161176. Robert J. Art, “American Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of Force,” Security Studies vol. 5, no. 4 (1996). Stephen Biddle, et al. “Toppling Saddam: Iraq and American Military Transformation,” US Army War College, April 2004, http://tinyurl.com/ng7ny5v Daniel A. Byman and Matthew C. Waxman, “Kosovo and the Great Air Power Debate,” International Security vol. 24, no. 4 (Spring 2000). Read along with Andrew L. Stigler, “A Clear Victory for Air Power,” International Security, Vol. 27, No. 3, (Winter 2002/03), pp 124-157. Clausewitz, On War, Book I, chap. 7; Book II, chap. 3; Book III, chap. 1; Book VI, chaps. 1, 3, 5. C. Christine Fair, "Drones, spies, terrorists, and second-class citizenship in Pakistan," Small Wars and Insurgencies, Vol. 25, No. 1 (2014): pp. 205-235. Colin S. Gray, Hard Power and Soft Power: The Utility of Military Force as an Instrument of Policy in the 21st Century (US Army War College, April 08, 2011), http://tinyurl.com/q85kotq Carl Kaysen, “Is War Obsolete?” International Security, Vol. 14, No. 4 (Spring, 1990), pp. 42-64. Charles Kenny, “An All-Powerful Military Isn't What It Used to Be,” Business Week, September 09, 2013. Andrew Krepinevich, “Cavalry to Computer: The Pattern of Military Revolution,” National Interest, (1994). Michael E. O’Hanlon, The Science of War (Princeton University Press, 2009), chap. 3. Karina Sangha, “The Obsolescence of Major War: An Examination of Contemporary War Trends,” On Politics vol. 5, No. 1 (Spring 2011), http://tinyurl.com/mf24zrz 5. Coercion Essay Questions: 1. Evaluate coercion as a tool of statecraft 2. Is it right to see certain states or non-state actors as “undeterrable”? Minimum reading: Robert Pape, Bombing to Win, (1996) Chapter 2. 8

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Robert J. Art, “Coercive Diplomacy: What Do We Know?” in Robert J. Art and Patrick M. Cronin, eds., The United States and Coercive Diplomacy, (USIP, 2003), 359-420. Paul K. Huth, “Deterrence and International Conflict,” Annual Review of Political Science vol. 2 (June 1999), pp. 25-48. Patrick M. Morgan and T V Paul, “Deterrence Among the Great Powers in an Era of Globalization,” in T V Paul, Patrick Morgan and James Wirtz, eds., Complex Deterrence: Strategy in the Global Age (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009), pp. 259-276. Richard Ned Lebow and Janice Gross Stein, We All Lost the Cold War (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1994), pp, 348-68. Full Reading: Daniel Byman and Matthew Waxman, The Dynamics of Coercion (Cambridge, 2002), pp. 1-37. Robert Jervis, “Deterrence Theory Revisited,” World Politics Vol. 31, No. 2 (January 1979), pp. 289-324. Richard Ned Lebow, “Miscalculation in the South Atlantic: The Origins of the Falklands War,” in Jervis, Lebow and Stein, Psychology of Deterrence, pp. 89-124. Ned Lebow & Janice Stein, “Rational Deterrence Theory,” World Politics (Jan 1989), pp. 183-224. Keith B. Payne, “The Fallacies of Cold War Deterrence and a New Direction,” Comparative Strategy, Vol. 22, No. 5 (2003), pp. 411–428. Bernard Lewis, “Does Iran Have Something in Store?” Wall Street Journal (August 8, 2006), http://tinyurl.com/kx5b2zz Norman Podhoretz, “The Case for Bombing Iran,” Commentary (June 1, 2007), http://tinyurl.com/qgfv9av Alex S. Wilner, “Deterring the Undeterrable: Coercion, Denial, and Delegitimization in Counterterrorism,” Journal of Strategic Studies, vol. 34, no. 1 (2011). Thomas J. Christensen, “The Contemporary Security Dilemma: Deterring a Taiwan Conflict,” The Washington Quarterly vol. 25, no. 4 (2002), pp. 7–21. Robert Trager and Dessislava Zagorcheva, “Deterring Terrorism: It Can Be Done,” International Security, Vol. 30, No. 3 (Winter 2005/06), pp. 87-123. Janice Gross Stein, “Calculation, Miscalculation and Conventional Deterrence I: The View from Cairo” and “Calculation, Miscalculation and Conventional Deterrence II: The View from Jerusalem,” in Robert Jervis, Richard Ned Lebow and Janice Gross Stein, Psychology and Deterrence (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1984), pp. 34-88. Thomas Schelling, Arms and Influence (Yale, 1966), chaps. 2-4. Robert Pape, “Coercive Air Power in the Vietnam War,” International Security, (Fall 1990). Karl Mueller, “Strategies of Coercion,” Security Studies 7, no. 3 (Spring 1998) Wesley K. Clark, Waging Modern War (PublicAffairs, 2001), chaps. 8-12. Alexander George, Bridging the Gap, pp. 79-88. Robert S. Ross, “China and the Cambodian Peace Process: The Value of Coercive Diplomacy,” Asian Survey Vol. 31, No. 12 (Dec., 1991), pp. 1170-1185 Tim Zimmermann, “The American bombing of Libya: A success for coercive diplomacy?” Survival, vol. 29, no. 3 (1987). Sumit Ganguly, Michael R. Kraig, “The 2001–2002 Indo-Pakistani Crisis: Exposing the Limits of Coercive Diplomacy,” Security Studies Vol. 14, Iss. 2, (2005). Bruce W. Jentleson, “The Reagan Administration and Coercive Diplomacy: Restraining More Than Remaking Governments,” Political Science Quarterly Vol. 106, No. 1 (Spring, 1991), pp. 57-82. Bruce Jentleson, “Coercive Diplomacy: Scope and Limits in the Contemporary World,” (The Stanley Foundation, December 2006), http://tinyurl.com/pg7m5kb 9

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

6. Nuclear Strategy Essay Question: 1. Evaluate the claim that “the nuclear deterrent force underpins and underwrites every other tool of statecraft…” 2. Why do states pursue nuclear weapons? Minimum reading: Robin Cook, “Worse than Irrelevant,” Guardian July 29, 2005 Rebecca Johnson, et. al, British Nuclear Weapons in the 21st Century (AIDD, 2006), pp. 9-19 Brahma Chellaney, “The Persistence of Nukes: Why Nuclear Weapons Remain Central to International Power,” (Valdai, 2014) Matthew Kroenig, et. al., “Why Nuclear Superiority Matters for Compellence,” Monkey Cage, Dec 3, 2014 Bradley A. Thayer and Thomas M. Skypek, “Reaffirming the Utility of Nuclear Weapons,” Parameters (Winter-Spring 2013), pp. 41-45, http://tinyurl.com/mgorq8f Keir Lieber and Daryl Press, “The Rise of U.S. Nuclear Primacy,” Foreign Affairs, (March/April 2006) Vipin Narang, “What Does It Take to Deter? Regional Power Nuclear Postures and International Conflict,” Journal of Conflict Resolution, vol. 57, no. 3, (2012), pp. 478-508. Mark Bell, "Beyond Emboldenment: How Acquiring Nuclear Weapons Can Change Foreign Policy" International Security, vol 40, no 1 (Summer 2015), pp. 87-119. Full Reading: Christopher F. Chyba and J.D. Crouch, “Understanding the U.S. Nuclear Weapons Policy Debate,” The Washington Quarterly Vol. 32, No. 3 (July 2009), pp. 21-36. Albert Wohlstetter, “The Delicate Balance of Terror,” Foreign Affairs, Vol. 37 (1957) Keir Lieber and Daryl Press, “The End of MAD? The Nuclear Dimension of U.S. Primacy,” International Security, vol. 30, no. 4 (Spring 2006), pp. 7-44. Lawrence Freedman, The Evolution of Nuclear Strategy, 3d Ed. (Palgrave,2003), chaps. 6-9, 12, 14-16. Robert Jervis, “Why Nuclear Superiority Doesn’t Matter,” Political Science Quarterly, Vol. 91 No. 4 (Winter 79/80) Robert Jastrow, “Why Strategic Superiority Does Matter,” Commentary, March 1983, pp. 27-32 Robert Jervis, The Meaning of the Nuclear Revolution: Statecraft and the Prospect of Armageddon, preface, pp. 1-106, 226-258. Thomas Schelling, The Strategy of Conflict, pp. 1-80, 187-254 Marc Trachenberg, History and Strategy (Princeton, 1991), pp. vii-46. Taylor Fravel and Evan S. Medeiros, “China's Search for Assured Retaliation: Explaining the Evolution of China's Nuclear Strategy,” International Security, vol. 35, no. 2 (Fall 2010), pp. 48-87. Francis J. Gavin, Nuclear Statecraft: History and Strategy in America's Atomic Age (Cornell 2012), pp. 134156. John Mueller, “The Essential Irrelevance of Nuclear Weapons: Stability in the Postwar World,” International Security Vol. 13, No. 2 (Fall, 1988), pp. 55-79. Matthew Kroenig, “Nuclear Superiority and the Balance of Resolve: Explaining Nuclear Crisis Outcomes,” International Organization vol. 67, no. 1 (January 2013), pp. 141-171. Scott D. Sagan, “Why Do States Build Nuclear Weapons?: Three Models in Search of a Bomb International Security Vol. 21, No. 3 (Winter, 1996-1997), pp. 54-86. Todd S. Sechser and Matthew Furhmann “Crisis Bargaining and Nuclear Blackmail,” International Organization vol. 67, no. 1 (January 2013), pp. 173-95. 10

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

PART III: ECONOMIC STATECRAFT **Note: If you are not an International Relations student, you will need to read Economics: A Very Short Introduction before week 7. You can find a copy here: tinyurl.com/p8qz6lq** 7. Economic (inter)dependence and influence Essay questions: 1. Does economic dependence necessarily mean political dependence? 2. Does America’s growing national debt represent a threat to its freedom of action in the world? Minimum reading: R. Harrison Wagner, “Economic Interdependence, Bargaining Power, and Political Influence,” International Organization , Vol. 42, No. 3 (Summer, 1988) , pp. 461-483. Brad Setser, Sovereign Wealth and Sovereign Power: The Strategic Consequences of American Indebtedness (Washington, DC: Council on Foreign Relations, 2008), pp. 1-42. Daniel W. Drezner, “Bad Debts: Assessing China's Financial Influence in Great Power Politics” International Security 34 (Fall 2009): 1-35. Adrienne Armstrong, “The Political Consequences of Economic Dependence,” Journal of Conflict Resolution, Vol 25 No 3, September 1981 40l-428 Erik Gartzke, Quan Li and Charles Boehmer, “Investing in the Peace: Economic Interdependence and International Conflict,” International Organization vol. 55, no. 02 (Spring 2001), pp 391-438. Full Reading: Beverly Crawford, “The New Security Dilemma Under International Economic Interdependence,” Millennium: Journal of International Studies (March 1994) vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 25-55. Richard N. Cooper, “Economic Interdependence and Foreign Policy in the Seventies,” World Politics, vol. 24, no. 2 (January 1972), pp 159-181. Miles Kahler and Scott L. Kastner, “Strategic Uses of Economic Interdependence: Engagement Policies on the Korean Peninsula and Across the Taiwan Strait,” Journal of Peace Research, vol. 43, no. 5 (September 2006), pp. 523-541. Akitoshi Miyashita, Limits to Power: Asymmetric Dependence and Japanese Foreign Aid Policy (Lexington Books, 2003). Neil R. Richardson and Charles W. Kegley, Jr, “Trade Dependence and Foreign Policy Compliance: A Longitudinal Analysis,” International Studies Quarterly Vol. 24, No. 2 (Jun., 1980), pp. 191-222 Helen Thompson, “Debt and Power: The United States' Debt in Historical Perspective,” International Relations, vol. 21, no. 3 (September 2007), pp. 305-323. 8. Economic Inducements Essay questions: 1. Does foreign aid buy compliance? 2. In an anarchic world, can you catch more flies with honey than with vinegar? Minimum reading: T.Y. Wang, “U.S. Foreign Aid and UN Voting: An Analysis of Important Issues,” International Studies Quarterly, (1999) 43: 199–210. Miroslav Nincic, “The Logic of Positive Engagement: Dealing with Renegade Regimes,” 11

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

International Studies Perspectives 4 (November 2006): 321-341. Drezner, Daniel W. 1999. “The Trouble with Carrots: Transaction Costs, Conflict Expectations, and Economic Inducements.” Security Studies, vol. 9, no. 1: 188- 218. Richard Haass, and Meghan O’Sullivan, Honey and Vinegar: Incentives, Sanctions and Foreign Policy, (Brookings Press, 2000), Conclusion. Michael Mastanduno, “The Strategy of Economic Engagement,” in Edward D. Mansfield and Brian M. Pollins, (eds.) Economic Interdependence and International Conflict (University of Michigan Press, 2003). Full Reading: David Baldwin, “The Power of Positive Sanctions.” World Politics, vol. 24, no. 1 (1971), pp. 19-38. Christina L. Davis, “Linkage Diplomacy: Economic and Security Bargaining in the Anglo-Japanese Alliance, 1902-23.” International Security, vol. 33, no. 3 (2009), pp. 143-179. Han Dorussen, “Mixing Carrots with Sticks: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Positive Incentives,” Journal of Peace Research vol. 38, no. 2 (March 2001), pp. 251-262. George, Bridging the Gap, 61-70. Les Gelb, Power Rules (Harper Collins, 2009), chapter 9. Kegley, Charles W. Jr. and Steven W. Hook. 1991. “U.S. Foreign Aid and U.N. Voting: Did Reagan’s Linkage Strategy Buy Deference or Defiance?” International Studies Quarterly, vol. 35: 295-310. Brian Lai and Daniel S. Morey, “Impact of Regime Type on the Influence of U.S. Foreign Aid,” Foreign Policy Analysis vol 2, no 4 (Oct 2006), pp. 385–404. Deepak Malhotra, “Without Conditions,” Foreign Affairs 88 (September/October 2009), pp. 84-91. 9. Economic Sanctions Essay questions: 1. Do economic sanctions “work”? 2. When, if ever, should economic sanctions be used? Minimum reading: Gary Clyde Hufbauer, et. al. Economic Sanctions Reconsidered (Washington, DC: Peterson Institute for International Economics, 2009) chapter 2, 43-64. Robert Pape, “Why Economic Sanctions Do Not Work,” International Security vol. 22, no. 2 (1997), pp. 90136. • Response: Kimberly Ann Elliot, “The Sanctions Glass: Half Full or Completely Empty?” International Security, vol. 23, no. 1 (1998), pp. 50-65. • Rejoinder: Robert Pape, “Why Economic Sanctions Still Do Not Work,” International Security, vol. 23, no. 1 (1998), pp. 66-77. • Response: David Baldwin, “The Sanctions Debate and the Logic of Choice,” International Security, vol. 24, no. 3 (1999/2000), pp. 80-107. Daniel W. Drezner, The Sanctions Paradox: Economic Statecraft and International Relations (Cambridge, 1999), ch 9. Full Reading: Jean-Marc F. Blanchard and Norrin M. Ripsman. 1999. “Asking the Right Question: When do Sanctions Work Best?” Security Studies, vol. 9, no. 1-2: 219-253. 12

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Arne Tostenson and Beate Bull, “Are Smart Sanctions Feasible?” World Politics 54 (April 2002): 373-403. Rachel Loeffler, “Bank Shots: How the Financial System Can Isolate Regimes,” Foreign Affairs 88 (March/April 2009): 101-110. Daniel W. Drezner, “The Hidden Hand of Economic Coercion,” International Organization 57 (Summer 2003): 643-659. Peter Andreas, “Criminalizing Consequences of Sanctions: Embargo Busting and Its Legacy,” International Studies Quarterly 49 (June 2005): 335-360. David Cortright and George Lopez, “Containing Iraq: Sanctions Worked,” Foreign Affairs 83 (July/August 2004): 90-103. Risa Brooks, “Sanctions and Regime Type: What Works When,” Security Studies vol. 11, no. 2 (2002), pp. 1-50. David Lektzian and Mark Souva, “An Institutional Theory of Sanctions Onset and Success,” Journal of Conflict Resolution vol. 51, no. 6 (December 2007), pp. 848-871.

PART IV: ASSYMETRIC TOOLS 10. Social Media and Statecraft Essay Questions: 1. Does social media have a disruptive impact on the conduct of foreign policy? 2. Evaluate the claim that “social media, rather than being a tool for governments or diplomats, is a tool for citizens.” Minimum reading: Greg Simons, “Taking the new public diplomacy online: Russia and China,” Place Branding and Public Diplomacy vol. 11, no. 2 (May 2015), pp. 111-124. Alexis Wichowski, “Social Diplomacy,” Foreign Affairs, April 5, 2013, tinyurl.com/oskr662 Eric Schmidt and Jared Cohen, “The Digital Disruption Connectivity and the Diffusion of Power,” Foreign Affairs (November/December 2010). Clay Shirky, “The Political Power of Social Media Technology, the Public Sphere, and Political Change,” Foreign Affairs (January/February 2011). Daniel W. Drezner, “Weighing the Scales: the Internet’s Effect on State-Society Relations,” Brown Journal of World Affairs, vol. 16, no. 2 (Spring/Summer 2010), pp. 31-44. Siobhan MacDermott, “Diplomacy: An Open-Source Alternative,” Fletcher Forum of World Affairs, vol. 39, no. 1 (Winter 2015), pp. 99-104. Evgeny Morozov, “Think Again: Twitter,” Foreign Policy, August 2009, http://tinyurl.com/nvmre8 Kori Schake, “@ISIS is #Winning,” Foreign Policy.com (July 9, 2014), http://tinyurl.com/kygoc5s Joseph Marks, “How Social Media Affects Diplomacy,” Defense One, Feb. 14, 2014, tinyurl.com/q3nzkad Full Reading: Desmond Butler, Jack Gillum and Alberto Arce, “US Secretly Created 'Cuban Twitter' To Stir Unrest,” Associated Press, Apr. 4, 2014, http://tinyurl.com/qaobndh Katy E. Pearce and Sarah Kendzior, “Networked Authoritarianism and Social Media in Azerbaijan,” Journal of Communication Volume 62, Issue 2, pages 283–298. Marc Lynch, “Twitter Devolutions,” Foreign Policy.com, February 7, 2013, http://tinyurl.com/axtgymt

13

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Sean Aday, Henry Farrell, Marc Lynch, John Sides, John Kelly, and Ethan Zuckerman Blogs and Bullets: New Media in Contentious Politics (Washington: USIP, 2010), http://tinyurl.com/mgttlnu Sean Aday, Henry Farrell, Marc Lynch, John Sides, and Deen Freelon, Blogs and Bullets II: New Media and Conflict after the Arab Spring (Washington: USIP, 2012), http://tinyurl.com/mwse8jf Marc Lynch, Deen Freelon, and Sean Aday, Syria’s Socially Mediated Civil War (Washington: USIP, 2014), http://tinyurl.com/mre42hm Rory Medcalf, “The Diplomatic Tweet,” American Review, http://tinyurl.com/cqdvnym Matthias Lüfkens, “The Digital Diplomat: Connected and on Twitter,” Open Canada, October 17, 2012, http://tinyurl.com/mbgo8fa Brian Fung “Digital Diplomacy: Why It's So Tough for Embassies to Get Social Media Right,” The Atlantic Oct 17, 2012, http://tinyurl.com/lfwvmf2 L. Gordon Crovitz, “Social Media as Government Watchdog,” Wall Street Journal March 9, 2014, http://tinyurl.com/lbb3mcq Evgeny Morozov, “Rise of the Online Autocrats,” Wall Street Journal, Oct. 2, 2010, http://tinyurl.com/m8yew8l Sheldon Himelfarb and Sean Aday, “Media That Moves Millions,” Foreign Policy.com (January 17, 2014), http://tinyurl.com/nyqblj7 Christopher Walker and Robert W. Orttung, “Breaking the news: the Role of State-run Media,” Journal of Democracy vol. 25, no 1 (January 2014), pp. 71-85. 11. Cyberpower and the State Essay Questions: 1. Is there such a thing as cyberwar? Does the debate matter? 2. Why is cyber security so difficult? Minimum reading: John Arquilla and David Ronfeldt, “Cyberwar is Coming!” Comparative Strategy vol. 12, no. 2 (1993), pp. 141–165. Richard Andres, “The Emerging Structure of Strategic Cyber Offense, Cyber Defense, and Cyber Deterrence” in Derek Reveron, ed. Cyberspace and National Security (Georgetown, 2012). Jon Lindsay, “Stuxnet and the Limits of Cyber Warfare,” Security Studies, Vol. 22, No. 3 (August 2013). Erik Gartzke, “The Myth of Cyberwar: Bringing War on the Internet Back Down to Earth,” International Security (2013). Ellen Nakashima, “U.S. Decides Against Publicly Blaming China for Hack,” Washington Post, July 21, 2015 Mandiant, “APT1: Exposing One of China’s Cyber Espionage Units,” (2013), pp. 2-60 (skim), http://tinyurl.com/bjnsvjo Bruce Schneier, “We Still Don't Know Who Hacked Sony,” The Atlantic, Jan 5, 2015, tinyurl.com/mpbmb56 Jon R. Lindsay, “Exaggerating the Chinese Cyber Threat,” (Belfer, May 2015), tinyurl.com/powhpqs Full Reading: Thomas Rid, “Cyberwar Will Not Take Place,” Journal of Strategic Studies, vol. 35, no 1 (2011). Adam P. Liff, “Cyberwar: A New Absolute Weapon? The Proliferation of Cyberwarfare Capabilities and Interstate War,” Journal of Strategic Studies (2012), pp. 1-28. John Stone, “Cyber War Will Take Place!” Journal of Strategic Studies vol. 36, no. 1 (2013), pp. 101-108. Dale Peterson, “Offensive Cyber Weapons: Construction, Development, and Employment,” Journal of Strategic Studies vol. 36, no. 1 (2013), pp. 120-24. 14

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Gary McGraw 2013. “Cyber War is Inevitable (Unless We Build Security In),” Journal of Strategic Studies vol. 36, no. 1 (2013), pp. 109-119. Clement Guitton, “Cyber insecurity as a national threat: overreaction from Germany, France, and the UK?” European Security 22 (1), pp. 21-35. Nigel Inkster, “Chinese Intelligence in the Cyber Age,” Survival 55,1 (2013), pp. 45-66. Ivanka Barzashka, “Are Cyber-Weapons Effective?” The RUSI Journal 158, no. 2 (2013): 48-56. James P. Farwell and Rafal Rohozinski, “Stuxnet and the Future of Cyber War,” Survival vol. 53, no. 1 (2011), pp. 23-40.

PART V: DIPLOMATIC TOOLS 12. Introduction to the English School of Diplomacy Essay Questions: 1. Assess the claim that “English School theory is an attempt to escape the seductive grip of realism on the study of international relations.” 2. Assess the validity of the English School view of diplomacy's role in a post- Cold War world. Minimum reading: Hidemi Suganami, “The Historical Development of the English School,” in C.Navari and E Green, eds., Guide to the English School in International Studies (Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 2014) J E Spence, Review of Novari/Green book International Affairs, vol. 90, no.5, 2014, pp. 1021-1202 R E Jones, “The English School of International Relations: A case for closure,” Review of International Studies, vol.7, no.1, 1981 Andrew Linklater, “The English School” in Scott Burchill, et al, Theories of International Relations (Palgrave MacMillan 2005), pp. 105-109 Full Reading: chapters by Green, Sugami, Buzan, Hurrell in Guide to the English School in International Studies Hedley Bull, The Anarchical Society: A Study of World Order in World Politics (London: Macmillan 1974) Mervyn Frost, Ethics in International Relations: A Constitutive Theory (CP, 2001) Martin Wight, Systems of States (Ed. Hedley Bull, Leicester University Press, 1977), pp.21-46 R Jackson, “Encounters with Martin Wight”s International Theory,” International Affairs vol.84, no.2, March 2008, pp. 351-364 J Williams, “Pluralism, Solidarism and the Emergence of World Society in English School Theory,” International Relations vol.19, no.1, March 2005, pp. 19-38 Adam Watson, “Systems of States” International Relations, vol.16, no.2, April 1990, pp.99-110 Ian Hall, et al, “Still the English Patient? Closure and Invention in the English School,” International Affairs vol.78, no.3, October 2001 A James, “System or Society?” Review of International Studies vol.19, no.3, July 1993, pp.269-288 13. Soft Power Essay Questions: 1. “For soft power to be an effective diplomatic instrument states have to share an ‘overlapping interest.’” Explain and comment citing specific examples. 2. “To be successful soft power has ultimately to translate into hard power.” Do you agree? 15

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Minimum reading: Joseph S. Nye, Soft Power: The Means to Success in World Politics (Public Affairs, 2004), pp. 1-32 and 99126 (skim the other chapters). Janice Bially Mattern, “Why ‘Soft Power’ Isn't So Soft: Representational Force and the Sociolinguistic Construction of Attraction in World Politics,” Millennium vol. 33, no. 3 (June 2005), pp. 583-612. Todd Hall, “An Unclear Attraction: A Critical Examination of Soft Power as an Analytical Category,” Chinese Journal of International Politics vol 3, no 2 (2010), pp. 189-211. “A Rapturous Reception,” The Economist March 1st, 2008, pp. 93-94. Full Reading: Suzanne Nossel, “Smart Power,” Foreign Affairs 83 (March/April 2004): 131-142. Benjamin Fordham and Victor Asal, “Billiard Balls or Snowflakes? Major Power Prestige and the International Diffusion of Institutions and Practices,” International Studies Quarterly 51 (March 2007): 31–52. Josh Busby, “Bono Made Jesse Helms Cry: Jubilee 2000, Debt Relief, and Moral Action in International Politics,” International Studies Quarterly 51 (June 2007): 247-508. Monti Narayan Datta, “The Decline of America’s Soft Power in the United Nations.” International Studies Perspectives 10 (Spring): 265-284. 14. Diplomacy Essay Question: 1. Examine critically Hedley Bull’s view of diplomacy as a key institution of international society. 2. “Traditional diplomacy, with ambassadors and overseas diplomatic missions, is a relic of a bygone era.” Do you agree? Minimum reading: Hedley Bull, The Anarchical Society: A Study of Order in World Politics (New York: Columbia University Press, 2012), pp. 156-178. Geoffrey Berridge, Diplomacy (London: Palgrave, 2010), chapter 1 & 7 Maurice Keens-Soper, “The Liberal Disposition of Diplomacy,” International Relations, vol. 5, no. 2 (October 1975), pp. 908-916. Paul Williams, “Who’s making UK foreign policy?” International Affairs vol. 80, no. 5 (October 2004), pp. 909–929. Nicholas J Wheeler, “Investigating Diplomatic Transformations,” International Affairs vol.89, no.2, 2013, pp. 477-496 Full Reading: Peter Marshall, Positive Diplomacy (London: Macmillan, 1997). Alexander George, et al, Force and Statecraft: Diplomatic Challenges for our time (Oxford: OUP, 2007). Paul Sharp, Diplomatic Theory of International Relations (Cambridge: CUP, 2009) G.R. Berridge, International Politics: states, power and conflict since 1945 (Prentice-Hall/Harvester: Hemel Hempstead, 1996), ch. 5. K. Hamilton and R. Langhome, The Practice of Diplomacy, pp.120-4, 189-93. John Stremlau, “Ending Africa’s Wars,” Foreign Affairs, vol.79, no.4, 2000, pp. 117-132. Sir Charles Webster, The Art and Practice of Diplomacy (Chatto & Windus, 1961). 16

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

G R Berridge, Return to the UN (Macmillan, 1991), ch. 1. D.H. Dunn, (ed), Diplomacy at the Highest Level (Macmillan, 1996). D. Raynolds, Summits: Six Meetings That Shaped the 20th Century (Penguin books, 2007). Paul Sharp, "Who needs Diplomats? The Problem of Diplomatic Representation,” International Journal, vol. 11, no.4, (1997), pp. 609-634. Susan Strange, “The Westfailure System,” Review of International Studies, vol.25, no.3 (1999), pp.345354. Sir John Coles, “Making Foreign Policy Matter,” The RUSI Journal, vol. 145, no.3. 2000, pp. 1-7. M Page and J E Spence, “Open Secrets Questionably Arrived at: The Impact of Wikileaks on Diplomacy,” Defence Studies, vol.11, issue 2, June 2011, pp.234-243. 15. Crisis Management Essay Questions: 1. To what extent is the current practice of crisis management different from its Cold War counterpart? 2. Why and how was the Cuban Missile crisis (1962) successfully managed? Minimum reading: J E Spence “Crisis Management Then (1914) and Now (2014),” Focus, no. 74, (November 2014), pp. 4-9, http://tinyurl.com/q2cutbo. Richard M Pious, “The Cuban Missile Crisis and the limits of crisis management,” Political Science Quarterly, vol.116, no.1 (2001), pp.81-105. JE Spence, J E, “Change and Continuity in global Politics and Military Strategy,” in L. Le Roux, ed., South African Army Vision 2020 (Pretoria: ISS, 2007), pp. 35-63, http://tinyurl.com/pmv7ko5. Phil Williams, “Crisis Management,” International Relations, vol.4, no.3 (1972), pp. 261-273. Patricia Youngson, “Coercive Containment: The new crisis management,” International Relations vol.15, no.5, (2001), pp. 36-52. Robin Renwick, The End of Apartheid, (Biteback, 2015), pp 1-176 Review article by J E Spence of Robin Renwick, Mission to South Africa in Focus (2015), KEATS Full Reading: Sean McMeekin, July 1914 (London: Icon Books, 2013), pp.350-406 J E Spence, review article, “Cambridge History of First World War”, International Affairs, vol. 91, no. 4 Graham Allison and Philip Zelikow, Essence of Decision: Explaining the Cuban Missile Crisis, (New York: Longman, 1999). Coral Bell, The Conventions of Crisis: A Study in Diplomatic Management (Oxford: OUP, 1971). Alexander George, et al, Force and Statecraft: Diplomatic Challenges for our time (Oxford: OUP, 2007). Edward Foster, NATO”s Military in the Age of Crisis Management (London: RUSI, 1995). Joseph S. Nye, (2007), “The place of soft power in state-based conflict management” in Crocker, Hampson and Ali, eds., Leashing the Dogs of War: conflict management in a divided world (Washington DC: USIP), pp. 389-400. Michael Ruhle, “Crisis Management in NATO,” European Security, vol.2, no.4, (1993), pp.491-501. Sten Rynning, “Providing relief or promoting democracy: the European Union and crisis management,” Security Dialogue, vol.32, no.1 (2001), pp.87-101. Phil Williams, Crisis Management: confrontation and diplomacy in the nuclear age (London: Martin Robertson, 1971). 17

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Oran Young, The Politics of Force: bargaining during international crises (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1968). 16. Mediation Essay question: 1. Are there any general principles governing success in mediation? 2. “Successful mediation depends exclusively on the exercise of soft power by the mediator.” Discuss. Minimum reading: William B. Quandt, Peace Process: American Diplomacy and the Arab-Israeli Conflict Since 1967 (Brookings Institution, 1993), ch 10-12. G.R. Berridge, Diplomacy: Theory and Practice (Palgrave Macmillan, 2010), chapter 15 Jacob Bercovitch, Resolving International Conflicts: The Theory and Practice of Mediation (Lynne Rienner Publishers, 1996), introduction and chapter 1. Skim chapter 2 and any other chapters that interest you. Robin Renwick, The End of Apartheid, (Biteback, 2015), pp 1-176 Full Reading: Mark Fey and Kristopher W. Ramsay, “When Is Shuttle Diplomacy Worth the Commute? Information Sharing through Mediation,” World Politics vol.62, no 4, (October 2010), pp. 529-560. J. Michael Greiga and Paul F. Diehl, “Softening Up: Making Conflicts More Amenable to Diplomacy,” International Interactions vol. 32, no. 4 (2006), pp. 355-384. Jacob Bercovitch, “Understanding Mediation’s Role in Preventive Diplomacy,” Negotiation Journal vol 12, no 3 (July 1996), pp. 241–258. Jacob Bercovitch and Scott Sigmund Gartner, International Conflict Mediation: New Approaches and Findings (Routledge, 2008). David A. Hoffman, “Mediation and the Art of Shuttle Diplomacy,” Negotiation Journal vol. 27, no. 3 (July 2011), pp. 263–309. 17. Public Diplomacy Essay questions: 1. “At best public diplomacy is nothing more than sophisticated propaganda.” Do you agree? 2. “Cultural diplomacy is a civilized and civilizing instrument of foreign policy.” Do you agree? Minimum reading: Geoffrey Berridge, Diplomacy (London: Palgrave, 2010), chapter 11 Jan Melissen, The New Public Diplomacy: Soft Power in International Relations (Palgrave, 2005), introduction and conclusion. Joseph S. Nye Jr., “Public Diplomacy and Soft Power,” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science vol. 616, no. 1 (March 2008), pp. 94-109. Benjamin Goldsmith and Yusaku Horiuchi, “Spinning the Globe? U.S. Public Diplomacy and Foreign Public Opinion.” American Journal of Political Science 71 (July 2009): 863-875. Full Reading: Christopher Ross, “Public Diplomacy Comes of Age,” The Washington Quarterly 25 (Spring 2002): 75-83.

18

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Jozef Bátora, “Public Diplomacy in Small and Medium-Sized States,” Netherlands Institute for International Relations, http://tinyurl.com/pdu5be8 Eytan Gilboa, “Searching for a Theory of Public Diplomacy,” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science vol. 616, no. 1 (March 2008), pp. 55-77. Nicholas J. Cull, “Public diplomacy: Seven lessons for its future from its past,” Place Branding and Public Diplomacy no. 6 (February 2010), pp. 11-17. 18. Special Topic: Negotiating with Terrorists Essay questions: 1. Under what circumstances, if any, should governments negotiate with terrorists? 2. “Terrorism is the weapon of the weak.” What are the implications of the proposition for the conduct of diplomacy? Minimum reading: Carl Miller, “Is it Possible and Preferable to Negotiate with Terrorists?” Journal of Defense Studies, vol. 11, no. 1 (March 2011), pp. 145-185. Peter R. Neumann, “Negotiating With Terrorists,” Foreign Affairs (January/February 2007). Jack Spence, “Reflections on 9/11” in Richard Holmes and Teri McConville (eds.) Defence Management in Uncertain Times (Routledge, 2003), pp. 28-42. J E Spence, “Education and Terrorism” in S. Basu, Re-imagine: India-UK Cultural Relations in the 21st century (London: Bloomsbury, 2014), pp. 135-142. Full Reading: James K. Essera and Christine M. Bridges, “Negotiating with Terrorists: The Case of the Basques and Spain Peace and Conflict” Journal of Peace Psychology vol. 17, no. 1, (2011), pp. 60-76. Peter J Phillips and Gabriela Pohl, “Does Negotiating with Terrorists Make Them More Risk Seeking?” Journal of Politics and Law vol 6, no 4 (2013). Isabelle Duyvesteyn and Bart Schuurman, “The Paradoxes of Negotiating with Terrorist and Insurgent Organisations” The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History vol. 39, no. 4 (2011) 677-692. Jonathan Stevenson “Awkward Conversations,” Survival vol. 53, no. 2 (2011).

PART VI: ASSYMETRIC TOOLS (cont’d) 19. Surgical Strikes, Targeted Killing, and Drones Essay questions: 1. What’s the deal with drones? 2. With respect to targeting killings, is the old adage true that “if you kill the head, the body will die”? Minimum reading: Simon Jenkins, “Drones are fool's gold: they prolong wars we can't win,” The Guardian January 10, 2013. Rosa Brooks, “What’s Not Wrong with Drones,” Foreign Policy Sept 12, 2015, tinyurl.com/oj9djbz C. Christine Fair, “Drones, Spies, Terrorists, and Second-Class Citizenship in Pakistan,” Small Wars and Insurgencies vol. 25, no. 1 (2014), pp. 205-235. Scott Shane, “The Moral Case for Drones,” New York Times July 14, 2012. Daniel Byman, “Do Targeted Killings Work?” Foreign Policy July 14, 2009, tinyurl.com/pshhffs. 19

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Micah Zenko, “Ask the Experts: Do Targeted Killings Work?” (CFR, Sept. 24, 2012), tinyurl.com/q4o4h9t. Jenna Jordan, “Attacking the Leader, Missing the Mark: Why Terrorist Groups Survive Decapitation Strikes,” International Security vol 4, no 38 (Spring 2014). Thomas Darnstädt, “Justice, American Style: Was Bin Laden's Killing Legal?” Der Spiegel May 3, 2011. Full Reading: Daniel Byman, “Why Drones Work,” Foreign Affairs vol. 92, no. 4 (July/August 2013). Audrey Kurth Cronin, “Why Drones Fail,” Foreign Affairs vol. 92, no. 4 (July/August 2013). C. Christine Fair, et. al., “The Drone War: Pakistani Public Opposition to American Drone Strikes in Pakistan,” Political Science Quarterly vol. 129, no. 1 (Spring 2014). Avery Plaw and Matthew S. Fricker, “Tracking the Predators: Evaluating the US Drone Campaign in Pakistan,” International Studies Perspectives vol 13, no 4, pages (November 2012), pp. 344–365. P. Johnson and A. Sarbahi , “The Impact of U.S. Drone Strikes on Terrorism in Pakistan,” International Studies Quarterly (forthcoming), http://patrickjohnston.info/materials/drones.pdf M. Gross, “Assassination and Targeted Killing: Law Enforcement, Execution or Self-Defence?” Journal of Applied Philosophy vol. 23, no. 3 (2006). M. Hafez and J. Hatfield, “Do Targeted Assassinations Work? A Multivariate Analysis of Israeli CounterTerrorism Effectiveness,” Studies in Conflict & Terrorism vol. 29, no. 4 (2006). Patrick B. Johnston, “Does Decapitation Work? Assessing the Effectiveness of Leadership Targeting in Counterinsurgency Campaigns,” International Security vol. 36, no. 4 (2012), pp. 47-79. Bryan C. Price, “Targeting Top Terrorists: How Leadership Decapitation Contributes to Counterterrorism,” International Security vol. 36, no. 4 (Spring 2012). Jena Jordan, “When Heads Roll: Assessing the Effectiveness of Leadership Decapitation,” Security Studies vol. 18, no. 4 (2009). Steven R. David, “Fatal Choices: Israel's Policy of Targeted Killing,” Mideast Security and Policy Studies vol. 51 (September 2002). Matt Frankel, “The ABCs of HVT: Key Lessons from High Value Targeting Campaigns against Insurgents and Terrorists,” Studies in Conflict and Terrorism vol. 34, no. 1 (January 2010). Y. Stein, “By Any Name Illegal and Immoral,” Ethics and International Affairs vol. 17, no. 1, (2003). 20. Covert Action Essay questions: 1. Evaluate the claim that “covert action is almost universally counterproductive and causes more problems than it solves.” 2. Should democratic states employ covert action as an instrument of statecraft? Minimum reading: Eric Rosenbach and Aki J. Peritz, “Covert Action,” in Confrontation or Collaboration? Congress and the Intelligence Community (Cambridge, MA: Belfer Center). David Isenberg, “The Pitfalls of US Covert Operations,” Policy Analysis, 18:118, (1989) Max Boot, “Covert Action Makes a Comeback,” Wall Street Journal, January 5, 2011. Richard Russell, “How to Win Covert Wars,” National Interest (February 9, 2015). Praveen Swami, “Both active and effective: A short history of Indian Special Ops,” The Indian Express June 11, 2015. Daniel Wagner and John Margeson, “The Globalization of Covert Action,” Huffington Post, Sept 9, 2012. 20

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Len Scott, “Secret Intelligence, Covert Action and Clandestine Diplomacy,” Intelligence and National Security, vol. 19, no 2 (Summer 2004), pp. 322-341. John D. Stempel, “Covert Action and Diplomacy,” International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence vol. 20, no. 1 (2007). Full Reading: Kristin Ven Bruusgaard, “Crimea and Russia’s Strategic Overhaul,” Parameters vol. 44, no 3 (Autumn 2014), pp. 81-90. Jennifer D. Kibbe, “Covert action and the Pentagon,” Intelligence and National Security vol. 22, no. 1 (2007). Rory Cormac, “The Pinprick Approach: Whitehall’s Top-Secret Anti-Communist Committee and the Evolution of British Covert Action Strategy” Journal of Cold War Studies vol. 16, no. 3 (2014). Rory Cormac, “Coordinating Covert Action: The Case of the Yemen Civil War and the South Arabian Insurgency,” Journal of Strategic Studies vol. 36, no. 5 (2013). Jayshree Bajoria, “RAW: India's External Intelligence Agency,” (CFR, Nov 7, 2008), tinyurl.com/3c5auz4 Douglass Little, “Mission Impossible: The CIA and the Cult of Covert Action in the Middle East,” Diplomatic History, vol. 8 no. 5 (2004). Hal Brands, “Making the Conspiracy Theorist a Prophet: Covert Action and the Contours of United States– Iraq Relations,” The International History Review vol. 33, no. 3 (2011). Bruce D. Berkowitz and Allan E. Goodman, “The Logic of Covert Action,” The National Interest (Spring 1998), pp. 38-46. Arthur S. Hulnick, “U.S. Covert Action: Does it Have a Future?” Intelligence and Counterintelligence vol. 9, no. 2 (1996), pp. 145-157. Ramesh Thakur, “A Dispute of Many Colors: France, New Zealand and the ‘Rainbow Warrior’ Affair,” The World Today vol. 42, no. 12 (Dec 1986), pp. 209-214. G.P. Taylor, “Victim or aggressor? New Zealand and the Rainbow Warrior Affair” The Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History vol. 22, no. 3 (1994), pp. 512-530. Alexander B. Downes and Mary Lauren Lilley, “Overt Peace, Covert War? Covert Intervention and the Democratic Peace,” Security Studies vol. 19, no. 2 (2010). Todd Stiefler, “CIA's Leadership and Major Covert Operations: Rogue Elephants or Risk-Averse Bureaucrats?” Intelligence and National Security vol. 19, no. 4 (2004). John Nutter, The CIA’s Black Ops, Covert Action, Foreign Policy and Democracy (New York: Prometheus Books, 2000). William Daugherty, Executive Secrets: Covert Action and the Presidency (Kentucky: Kentucky University Press, 2004). Roy Godson, Dirty Tricks or Trump Cards, US Covert Action and Counterintelligence (New Brunswick: Transaction Publishers, 2008). 21. Conclusion No readings

21

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

APPENDIX: GUIDE TO CITATIONS FOR PAPERS AND ESSAYS For essays on this module, the preferred method of citation is the use of footnotes, confirming with the conventions of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. Please provide all bibliographic information in a format that most closely resembles the following:

Short Citations For subsequent citations after the first full citation of a source, use a short form as illustrated below: Albertini, The Origins of the War of 1914, pp. 180, 183. Posen, "Measuring the European Conventional Balance," p. 70 n. 30. Ibid., p. 72 [do not use if the immediately preceding note contains more than the one reference]. Periodicals and Dailies Barry R. Posen, "Measuring the European Conventional Balance: Coping with Complexity in Threat Assessment," International Security, Vol. 10, No. 3 (Winter 1984/85), p. 74. Selig S. Harrison, "A Breakthrough in Afghanistan?" Foreign Policy, No. 51 (Summer 1983), p. 23. Gerard C. Smith, "Time is Running Out," Newsweek, January 31, 1983, p. 8. • Observe order and punctuation of elements. • Include full author name and article title. • Give volume number, issue number and date, per publication's numbering and dating system. • Note omission of usual comma after article title ending in question mark or exclamation point. • Note inclusion of middle initials. • For popular periodicals and dailies carrying no volume or issue numbers, note that parentheses are not needed around the date. • Authors and page numbers should be included when available. Books, Manuscripts Books John J. Mearsheimer, Conventional Deterrence (Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1983), pp. 163-164. • Note order of items. • Note placement of punctuation. • Use the author's full name. • Provide full page number, that is, pp. 163–167, not pp. 163–7: Article or chapter in edited volume Edward N. Luttwak, "The Operational Level of War," in Steven E. Miller, ed., Conventional Forces and American Defense Policy: An International Security Reader (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986), pp. 211–229. • Note use of book's full title and subtitle 22

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Volume in a series Stephen E. Ambrose, Eisenhower, Vol. 2: The President (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1985), chap. 7. • Use chapter where appropriate. • User Arabic numerals for volumes even if Roman in original. Annual International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS), The Military Balance, 1987–88(London: IISS, 1987). • Note the introduction and use of acronym. Multivolume work; translated and edited version Luigi Albertini, The Origins of the War of 1914, 3 vols., trans. and ed., Isabella M. Massey (London: Oxford University Press, 1952), p. 171. “Zhongguo bu shi yi nu jiu shitai de xiangbalao” [China isn’t a bumpkin who in a fit of anger loses control], Huanqiu shibao [Global times], September 16, 2010. Reprint/Revised/Enlarged edition Bernard Brodie and Fawn M. Brodie, From Crossbow to H-Bomb (New York: Dell, 1962; rev. and enl. ed., Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1973). • Note "Dell" stands alone without "Books," but full name of a university press is given. Paper in a series Desmond Ball, Targeting for Strategic Deterrence, Adelphi Paper No. 185 (London: IISS, Summer 1983), p. 1. • Note the use of IISS acronym introduced in an earlier note; "Summer 1983" per publisher’s dating system. Unpublished paper or dissertation Alexander L. George, "Case Studies and Theory Development," paper presented at the Second Annual Symposium on Information Processing in Organizations, Carnegie-Mellon University, October 15–16, 1982, p. 2. Stephen W. Van Evera, "Causes of War," Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, 1984, p. 1. Government report Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger, Annual Report to the Congress, Fiscal Year 1984 (Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office [GPO], p. 127. • Subsequent citations may use the GPO abbreviation. Congressional reports Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, The Mutual Security Act of 1956, 84th Cong., 2d sess., 1956, S. Rept. 2273, p. 20. • For testimony, list individual first. Archival Material 23

Department of War Studies|KCL| 2014-15

[5SSW2062| STATECRAFT, WAR, AND DIPLOMACY ]

Leven C. Allen to Joint Chiefs of Staff, May 26, 1950, and memorandum for the Secretary of Defense, n.d., CCS 383.21 Korea (3-19-45), sec. 21, Records of the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff, Record Group 218, National Archives. John F. Kennedy, "Appeasement at Munich," honors thesis, 1940, John Fitzgerald Kennedy Presidential Library (JFKL), Personal Papers (PP), box 2. • • •

Give the title of the cited item first and supply all the bibliographical dates necessary to permit identification and location of the source. Use consistent format throughout. Where there are repeated references to particular archives, introduce a short form for similar references in subsequent notes.

See the Chicago Manual of Style for less-common citation forms.

24

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

Module Organiser: Seminar Leaders: Office hours: Office location: Lectures: Seminar:

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Dr. Natasha Kuhrt| [email protected] tbc Mondays 4.15-5.15 pm & Thursdays 1.15-2.45pm K7.07 Thurs 3-4pm (Strand K4U.12 Kings Bldg) See timetable

AIMS: •

Examine issues of international law and human rights by focussing on issues of intervention broadly conceived (including the role of international criminal law, ad hoc tribunals and the ICC).

•

Synthesise, compare, and critically discuss key concepts, academic debates, and approaches to international law and human rights: by examining the practice of a range of states working through the UN Security Council, as well as focussing on institutions such as the International Criminal Court, students will gain an appreciation and understanding of the workings of both international customary law and international criminal law.

•

To compare and contrast different approaches to international law at the global level (including in the UNSC) and how to address the problem of competing understandings of human rights and international law.

•

To identify and evaluate the inter-linkages between international politics, international law, ethics and strategy and how these play out in various areas such as international military intervention, peace support operations, peace-building operations, and international judicial mechanisms.

•

Improve analytical, problem-solving and academic skills through engagement with selected readings in whole-class discussion, group tasks, writing assignments and exams.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the module students will: •

Be able to identify, analyse and communicate debates, principles and concepts relevant to the expanded role of human rights discourses in international politics as well as in international law.

1

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

•

Students will gain an understanding of the inter-linkages between international law and international politics in international society.

•

Be able to identify, through the study of a range of contemporary security issues, the difficulties in applying international law and enforcing human rights norms at the global and domestic levels.

•

Have developed the capacity to generate ideas about the nature of the evolution of international law and human rights discourses in international society and how these affect ideas about intervention, state sovereignty and order, as well as implications for policy.

•

Have acquired specialised analytical, evaluative, and generic problem-solving skills through the judicious application of the various lenses of international law, international politics, strategy and ethics, by comparing and selecting appropriate methods, techniques, criteria and evidence.

•

Act with limited supervision and direction, accepting responsibility for determining and achieving personal and group outcomes and adapting performance accordingly, showing awareness of professional codes of conduct.

•

Have developed autonomous and group learning skills essential for progression to BA3 by undertaking research, both individually and as part of a team, to provide new information through exploring data and identifying significant patterns and relationships

Summative Assessment: • • • • • • •

1 x 4,000 WORD ESSAY (40%). DUE DATE: WEDNESDAY 23 MARCH 2016 12 NOON. Late essays will be penalised and may receive a mark of 0. Essays need to be submitted on the King’s E-learning platform KEATS by 12.00 noon on the date indicated. Summative essay questions should be taken from the list, which will be provided to students on KEATS in the first week of classes. 1 x TWO HOUR EXAM (50%) ATTENDANCE/PRESENTATION (10%). ATTENDANCE WILL BE MONITORED. Formative Assessment: Two formative essays on the topic of no more than 3,000 words in length will be submitted directly to the seminar leader (soft copy) on the dates indicated. The essay will be returned to you with comments. A copy of the comments sheet and mark for all essays will be retained as part of the student files. 2

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Formative essays should be based on the presentation questions provided each week. Deadlines: Essay 1: w/c Monday 9 November (whichever day your seminar falls that week) Essay 2: w/c Monday 18 January (whichever day your seminar falls on that week)

•

Presentation. Presentation questions will usually be based on the essay question for that week. Students will be divided into smaller presentation groups in the first seminar and each group will give approx. 2 per term.

•

Guidelines: the presentations should be a maximum of 15 minutes. PowerPoint is useful but don’t overuse it. Each group must produce a 1 page handout for fellow students and the TAs. This should be emailed to the TA beforehand.

•

Discussant. Every week, one of the presentation groups will be asked serve as discussant for another group’s presentation, providing commentary on the strengths and weaknesses of the argument. The remaining students should have read at the very least the core readings.

Please also note the following important points. If you ignore them your essay will fail! 1. Word limits are fixed and will result in penalties being applied, up to a mark of zero being awarded.

2. Students must read the section in the BA handbook on plagiarism very closely. Plagiarism (cheating) is a very serious offence and will result in disciplinary action being taken by the College. Please come to see me if you have any concerns or doubts. 3. Before handing in the assessed essays, students must read the instructions for the submission of assessed work on the department website. Note that late essays will receive zero unless an essay extension form has been submitted along with relevant documentation (eg: doctor’s note) is provided. There are no exceptions to this policy. EXTENSIONS | EXAMS

Students should note that it is your responsibility to ensure that a copy of the various assignments is on KEATS by the deadlines arranged. Computer issues will not be accepted as an excuse. Extensions for essays will only be granted for exceptional circumstance. If you require an extension, you will have to make a formal request to the Exam Board Chair – details can be located in your handbook. 3

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

EXAMS: Sample questions papers available online on the internal department webpage: Department of War Studies | Current Students | Past exam papers. Exam timetables & specialised examinations provisions will be available from the examinations and awards web link: http://www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/services/examinations/exams/timetable.aspx. Finally, attendance at lectures and seminars. Ensure you notify the lecturer/TA in advance if you are unable to attend. Punctuality and attendance are not only matters of simple courtesy, but they may be taken into account when references are written.

4

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

TOPICS/SCHEDULE: NB: CLASSES COMMENCE WEEK BEGINNING MON 28 SEPTEMBER

TERM ONE THE FRAMEWORK OF INTERNATIONAL LAW/INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. 1.

What are Human Rights? What is International Law? What is Intervention? (Dr Kuhrt)

2.

International Law, Int’l Politics and IR: Solidarist and Pluralist understandings (Dr Kuhrt)

3.

Sources of international law (Dr Kuhrt)

4.

Bringing together IL and Intl Politics? The United Nations' Security Council and the changing nature of threats to IPS (Dr Kuhrt)

5.

NO CLASS

6.

International law of armed conflict: jus in bello (Dr Kuhrt)

JUSTIFICATIONS/RATIONALE FOR INTERVENTION 7.

Self-determination, sovereignty and statehood in international law (Kosovo and other cases). (Dr Kuhrt )

8.

Humanitarian intervention in the 1990s and beyond: human rights in action? (Dr Kuhrt) FAILED INTERVENTIONS)

9.

Human Rights, Ethics and IR -Intervention in the domestic affairs of foreign states. (Prof Frost )

10.

UN and R2P – the evolution of doctrine and practice. Operationalising R2P. (Dr Kuhrt)

11.

Global Civil Society and Human Rights – [Brian Wood, (Head of Arms Control and Human Rights, Amnesty International International Secretariat)]

5

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

TERM TWO (2016): MODES OF INTERVENTION (PREVENTION, PROTECTION, PUNISHMENT) 12.

International judicial intervention; The UN and international justice: ad hoc tribunals – ICTY, ICTR (Dr Kerr)

13.

Post-conflict justice (Dr Kerr)

14.

PEACE SUPPORT OPERATIONS AND PROTECTION OF CIVILIANS (DR KUHRT)

15.

The Global War on Terror and International Law on the use of force: jus ad bellum (Dr Kuhrt)

INTERVENTION DILEMMAS 16.

Human Rights Law and IHL: Drones; combatants etc (Dr Kerr).

17.

Carl Schmitt and the Exception (Dr Michelsen)

18.

The Politics of the Human (Dr Michelsen)

19.

GENOCIDE AND WAR CRIMES IN POPULAR DISCOURSE AND IMAGINATION (Dr Kuhrt)

20.

Torture, Human Rights and Security (Dr Foley)

21.

NO CLASS: take time to prepare your essay

22.

Post-conflict Peace-building (Dr Kuhrt)

23.

EXAM PREP CLASS

NB: Term 2 finishes Friday 1 April.

6

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

READING LIST AND SEMINAR QUESTIONS: Useful websites: United Nations: www.un.org International Court of Justice: www.icj-cij.org International Committee of the Red Cross: www.icrc.org NATO: www.nato.int OCSCE: www.osce.or Amnesty International: www.amnesty.org Human Rights Watch: www.hrw.org European Journal of International Law: www.ejll.org/journal Carter Center: www.cartercenter.org Hague Appeal for Peace: www.haguepeace.org International Criminal Tribunal for Former Yugoslavia: www.icty.org International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda: www.ictr.org International Criminal Court: www.igc.org/icc Annotated Guide to International Law: www.law.harvard.edu/library/ils/ilslink2.html European Journal of International Law discussion forum: http://www.ejiltalk.org Discussion forum on various relevant contemporary legal issues: http://opiniojuris.org

General Reading:

Armstrong, David, Farrell, Theo and Lambert, Helene, International Law and International Relations, 2nd ed. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2012) Baylis, John, Steve Smith and Patricia Owens, The Globalization of World Politics: An introduction to international relations, 6th Ed. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014) Byers, Michael (ed.) The Role of Law in International Politics, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001)

THE FRAMEWORK OF INTERNATIONAL LAW/INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. Week 1: What are Human Rights? What is International Law? Why are they important? A general introduction to the topic. Q1: Is there such a thing as ‘natural human rights’? Q2: Are human rights universal? Core Reading:

7

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • •

•

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Baylis, John, Smith, Steve and Owens, Patricia (eds.), The Globalization of World Politics: An introduction to international relations, 6th Ed. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014) Reus-Smit, Christian, Ch 18. 'International law’ pp. 274-288 Donnelly, Jack, Ch 30. ‘Human Rights’ pp. 463-476. Armstrong, David, Farrell, Theo and Lambert, Helene, International Law and International Relations, 2nd ed. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2012) - Chapter 1: The nature of international law, pp.9-74. - Chapter 5: Human rights, pp.163-93 Verdirame, Guglielmo, ‘“The Divided West”: American and European International Lawyers’, European Journal of International Law, 18:2 (2007) 553-580

Further reading: • Brown, Chris, Sovereignty, Rights and Justice: International Relations Theory (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2002) • Buchanan, Allen, Justice, Legitimacy and Self-Determination: Moral Foundations for International Law, (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2004), Chapter 3: Human Rights, pp. 118-191 • Donnelly, Jack, Universal Human Rights in Theory and Practice, 2nd edn. (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 2003) • Gearty, Conor, ‘Can Human Rights Survive?’, The Hamlyn Lectures 2005, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005) Available at: http://socialsciences.exeter.ac.uk/media/universityofexeter/schoolofhumanities andsocialsciences/law/pdfs/2005Hamlynlecture.pdf • Slaughter, Anne-Marie, Tulumello, A. and Wood, S. ‘International Law and International Relations: A New Generation of Interdisciplinary Scholarship’, American Journal of International Law (AJIL), 92:3 (1998) 367-397 • Sheeran, Scott and Rodley, Nigel (eds.), Routledge Handbook of International Human Rights Law, (New York: Routledge, 2014) • Verdirame, Guglielmo, Chapter 3: ‘Human Rights in Legal and Political Theory’ pp.2548 • Freeman, Michael, Chapter 4: ‘Universalism of Human Rights and Cultural Relativism’ pp.49-62 • Coomaraswamy, Radhika, Chapter 8: ‘The Contemporary Value of International Human Rights’ pp.127-140

8

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 2: International Law and International Politics: Solidarist and Pluralist Understandings. Q1: How useful are the concepts of international society and world society? Q2: What is the relationship between legality and legitimacy? Q3: What is meant by ‘thick’ and ‘thin’ solidarism? Core Reading • • •

Armstrong, David, Theo Farrell and Helene Lambert, International Law and International Relations, 2nd ed. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2012) Chapter 1: The nature of international law, pp.9-74. Jackson, Robert, ‘The Political Theory of International Society’, in Booth, Ken and Smith, Steve (eds.), International Relations Theory Today, (Cambridge: Polity Press 2002) Wheeler, Nicholas, Saving Strangers: Humanitarian Intervention in International Society, (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2000) Chapter: Introduction

Further Reading: • • • • •

Higgins, Rosalyn, Problems and Process: International Law and How We Use It (Oxford: Clarendon, 1994). Chapters 1 & 3 Müllerson, Rein, Ordering Anarchy, (The Hague: Kluwer Law, 2000) Chapters. 1-5. Bellamy, Alex (ed.), International Society and Its Critics (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2005). Reus-Smit, Christian, The Politics of International Law, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004) Slaughter, Anne-Marie, Tulumello, A. and Wood, S. ‘International Law and International Relations: A New Generation of Interdisciplinary Scholarship’ American Journal of International Law, 92:3 (1998) 367-397

9

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 3: The Sources of International Law Q1: What role is played by the concept of opinio juris? Q2: How do new rules of customary international law come into being? Q3: What is the persistent objector rule and why does it matter? Core Reading: • • • •

Dixon, Martin, and McCorquodale, Robert, International Law: Cases & Materials, (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2003), Chapters 2 &3, pp. 19-103. Higgins, Rosalyn, Problems and Process: International Law and How We Use It (Oxford: Claredon 1994), Chapter 2 Elias, Olufemi, 'The Nature of the Subjective Element in Customary International Law', International Criminal Law Quarterly, 44 (1995) 501-520 Sheeran, Scott, in Sheeran, Scott and Rodley, Nigel (eds.), Routledge Handbook of International Human Rights Law, (New York: Routledge, 2014) Chapter 6: ‘The relationship of international human rights law and general law: hermeneutic constraint or pushing the boundaries?’ pp.79-108

Further Reading: • • • • • • • •

Henkin, Louis, International Law: Politics and Values, (London: M. Nijhoff, 1995), pp. 26-37 Müllerson, Rein, Ordering Anarchy, (The Hague: Kluwer Law, 2000) Chapter 7. Shaw, Malcolm, International Law, 5th ed., (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008) Kirgis, Frederick L., 'Custom on a Sliding Scale', American Journal of International Law, 81:1 (1987) 146-151 de Souza, I.M. Lobo, 'The Role of State Consent in the Customary Process', International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 44:3 (1995) 521-539 Lim, Chin, and Elias, Olufemi, 'The Role of Treaties in the Contemporary International Legal Order', Nordic Journal of International Law, 66:1 (1997) 1-21 Mendelson, M. in W.E. Butler (ed.), Perestroika and International Law, (London: M. Nijhoff, 1990), 'Are Treaties Merely a Source of Obligation?' Allott, Phillip in Byers, Michael (ed.), The Role of Law in International Politics, (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2001), Chapter 4: ‘The Concept of International Law’, pp.6991

10

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 4: Bringing together IL and Int’l Politics? The United Nations' Security Council and threats to IPS. Q1: What is the priority accorded to human rights in the UN Charter, if any? Q2: Is the ever-expanding definition of international threats to peace and security by the UN Security Council problematic? Q3: Do the resolutions of the UN Security Council create law? Core Reading: • Luck, Edward C., in Vaughan Lowe et al (eds.), The United Nations Security Council and War, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008). Chapter 2: ‘A Council for All Seasons: The Creation of the Security Council and Its Relevance Today’, pp.64-85 • Andreopoulos, George, in Bruce Cronin and Ian Hurd (eds.), The UN Security Council and the politics of international authority, (London and New York: Routledge, 2008). Chapter 6: ‘The challenges and perils of normative overstretch’pp.105-128. • Hehir, Aidan, Kuhrt, Natasha and Mumford, Andrew (eds.) International Law, Security and Ethics; Policy Challenges in the post-9/11 world, (London and New York: Routledge 2011), - Aidan Hehir, Chapter 6: Security, discretion and International Law, pp.79-94 - Natasha Kuhrt, Chapter 7: The Human Security Agenda after 9/11: from humanitarian intervention to peacebuilding, pp.95-107 • Verdirame, Guglielmo, The United Nations and Human Rights: Who Guards the Guardians?, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2011), Chapters. 1, 4 & 5 Further reading: •

• • • •

Sheeran, Scott and Rodley, Nigel (eds.), Routledge Handbook of International Human Rights Law, (New York: Routledge, 2014) - Sheeran, Scott and Bevilacqua, Catherine, Chapter 22: ‘The United Nations Security Council and Human Rights Obligations: towards a theory of constraints and derogation’, pp.371-404 - Abebe, Allehone M. Chapter 40: ‘The Role and Future of the Human Rights Council’, pp.743-760 Koskenniemi, Martti, ‘The place of law in collective security’, Michigan Journal of International Law, 17 (1996) 455-490 Johnstone, Ian in Bruce Cronin and Ian Hurd, The UN Security Council and the politics of international authority, (London and New York: Routledge, 2008). ‘The Security Council as legislature’, pp. 80-104 Johnstone, Ian, ‘Discursive Power in the UN Security Council’, Journal of International Law and International Relations, 2 (2005) 73-94 Lowe, Vaughan et al (eds.), The United Nations Security Council and War: The Evolution of Thought and Practice since 1945, (Oxford: OUP, 2008). 11

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Prins, Gwyn, ‘Lord Castlereagh’s Return: the significance of Kofi Annan’s High-Level Panel on Threats, Challenges and Change’, International Affairs (London), 81:2 (2005) 373-91 Weiss, Thomas et al (eds.), The United Nations and Changing World Politics, 5th ed. (Boulder, CO: Westview, 2007)

Week 5:

NO CLASS.

12

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 6: Introduction to international humanitarian law: the law of armed conflict. Q1: What is the relationship between IHL and international human rights law in time of armed conflict? Which one takes precedence? Q2: Does it still make sense to distinguish between international and non-international armed conflicts? Core Reading: •

• • • •

Akande, Dapo in Elizabeth Wilmshurst (ed.) International Law and the Classification of Conflicts (2012) Chapter 3: ‘Classification of Armed Conflicts: Relevant Legal Concepts’ pp.32-70. Available at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2132573 Dinstein, Yoram, War, Aggression and Self-Defence (3d ed.), Chapters 4, 7, 8, 9, 10 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011) Dinstein, Yoram, The Conduct of Hostilities under the Law of International Armed Conflict (2010, 2nd ed.) Chapter 1: The General Framework pp.10-26 Greenwood, Christopher in Dieter Fleck (ed.), Handbook of International Humanitarian Law (3rd ed.) (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013), Chapter 1: Historical Development and Legal Basis pp.1- 45 Roscini, Marco ‘The UN Security Council and the Enforcement of International Humanitarian Law’, Israel Law Review 43 (2010), 330-359.

Further Reading: •

• • • • •

Dinstein, Yoram, The Conduct of Hostilities under the Law of International Armed Conflict (2010, 2nd ed.) - Chapter 2: Lawful Combatancy pp.33-39 - Chapter 4: Lawful Targets of Attack pp.89-110 O’Connell, Ellen, Mary, ‘Defining Armed Conflict’, Journal of Conflict and Security Law 13:3 (2008) 393-400 Fleck, Dieter (ed.), Handbook of International Humanitarian Law (3rd ed.) (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013), Chapter 12: The Law of Non-International Armed Conflicts pp.605-629 Droege, Cordula, ‘The Interplay between International Humanitarian Law and International Human Rights Law in Situations of Armed Conflict’, Israel Law Review, 40 (2007) 310-355 Verdirame, Guglielmo (ed.), ‘Special Issue: Human Rights in War’ [2008] European Human Rights Law Review 6. Gray, Christine, International Law and the Use of Force, (3rd ed.) (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2008)

13

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Roscini, Marco, Cyber Operations and the Use of Force in International Law, OUP, 2014) Chapters 3 and 4 Hampson, Françoise J., in Sheeran, Scott and Rodley, Nigel (eds.), Routledge Handbook of International Human Rights Law, (New York: Routledge, 2014). Chapter 12: ‘The Relationship Between International Humanitarian Law and International Human Rights Law’, pp.185-214 Available at: https://www.icrc.org/eng/resources/documents/article/review/review871-p549.htm

Relevant Cases: International Court of Justice (ICJ), Legality of the threat of the use by a state of nuclear weapons in armed conflict, (1996) http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/index.php?p1=3&p2=4&code=unan&case=95&k=e1&p3=0 ICJ, Legal Consequences of a Construction of a Wall in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, Advisory Opinion, 2004 (including Separate Opinion of Judge Higgins) [only parts on selfdefence] http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/131/1671.pdf The Israeli Supreme Court’s decision on Targeted Killings (2006): http://elyon1.court.gov.il/Files_ENG/02/690/007/a34/02007690.a34.htm

14

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

JUSTIFICATIONS/RATIONALES FOR INTERVENTION Week 7: Self-determination, sovereignty and statehood in international law Q1: What limits are there on self-determination in international law? Q2: Was the right of ‘remedial secession’ applicable to Kosovo? Q3: What are the implications of the ICJ 2010 advisory opinion on Kosovo, if any? Core Reading: • • • •

Weller,Marc. ‘The international response to the dissolution of the SFRY’, American Journal of International Law, 86:3 (1992) 569-607. Weller, Marc, ‘Kosovo’s final status’, International Affairs (London), 84:6 (2008) 2345 Buchanan, Allen, Justice, Legitimacy and Self-Determination: Moral Foundations for International Law , (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004). Chapter 8: SelfDetermination and Secession, pp.331-401. Pellet, Alain ‘The Opinions of the Badinter Commission: A Second Breath for the SelfDetermination of Peoples’, European Journal of International Law, 3 (1992)

Relevant Cases: ICJ, Accordance with international law of the unilateral declaration of independence in respect of Kosovo (2010), Available at: http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/141/15987.pdf Further Reading: • • • • •

Burke-White, Henry. ‘Crimea and the International Legal Order’, Survival, 56:4 (2014) 65-80 Fawn, Rick. ‘The Kosovo and Montenegro Effect’, International Affairs, 84:4 (2008) 269-295 Crawford, James. The Creation of States in International Law, 2nd ed. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2006). Saul, Matthew, ‘The Normative Status of Self-Determination in International Law: A Formula for Uncertainty in the Scope and Content of the Right?’, Human Rights Law Review, 11:4 (2011) 609-644. Vidmar, Jure. ‘Territorial Integrity and the Law of Statehood’ (July 22, 2012). George Washington International Law Review, 44 (2012) 697-748. Available at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=2159113

15

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 8: Humanitarian intervention in the 1990s and beyond: human rights in action? Q1: What are the problems in using airpower in humanitarian interventions? Q2: How legitimate was the intervention in Kosovo? Core Reading: • • • • •

Berdal, Mats, ‘Fateful encounter: the United States and UN peacekeeping,’ Survival, 36: 1 (1994) 30-50 Byman, Daniel and Waxman, Matthew C., ‘Kosovo and the Great Air Power Debate,’ International Security, 24: 4 (2000) 5-38 Wheeler, Nicholas, Saving Strangers, Chapter 8: ‘ The Limits of Humanitarian Intervention from the air: the cases of Bosnia and Kosovo’, pp.242-84 (Oxford University Press 2000) Bolton, John, ‘Wrong Turn in Somalia’, Foreign Affairs, 73:1 (1994) 56-66 Mullerson, Rein The Use of Force Between its Past and Future' in International Peacekeeping, Vol. 5 No. 4-5, July-October 1999, pp. l 14-128

Further Reading: • Crocker, Chester, “The Lessons of Somalia”, Foreign Affairs, 74:3 (1995) 2-8 • Farrell, Theo, ‘Sliding into War: The Somalia imbroglio and US Army peace operations doctrine,’ International Peacekeeping 2: 2 (1995) 194-214 • Henkin,Louis; Falk, Richard; Chinkin, Christine and others in Editorial AJIL Issue 4, 1999 • Simma, Bruno ‘NATO, the UN and the use of force’, EJIL, vol. 10, 1999 • Weiss, Thomas and Welz, Martin ‘The UN and the African Union in Mali and beyond: a shotgun wedding?’, International Affairs (London), 90:4, July 2014, pp.889-907.

16

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 9: Human Rights, Ethics and IR: Intervention in the domestic affairs of foreign states. Q1: Discuss the ethical arguments for or against military intervention at the present time in either Syria or Iraq. Q2: “Sovereign states ought to intervene militarily in states where gross human rights violations are taking place.” Discuss Core Reading: • •

• •

Frost, Mervyn, Constituting Human Rights (Cambridge University Press, 1996). Chapter 6. Connelly, James and Carrick, Don, Chapter 4: ‘Ethical and Legal Reasoning about war in a time of terror’, pp.44-59 in Hehir, Aidan, Kuhrt, Natasha and Mumford, Andrew (eds.), International Law, Security and Ethics: Policy Challenges in the post-9/11 world, (London and New York: Routledge 2011 Welsh, Jennifer (ed.) Humanitarian Intervention and International Relations (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2003). Chapters 2 and 3. Hoffman, Stanley, ‘The Politics and Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention’, Survival, 37:4, (1995) 29-51.

Further Reading: • • • • •

Hoffman, Stanley, Duties Beyond Borders, (Syracuse: Syracuse University Press, 1981) Mayall, James, The New Interventionism (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996) Minear, L and Weiss, T.G., Mercy Under Fire: war and the global humanitarian community (Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1995) Pieterse, Jan, World Orders in the Making: humanitarian intervention and beyond (Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1998) Smith, Michael J., ‘Ethics and Intervention’, Ethics & International Affairs, 3 (1989) 1-26

17

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 10: The UN and R2P –the evolution of doctrine and practice. Q1: How does R2P relate to existing ideas about intervention in international law? Q2: Does inaction over Syria mean the end of R2P? Why do BRICS countries oppose it? Core reading: • • • •

•

•

Arbour, Louise, ‘The responsibility to protect as a duty of care in international law and practice’, Review of International Studies, 34:3 (2008) 445-459 Hehir, Aidan. ‘Humanitarian Intervention: Past, Present and Future’, Political Studies Review, 6:3 (2008) 327-340 Morris, Justin, 'Libya and Syria: R2P and the spectre of the swinging pendulum', International Affairs, 89:5 (2013) 1265-1283 Kate Seaman, ‘The Regionalization of the Responsbility to Protect’, in Daniel Fiott and Joachim Koops eds., The Responsibility to Protect and the Third Pillar: Legitimacy and Operationalistation (Chapter 4), (Palgrave Macmillan, 2015), pp.5877. Kuhrt, Natasha, ‘Russia, the Responsibility to Protect and Intervention’ in Daniel Fiott and Joachim Koop eds., The Responsibility to Protect and the Third Pillar: Legitimacy and Operationalistation (Chapter 6), (Palgrave Macmillan, 2015), pp.97114 Peiran Wang, ‘China and the Third Pillar’, in Fiott and Koops eds. , Chapter 5, pp.7896.

Further Reading: • Bellamy, Alex. ‘R2P and the problem of military intervention’, International Affairs (London), 84:4 (2008) 615-641. • Bellamy, Alex. ‘Whither the R2P?’, Ethics & International Affairs, 20:2 (2006) 143-69. • Bellamy, Alex and Williams, Paul D. ‘The new politics of protection? Cote d’Ivoire, Libya and the responsibility to protect’, International Affairs, 87:4 (2011) 825-851 • Charap, Samuel, ‘Russia, Syria and the Doctrine of Intervention’, Survival, 55:1 (2013) 35-41 • Thakur, Ramesh ‘R2P after Libya and Syria: Engaging Emerging Powers’, The Washington Quarterly, 36:2 (2013) 61-76. • Verdirame, Guglielmo ‘The law and strategy of humanitarian intervention’, (August 2013). Available at: http://www.ejiltalk.org/the-law-and-strategy-of-humanitarianintervention/

18

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

•

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Koh, Harold Hongju. Read his post, plus the responses which follow: http://www.ejiltalk.org/syria-and-the-law-of-humanitarian-intervention-partii-international-law-and-the-way-forward/ (October 2013).

Lecture 9: Global Civil Society and Human Rights [Brian Wood of Amnesty will give a talk on the Arms Trade Treaty, its negotiation, and its significance] Q1: Is there such a thing as global civil society? Q2: To what extent is the success of NGO campaigns (e.g. Ottawa Convention banning landmines; Arms Trade Treaty) due to the ‘reframing’ of such issues as ‘humanitarian’, rather than ‘hard security’ issues? CORE READINGS: Sikkink, K. (1998) ‘Transnational Politics, International Relations Theory, and Human Rights’, PS: Political Science and Politics, 31(3), 517–523 • United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research Geneva, Switzerland, (2006) Developing a Mechanism to Prevent Illicit Brokering in Small Arms and Light Weapons: Scope and Implications 2006. Especially chapter 1 on the ATT, by Brian Wood. • Kaldor, M. (2003a) ‘The idea of global civil society’, International Affairs, 79(3), 583– 593. • Price, R. (2003) ‘Transnational Civil Society and Advocacy in World Politics’, World Politics, 55(4), 579–606. • SEE ALSO AMNESTY INTERNATIONAL WEBSITE: http://www.amnesty.org for information on the Arms Trade Treaty, and refer to Brian Wood’s lecture. • • FURTHER READINGS: • Anheier, H.K., Kaldor, M., Glasius, M. (2012) ‘The Global Civil Society Yearbook: Lessons and Insights 2001–2011’, in Kaldor, M., Moore, H.L. and Selchow, S., eds., Global Civil Society 2012: Ten Years of Critical Reflection, Palgrave Macmillan, 2–27. • Bolton, M., Nash, T. (2010) ‘The Role of Middle Power–NGO Coalitions in Global Policy: The Case of the Cluster Munitions Ban’, Global Policy, 1(2), 172–184. • Chandler, D. (2004) Constructing Global Civil Society: Morality and Power in International Relations, Palgrave Macmillan. • C Hubert, D. (2000) ‘The Landmine Ban: A Case Study in Humanitarian Advocacy’, available: http://www.brown.edu/Departments/Watson_Institute. • •

Kaldor, M. (2007) ‘The Idea of Global Civil Society’, in Human Security, Polity, 134– 153. Keck, M., Sikkink, K. (1998) Activists beyond Borders : Advocacy Networks in International Politics, Cornell University Press: London.

19

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Kitchen, V. (2002) ‘From Rhetoric to Reality - Canada, the United States, and the Ottawa Process to ban Landmines’, International Journal, 37–56. Rappert, B., Moyes, R., Crowe, A., Nash, T. (2013) ‘The roles of civil society in the development of standards around new weapons and other technologies of warfare’, International Review of the Red Cross, 94(886), 765–78

TERM TWO: Week 12: International judicial intervention: The ad hoc tribunals and the International Criminal Court. Q1: What factors enabled the establishment of the ICTY and ICTR? Q2: How did the ICTY address ethnic cleansing using international criminal law? Q3: Under what circumstances does the ICC have jurisdiction? Discuss with reference to the principle of complementarity Q4: Who opposes the ICC? What are the reasons for the US position? And the African one?

Core Reading: • • • • •

Kerr, Rachel and Mobekk, Erin Peace and Justice, chapters on the ICTY and ICTR, and chapter on the ICC. Schabas, William. The UN International Criminal Tribunals: the Former Yugoslavia, Rwanda and Sierra Leone (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006), Parts 1 and 2. Linda S. ‘Leaving Nuremberg: America’s Love/Hate Relationship with International Law’, Review of International Studies, 34:3 (2008) 425-443. Jon Heller, Kevin. The Nuremberg Military Tribunals and the Origins of International Criminal Law, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011). Ainley, Kirsten. ‘The International Criminal Court of Trial’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 24:3 (2011) 309-33.

Further Reading: • • •

Ainley, Kirsten ‘The ICC’ in International Affairs (London), 2015. Schabas, William. Introduction to the International Criminal Court, 4th ed., (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011), Chapters 1 & 3. Cassese, Antonio. International Criminal Law: Cases and Commentary (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011). - Part II, Crimes. Chapter 1: War Crimes; Chapter 2: Crimes Against Humanity;

20

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

-

• • • • • •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Chapter 4: Aggression Part IV. Circumstances Excluding Criminal Responsibility Part III, Chapter 2: Joint Criminal Enterprise

Henry, Nicola. ‘Witness to Rape: the Limits and Potential of International War Crimes Trials for Victims of Wartime Sexual Violence’, International Journal of Transitional Justice 3, 1 (2009) 114-134. MacKinnon, Catherine A. ‘Crimes of War, Crimes of Peace’, UCLA Women’s Law Journal 4, no. 59 (1993). Payne, Leigh A., Lessa, Francesca, Periera, Gabriel, Amnesties in the Age of Human Rights Accountability, (London: Chatham House, 2013) Available at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/events/view/194411 Schabas, William, in Bloxham, Donald and Moses, Dirk (eds.) The Oxford Handbook of Genocide Studies, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2010). Chapter 6: ‘The Law and Genocide’ pp.123-14 Dietz, Jeffrey S. ‘Protecting the Protectors: Can the United States Successfully Exempt U.S. Persons from The International Criminal Court with U.S. Article 98 Agreements’, Houston Journal of International Law, 27 (2004-2005) 137-18 Lynch, Gabrielle and Zgonec-Rožej, Misa The ICC intervention in Kenya, (February 2013), Chatham House. Available at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/papers/view/189499

Relevant Cases: •

UN ICTY, ‘Judgment Summary of Rule 98 bis Appeals Judgement in the case of Radovan Karadžic’, available at: http://www.icty.org/x/cases/karadzic/acjug/en/130711_judgement_summary_ru le98bis.pdf

21

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 13: Post-conflict justice Q1: ‘There can be no peace without justice’. Discuss.

Q2: What are the most significant lessons from the past 20 years of transitional justice research and practice?

Core Reading: BATT, J., OBRADOVIC-WOCHNIK, J. and INSTITUTE FOR, S.S., 2009. War crimes, conditionality and EU integration in the Western Balkans. Paris: Paris : Institute for Security Studies, European Union. CLARK, P., 1979- and KAUFMAN, Z.D.(.D., 1979-, 2009. After genocide : Transitional justice, post-conflict reconstruction and reconciliation in Rwanda and beyond. New York: New York : Columbia University Press, ‘Introduction’. LEEBAW, B.A., 2008. The Irreconcilable Goals of Transitional Justice. Human Rights Quarterly, 30(1), pp. 95-118. OLSEN, T.D., PAYNE, L.A. and REITER, A.G., 2010. The Justice Balance: When Transitional Justice Improves Human Rights and Democracy. Human Rights Quarterly, 32(4), pp. 9801007. OLSEN, T.D., PAYNE, L.A. and REITER, A.G., 2010. Transitional justice in the world, 19702007: Insights from a new dataset. Journal of Peace Research, 47(6), pp. 803-809. SUBOTIĆ, J., 2012. The Transformation of International Transitional Justice Advocacy. International Journal of Transitional Justice, 6(1), pp. 106-125.

Teitel, Ruti, ‘Transitional Justice Genealogy’, Harvard Human Rights Journal, Spring, 2003, Vol.16, p.69-94 Further Reading: • • • • •

Armstrong, David; Farrell, Theo & Lambert, Hélène. International Law and International Relations (Cambridge University Press, 2007), Chapter 3: Three lenses: realism, liberalism, constructivism pp. 69-114. Schabas, William and Bernaz, Nadia (eds.). Routledge Handbook of International Criminal Law. (New York: Routledge, 2010), Chapters 7-10. Cassese, Antonio. International Criminal Law, 3rd ed. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013). Chapters 5, 6 and 7 Call, Charles T. ‘Is Transitional Justice Really Just?’, Brown Journal of World Affairs, 11:1 (2004-5) 101-113 Clark, Phil. The Gacaca Courts, Post-Genocide Justice and Reconciliation in Rwanda: Justice without Lawyers (Cambridge University Press, 2011).

22

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 14: Peace Support Operations and the Protection of Civilians Q1: To what extent is the ‘holy trinity’ of peacekeeping principles still relevant? Q2: How is the R2P used to inform UN peacekeeping doctrine? Q3: Discuss the role of UN Security Council resolution 1325 (and subsequent UNSC resolutions on women, peace and security) in terms of peace support operations.

CORE READING: • Gow, James and Dandeker, Christopher ‘Peace Support Operations: the Problem of Legitimation’, The World Today, Vol. 51, Nos. 8-9, August-Sept 1995, pp.171-4. • Ghali, Boutros Boutros, ‘UN Peacekeeping in a New Era: a New Chance for Peace’, The World Today, April 1993. • Breau,Susan ;The impact of the Responsibility to Protect on Peacekeeping’, Journal of Conflict and Security Law, 2006, 11 (3), pp.429-64. • Berdal, Mats ‘The Security Council and Peacekeeping’, Chapter 7, in Vaughan Lowe et al (eds.), The UNSC and War, 2008. • Kabau, Tom, The Responsibility to Protect and the Role of Regional Organizations: An Appraisal of the African Union's Interventions (May 4, 2012). Goettingen Journal of International Law, Vol. 4, No. 1 (2012) 49-92; University of Hong Kong Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 2012/22

• • •

Useful documents: UN webpages with key documents, especially the ‘Capstone Doctrine’

http://www.un.org/en/peacekeeping/operations/reform.shtml http://www.un.org/en/peacekeeping/issues/civilian.shtml

FURTHER READING • *Bellamy, Alex et al, Understanding Peacekeeping, Cambridge: Polity Press, 2nd edition, (2009). • *Norrie MacQueen, Peacekeeping and the International System, London and New York: Routledge, 2006. • de Waal, ‘Mission Without End? Peacekeeping in the African Marketplace’, International Affairs, 85:1 (2009) • Kwesi Aning and Samuel Atuobi ‘Responsibility to Protect in Africa: An analysis of the African Union's Peace and Security architecture’, Global Responsibility to Protect, Volume 1, Issue 1, pages 90 – 113 Publication Year : 2009 • True, Jacqui, ‘Women, peace and security in post-conflict peacebuilding contexts’, (NOREF Norweigian Peacebuilding Resource Centre). Available at: http://www.peacebuilding.no/var/ezflow_site/storage/original/application/350c b287327f86cdf2369b23c98a17da.pdf • Tryggestad, Torunn L., ‘Trick or Treat?
 The UN and Implementation of Security Council Resolution 1325 on Women, Peace, and Security’, Global Governance, 15 (2009), 539-557

23

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 15: The Global War on Terror and International Law on the use of force / armed conflict Q1: The US and UK claimed that the intervention in Iraq was justified due to the ‘revived authority’ of UNSC resolution 686. Discuss. Q2: Was there legal authority for the strikes on Osama Bin Laden? Q3: Does the use of unmanned aerial vehicles, aka ‘drones’, violate the law of armed conflict? Core Readings: •

• • • •

Murphy, S. D., ‘The International Legality of US Military Cross-Border Operations from Afghanistan into Pakistan’, International Law Studies US Naval War College, 85 (2009) 109-139. Available at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1296733 Van Schaak, Beth. 'The Killing of Osama Bin Laden and Anwar al-Aulaqi: Uncharted Legal Territory', Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law, 14 (2011) 255-325 The (UK) Attorney General’s advice, 'Attorney General's Advice in the Iraq War. Iraq Resolution: 1441', International and Comparative Law Quarterly , 54:3 (2005) 767 778 Wilmshurst, Elizabeth, Principles of International Law on the Use of Force by States in Self-Defence (London: Chatham House, 2005). Available at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/papers/view/108106 ‘Force and Legitimacy in World Politics’, Special issue of Review of International Studies, 31:SI (2005).

Further Readings: • • • • • •

Byers, Michael, ‘The Shifting Foundations of International Law: A Decade of Forceful Measures Against Iraq’, European Journal of International Law, 13:1 (2002) 21-41. Trapp, Kimberly N., ‘Back to Basics: Necessity, Proportionality, and the Right of SelfDefence Against Non-State Terrorist Actors’, International and Comparative Law Quarterly 56:1 (2007) 141-156 (see pp.146-7). Deeks, Ashley, 'Unwilling or Unable? Towards a Normative Framework for ExtraTerritorial Self-Defence', Virginia Journal of International Law, 52:3 (2012) 483-550 The US and the laws of war, Chatham House meeting report (February 2011) http://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/papers/view/109626 Friedrichs, Jörg, ‘Defining the International Public Enemy: The Political Struggle Behind the Legal Debate on International Terrorism’, Leiden Journal of International Law 19:1 (2006) 69-91 Arimatsu, Louise and Choudhury, Mohbuba, ‘The classification of armed conflicts with reference to Libya, Syria and Yemen’ (London: Chatham House, 2011). Available

24

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/sites/files/chathamhouse/home/chatham/public _html/sites/default/files/20140300ClassificationConflictsArimatsuChoudhury1.pdf Chatham House, ‘Syria and international law: use of force and state responsibility’. Available at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/events/view/19421 Sands, Philippe, Lawless Worlds: America and the Making and Breaking of Global Rules, (London, New York: Allen Lane, 2005) pp.143-73. White, Nigel in Hehir, Aidan; Kuhrt, Natasha and Mumford, Andrew (eds.) International Law, Security and Ethics in a post-9/11 world, (London and New York: Routledge 2011). Chapter 2: Terrorism, security and international law pp.9-31

25

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 16: Human Rights Law and International Humanitarian Law (IHL) Q1: Is the claim that international human rights law is trespassing on the territory of IHL justified? Q2: What effect does IHRL have on considerations of military necessity and humanity in military operations? Core Reading: • Luban, David, ‘Military Lawyers and the Two Cultures Problem’, Georgetown Law Faculty Publications and Other Works, Paper 937 (2012). Online: http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/facpub/937. •

Policy Exchange, The Fog of Law: An introduction to the legal erosion of British fighting power (18 October 2013) Online: http://www.policyexchange.org.uk/publications/category/item/the-fog-of-law-anintroduction-to-the-legal-erosion-of-british-fighting-power?category_id=24.

•

Reeves, Shane R. and Jeffrey S. Thurnher, ‘Are We Reaching a Tipping Point? How Contemporary Challenges Are Affecting the Military Necessity-Humanity Balance’, Harvard Law School National Security Journal, 24 June 2013. Online: http://harvardnsj.org/2013/06/are-wereaching-a-tipping- point-how-contemporary-challenges-are-affecting-the-militarynecessity-humanity-balance/.

•

•

Verdirame, Guglielmo, ‘Human Rights in War: A Framework for Analysis’, European Human Rights Law Review 6 (2008): pp. 689-705.

•

Further Reading:

•

BEN NAFTALI, O., 2011. International humanitarian law and international human rights law pas de deux. Oxford: Oxford : Oxford University Press. HATHAWAY, O.A., CROOTOF, R., LEVITZ, P., NIX, H., PERDUE, W., PURVIS, C. and SPIEGEL, J., 2012. Which law governs during armed conflict? the relationship between international humanitarian law and human rights law. Minnesota Law Review, 96(6), pp. 1883-1943. KOUTROULIS, V., 2012. The application of international humanitarian law and international human rights law in situation of prolonged occupation: only a matter of time? 94(885), pp. 165-205. LIETZAU, W., 2012. Summary of remarks by William Lietzau.(INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS LAW, INTERNATIONAL HUMANITARIAN LAW, AND IMPLICATIONS FOR COALITION WARFARE). Proceedings of the Annual Meeting-American Society of International Law, 106, pp. 451.

•

• •

26

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • • • •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

MANCINI, M., 2012. International Humanitarian Law and International Human Rights Law. European Journal Of International Law, 23(2), pp. 595-597. MCGOLDRICK, D., 2004. From '9-11' to the 'Iraq War 2003' International Law in an Age of Complexity. Oxford: Oxford : Hart Pub. OTTO, R., 2012. Targeted Killings and International Law With Special Regard to Human Rights and International Humanitarian Law. Berlin, Heidelberg: Berlin, Heidelberg : Springer Berlin Heidelberg. POCAR, F., PEDRAZZI, M., FRULLI, M. and EDWARD, E.P., 2013. War crimes and the conduct of hostilities challenges to adjudication and investigation. Cheltenham: Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd. TEITEL, R.G., 2011. Humanity's law. New York ; Oxford: New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press. TOMUSCHAT, C., 2010. Human Rights and International Humanitarian Law. European Journal of International Law, 21(1), pp. 15-23. WILMSHURST, E., 2012. International law and the classification of conflicts. Oxford: Oxford : Oxford University Press.

27

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 17: Carl Schmitt and the Exception Q1: How useful is the work of Carl Schmitt for thinking about the politics of human rights today? Q2: Are there exceptional situations in which humanitarian law must be set aside? Core reading: • • •

Odysseos, Louiza and Petito, Fabio, ‘Introducing the International Theory of Carl Schmitt: International Law, International Relations, and the Present Global Predicament (s)’, Leiden Journal of International Law 19:1 (2006) 1-7. Luban, David. ‘Carl Schmitt and the critique of lawfare’, Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law (Case W. Res. J. Int'l L.), 43 (2010) 457-471 Aradau, Claudia, and Van Munster, Rens, ‘Exceptionalism and the ‘War on Terror’ Criminology Meets International Relations’, British Journal of Criminology 49:5 (2009) 686-701

Further reading: • • • • • • • • • • •

Walzer, Michael. Arguing about war, (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2008). Chapter 3: Emergency ethics. Bellamy, Alex J. ‘Supreme emergencies and the protection of non-combatants in war’, International Affairs, 80:5 (2004) 829-850 Rancier, Jacques. ‘Who is the Subject of the Rights of Man?.’ The South Atlantic Quarterly, 103:2 (2004) 297-310 Habermas, Jürgen, ‘Bestiality and humanity: a war on the border between legality and morality’, Constellations 6:3 (1999) 263-272 Agamben, Giorgio, ‘Homo sacer: Sovereign power and bare life, (Stanford: Standford University Press, 1998). Cook, Martin L. ‘Michael Walzer's Concept of “Supreme Emergency”’, Journal of Military Ethics, 6:2 (2007) 138-151 Chandler, David. ‘The revival of Carl Schmitt in international relations: The last refuge of critical theorists?’, Millennium-Journal of International Studies 37:1 (2008) 27-48 Caldwell, Anne. ‘Bio-sovereignty and the emergence of humanity’, Theory & Event 7:2 (2004). Available at: http://muse.jhu.edu/journals/theory_and_event/v007/7.2caldwell.html Roach, Steven C. ‘Decisionism and humanitarian intervention: Reinterpreting Carl Schmitt and the global political order’, Alternatives: Global, Local, Political, 30:4 (2005) 443-460 Rasch, William. ‘Conflict as a Vocation Carl Schmitt and the Possibility of Politics’, Theory, Culture & Society 17:6 (2000) 1-32 Mouffe, Chantal. ‘Schmitt's vision of a multipolar world order’, South Atlantic Quarterly, 104:2 (2005) 245-251.

28

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

•

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Laclau, Ernesto. ‘On ‘Real’ and ‘Absolute’ Enemies’, CR: The New Centennial Review, 5:1 (2005) 1-12

29

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 18: The Politics of the Human Q1: Should we see the ‘politics of humanity’ as a product of the experience of World War? Q2: How convincing is Hannah Arendt’s account of the relationship between rights and totalitarianism? Core Reading: • • •

Isaac, Jeffrey C., ‘A new guarantee on earth: Hannah Arendt on human dignity and the politics of human rights", American Political Science Review (1996) 61-73. Levy, Daniel & Sznaider, Natan, ‘The institutionalization of cosmopolitan morality: the Holocaust and human rights’, Journal of Human Rights, 3:2 (2004) 143-157 Arendt, Hannah, The Origins of Totalitarianism. (New York : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1973). Chapter 9: The Decline of the Nation-state and the end of the Rights of Man

Further reading: • • • • •

• • • • • • •

Arendt, Hannah, The Human Condition, (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2013). Günther, Klaus in Alston, Philip (ed.), The EU and Human Rights (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1999). Chapter 4: Human Rights and Political Culture pp.117-146 Rorty, Richard in Savić, Obrad (ed.), The Politics of Human Rights, (London: Verso 1999). Chapter 4: Human Rights, Rationality and Sentimentality Parekh, Serena, ‘A meaningful place in the world: Hannah Arendt on the nature of human rights.’, Journal of Human Rights, 3:1 (2004): 41-52. Ignatieff, Michael, Human rights as politics and idolatry (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2001) or Ignatieff, Michael. ‘I. Human Rights as Politics II. Human Rights as Idolatry.’ The Tanner Lectures on Human Values 2000. Available at: http://tannerlectures.utah.edu/_documents/a-to-z/i/Ignatieff_01.pdf Arendt, Hannah, ‘The Jew as pariah: a hidden tradition’ Jewish Social Studies 6:1 (1944) 99-122 Agamben, Giorgio, ‘Beyond human rights.’ Journal no. 1, 1 (1943) 77. Available at: http://www.skor.nl/_files/Files/OPEN15_P90-95(1).pdf Brown, Wendy. ‘" The Most We Can Hope For...": Human Rights and the Politics of Fatalism’, The South Atlantic Quarterly 103:2 (2004) 451-463. Bobbio, Norberto, The Age of Rights (Cambridge: Polity,1996); Douzinas, Costas, The End of Human Rights (Oxford: Hart, 2000). Fine, Robert. ‘Crimes Against Humanity, Hannah Arendt and the Nuremberg Debates’, European Journal of Social Theory 3:3 (2000): 293-311. Arendt, Hannah, and Kroh, Jens. Eichmann in Jerusalem. (New York: Viking Press, 1964)

30

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Edkins, Jenny. ‘Humanitarianism, humanity, human’, Journal of Human Rights, 2:2 (2003) 253-258 Douzinas, Costas. ‘The many faces of humanitarianism. Parrhesia 2 (2007): 1-28. Available at: http://www.parrhesiajournal.org/parrhesia02/parrhesia02_douzinas.pdf . Adorno, Theodor and Horkheimer, Max, Dialectic of Enlightenment, (London: Verso, 1997) Bauman, Zygmunt, Modernity and the Holocaust, (Cambridge: Polity 1989).

31

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 19: Genocide and War Crimes in Popular Discourse and Imagination Q1: Does a finding of Genocide create an international legal obligation to act? Q3: What did it matter to the people of Darfur whether the UN Commission of Inquiry designated the crimes committed on their territory as Genocide or ‘merely’ Crimes against Humanity? Core reading: • Chuter, David, War Crimes: Confronting Atrocity in the Modern World, (Boulder, Co: Lynne Rienner 2004). Chapter 3: ‘Law’, pp.59-93; Chapter 4: ‘Politics’, pp.93-131 • Van Schaak, Beth. ‘Darfur and the Rhetoric of Genocide’, Whittier Law Review, 26 (2004) 1101-41. • Luban, David ‘Calling Genocide by its rightful name: Lemkin’s word, Darfur and the UN report’, Chicago Journal of International Law 7:1 (2006) 303-320, Available at: http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/facpub/893 or http://ssrn.com/abstract=903009 • Schabas, William video of an interview on Genocide and Crimes against Humanity •

Du Plessis, Max; Tiyanjana, Maluwa and O'Reilly, Annie: Africa and the International Criminal Court, (London: Chatham House 2013) http://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/papers/view/193415#sthash.M7 KqZChu.dpuf

Further Reading: • Straus, Scott. ‘Rwanda and Darfur: A comparative analysis’, Genocide Studies and Prevention, 1:1 (2006) 41-56. Available at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1255&context=gsp • de Waal, Alex. ‘Darfur and the failure of the responsibility to protect’, International Affairs, 83:6 (2007) 1039-1055. • Kagwanja, Peter. ‘Courting Genocide: Populism, Ethno-nationalism and the Informalisation of Violence in Kenya’s 2008 Post-Election Crisis’, Journal of Contemporary African Studies, 27:3 (2008) 365387 http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/02589000903187024 • Haeri, Medina, ‘Saving Darfur: Does Advocacy Help or Hinder Conflict Resolution?’, The Fletcher Journal of Human Security, Vol. XXIII (2008). Available at: http://fletcher.tufts.edu/Praxis/Archives/~/media/Fletcher/Microsites/praxis/xxiii /PRAXIS-SavingDarfur.pdf • Wa Mutua, Makau, in Byers, Michael (ed.), The Role of Law in International Politics, (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001). Chapter 8: ‘Politics and Human Rights: An Essential Symbiosis’, pp.149-177.

32

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 20: Torture, Human Rights and Security Q1: Can international law prevent governments from using torture? Q2: Can the use of torture be justified in order to counter terrorism? Core Readings: • •

•

Foot, Rosemary, ‘Torture: The Struggle over a Peremptory Norm in a Counter-Terrorist Era,’ International Relations 20:2 (2006) 131-145 Sikkink, Kathryn, in Risse, T., Ropp, S.C., & Sikkink, K. (eds.) The Persistent Power of Human Rights: From Commitment to Compliance (New York: Cambridge University Press, 2013). Chapter 8: ‘The United States and torture: does the spiral model work?’ Kennedy-Pipe, Caroline and Mumford, Andrew, ‘Torture, Rights, Rules and Wars: Ireland to Iraq’, International Relations 21:1 (2007) 119-126.

Further Readings: • •

• • •

Linklater, Andrew, ‘Torture and Civilisation’, International Relations, 21:1 (2007) 111119. Aldrich, Richard J., in Learning from the Secret Past: Cases in British Intelligence History (Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 2011). Chapter 6: ‘A Skeleton in Our Cupboard’: British Interrogation Procedures in Northern Ireland pp.161-189. Gronke, Paul; Rejali, Darius; Drenguis, Dustin; Hicks, James; Miller, Peter and Nakayama, Bryan, ‘U.S. Public Opinion on Torture, 2001–2009’, PS: Political Science and Politics, 43:3 (2010) 437-44. Wallace, Geoffrey P.R., ‘International Law and Public Attitudes Toward Torture: An Experimental Study.’ International Organization, 67:1 (2013) pp.105-140 Conrad, Courtenay; Conrad, Justin; Piazza, James and Walsh, James Igoe, ‘Who Tortures the Terrorists? Transnational Terrorism and Military Torture’, Foreign Policy Analysis, Forthcoming: http://www.jamesigoewalsh.com/torture.pdf

33

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 21: NO CLASS. PREPARE YOUR ESSAY. WEEK 22: Post-Conflict Peace-building Q1: How does Post-conflict peacebuilding relate to stabilisation? Q2: What is the contribution of R2P to post-conflict peace-building, i..e ‘responsibility to rebuild’? Q2: Is there a jus post bellum? Core Readings: • Bellamy, Alex, ‘The Responsibilities of Victory’, Review of International Studies, 34:4, October 2010. • Chandler, David, ‘Back to the future? The limits of neo-Wilsonian ideals of exporting democracy’, Review of International Studies, 32:3 (2006) 475-494. • Paris, Roland, ‘Saving liberal peacebuilding’, Review of International Studies, 36:2 (2010) 337-367. • •

•

Chesterman, Simon, You, the People: the UN, Transitional Administration, and Statebuilding, (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2004). Chapter 4: Consultation and Accountability: Building Democracy through Benevolent Autocracy. Kuhrt, Natasha ‘The Human Security Agenda after 9/11: from humanitarian intervention to peacebuilding’, pp. 95-108 CHAPTER 7 in: Aidan Hehir, Natasha Kuhrt and Andrew Mumford (eds.), International Law, Security and Ethics: Policy Challenges in the post-9/11 world, , (London and New York: Routledge 2011). Verdirame, Guglielmo, ‘What to make of jus post bellum: a response to Antonia Chayes’, European Journal of International Law, 24:1 (2013) 307-313

Useful documents: •

UN Documents for Post-Conflict Peacebuilding and Stabilisation, http://www.securitycouncilreport.org/un-documents/post-conflictstabilisation-including-ddr-and-ssr/-conflict

Further Readings: • • •

Richmond, Oliver P., ‘A Post-Liberal Peace: Eirenism and the Everyday’, Review of International Studies, 35:3 (2009) 557-580. Paris, Roland, ‘Peacebuilding and the Limits of Liberal Internationalism’, International Security, 22:2 (1997) 54-90 Zaum, Dominik ‘The authority of international administrations in international society’, Review of International Studies, 32:3 (2006) 455-75. 34

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

• • • • • • • • • • •

•

• •

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Ben-Naftali, Orna, International Humanitarian Law and International Human Rights Law (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2011) Introduction, pp.3-13. Chesterman, Simon, ‘Bush, the UN and Nationbuilding’, Survival, 46:1 (2004) 101116. Dominik Zaum (2012) Beyond the “Liberal Peace”. Global Governance: A Review of Multilateralism and International Organizations: January-March 2012, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 121-132 Ruffert, Matthias, ‘The Administration of Kosovo and East Timor by the International Community’, International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 50 (2001) 613-31. Sens, Allen G., in Price, Richard M. and Zacher, Mark W. (eds.), The UN and Global Security (New York: Palgrave Macmillan) Chapter 9: ‘From Peacekeeping to Peacebuilding: The United Nations and the Challenge of Intrastate War’, pp.141-61. Tripp, Charles ‘The US and Statebuilding in Iraq’, Review of International Studies, 30:4 (2004) 545-59. Chopra, Jarat, ‘The UN’s Kingdom of East Timor’, Survival, 42:3 (2000) 24-47 Suhrke, Astri, ‘Peacekeepers as Nationbuilders: Dilemmas of the UN in East Timor’, International Peacekeeping, 8:4 (2001) 1-2 Atlantic Council of the United States, Winning the peace: managing a successful transition in Iraq, (Washington: Atlantic Council, 2003). Available at: http://www1.american.edu/cgp/pdf/iraqreport.pdf Bassu, Giovanni, ‘UN reform: peacebuilding: fixing failure’, World Today, 61:8-9, (2005) 13-14. Dobbins, James F., The UN’s role in nation-building: from the Congo to Iraq, (Santa Monica, CA: Rand Corporation, 2005). Available at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2005/RAND_MG304 .pdf The UN Secretary-General’s High-Level Panel on Threats, Challenges and Change, (New York: United Nations 2004). Section: Post-conflict Peacebuilding pp.70-72. Available at: http://www.un.org/en/peacebuilding/pdf/historical/hlp_more_secure_world.pdf Rathmell, Andrew, ‘Planning post-conflict reconstruction in Iraq: what can we learn?’, International Affairs, 81:5 (2005) 1013-39. Jones Seth G., et al, Establishing Law and Order After Conflict, (Santa Monica, CA: Rand Corporation, 2005). Available at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2005/RAND_MG374 .pdf

35

Department of War Studies | KCL | 2015-16

[5SSW2063 | INTERNATIONAL LAW, HUMAN RIGHTS AND INTERVENTION]

Week 23: EXAM PREPARATION CLASS

N.B: TERM FINISHES ON FRIDAY 1 APRIL

36